In Laymon's Terms

fb2

An over-sized, huge tribute anthology for Richard Laymon -- featuring original and reprint short fiction, essays, interviews, personal remembrances, photos, etc. from dozens of the biggest names in horror! Personal, moving, and wildly entertaining -- this over-sized hardcover is a collection that Richard Laymon would be very proud of! We will post contributor and content details as it becomes available! Table of Contents: "Out with a Bang: Bare Feet and Bloody Gunshot Wounds" by Kelly Laymon "The Most Important Things" by Richard Chizmar "Dick Laymon dot com" by Steve Gerlach Part One: Stories and Remembrances "A Kind Word At the Right Time" by Don D'Auria "Second Chance" by Norman Partridge "Gotcha! Remembering Dick Laymon" by Norman Partridge "Meeting Joanne" by Bentley Little "A Laymon Remembrance" by Jack Ketchum "Hotline" by Jack Ketchum "A Laymon Remembrance" by Regina Mitchell "The Pack" by Regina Mitchell "Not Guilty By Reason Of Sanity" by Alan Beatts "The Dick Would Be Pleased" by Brian Keene "Castaways" by Brian Keene "Meeting Richard Laymon" by Brian Freeman "Loving Roger" by Brian Freeman "A Tribute to Richard Laymon" by Ryan Harding "Development" by Ryan Harding "A Brief Memory" by John Urbancik "Fauxville North" by John Urbancik "Remembering Richard Laymon" by Jacqueline Mitchell "Daddy Wound" by Jacqueline Mitchell "A Laymon Remembrance" by Gary Brandner "Campfire Story" by Gary Brander "A Writer's Tale in Praise of Truth: An Appreciation of Richard Laymon" by Simon Clark "Ham's Not There" by Simon Clark "I Don't Know Dick" by Gina Osnovich "Edge of Town" by Gina Osnovich "A Laymon Remembrance" by Michael T. Huyck "Deep Dawn's Jongleur" by Michael T. Huyck "Secret Admirers and Pseudonyms" by Sheri White "New York Comes to the Desert" by Tom Piccirilli "A Laymon Remembrance" by Adam Pepper "The Lonely Room" by Adam Pepper Part Two: Rarities And Fan Favorites Dick's College Poems — scanned from the original typewritten documents (1960s) "Desert Pickup" by Richard Laymon (1970) "Smoker's Blend" — scans of two issues written, designed, and edited by Richard Laymon (1971) "Immediate Opening" by Richard Laymon (1979) "Cuts!" by Richard Laymon — a novelette (1985) "Mystery Scene Interview With Author Richard Laymon" by Ed Gorman (July/Aug 1995) "Herman" by Richard Laymon (1996) "Boo" by Richard Laymon (2000) "Pick-Up on Highway One" by Richard Laymon (2001) "On The Set of Vampire Night" by Richard Laymon (2001) 17 Page Photo Album collected by Ann Laymon from the family's personal albums Part Three: More Stories and Remembrances "Aaron Spelling Would Be Proud" by Matt Schwartz "A Laymon Remembrance" by Steve Gerlach "The Dead of Night" by Steve Gerlach "A Laymon Remembrance" by James Futch "Cover" by James Futch "A Laymon Remembrance" by Mike Oliveri "Behavior Therapy" by Mike Oliveri "Richard Laymon, in Memoriam" by Rain Graves "Wild Card" by Rain Graves "A Laymon Remembrance" by John Pelan "Another Saturday Night" by John Pelan "Inspiration, Determination, & Mutilation by Robert Freese "Pushing Buttons" by Donn Gash "A Laymon Remembrance" by William D. Carl "Dig" by William D. Carl "A Laymon Remembrance" by Holly Newstein & Ralph Bieber II "Prayers" by Holly Newstein & Ralph Bieber II "A Laymon Remembrance" by Mark Justice "The Red Kingdom" by Mark Justice "A Laymon Remembrance" by Bryan Smith "Pizza Face" by Bryan Smith "Remembering Richard Laymon" by Kimberley Hill "The Real Genius of a Sick Mind: A Richard Laymon Remembrance" by Brett McBean "The Genius of a Sick Mind" by Brett McBean "My Thoughts on Richard Laymon" by Sébastien Pharand "Little Monsters" by Sébastien Pharand "A Laymon Remembrance" by Jonathan Torres "Bestiality" by Jonathan Torres "A Laymon Remembrance" by Ron R. Clinton "The Diner" by Ron R. Clinton "Remembering Dick Laymon" by Troy Taylor "The Keepsake" by Troy Taylor "A Laymon Remembrance" by Brent Zirnheld "Coastal Pickup" by Brent Zirnheld "Gorgeous! Beguiling! Lethal!" by Nicole Cushing "Scabby Nipples and Sharp Teeth" by Nicole Cushing "A Laymon Remembrance" by Weston Ochse "Crashing Down" by Weston Ochse "A Laymon Remembrance" by Michael McCarty & Mark McLaughlin "From the Bowels of the Earth" by Michael McCarty & Mark McLaughlin "Still Life, With Mother" by Robert Morrish "Laymon's Legacy" by Roger Range "Scavengers" by Roger Range "A Laymon Remembrance" by Patricia Lee Macomber "Past Tense" by Patricia Lee Macomber "My Laymon Remembrance" by Philip Robinson "Occupied" by Philip Robinson "A Laymon Remembrance" by Jim Hillman "For the Light" by Jim Hillman "Trying To Keep This Under Three-Quarters-Of-A-Million Words" by Geoff Cooper "Strangers: Good Friends and a Bottle of Wine" by Geoff Cooper "A Laymon Remembrance" by Edward Lee "Chef" by Edward Lee "A Dream" by Matt Johnson

Copyright © 2011 by Kelly Laymon, Steve Gerlach & Richard Chizmar

Individual pieces Copyright © 2011 by the credited author

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any electronic or mechanical means, including information storage and retrieval systems, without permission in writing from the publisher, except by a reviewer who may quote brief passages in a review.

Cemetery Dance Publications

132-B Industry Lane, Unit #7

Forest Hill, MD 21050

http://www.cemeterydance.com

The characters and events in this book are fictitious.

Any similarity to real persons, living or dead, is coincidental and not intended by the author.

ISBN-10: 1-58767-096-8

ISBN-13: 978-1-58767-096-1

Cover Artwork Copyright © 2011 by GAK

Interior Design by Kathryn Freeman

Photos courtesy of the Laymon family

For Richard Laymon...

With special thanks to Ann Laymon,

Brian Freeman, Kate Freeman, Mindy Jarusek,

Andrea Wilson, and Norman Prentiss.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Kelly Laymon

13 • Out with a Bang: Bare Feet & Bloody Gunshot Wounds

Richard Chizmar

16 • The Most Important Things

Steve Gerlach

18 • Dick Laymon dot com

PART I: STORIES AND REMEMBRANCES

Don D’Auria

26 • A Kind Word at the Right Time

Norman Partridge

29 • Second Chance

38 • Gotcha! Remembering Dick Laymon

Bentley Little

40 • Meeting Joanne

Jack Ketchum

50 • A Laymon Remembrance

51 • Hotline

Regina Mitchell

56 • A Laymon Remembrance

57 • The Pack

Alan Beatts

64 • Not Guilty by Reason of Sanity

Brian Keene

68 • The Dick Would be Pleased

69 • Castaways

Brian Freeman

85 • Meeting Richard Laymon

87 • Loving Roger

Ryan Harding

92 • A Tribute to Richard Laymon

93 • Development

John Urbancik

102 • A Brief Memory

103 • Fauxville North

Jacqueline Mitchell

113 • Remembering Richard Laymon

115 • Daddy Wound

Gary Brandner

119 • A Laymon Remembrance

120 • Campfire Story

Simon Clark

131 •A Writer’s Tale in Praise of Truth:

An Appreciation of Richard Laymon

133 • Ham’s Not Here

Gina Osnovich

147 • I Don’t Know Dick

149 • Edge of Town

Michael T. Huyck, Jr.

160 • A Laymon Remembrance

161 • Deep Dawn’s Jongleur

Sheri White

174 • Secret Admirers & Pseudonyms

Tom Piccirilli

176 • New York Comes to the Desert

Adam Pepper

189 • A Laymon Remembrance

191 • The Lonely Room

PART II: FAN FAVORITES AND RARITIES

Richard Laymon

200 • Dick’s College Poems (1960s)

206 • Desert Pickup (1970)

212 • Smokers’ Blend (1971)

232 • Immediate Opening (1976)

236 • Cut! (1985)

Ed Gorman

256 • Mystery Scene Interview with Author Richard Laymon (1995)

Richard Laymon

263 • Herman (1996)

276 • Boo (2000)

291 • Pick-Up on Highway One (2001)

297 • On The Set of Vampire Night (2001)

Ann Laymon

307 • Photo Album Collected from the Family’s Personal Albums

PART III: MORE STORIES AND REMEMBRANCES

Matt Schwartz

325 • Aaron Spelling Would be Proud

Steve Gerlach

328 • A Laymon Remembrance

329 • The Dead of Night

James Futch

345 • A Laymon Remembrance

346 • Cover

Michael Oliveri

349 • A Laymon Remembrance

350 • Behavior Therapy

Rain Graves

358 • Richard Laymon, in Memoriam

359 • Wild Card

John Pelan

370 • A Laymon Remembrance

373 • Another Saturday Night

Robert Freese

378 • Inspiration, Determination, & Mutilation

Donn Gash

383 • Pushing Buttons

William D. Carl

386 • A Laymon Remembrance

387 • Dig

Holly Newstein

394 • A Laymon Remembrance

Holly Newstein & Ralph Bieber II

395 • Prayers

Mark Justice

404 • A Laymon Remembrance

406 • The Red Kingdom

Bryan Smith

420 • A Laymon Remembrance

421 • Pizza Face

Kimberley Hill

435 • Remembering Richard Laymon

Brett McBean

437 • The Real Genius of a Sick Mind:

A Richard Laymon Remembrance

438 • The Genius of a Sick Mind

Sebastien Pharand

448 • My Thoughts on Richard Laymon

449 • Little Monsters

Jonathan Torres

466 • A Laymon Remembrance

467 • Bestiality

Ron R. Clinton

472 • A Laymon Remembrance

473 • The Diner

Troy Taylor

486 • Remembering Dick Laymon

487 • The Keepsake

Brent Zirnheld

497 • A Laymon Remembrance

498 • Coastal Pickup

Nicole Cushing

503 • Gorgeous! Beguiling! Lethal!

504 • Scabby Nipples and Sharp Teeth

Weston Ochse

511 • A Laymon Remembrance

512 • Crashing Down

Mark McLaughlin

520 • A Laymon Remembrance

Michael McCarty & Mark McLaughlin

521 • From the Bowels of the Earth

Robert Morrish

529 • Still Life, With Mother

Roger Range

540 • Laymon’s Legacy

541 • Scavengers

Patricia Lee Macomber

556 • A Laymon Remembrance

557 • Past Tense

Philip Robinson

568 • My Laymon Remembrance

570 • Occupied

Jim Hillman

581 • A Laymon Remembrance

582 • For the Light

Geoff Cooper

588 • Trying To Keep This Under Three-Quarters-of-a-Million Words

593 • Strangers: Good Friends and a Bottle of Wine

Edward Lee

605 • A Laymon Remembrance

606 • Chef

Matt Johnson

613 • A Dream

Kelly Laymon

N SATURDAY, June 25, 2000, I attended a memorial service for the mother of one of my closest friends from high school. I only had about three close friends in high school, so the funeral for Andrew’s mother was a pretty big deal. And, knowing my study and work in television courses in high school and college, he asked me to videotape the service for him. I gladly agreed, ready to help in any way possible.

Andrew’s mother was just fifty-two when she lost her battle with lung cancer. She didn’t smoke, just drew a shit deck. She was diagnosed in 1998 and during her two years of illness, therapy, hospitalizations, and counseling, she was a feather.

Yep. A feather.

The feather was chosen by Andrew’s mom, her family, and the folks at the cancer support meetings for visualization and relaxation exercises.

She pictured herself as a feather, drifting about. Ya know, all free and stuff. Just like that damn feather in the opening credits of Forrest Gump.

Then, after she died, feathers were just showing up all over the damn place.

A feather blew in the window as she died.

A feather was found under the box holding her cremains in the trunk of the car when they brought her back to the house before the service.

Feathers were showing up in her favorite chair without explanation.

You name it and feathers were there.

Assuming this wasn’t the handiwork of an evil smartass, great meaningful significance was attached to the appearance of all these damn feathers.

I was ten miles away at my Marina Del Rey college campus when my father collapsed just before 9:30am on Wednesday, February 14, 2001. My mother called 911 and the paramedics arrived quickly.

The day my father died, we didn’t exactly get feathers.

The time of death was called at 9:41am.

The paramedics then had to stick around for ten or fifteen minutes until the police arrived. Once the cops were there, the paramedics left. Their job was done. Then it was up to the cops to sniff around and make sure nothing was hinky. My mother overheard one cop say to another, “Did you check the medicine cabinet for pills?”

While the cops did their thing, my mother called family members, had several conversations with an en route Alan Beatts, and showed the police officers her squirrel feeding tricks. (Mom and I are pretty obsessed with the little critters.)

After about an hour of that, while waiting for the funeral home, our large black metal driveway gate slammed shut around 11:00am.

It had not been open.

My mother, who was inside the house when it happened, walked to a nearby window expecting to see the gas or electrical guy walking past to check the meters. It wasn’t their day to come by, but that was the only possibility that made sense.

Instead, she saw a bushy-haired man with a fresh gunshot wound to his arm and dirty bare feet run through our backyard and jump over our wall and into the neighbor’s yard.

With my father dead on the floor of the living room, mom notified the cops of the intruder and the police officers took off, tear-assing through our yard.

Then the helicopters showed up.

Our street was quickly blocked off at both ends with yellow tape and police cruisers parked ajar at both ends, and our neighbors were told to go inside their homes, lock their doors, and stay there.

We never found out what exactly that guy had done to get shot or be chased by the fuzz. He hid in our neighbor’s yard in a pile of trash for a couple of hours and prevented the mortuary from getting to our house before he was finally apprehended. During that time, the helicopters circled our neighborhood and my uncle had to park several blocks away and fight with road blocks to walk to get to our house. My mother was afraid that I would get home from my day at school and be excited by the activity only to come home to a pretty serious bum-out. One of the cops even stopped by later that night, still covered in mud from the chase, to apologize for the weird chaos that ensued during a very difficult time.

Oddly enough, as life would have it, my father collapsed while preparing Alka-Seltzer before heading out to buy Valentine’s Day cards as well as a sympathy card for one of the co-editors of this very book, whose mother had recently died under unexpected circumstances a week earlier.

I’m not the biggest believer in hauntings and what have yous, but that said I think there are too many things that go on out there that fall beyond the realm of mere coincidence.

So, in that spirit of very unusual tributes, here we go. Dad died and we ended up with a bloody criminal in our yard, a memorial service held at a local horror bookstore, a crazy drunken funeral tribute weekend with friends, and now a book full of nasty tales and humorous remembrances.

I’m sure to some, it might not make sense, but it’s all a fitting tribute.

It may not be a feather, but what’s the fun in that. Let’s have some curse words, sex, and rump action.

Richard Chizmar

HE MOST IMPORTANT things are usually the hardest to say...which explains why I have sat down three or four times now to write this short introduction to In Laymon’s Terms.

I miss Dick Laymon. I think that’s maybe the most important single thing I have to say here. I miss talking to him on the phone. I miss his letters (yes, he wrote great letters, and I still have a file stuffed with them). I miss listening to him laugh and talk books and movies and people.

After he passed away, I ran a special tribute section in honor of Dick in Cemetery Dance magazine. A lot of great friends wrote lengthy essays to honor him. Mine was only a handful of short paragraphs, but I meant every word.

Here is what I wrote:

We never met but spent many hours on the telephone. Talking. Laughing. Brain-storming. Dreaming. So many stories. So many plans. So many words between us.

And now I’m left in silence.

God, I miss those phone calls.

I miss his wisdom, his kindness, his easy sense of humor. I miss his childlike wonder, his laughter, his wonderful celebration of family.

Dick Laymon was a treasure. As a writer...and a man.

I was honored to call him my friend.

Dick Laymon was, indeed, a treasure. And his work still is. We’re lucky to have it. As all of the authors in this book will tell you and as they demonstrate so well with their own Laymon-inspired contributions.

It’s my hope that all of us in the scary story genre continue to learn from Dick. Not only as creators, but as fathers, husbands, and friends. Dick set a helluva example to follow.

In the meantime, enjoy the stories that follow. Cringe, cover your eyes, and giggle out loud. Dick would want that.

Steve Gerlach

T SEEMS SO long ago now, 1996.

Thirteen years ago I started my online journey, a journey that has taken countless hours of my time and effort, been full of frustration and joys, sadness and wonder. I’ve met some terrific people online, and I hold these people to be some of my closest and dearest friends.

Critics said the Internet would cause people to become more reclusive, more solitary. I disagree. The Internet has brought me in touch with some of the dearest people I know. And for that, I thank it.

Still, we’re talking about 1996 here, when this go-get-’em Aussie from Melbourne, Australia decided to buy an X-Files modem, run a phone extension cord from the lounge room, up the hall and to the study, and log in for the first time.

You know that initial “Internet fever” you get when you first log on? There’s so much to see and so many places to visit. You have no idea where to start, or where to stop, and the fever just takes hold.

But my first visit online was also tinged with some sadness. I did the usual searches for everything from JFK ASSASSINATION to KISS, JACK THE RIPPER to HORROR BOOKS, but one search that brought me no results was RICHARD LAYMON OFFICIAL SITE.

I’d been a Laymonite since at least 1988 when I bought my first Laymon, The Woods are Dark. I read it and loved it. I’d grown tired of King and Koontz, with their bloated exposition and flashbacks that took half a novel. What I wanted was lean and mean in-your-face horror, and I got it with Laymon. After The Woods are Dark, I started searching for more by this fabulous writer. Night Show was next, and then The Cellar.

The owner at my local bookstore rolled his eyes every time I came in. I’m sure he was thinking, Here’s that weird Laymon guy again. In fact, I must have been a total pain in the ass. I would visit the bookstore every few weeks, wanting to know if there was any news on the latest Laymon release—there never was—and whether any of his back-ordered titles had arrived.

I can still remember the buzz of joy I received whenever I got a phone call to tell me a new Laymon novel was in. I’d be at the bookstore in no time, picking it up and getting home as soon as possible to start another great Laymon read.

And that’s why I was disappointed when my web search returned no website for Richard Laymon. The supposed “repository of all knowledge” had no information about Richard Laymon, other than a few book reviews here and there (remember, this was before the Amazons of this world made book searching so easy!).

Well, 1996 was during my “black stage” and, so, I had a suitably black answer to this lack of information:

“Well, fuck that!”

And so, my plan was hatched. If there wasn’t a site out there that could tell me all about Richard Laymon, then I’d have to produce one.

And, as they say in the classics, the rest is history.

When I look back on it, I must have had a whole lot of time on my hands. I was just married, with a very understanding wife, but no kids to take up my time. I was working for Australia’s largest daily newspaper, the Herald Sun, as a researcher, and that allowed me time to do a bit of research on my own. It also gave me access to all the phone numbers, fax numbers and addresses I needed.

Let’s face it, if you work the graveyard shift on a week when there’s no big news stories breaking, there’s not a whole lot to do.

So, I started.

And RICHARD LAYMON KILLS! was born.

The site was a simple one to begin with. I took the html code from a friend’s website and adjusted it to what I wanted. At that stage I had very few html code skills, but that was soon to change. In only a week or so, I had scanned the covers of every Laymon work I owned, typed in the back cover blurbs, created a biography of the world’s best horror author, and produced a Latest News page which, quite frankly, had no news in it.

And then, in December 1996, RLK! went live to the world!

Step one was complete.

After the Christmas and New Year festivities, I started 1997 with a promotional campaign. I produced media releases announcing the creation of RLK! and faxed them to various media outlets in Australia. Also included in that contact list was Dick’s publisher, Hodder Headline in Australia and the UK. I also faxed Bob Tanner, Dick’s agent, but I have no idea where I found his address. Damn, I must have been a sharp researcher back then.

I sat back and waited for the response. Almost all sections of the media ignored the release, except, of course, the Herald Sun, which reviewed the website and gave it five stars out of the possible 6. (Proving once again that, in the media, it’s who you know that counts...)

But the faxing wasn’t in vain. Because Hodder Headline quickly contacted me, and Bob Tanner sent a nice note thanking me for taking the time to do the site.

I was over the moon that Hodder Headline both in Australia and the UK welcomed me into the fold with open arms. I couldn’t believe my luck. Suddenly all the news on Richard Laymon was being sent directly to me by his publisher! Release dates, latest news, cover art and blurbs—you name it, I got it. It was a long, long time before I realized what they were getting out of it too: free publicity, and a one-stop email address they could hand out to all those pesky Laymonites just like myself.

RLK! continued to grow quickly. Review pages were added, as were SAME VEIN reviews of other books and authors in the horror field. The RLK! counter began to tick over quicker than ever.

June 1997.

I’ll never forget it.

That was the first time Richard Laymon contacted me. I remember seeing the email from “Larry Dunbar” in my inbox and, for a few seconds at least, it didn’t click as to who Larry Dunbar really was.

I just wish I had that email to reproduce here for you now. Unfortunately, due to a faulty hard drive, that email has long since been wiped. I kick myself each day for not printing it out when I first received it.

Still, I’ll recreate it here for you. It went along the lines of, “Hey Steve, this is Dick Laymon. Just dropping by to say I love the site and thanks for all your work on it. Oh, and by the way, in case you don’t think it’s the real Richard Laymon, I got a copy of your flier from Bob Tanner, my agent. Best, Dick.”

Well, I was stunned. I remember jumping around the room and yelling for my wife to comeherequicklgotanemailfromLaymon! Naturally, I fired back an email straightaway, confident that it was, in fact, the Richard Laymon as he had the inside scoop about the fliers I had faxed.

I learned later that Dick had been inundated with the fliers, as it seems everyone I sent them to—Hodder Headline UK and Australia, Bob Tanner and even Don Cannon Books—had forwarded them on to Dick. So, he ended up with about half a dozen of the things. He must have known then that I was serious!

And so, our friendship started thanks to the Internet. And, over the years, I was lucky to talk with Dick sometimes twice or three times a week, getting the inside scoop on the Laymon world and updating the site accordingly. Dick was even gracious enough to provide a blurb for the site:

“RLK! is really terrific...Everybody I’ve talked to is very impressed...

I’m really excited about RLK!

It’s where I go whenever I need to find out what I’m doing!

Richard Laymon Kills! IS the ultimate website!”

When he agreed to make the site the Official Laymon Site, I couldn’t have been happier.

And that was the most wonderful thing about Dick Laymon. Sure, you’ve probably all heard it before, but this is true. Dick Laymon was one of the kindest people on Earth. He took the time out to email me, sometimes pages-worth, information for the site. Never was a request denied. Never was a question left unanswered. That’s just the kind of guy he was. Always willing to help, always with a kind word and always with a joke or two.

RLK! continued to grow. Somewhere around 1998 we hit 100,000 visitors, a number I never dreamed of reaching. Dick and I were pretty damn proud of that. The address for RLK! was beginning to turn up in Hodder Headline versions of his novels, as well as Cemetery Dance editions in the US, and so more and more Laymonites were getting online and finding out all they ever needed to know about Richard Laymon. Truly, the website was like a small pebble, pushed off a mountainside, that just slowly got bigger and bigger as it continued to roll. And it still is rolling!

Our emails soon moved away from just the world of writing, and started to contain family news and views on world events. Soon, our relationship wasn’t just webmaster and writer, we became friends across the ocean. Even when there was a whisper of a Laymon UK Book Tour, I started scouting locations and ideas for a Laymon Down Under Tour. Sadly, it never happened. In fact, you could say that about a lot of plans and ideas we had. I just wish we’d acted on them sooner. But who was to know?

I built up enough courage in 1999 to ask Dick if he would like to read the novel I had just completed, The Nocturne. He said he’d be honored to, and I quickly shipped off a copy. A few weeks later, Dick emailed me a ten-page email with his comments and ideas. He knew the US better than I did and he suggested I move the location of the novel from Arizona to Washington State. So, I picked up all my characters and moved them north.

He also had a worry that the fire I had burning throughout the novel was just too large to be believed. Soon after, a fire swept through New Mexico that just couldn’t be stopped. It burnt for weeks. He wrote back to me, “Remember the concerns I had about the fire in The Nocturne? Well, forget them. Have you seen the news?”

I’m proud to say I agreed with every other suggestion Dick made and I rewrote a much stronger and sharper novel.

So strong and sharp, that Dick provided a quote for the cover:

“A really fast-paced, grim, exciting, sexy novel.

It’s very gripping, violent, and weird. I really enjoyed it.

The Nocturne is a book that any Laymon fan ought to enjoy.”

Another proud moment of my life thanks to Dick.

And so another year passed and we all survived Y2K, and the Laymon novels just kept coming. We couldn’t have asked for more. Suddenly, the US was starting to notice Richard Laymon, and Cemetery Dance and Leisure Books upped their publishing schedules for Laymon novels. All of a sudden, Dick was receiving the recognition he richly deserved. Of course, the UK, Europe, Australia and New Zealand had known about Laymon for years, and now the US was starting to catch up.

This turn of events brought with it Richard’s finest hours. Popularity in his own country was soaring, a film of In the Dark was in production and suddenly he was running for—and winning—the Presidency of the Horror Writers Association.

We were all set. It couldn’t get any better than this.

People were saying “Golden Age of Horror” for the first time in years.

RLK!’s news updates got longer and more detailed as Laymon news was flying in from everywhere. It was a busy time for both of us, but Dick still always found the time to sit down and let me know what was up and what was happening. Of course, by this time we had a Laymon Message Board, where fans could leave their thoughts and questions. Dick was always on the board too—always answering and giving writing (and sometimes personal) advice.

I began writing Love Lies Dying around this time. LLD was a book I was dedicating to Dick, and a book he said he was eager to read. I wanted to repay the favor of Dick’s dedication to my wife and I in Come Out Tonight. Who knew when I started my novel that Dick would never read it? That he would never see one word of it? Even as I placed a Laymon in-joke into the novel, and made it a vital part of the story, who knew that Dick would never get to chuckle as he read it? I was so looking forward to his email once he’d read it. But it was not to be.

Love Lies Dying now stands as a tribute to Richard Laymon, not just because of the dedication, but because he is—literally—in it. It’s my finest work, and I owe that to him.

February 15, 2001, is not a day I will forget. Yes, February 15, not 14. Remember, Australia is 15-18 hours AHEAD of the US. So, when I got to work on February 15, 2001, I found my inbox overflowing with emails, all with the same subject heading: Laymon dead?

I thought it was a joke. I guess we all did. It just wasn’t possible. I mean, I’d just talked to him two days earlier.

At that time, the news was unconfirmed and, as far as I was concerned, I had to know...and know NOW. I had to prove this wrong. I mean, it was some joke, right?

I emailed Don Cannon, the only guy I knew who’d have the news. He’d just come home from doing some grocery shopping. He called around. He confirmed it.

The news was true.

And I broke down and cried right there and then. As I would countless times over the next week or so. That’s the effect Dick Laymon had on you. I couldn’t help it. I couldn’t stop it. But, damn it, I was proud to cry over such a loss. We hadn’t even had a chance to say goodbye.

In his last email to me, he was excited about the novel he was working on, Queen of the Sunset Palace, and he was looking forward to continuing his monumental changes to HWA. Everything seemed so normal. Just another day...

But then he was gone.

Way too early. Way too soon.

The hurt and sorrow diminishes, but his shoes will never be filled in the horror community. Dick Laymon was a one-of-a-kind writer and human being. There’s no doubt about that. The outpouring of grief from those who knew him and worked with him was extraordinary and very touching.

And through RLK! his legacy lives on. A legacy I’m sure he’s proud of—as he should be. Laymon readers are also one-of-a-kind. That’s one of the things Dick was most proud of: his fans.

The Laymonite community is large and strong—almost like an army—and that’s one of Dick’s legacies too. The way his fans stick by him and continue to support him and keep his memory and works alive.

That’s the goal of RLK! these days, to help keep Laymon’s works alive for readers old and new. Even now, every week I receive an email from a new Laymon reader. They usually start with, “I’ve just discovered Richard Laymon and I think he’s great. I can’t believe he’s no longer with us.” If I had a dollar...

He may no longer be with us, but he’s still alive within the covers of all his published novels (and also those unpublished novels still to come). And whenever we need to be thrilled and scared, or even to just remember the great writer who was Richard Laymon, we need only turn to our bookshelves and open a Laymon book.

Damn it, we miss you pal. But we’ll never forget.

RLK! will make sure of that.

Don D’Auria

’VE MADE NO secret of the fact that I was a fan of Richard Laymon long before I published any of his titles at Leisure Books. Like so many of his American fans in the early 1990s, I was forced to feed my Laymon habit by importing British editions of his work over the Internet because he was virtually out of print in the States. In fact, I joked to Dick once that the reason Leisure was bringing his books out in the States was simply because it was cheaper for me to publish his books and get my copies that way than to keep paying shipping costs from the UK. Truth is, if there’s one thing I’m proud of from my time at Leisure, it’s that American fans can now walk into bookstores across the country and see up to two dozen Richard Laymon titles on the shelves, more than ever before. If only Dick were here to see it, I like to think he’d be pleased.

But going back to the way things were ten years ago...It was pretty much common knowledge in those days that one of the things that contributed to Dick being out of print in the US was the way he’d been treated by American publishers. He was very open about his feeling that publishers here in the States never really got behind his books, never gave him decent covers or any promotion. I remember in his Stoker Award acceptance speech for The Traveling Vampire Show (which, sadly, Kelly had to deliver posthumously in his place) he mentioned US publishers who published his books “more or less.” In his autobiography, A Writer’s Tale, Dick also recounted painful tales of horrible experiences at the hands of publishers. Simply put, the guy felt burned. He told me later that he just didn’t want to deal with most American publishers anymore, and because his books were doing very well in the UK, he didn’t have to.

Dick’s feelings on the matter were very well known. Definitely a sore spot.

So the first time I met Dick I was a little intimidated and a bit nervous. I was intimidated because this was Richard Laymon. I was nervous because I was exactly what I’d heard Dick Laymon hated: an American editor. I’m not sure, but I think our mutual friend Ed Gorman had put in a good word for me with Dick. In any event, Dick was extremely friendly and didn’t swat me away. In fact, we had a very nice conversation, over a beer, if I recall.

Gradually, over the course of future conversations, I raised the possibility of Leisure publishing some of Dick’s work. Now, you have to remember this was in the beginning of Leisure’s horror line. The line had been started but wasn’t all that well established yet. We’d published some great authors, but to a lot of people Leisure was definitely an unknown quantity. And we didn’t have a giant corporation behind us, like the other mass market houses. There was really, when you get right down to it, no reason why he should trust Leisure after he’d been stung by larger houses. Dick was, indeed, a little reluctant at first, but, for whatever reason, in the end he was amenable and we agreed we would start with Bite...

Now we jump ahead to (I believe) the following year’s World Horror Convention. The organizers of the con had asked if I would present a little half-hour intro to Leisure Books early one morning and I had agreed. It was only when I got there that they told me they had changed it to an hour. And they had put it in a lecture hall.

So there I am at what felt like the crack of dawn, in a room that looked to me like an amphitheater, with not nearly enough prepared material to fill an hour. I remember walking down the steps from the back of the lecture hall to the stage, looking at a pretty crowded room, and knowing I didn’t have very much interesting to say. Classic nightmare material. When I got to the stage I looked over the audience and I saw some recognizable faces, including, in the front row over to the right, Dick Laymon.

If I ever knew what I said in the first part of that presentation, I’ve long since forgotten it. I imagine it was a general introduction to me and Leisure, the kind of books we published, how to go about submitting, etc. I rambled on for as long as I could, then I opened things up to Q & A. That’s the part I remember.

There were a couple polite questions from folks in the audience. Then I saw Dick’s hand in the air. I couldn’t imagine what Dick would want to ask, but I called on him. I remember he stood up at his seat in the front row...and turned to the audience. (I’m paraphrasing here, but if I’m misquoting it’s not by much.) He said, “I’m Dick Laymon. I think a lot of you know me, and you may know about some of my experiences with editors.” Not just my heart but every one of my internal organs froze. This could go real bad real fast. I immediately started thinking of every conversation I’d ever had with Dick. I couldn’t think of anything that had gone wrong, but still I braced myself. I could see curious and expectant expressions on the faces of most of the people in the audience. Dick Laymon talking about an editor! Oboy! Here we go!

It wasn’t a big thing. It wasn’t anything dramatic, so if you’re hoping for some juicy dirt here, sorry. All Dick said was, “Well, I’ve worked with Don a bit and so far he’s been OK.” Then he sat down.

Now, to you this may not seem like much. You may even be thinking, “I read three pages worth of build-up for this?” And if almost anyone else had said it, I’d probably agree with you. But this was Richard Laymon. This was someone whose work I loved and whom I really admired, someone whose opinion meant a lot to me. And someone who certainly didn’t feel the need to say nice things about editors, especially to an audience. As far as editors were concerned, Dick was the ultimate tough critic.

So to me this meant something.

Some older people may remember a TV commercial for a particular rye bread from the 1970s. It featured the owner of the Carnegie Deli in New York City eating a sandwich made with the bread in question and saying, “It makes a nice sandwich. A nice sandwich.” At which point the voice-over narrator informed us, “And from a deli owner that’s a rave!”

I doubt anyone would consider Dick’s simple “He’s OK” a rave, but it was sure good enough for me. It was like one of the cool kids in school waving to the new kid. Dick didn’t have to do it. No one had asked him to. But that simple little gesture, especially coming when and where it did, sort of summed up Dick for me. It was a thoughtful, generous, and damn kind thing to do. The kind of thing Dick did a lot of, for a lot of people. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve heard about Dick helping out young writers with advice, criticism, or encouragement. I guess he didn’t mind even helping out an editor now and then, too.

Dick and I continued to work together, getting his books into the hands of American fans and introducing him to new readers. As I write this, it’s been nearly ten years and twenty-four books since we started. My goal all along has been to see to it that Dick and his books get all the respect and admiration they deserve. From the day I met him to the day he passed away (fifteen minutes after sending me an email) Dick was never less than wonderful to me.

Looking back now, years later, I can’t even say for sure if I thanked Dick at the time for what he said that morning. I think I did. I hope I did. But just in case: “Thanks, Dick. I appreciate it. And I hope you still think I’m OK.”

Norman Partridge

O ONE ANSWERED his knock, so Keyes kicked in the door.

He’d healed up pretty good over the last four months, but a couple ounces of buckshot were still buried deep in his left leg, so it took three tries to do the job. When he finally hit the sweet spot the door sprang fast, same way a rattrap does when it slams shut on a rodent’s skull.

Keyes sucked a quick breath, gathering his courage. The door smacked the inside wall and swung back in his direction with a stuttering creak. He stopped the door with his open palm, and it shut up, and he stepped over the threshold and into the silence. It was dark in Murdock’s cabin, but not dark enough, because Keyes had gotten used to the dark in the last four months. And that was why he had no trouble spotting Murdock over there in the corner, even though the old man wasn’t moving.

Murdock couldn’t move. Not if he knew what was good for him. He was lashed to a chair. Someone had used heavy-test fishing line to do the job. That line was fastened to dozens of fishhooks, and those hooks were set in Murdock’s skin—in his eyebrows and upper lip, in his throat and in his thighs and in the joints of his fingers—and Keyes immediately recognized the cruel cunning involved in the process. Right now Murdock was a living, breathing definition of misery. One twitch and the old man would flip a couple hundred dictionary pages, straight to another word favored by brutal men who’d inflict any amount of pain to get what they wanted: agony.

Keyes’ gut churned at the sight. He pulled a knife and flicked it open as he crossed the room, and the old man took one look at him coming and gasped. Murdock paid for that gasp because the simple action set off a half-dozen fishhooks, and he jerked in his chair like a fat salmon taking the bait, and a pathetic little whine rose from deep inside him.

“Take it easy, Murdock,” Keyes said. “I’m not here for revenge. I’m only here for—”

And that was when Keyes heard the sound that Murdock must have heard a couple seconds before, the sound that had made the old man suck wind like a scared kid: footsteps on the gravel drive that led to Murdock’s place, coming soft and easy at first—just a slow percussion riding the middle-of-nowhere silence that blanketed the redwood forest—and then getting louder, faster, as the intruder spotted the open cabin door.

Whoever it was didn’t like the look of that. Outside, gravel crunched like broken molars under heavy boots as the stranger broke into a run. Keyes knew he couldn’t waste a second. He whirled toward the cabin door just a little too fast, and his bum knee jolted him. By the time he was halfway across the room his palms were slick with sweat.

He gripped the knife tightly, cursing himself for leaving his .45 in the Jeep. Outside, footsteps mashed over gravel. Favoring his bad knee, Keyes neared the open door. Behind him, Murdock whined again. Keyes glanced at the old man for just a second, and—

Three bullets chewed holes in the cabin door, and Keyes dodged for cover.

The door slammed the wall and swung back, once again, with a stuttering creak.

This time, Keyes didn’t hear it.

This time, he was already gone.

And that was something Keyes had been good at just lately. Getting gone, that is. He’d spent the last four months that way, burrowed deep in a dark little rat-hole, hiding from everyone he knew while he healed up.

Everyone except Danni. She was the only one he trusted anymore. After all, Danni had stood by him through thick and thin. The armored car holdup was no different. When the whole deal turned into a blood-spattered nightmare, she didn’t cash in her chips and walk away from the game. She played her hand, and she played it the way fate had dealt it.

A state highway cop with a shotgun surprised them in the middle of the job, and Keyes had hesitated a second too long before using his gun. It turned out to be a very precious second, because the cop left Keyes with a tattered hole in his belly and a chewed-up leg peppered with buckshot.

Before Keyes even hit the ground, Murdock and Morales had burned rubber out of there. But Danni stuck, the same way she always did, and she didn’t waste any time. Before the lawman knew what hit him he was just a long red smear on a two-lane county road, and Keyes wasn’t in much better shape because he was bleeding all over the tuck-and-roll upholstery in the back of Danni’s Chevy, and Danni’s foot had buried the gas pedal in the floorboard, and the white line down the middle of the road was a blur.

Without Danni, Keyes wouldn’t have survived. She always knew what to do. Trouble came and she kicked into gear. She didn’t waste time thinking, the way Keyes did. He drove her crazy that way. That’s why Danni was the one driving after things went bad, and Keyes was the one bleeding.

Keyes knew that.

Same way he knew that he loved Danni like he’d never love anyone else.

It was the same for her.

Keyes was sure that it was.

Keyes worried as he hobbled through the woods. He hadn’t wanted to come to Murdock’s cabin. He’d wanted to lay low a little bit longer and he’d given Danni a mouthful of reasons explaining why that was a good idea, but she wouldn’t buy any of them.

No. Talking didn’t work with Danni. It might have worked on her sister Elise, but Elise was a new-age mystic who loved jabbering on about chakras and spirit guides and shit that even Ripley wouldn’t believe, and Danni read The Wall Street Journal. The way she saw it, waiting four months to split up the swag from the armored car job was way too long. Danni insisted on arranging a meet with Murdock and Morales before the calendar flipped another page. And she also insisted that she and Keyes arrive at said meet separately, so they wouldn’t end up like the two birds who’d gotten into trouble with that one proverbial stone.

Keyes had gone along with the plan, even though he was only running at half speed. He knew that he wouldn’t be ready if trouble came, and come it had. Trouble had lashed Murdock to a chair with fishhooks and line, and trouble had drawn a gun and opened fire on Keyes. Yeah. Trouble had hit him right between the eyes...figuratively, if not literally. And he wasn’t ready for it. Not at all.

That was the damned shame of the thing, and it was more than enough to put Keyes’ insecurities on the boil. A few months ago he’d hesitated for just a second, and some cop had pulled a trigger a couple of times, and he’d ended up in a feverish limbo for four months. During that time he’d suffered through Danni’s long silences as the moon hung heavy in the night sky, and he’d listened to her sister rattle on about a whole bunch of mystical shit that never existed beneath the bright sun that he lived under. And now someone else had taken a couple of shots at him, and the whole cycle seemed to be starting up again.

Here he was, scared, limping through the woods like a wounded rabbit. That wasn’t the smart way to do things. Keyes knew it. He wasn’t thinking straight, like he used to. That was something he had to start doing again, and right now.

Keyes pulled up short and crouched in a tangle of ferns at the edge of the path. That low growl—that middle-of-nowhere silence—closed around him like the dark redwood forest. The only other sound was the long cool whisper of deeply drawn breaths that passed over his dry lips. He concentrated on that sound as he watched the path.

Even, steady breaths. That long cool whisper. Concentrating. Thinking things through...

It didn’t look like anyone was following him. And that was too bad. Crouching in the ferns, Keyes had good cover. If the guy who’d tried to drill him at the cabin came along, it would be easy to surprise him from behind, easier still to draw his knife across the bastard’s throat—

But the bastard in question obviously wasn’t that stupid, and the knowledge twisted in Keyes’ scarred guts like an angry snake. He knew that he couldn’t be stupid, either. He had to get a handle on the situation...and quick.

Okay. Someone had tried to kill him at the cabin. That someone had also done a job on Murdock. Whoever it was wasn’t fucking around, not even a little bit. Keyes had seen that pretty clearly in Murdock’s eyes.

Keyes considered the possibility that he was the cause of Murdock’s fear. After all, he had pulled a knife as he entered the cabin, but only because he wanted to cut Murdock loose. He’d as much as said so to Murdock. So it had to be the sound of those footsteps outside that had set the old man off. That was why Murdock was afraid. He’d realized that his pal Mr. Fishhooks was coming back, probably to do something worse—something that would make Murdock reveal the location of the hidden cash from the armored car holdup.

In the meantime, Mr. Fishhooks was using Murdock for bait. It wasn’t a bad plan, really—lure Murdock’s partners in crime into a trap one by one and slap the lid on them. It had nearly worked. A couple more inches to the left, and the gunman’s bullets would have drilled Keyes’ forehead, not a stuttering door.

So who was Mr. Fishhooks? It wasn’t much of a question, really, because there were only four members of Murdock’s gang, and Keyes could easily account for three of them—Murdock was bound to a chair, and Danni wasn’t even due at the cabin for another couple hours, and Keyes...well, Keyes knew the exact location of his own ass—right there with the banana slugs, crouching in a stand of ferns in the middle of a cold, wet redwood forest.

That left Morales.

Keyes shook his head, thinking about the crazy Mexican...and the fishhooks set in Murdock’s skin.

Keyes wouldn’t have trouble killing that nutty little bastard.

He wouldn’t have trouble at all.

All right. There it was. Those long cool breaths whispered over Keyes’ lips as he waited with a knife clutched in his hand. His breaths were even and steady, but he was the only one who heard them.

He waited two minutes. Maybe three, but Morales didn’t show.

Keyes couldn’t afford to wait any longer than that.

He started moving.

Keyes hadn’t done much moving in the last four months. The cop’s shotgun had torn him up good. Even if he could have hobbled around on his injured leg the first couple of weeks—which he couldn’t—it wouldn’t have mattered. The wound in his belly had put him flat on his back.

That stitched-up mess felt like a black hole of misery hollowed out inside him, and it hurt worse than anything Keyes could imagine. It felt like someone had taken a rusty trowel and shoveled out a pound of his guts, and he’d lie there at night listening to Danni’s sister chanting outside under the stars while he tossed and turned, sweating through fevers that left him delirious, imagining that he could hear that missing part of himself laughing there in the shadows of the dark little room where he made his stand against death and fear.

The room didn’t have any windows. It was actually a shack that stood behind Elise’s ramshackle house, which was halfway up the side of the mountain on a dirt road no one ever bothered with. Keyes spent his nights alone there because he couldn’t lie still, but Danni always joined him in the morning. She took care of him, and so did Elise.

Elise was an ER nurse. Or she had been once. Life in the city had burned her out, and so had the prescription drugs she’d stolen and abused for years.

After a couple of failed stints in rehab, she ended up back on the north coast reservation where she and Danni grew up. It wasn’t that far from anywhere as the crow flies, but it was far enough if you needed more than a twelve-step program to stay away from drugs. The way Keyes saw it, Elise had traded one dead-end addiction for another. She spent most of her days performing rituals and chanting prayers, but they hadn’t gotten her anywhere but the same damned shithole where she’d started out.

Elise claimed that some of the rituals were for Keyes’ benefit. A couple times she nearly smoked him out of the shack with some nasty-ass smudge stick ceremony. Keyes went along with most of it to humor Elise. He figured it was just so much new-age bullshit, even though she claimed her rituals had been old when Columbus set foot on these shores.

Keyes didn’t give a shit about Columbus, but he had to admit that Danni’s sister knew what she was doing when it came to tending his wounds. Soon he was up and walking. And a little while after that the night fevers started to go away, though the empty feeling in Keyes’ belly never did.

And then Danni started pushing him to meet up with Murdock and Morales. He knew she was right, but he couldn’t get himself to make a move. He kept thinking about the cop who’d ended up a red smear on the road, how the guy had gotten the drop on him. He kept remembering the sound of the shotgun, the big empty boom that still echoed in his nightmares.

It got so he liked it in the dark little room. He felt comfortable there. The room was an empty space, like the hole inside him carved by a dead cop’s buckshot and Elise’s scalpel. Sometimes Keyes wanted to take a big needle and stitch up the doorway, the same way Elise had stitched up his wound, but he knew he couldn’t do that. He knew he couldn’t stay in that little room, not if he wanted Danni to stay in his life.

“Trust me,” Elise said. “Let me try those other rituals.”

“Are they the same one’s you’ve tried on yourself?” Keyes asked too sharply. “The same ones that keep you up here on this mountain, living like a hermit?”

“We’re different, Keyes.”

“You bet we are.”

Her eyes flared at the slight, but she swallowed it. Instantly, Keyes regretted his words.

“I’m sorry,” he said.

“You don’t have to be. I know how things are. What I’m missing is something I never had, but that’s not your problem. You lost something. Maybe I can find it for you.”

Keyes only laughed at that. And it was strange, because his laughter sounded like the shadowy laughter he’d heard in his fever-dreams. And that made him laugh some more.

“You can’t let this thing get to you,” Danni said. “You do that and all of a sudden you’re someone else, and everything’s different.”

“I know,” Keyes said, and he looked for more to say. Sometimes he tried to tell Danni how he felt, but he didn’t like the tremor that crept into his voice when he talked about his fears. Sometimes, he’d try to brush the whole thing off and say that the problem wasn’t in trying to fix what was left of him, the problem was getting back the pound of guts that Elise had carved out of his belly. Most of all he knew that he’d lost something, something important and vital, something more than flesh. But most of the time he couldn’t find the words to make Danni understand that, and he felt like he didn’t even know where to look for them.

Danni did. She always found the right ones.

“I love you,” she said, and Keyes knew that it was true.

But late at night, when the fever returned and the shadows started to laugh, he wondered how Danni felt about the wounded man who lived in the dark little room.

Keyes doubled back to the road that led to Murdock’s cabin. He figured fifteen minutes had passed since Morales opened fire on him...maybe twenty at the outside. That was good, because it meant Danni wouldn’t be due at Murdock’s place for at least another hour.

If Keyes had anything to say about it, Morales would be dead by then, going cold as the banana slugs that crawled across the forest floor. Keyes liked the thought of that. He pictured Morales crumpled on the ground, curled up in a fetal ball with his throat cut and a knife buried in the gristly hunk of muscle that passed for his heart—

And he felt stronger seeing that. A sliced throat and a knife in the heart. That was the way he’d take Morales down, because the Mexican wasn’t the type of bastard you’d want to play around with. You bumped up against his action—straight ahead, from the back, or sideways—you’d have to be sure you finished him, because a guy like Morales wouldn’t quit until the devil himself had boxed up his sorry excuse for a soul.

Keyes wished he’d killed the man a long time ago, when he’d had the chance, when Morales wouldn’t have been expecting it. But he knew that wishing was a waste of time. As he hurried down the road at an unsteady trot, looking for Morales’ car, he concentrated on reality.

The car had to be around here somewhere, because he hadn’t seen it at Murdock’s place. Morales had been careful about that. Obviously, he hadn’t wanted Keyes to know that he was anywhere near the old man’s cabin. He’d wanted to get the drop on Keyes, the same way he had on Murdock.

But it didn’t look like that was going to happen. Keyes came around a bend, and there it was—Morales’ old Dodge Charger. He grinned, knowing that he’d hit the jackpot. Because wherever Morales went, he went armed. And not just with the .45 he’d most likely used to ventilate Murdock’s front door. No. Morales kept his own private arsenal in the Charger’s trunk—a sawed-off shotgun, a couple German machine-pistols, and enough ammo to stop a platoon.

Keyes pictured the stash as he jimmied the trunk.

It didn’t take long.

A soft thunk, and the lid rose before him.

He saw the guns, all right. But he saw something else, too.

Morales’ corpse was crammed into the compartment along with all that hardware. The Mexican was curled in a fetal ball around a pile of bloodstained cartridge boxes. His throat had been cut to the bone, and there was a knife buried in his heart—a knife just like the one that filled Keyes’ hand.

Keyes stumbled away from the car. The stitched hole in his belly had never felt so empty, and he dropped his knife without even knowing he’d done it. By the time he recognized the trap he’d fallen into, it was already too late.

Keyes didn’t want to turn around, but he knew that he had to.

Behind him, from a tangle of ferns beneath a thick-trunked redwood at the edge of the road, there came a sound.

It was a sound that Keyes knew all too well.

The long, cool whisper of deeply drawn breaths passing over dry lips.

The ferns parted, and the man who had set Keyes up for a perfect ambush stepped from the shadows. He held a pistol in his hand, and he didn’t limp at all because his knee had never been peppered with buckshot, and he approached Keyes with a slow, even gait.

Keyes jolted at the sight of the guy. He took a stumbling step backward. He didn’t know how to react...not at first. And then he knew. Suddenly and exactly, because there was only one thing he really cared about anymore, and it wasn’t the guy standing in front of him.

“Where’s Danni?” he asked. “Is she all right?”

“She’s fine,” the man said. “But she couldn’t stand to see this. That’s why she didn’t come.”

Keyes nearly closed his eyes, just for a second, wondering how much he could take. The man’s voice seemed to rise from a gut lined with steel. It was so strong. So sure. And the funny thing was that Keyes almost didn’t recognize it. But he did, because you had to recognize the sound of your own voice, even if you hadn’t really heard it in the last four months.

“And the money?” Keyes found himself asking.

“Murdock can’t hold out much longer. I’ll get the money, and that means Danni will have it. And I’ll take care of her. You, better than anyone, should understand that.”

Keyes did understand. He understood everything now, but he didn’t say anything else. There wasn’t anything else to say. And as the man’s shadow washed over him, so did a series of sounds: the low whisper of the things he’d lost echoing in his skull along with the gunman’s words, and the ritual chanting of a broken woman whose magic was much more powerful than Keyes had ever dared imagine, and the words of a woman he had loved.

The words of a woman he would always love.

“I love you,” Danni had said.

And Keyes knew that it was true. Even now.

He stared at the man Danni loved.

“It’s really nothing personal,” the man said, and Keyes couldn’t help it. A laugh bubbled up inside him as he stood there in the heavy redwood shadows, but it was a laugh he didn’t even own anymore. And the man who owned it joined in, and they laughed together, sharing the joke in the shadows.

They didn’t laugh long.

Maybe a handful of seconds.

After that, the man didn’t hesitate.

He pulled the trigger.

Norman Partridge

ICK LAYMON HAD a way with short, nasty stories that took a bite out of your hide by the time you hit the last line. That’s a harder trick to pull off than most people (especially most aspiring writers) suspect. The preceding story, “Second Chance”, is the first time I’ve tried to nail anyone’s eyeballs to the page with a twist ending in quite awhile. Hope I managed to do the job. Hope I gotcha!

That was definitely something Dick liked to do. He obviously enjoyed writing gotcha! fiction. From the time I first noticed his work in the late eighties, I could see that. Back then I was trying to get started writing fiction of my own, and I can remember gobbling up several Laymon novels as well as the numerous short stories that regularly appeared in the top anthologies of the day.

I admired more than a few of Dick’s short stories (“Dinker’s Pond” from Razored Saddles has always been a particular favorite), and I learned more than a little about pacing from reading his work. Dick was a master of that, and the talent carried over to his novels. You can see it in The Cellar, and you can see it in Resurrection Dreams, and you can see it in Funland...all barn-burner novels that bore the distinctive stamp of Dick’s personal narrative drive.

Dick was especially generous to new writers who were trying to get a foothold in the business. I sent him a copy of my first novel, SlippinInto Darkness, when it appeared from CD Publications. I’d never met Dick—he was simply a writer who’d taught me a few things through his work—and I got his address from Rich Chizmar and sent him a book as a way of saying thanks.

Shortly thereafter, I met Dick at an HWA event in Las Vegas. Much to my delight, he told me how much he enjoyed my novel. We spent the better part of an evening talking, and I told him about one particular section of my novel that his work had inspired. Slippin’ was told in third person shifting-viewpoint, and there was a moment in one particular section toward the end of the book where I tricked the reader into thinking the viewpoint character was one guy when it turned out to be another. When I told Dick I’d swiped that idea from one of his novels, he laughed and said, “Well, I stole it from William Goldman, so I win, because he’s a better writer than both of us!”

After the con, Dick dropped me a line and told me he’d sent a copy of Slippin’ to his U.K. publisher, hoping to pave the way for a foreign sale for me. It didn’t pan out, but that’s the kind of generous guy he was. I learned a lot about writing from him—both about the craft and the business, and especially about the power of tenacity.

I’m sure that I’m not the first person in these pages to say that Dick is missed, but that’s a simple truth. I wish I’d had the chance to give him a better payback than this story, but it’ll have to do.

I hope Dick would have liked it.

I’d like to think it might have caught him when he wasn’t looking.

Gotcha, Dick!

Bentley Little

SWF, college graduate, N/S, enjoys biking, travel, the novels of Richard Ford, the films of Woody Allen, and junk food. Looking for intelligent SM, N/S who appreciates same.

ON ONLY SAW the ad because it was boxed and right below his own, and though he’d vowed he’d never answer another personal—not after the 290-pound behemoth, not after the woman who looked like a man, not after the woman who turned out to be a man—he couldn’t help himself.

For one thing, his ad had been running for three months straight, and there hadn’t been a single bite. None. Nothing. Zip-a-dee-doo-dah.

For another, this ad spoke to him. He knew how pathetic that was. Only a total loser could read meaning into a three-line statement of abbreviated dating preferences, could possibly think that he could discern a woman’s true nature from an anonymous advertisement in the back of an alternative newspaper.

But, hell, why not be honest? That’s what he was. A loser. A failure. Why else would he be completely unable to get a date on his own? Why else would he have to resort to paid self-promotion, the last refuge of the terminally geeky?

He’d been telling himself that he’d shelled out the bucks for his own personal because he’d rather be the one screening replies than one of the hopefuls being screened, and while it was not something he was proud of, not something he’d ever admit to his parents or friends, he had a hell of a lot better chance of finding someone this way than he did hitting the singles bars.

But that was an overoptimistic rationalization. The truth was that he had tried everything else—from asking out co-workers to taking classes—and this was his only possible hope of ever finding someone.

But then he’d been wrong before.

He dialed the toll number at the bottom of the ad, left a short message, hung up, and promptly chastised himself for screwing up what could have been a real opportunity. It was his one-and-only shot, his chance to step up to the plate and dazzle his potential date with wit, charm and intelligence. But he’d sounded stupid. He’d just parroted back her Richard Ford and Woody Allen and junk food preferences, hadn’t really added anything of his own, and no doubt had come across as a grade-A number one doofus. He should’ve written down what he wanted to say, rehearsed it and read it. But no, he hadn’t thought things through, and now he’d botched his opportunity.

She phoned him back the next night.

Her name was Joanne, and, amazingly enough, it was the unscripted spontaneity of his call that had intrigued her, and she said that though she’d already received dozens of replies, his was the first message to which she’d responded. They hit it off immediately, and ended up talking for nearly two hours. Maybe she was a monstrosity, maybe she was a man, but he liked her so much he was willing to take that chance. Of course, the others had had nice voices, too—you couldn’t tell anything from a voice—but somehow he had a good feeling about this one, and gathering up his courage he asked her out on a date.

She accepted.

“The thing is,” she said, “I’m supposed to go off this weekend. Some friends of mine own a cabin up in Big Bear, and they’ve invited me up.” She paused. “They said I could bring someone if I wanted.”

He wasn’t sure how to respond.

“We could make that our date. If you don’t think I’m being too forward.”

“No, of course not.”

But she must have heard the hesitance in his voice, because she laughed. “We could drive separately and meet there, if you’d rather. That way you could bail if I turn out to be heinous or if I start getting on your nerves.”

“What about me? I could be Rondo Hatton. Hell, I could be a serial killer for all you know.”

“Anyone who knows who Rondo Hatton is can’t be all bad. I’m willing to take a chance.”

“Me, too,” he said.

“Then it’s a date?”

He laughed. “It’s a date.”

“Whew!” She let out an exaggerated sigh of relief. “My car needs some work, and I don’t really trust it going up the mountains.”

“No problem. I’ll pick you up at your place.”

They ironed out the logistics: addresses, times, directions, home numbers, work numbers.

“I’ll see you Saturday,” he said, signing off.

“I’ll be waiting,” she told him. “With bated breath.”

Saturday morning, the alarm went off at four. Joanne lived only ten minutes away and he wasn’t scheduled to pick her up until six, but Ron wanted time to shower, shave, make a cup of coffee, and fully wake up before their meeting. First impressions were important, particularly on blind dates, and he wanted to be at his peak.

By five-twenty, he was loading the car. He wasn’t taking much, but as an ex-Boy Scout, he believed in being well-prepared, and he’d packed an overnight bag with clothes for both warm and cold weather, his shaving kit and first aid supplies, as well as a couple of books to read.

He figured he’d better bring some sort of gift for their hosts, and yesterday he’d bought a netted sack of oranges at the grocery store.

He’d also bought some condoms.

Just in case.

Joanne had asked him to bring along an ice chest in addition to his own personal necessities, and that was the last thing he packed. He pulled it out of the hall closet, tossed in two packs of Blue Ice, and carried the awkward bulky object out through the kitchen, closing the door behind him with his foot. Ahead, through the open rear gate that led into the alley, he could see that his Saturn’s passenger side was open and the interior light was on.

He’d closed the car door, he was certain of it, and he was wondering if maybe he hadn’t closed it hard enough and the slope of the parking space had caused it to swing open, when he saw movement through the windshield. He stopped. In the faint illumination thrown by the car’s overhead light he saw a dark silhouetted figure rooting around in the back seat.

A hunchback.

His heart lurched in his ribcage. The hunchback pulled the passenger seat forward, carefully closed the car door and hobbled off, disappearing into the blackness of the alley.

Ron stood there dumbly, holding the ice chest, unsure of what to do.

The natural reaction would have been to yell at the man, to tell him to get the hell away from his car and house, to announce that he was calling the police.

But...

But Ron was not even sure that it was a man. Logic told him that the hunchback was merely a bum or a thief with a tragic deformity, but something about the figure’s movements and actions, and the way he’d slunk off into the shadows, made Ron uneasy, kindled a flicker of fear within him. The time of morning as well, the fact that the sun was not yet up, lent the entire situation a frightening, unreal air.

So he stood there for a few moments more, waiting to make sure that the figure was gone and not coming back, before stepping out into the alley and walking carefully over to the car.

He placed the ice chest on the ground and opened the passenger door, pulling the seat forward and looking into the back, where the hunchback had been rummaging.

He’d left Ron a present.

It was a dead dog. The animal had been placed on the floor of the back seat and inexpertly covered by Ron’s book bag. There was matted blood on the fur, but it was dried and the dog appeared to have been dead for some time. The animal was stiff, the legs folded in on themselves in an almost fetal position.

What was it? he wondered. Some sort of sacrifice?

No.

A trade.

His sack of oranges was gone.

He looked quickly up the alley, then down, half-expecting to see a lurching misshapen form carrying a sack of oranges pass through one of the pools of dim light thrown by the motion-activated security bulbs of various garages. But there was nothing. Only darkness, stillness.

He shivered, chilled by the irrationality of the entire situation.

But he pushed that feeling aside. He didn’t have time for it this morning. Any other day, he would have called his father, called his friends, called the police, gone through the step-by-step processes such an incident demanded. But he was on a schedule, he had things to do.

He went into the garage, found a pair of old work gloves and slipped them on. He was glad he’d awakened early, given himself some extra time. Grimacing, he reached into the car and picked up the dog’s body. It felt heavy in his hands, and this close he could smell a sweetly sick scent coming from the fur. He carried the animal’s corpse around the side of the garage and threw it in one of the garbage cans. After quickly spraying the car’s interior with Lysol and loading the ice chest, he headed off, driving with the windows open and the air conditioner on full blast in order to get rid of the lingering remnants of the smell.

He found her street easily enough, and although he counted down the addresses on the block he needn’t have bothered. While porch lights were lit at nearly every house, hers was the only one with interior lights on.

He pulled into the driveway behind a small Honda and got out of the car feeling oddly nervous—and not just because of what had happened. If before he had worried whether she would be up to his standards, now he was worried that he would not measure up to hers.

The front door of the house was opened before he was halfway up the walk, and a young slim blonde walked out. “You must be Ron,” she said, smiling broadly. “I’m Joanne.”

She was indeed very attractive. Out of his league, he would have said, but he sensed no disappointment in her eyes as she saw him for the first time, heard no falsity in her enthusiastic greeting.

“I just have a few things to pack into the car,” she told him. “An overnight bag and a few groceries. Did you bring an ice chest?”

“Yes,” he said, and she immediately frowned as his voice gave him away.

“What is it? What’s the matter? Oh God, you’re not coming.”

“No,” he reassured her. “Nothing like that.”

And he told her.

He described how he’d been carrying out the ice chest when he’d seen someone rooting around in the back seat of the car. The man disappeared into the shadows and Ron discovered that a dead dog had been substituted for the bag of oranges he’d intended to bring along as a gift for their hosts.

“Oranges?” Joanne looked at him, her eyes wide. “Was it a hunchback?” she whispered.

He felt an involuntary shiver of fear. Why was she asking this? Why would she know anything about it?

“Yes,” he told her.

She started shaking, crying. “Oh God. Oh God.”

“What’s wrong?” he asked.

“Oh, God!”

He felt helpless, confused. “What do you want me to do?”

“Yes!” She wiped her eyes, face brightening. “We’ll cut off the dog’s leg,” she said. “And boil it. Then we’ll feed it to my father.”

He blinked. “What?”

“Unless you want your father to eat it.”

“N-n-no!” he said, and his voice sounded to himself like a bad Jimmy Stewart impression.

“Come on, then.” She was assertive and in control, her voice and manner imbued with businesslike precision, her tears gone.

He didn’t know what was going on. He felt stunned, as though he were sleepwalking through water, and when she moved over to the passenger side of the car, he opened the driver’s door and got in.

“Hurry up. We don’t have any time to lose.”

They drove back to his place, and he got his gloves and a hacksaw out of the garage and walked out to the garbage cans, where he sawed off one of the stiff fetally-crossed dog legs.

He tossed the severed limb into the trunk along with the saw and gloves, and in silence the two of them retraced the route back to Joanne’s.

They boiled the leg in a Vision Ware pot, and sat in the kitchen talking about Woody Allen. Ron was struck by the morbid absurdity of it all, but Woody’s films were one of the interests they had in common, and perhaps it was best at this time to build on the things they shared. God knows, he didn’t want to talk or think about what was boiling on the stove, and their trivial conversation served to, if not take his mind off the grotesquerie, at least temporarily divert his thoughts to other, healthier, more normal avenues.

Joanne had turned on a timer, and when the bell rang, startling them both, she got out of her chair and walked over to the stove. He accompanied her. There was fur floating in the water, what looked like hair soup in the pot, and from this disgusting mess she fished out a bare, muscled dog leg.

“All right.” She grimaced. “Let’s take it to Daddy.”

She led the way out of the kitchen and down a short hall to what appeared to be the closed door of the master bedroom.

She knocked. “Daddy?”

Ron heard no response.

Joanne smiled. “He said it’s okay. Come on in.” She pushed open the door, but the room contained no bed, no dresser, no furniture at all save for a single white table. On top of the table was an oversized urn.

Joanne walked across the room holding the boiled leg and opened the urn’s lid. She looked inside. “Daddy? I have something for you.”

She dropped the leg in, and damn if Ron didn’t hear the sound of chewing coming from within the ceramic vessel.

She looked down and nodded, as though listening to a voice. “Oranges,” she said, and for the first time since he had initially told her his story, there was a tremor in her voice. “A hunchback.”

The chewing sound stopped. There was a faint high-pitched whistle, and then an almost imperceptible puff of ash blew up from the urn and settled on the white table top.

Joanne licked her index finger again, swallowing the collected ash.

“Let’s take a walk,” she said.

Ron looked at her dumbly. “What?”

“Walk with me. Just around the block.”

“It’s six o’clock in the morning, a hunchback traded a dead dog for my bag of oranges, we cooked the dog’s leg and fed it to your father’s ashes and now you want to go for a walk?”

“Please?”

Common sense was telling him to run like hell. Jo might not have been fat or ugly or a guy, but this sure as Christ wasn’t a normal situation, and the smartest thing he could do was to get out of here and not look back, write off this whole wretched affair as a loss. And yet...

And yet he didn’t want to. Despite the weirdness, despite the craziness, he liked Joanne, and for the first time in a very long while he’d actually met someone with whom he could see himself having a future.

Yeah. As she fed dead pet parts to her father’s ashes.

Everything was happening too fast. His brain had no time to sort out a proper course of action or even to sift through these recent events to determine what was tolerable and what was completely unacceptable.

“Please?” she repeated, and there was a lost sort of plaintiveness to the request that made him nod his head.

“Okay,” he said reluctantly.

Joanne looked at her watch. “We’d better get going. It’ll be light soon.”

She put the lid back on the urn, said goodbye to her father and closed the bedroom door behind them as they headed down the hall toward the front of the house.

It’ll be light soon? What did that mean?

They walked outside, and for the first time that morning, she touched him, taking his hand. Her fingers were soft, the pressure of her palm gentle, and he was suddenly glad he’d decided to stay.

They went up the street, past one dark house after another. Someone somewhere must have been up because he smelled brewing coffee. From the next street over came the sound of a car starting.

It was a typical suburban neighborhood, not unlike the one in which he’d grown up, not unlike the one in which he lived, but there seemed something odd about it now, something decidedly off key. It could have been that he was seeing everything through the filter of what he’d just been through, but he thought not.

It was the neighborhood itself that seemed off.

He realized that he never walked at this time of morning. He’d driven to work, he’d peeked out his windows, he’d seen occasional jogging fanatics and newspaper carriers, but he’d been an observer not a participant. He’d never been out in it.

Perhaps that was what he was reacting to.

They walked along, and for the first time Ron noticed that Joanne appeared to be on the lookout, that she seemed to be searching for something. She walked slowly, peering into side yards, staring intently at bushes and porches and patios. He didn’t know what she hoped to find, and he didn’t want to know, so he didn’t ask.

They continued on in silence.

At the corner, they turned right. Two houses in, Joanne stopped, her hand squeezing his in an icy grip.

“There he is,” she said, and he heard the fear in her voice.

“There who—?”

And he saw the hunchback.

He was lying on someone’s lawn, next to a row of bushes that separated the yard from the next door neighbors. Only...

Only he wasn’t a he. He wasn’t even human. He was a blob of what looked like blackened mulch and decaying vegetable matter. The rotting materials had been shaped into a human form, the form of a hunchback, and there was a foul stench coming from the unmoving figure that smelled like sewage and human waste.

Joanne swallowed hard. “Pick him up,” she said.

“I—”

“Or help me pick him up.” She looked around, looked east. “Hurry up. It’s almost light.”

Ron was not even sure that they could pick up the thing on the lawn. Unlike the animate and very real hunchback he had seen rooting around in his car, this figure appeared only loosely put together and ready at any second to fall apart.

But when they put their hands under it and lifted, the figure proved to be surprisingly solid. It was also quite heavy, and even with Joanne gripping the front half by the arms, he had to struggle to carry the bottom portion of the body.

It didn’t help that he was trying to hold his breath, and inhale only when he turned his head away.

They moved back onto the sidewalk and Ron started to walk back the way they’d come, but he felt Joanne pulling in the opposite direction.

“We have to go around the block,” she said.

He looked away from the body, breathed heavily through his mouth. “What the hell are we doing?”

“You know!”

No he didn’t. He had no clue. He could not even hazard a guess. But for some reason he had the feeling that he should know, that maybe, deep down, a part of him did know. And that frightened him.

A jogger ran by, nodding to them. “Morning.”

“Good morning,” Joanne told him.

The jogger made no mention of the body they were carrying, did not even seem fazed.

They waddled awkwardly down the sidewalk, the decaying form between them. Joanne was on the street side, he was on the house side, and two yards ahead, he thought he saw movement.

They drew closer. A woman was crawling naked on the lawn, head down, and appeared to be searching for worms.

There was a whole world out here about which he knew nothing, an early-morning universe that existed alongside the regular one, that overlapped it perhaps but was strange and fundamentally different.

At the next house over, an old man was taking down a small cross on which he’d crucified a rat.

Huffing and puffing, unmindful of the smell by now, their straining arms sore, the two of them finally returned to Joanne’s place.

She had become increasingly agitated along the way, and now she was backing up as fast as she could, maneuvering the hunchback’s body into a different position in the driveway.

“Hurry!” she said frantically. “The sun’s almost up!”

“What are we supposed to do?”

“Put him in the car!” There was an unspoken “of course” in her voice, as though he’d asked a stupid question to which everyone knew the answer. “Set him down and open the door.”

The last thing he wanted was that reeking decaying thing in his vehicle—he’d never get the smell out, no matter how many deodorizers he hung from the rearview mirror—and here he almost balked. After everything he’d done and gone along with, this was over the line, this was the last straw.

But he didn’t have time to object. Joanne, grown increasingly desperate, let go of the arms, opened the car door, and tried to lift the body up again and fit the head and upper torso into the car.

“Push!” she ordered.

Dumbly, Ron pushed. The hunchback’s head snapped under the body, and the entire figure flopped over the hump between the bucket seats and landed half in the driver’s chair.

“Shouldn’t he be in the back?” Ron asked.

“Doesn’t matter.” Joanne looked quickly over her shoulder at the lightening sky in the east and slammed the door.

All of a sudden, there was movement in the car. From behind the closed windows, Ron heard a muffled cry, a word that sounded like “Detente,” and then the sun rose, a single ray of light beaming cinematically onto the passenger window as though programmed to do so by a Hollywood special effects shop.

There was a whirlwind in the vehicle, a small black tornado that plastered rotting leaves and what looked like a blackened chili pepper with a human eye to the windshield and side windows.

And then it was gone.

Joanne opened the car door.

All that remained was a netted bag of oranges.

“Thank God!” she breathed, and he heard real relief in her voice. She kissed him on the lips, quickly, gratefully, and he smelled cinnamon, tasted sugar.

“What—” He cleared his throat. “What do we do now?”

She put her hand on his, and her touch was soft, smooth. “We can go,” she said. “If we hurry, we can be in Big Bear by lunchtime.”

He thought about what had just happened, then thought about how hard it was to meet someone, even through a personal ad, and he looked into her eyes in the orange light of the rising sun.

He took a deep breath. “All right,” he said. “Let’s go.”

Jack Ketchum

ICHARD LAYMON WAS born to be a horror writer. Just take a look at a photo of the guy. Hell, it’s written all over his face. Just look at that goofy wicked grin. Reminds you of the Great Pumpkin, doesn’t it?

Though Richard had more teeth.

But what can I say here? What can I say about Laymon that I’m not on record as having said already? It’s a problem.

That his violence was overstressed, his sense of humor underappreciated?

Nah, said that.

That he was basically just a great big grown-up kid at heart who had a gift for remembering raging teenage hormones better than anybody I can think of and in doing so, helped you back to finding your own?

Unh-unh. Been said.

That he was a great storyteller with a wild absurdist bent who flung you into a yarn and double-dared you to find your way out again?

Damn! Said something along those lines too.

What then?

I know. That he’s already been gone too long and I miss him. The good handshake, the firm hug.

The goofy Great Pumpkin grin.

Jack Ketchum

E PUT THE PHONE down in its cradle on the desk and sat back in the wooden armchair—its springs creaked. The springs annoyed him. If he held on to this job for any time at all he’d have to remember to bring in the 3-in-1 oil.

In his crossword puzzle he was stuck on a nine-letter word for shapeless. All he had was a final s.

Four calls, he thought, in a little over two hours, the first two hours of his very first solo shift. Damn! People were depressed these days. He’d taken the training and asked a few questions but obviously he hadn’t asked one of the important ones—just what was the volume anyway?

He hadn’t expected it to be this heavy.

If grief were cash he’d be looking at a windfall here.

Could be it was the storm outside. A heavy cold March rainfall. He could hear it pounding at the windows of the Y. The storm wanted in.

A low barometer was called a depression, wasn’t it?

He wondered if there was a connection.

Connection. Another interesting word, given what he was doing.

He was considering an expressly forbidden trip to the men’s room for a Winston when the phone rang again.

“Crisis Center Hotline,” he said. “How can I help you?”

“I’ve been...I’m thinking that...”

The voice was agitated, thin. Male.

“Yes?”

“I’m thinking that maybe I ought to kill myself.”

“Why would you want to do that, sir? Talk to me about it. That’s what I’m here for.”

He sighed. “Okay. All right. It’s been nine whole months since Barbara left and I still can’t put it behind me—that last conversation, those last couple of days, I still can’t stop thinking about her. Jesus, nine whole months! You’d think I’d be over it by now, wouldn’t you? What do you call it? Reconciled? I mean, people have babies in nine months! I get up in the morning and the first thing I do is check my e-mail, thinking maybe there’ll be a message from her. Something. There never is. I’m constantly depressed. My sleep-pattern’s a goddamn wreck. I don’t eat enough, I drink too much. I can’t seem to decide what to do with myself, y’know?”

“You can’t get control of things.”

“That’s right. That’s it exactly. Everything’s out of control. You should see me. You really should. I’m a mess! I’ve gained weight, my immune system’s all shot to hell—I’ve had three colds already this year, herpes sores, the whole bit. Half the time I don’t even bother shaving. I can’t get into my work god knows...”

“What do you do for a living, sir? If you don’t mind my asking.”

“I’m a painter.”

“A housepainter?”

“No, I paint. I do magazine and book covers. And my own fine art. I’ve got a gallery here and there. But I can’t seem to give a damn about any of it anymore.”

“You’ve lost contact with a lot of your friends, am I right?”

“That’s right.”

“Are you taking risks? I mean unnecessary risks?”

“Hell, yes. I had to drive into Portland last weekend to pick up some materials, some supplies, you know? Twice I walked into oncoming traffic! Then driving back here I had the Buick up to seventy and...well, do you know the area up north of there?”

“Yes, sir, I do, sir. Lived in this area all my life.”

“Well, then you know all these blind hills, all these hairpin turns along route 80. A dog, a cat, another car—any one of them could have sent me off the road. I’m not even that good a driver. Look, please don’t call me ‘sir,’ okay?”

“All right.”

“No offense.”

“None taken.”

“It reminds me of my father.”

“Your father?”

“He always wanted us to call him ‘sir.’ Know what I mean? So I’m supposed to be a painter, right?”

“Uh-huh.”

“Well, what I’m just trying to say here, it seems as though since Barbara left, everything’s completely drained of color. Everything’s gray. No color at all. It’s like the best of me, of my life, she took away with her. Like she took something I honestly can’t get back again. That I’ll never get back again. Like there’s no point. Like the best of me’s past and gone now. You see what I’m saying?”

“You can’t stop the pain. And you can’t see a future without it.”

“That’s right.”

He leaned forward, elbows on the desk. The chair creaked again. The rain pounded. They’d told him during the training sessions that just the act of talking to someone could temporarily change perspective, offer a reprieve, that simple human contact actually had the power to alter brain chemistry. He didn’t know if he believed that but it was time to get cracking.

“Can I ask you, have you given any thought to how you might do this?”

“Do what? Take my life?”

“Yes. You don’t have any guns in the house, do you?”

“No.”

“That’s good. How then?”

“I...I don’t know.”

“I bet you can’t guess what I used to do for a living.”

“Excuse me?”

“I’m retired. You know what I used to do for a living?”

“What.”

“I was a cop.”

“A cop?”

“That’s right. Twenty-four years on the highway patrol.”

“Really?”

“That’s right.”

“I don’t get it. Why are you telling me this?”

“Because over twenty-four years you see things. A lot of things you don’t necessarily want to see. You know in some states attempted suicide’s still against the law? It is. And there’s a reason for that. Do you know what you goddamn people put us through? You jump off a bridge, we find you gray and blue and bloated in the water. We pick you up, good chance you’re gonna explode in our faces or fall the hell apart in our hands. Blow your head off and we pick pieces of you out of the carpet or the grass or scrape what passes for your brains off the goddamn walls. Take a dive off a building you maybe kill a pedestrian, whoops, sorry! We got to figure out who the fuck’s who. We pack you in bags, wipe away your vomit and shit and your piss. You miserable sonovabitch. You make somebody else pick up your cold dead guts and you think you’re worth the trouble. You want to die? You piece of shit I ought to kill you! I’d at least be cleaning up my own mess! My mess! Oh, you’re such a nice guy, you’re hurting, my fucking heart goes out to you!”

He could almost hear the pulse racing on the other end of the line and then it went dead. Same as the last four—though the teenage kid had hung up on him halfway through when he told him to stop sucking at his mother’s tit. The little prick.

He replaced the receiver.

He knew this couldn’t last. How could it? Somewhere along the line somebody, one of these goddamn whiners, was going to decide complaining about him was worth living for and that would be the end of it.

Meantime he figured he was doing a lot of good here.

He suspected he was probably batting four out of five.

He doubted the kid would off himself but then he doubted he’d be the one to do any complaining either.

It was time for that smoke. Hell, he was a volunteer. Screw the rules. He got out of the chair and left the office and walked down the empty hall to the men’s room, sat in a stall that still reeked of the janitor’s morning Lysol and lit up. He listened to the rain and wind outside. He got into a coughing fit, which served to remind him he had only one lung left which was why he’d left the HP in the first place. He wondered what he’d do with himself once they kicked him off this job.

Find another crisis center? They sure weren’t in short supply.

He flushed the butt and when he got back to the office the phone was ringing.

“Crisis Center Hotline. How can I help you?”

“I’m about to eat my weapon.”

“Excuse me? Say that again?”

“I said I’m about to eat my weapon. What are you, deaf? I just wanted somebody to know. Not that that makes any goddamn difference either.”

“Ralph?”

“Huh?”

“Ralph? Is that you?”

“What? Who the fuck is this?”

“Jesus Christ, Ralphy. It’s Joe. What the fuck are you talking about?” He’d know his ex-partner’s voice over a screaming crowd at Fenway Park.

“Aw, shit, Joe. It fucking figures, you know? I call to tell some anonymous fuck he can shove life up his asshole and I get you of all people. I always said if it wasn’t for bad luck I wouldn’t have none at all. Proves me out. What the fuck are you doing manning a crisis center? You fucking hate people!”

“Jesus, Ralphy. I don’t hate you! What the hell are you thinking of?”

“I’m takin’ the .45 caliber highway, Joe.”

“You can’t do that!”

“Sure I can. McNulty did, remember? Only his was a .38.”

“Wait. I’m coming right over.”

“Nah. That’s bullshit.”

“Don’t do anything until I get there. Promise me.”

“What? You want to watch? That’s my Joey. That’s my boy.”

“Come on, dammit! Listen to me. Don’t do anything to yourself! I want you to promise me.”

“’Bye, Joe.”

“Wait! For chrissake wait!”

“Amazing. Good old Joe Fitzpatrick, model compassionate citizen. Now I seen everything. Now I can fucking die happy.”

“Wait, goddammit! Ralph. Ralph!”

But the line was dead and by the time he made it through the goddamn storm so was Ralphy, all over the kitchen floor, so he had to call for cleanup. He knew the number.

Regina Mitchell

ICK LAYMON WROTE stories like nothing I’d ever read before. They were fast, bloody, and violent—but most of all they were fun. His writing was a huge influence, and most of the lessons I learned were from simply reading his fiction.

I learned that characters in fiction were allowed to be real, to speak and act like real people. I learned that old ideas can be reworked into fresh, exciting ones—if you give them a personal touch. I learned that a book doesn’t always have to end the way you think it should.

I also learned that not all famous writers are jerks. They can have families and be pleasant. They can write blood-soaked fiction and still be nice guys.

I only met Dick Laymon once, and I was too scared to do more than stammer “Hello” and shake his hand. I was too embarrassed to ask him to sign any books for me, but I did get up the courage to send him an email or two later. To my surprise he answered me. And later that year he sent me a hand-drawn Christmas card.

I’m sorry that the next generation of horror writers won’t have the same chance I did, to see that a great writer can be a great person as well, but I’m thankful that others may see the huge influence he still has over many of us and that they, too, may read his work and be inspired.

Regina Mitchell

HE DIRTY NAKED boy ran down the street sniffing the air.

Mother?

But he had never known a mother, not really. Just Kylie and the memory of a scent, a woman scent fresh in the stale desert air, similar to what he smelled now, reminding him of soft, pink flesh.

Flesh he still tasted in his dreams.

Alison got out of the car and stretched her legs, grateful to be outside despite the heat. She twisted her blonde hair into a ponytail as she spoke. “So, this is your ghost town.”

A stretch of broken road surrounded by six or seven wood frame buildings bleached by sun and the blowing desert sand. A cluster of shacklike dwellings was visible a few miles away; even further were the mountains.

“Yep. Isn’t she a beaut?” Steve looked around proudly, as if he had built it with his own hands.

Alison nodded, thinking, not really. The town looked like a tornado hit it and nobody bothered to clean up afterward. Glass from broken windows glittered in the dust. Broken boards were strewn here and there. Most of the signs were long gone, but a few remained. The word “Groceries” was faintly visible on one, the word “Clark” on another. But what did I expect a ghost town to look like? she asked herself. Deserted places weren’t supposed to be pretty—that was part of their charm, part of the reason she’d agreed to spend the night here. It would be something different.

“I’m glad you came out here with me, Al.” He put his arms around her waist. Rested his head on her shoulder. “Much nicer than camping with the guys.”

“You think?” She laughed.

They stayed that way for a while, looking at the landscape. It was so quiet here, so...desolate. She thought of the tagline from a movie she’d seen: In space no one can hear you scream.

“Do you want to put up the tent?” Steve asked.

“Isn’t that what we brought it for?”

“Well, we could sleep in one of the buildings.”

“In one of them?” They had originally planned to camp in the desert beside the town, but the thought of staying in one of these places was sort of intriguing. And then she thought of the downside. “But what about scorpions and spiders? And snakes? At least we know they aren’t in the tent to begin with.”

“It was just a thought,” he said. “No big deal.”

“No, I think I want to. But...let’s look around first, see how bad it is.”

Alison grabbed a flashlight from the back seat and patted her rear to make sure her pocket knife was still there. It was an old Swiss army knife, not much in the way of defense, but having it close somehow made her feel safe.

“You know,” Steve said as they approached the steps, “I read a story once where these people found an old body with a stake in it in a ghost town like this.”

“This is supposed to make me want to sleep in here?” Alison stopped to tie her shoe while Steve went off to peek in what remained of the window.

“No.” He adjusted his sunglasses. “Just saying we might find something cool.”

The boy ran off the pavement and into the desert, loping on hands and feet, oblivious to the heat of the ground, the prickly plants he trampled, the rocks he kicked. He ran toward Kylie and the others, nose still full of that delicious scent.

Inside was slightly cooler but full of stale air. A counter ran the length of the side wall. It was hard to tell what color it originally was but it was now faded to the same nothing as the rest of the place. Broken pieces of furniture were strewn on the floor along with shards of glass.

“We’re gonna have some clean up,” Alison said. “I vote we just pitch the tent.”

Steve nodded. “Agreed.”

“I’ve gotta pee. Will you be all right without me for a few minutes?”

“You want me to go with you?”

“You want to watch me pee? That’s disgusting!”

“No, dufus, I just don’t know if we should split up.”

“Why, is someone going to watch me—like the people in that car?” She pointed out the back window to an old red car leaning heavily to the right. It was missing the driver’s door and the front seat. From the dirt and muck covering it, it looked like it had been there quite a while.

“All right, smart ass. You want to go, then go. But hurry up. I want to check out the rest of this place before we make camp.”

She kissed him on the cheek and said in her best Arnold voice, “I’ll be back.”

Despite what she had said to Steve, she looked around before going around the side of the building and lowering her pants. Should have gone to the car for toilet paper first, she thought. Her pockets held nothing except a few dollars and her ATM card, and the knife. Maybe she’d go back to the car, anyway, and grab a couple of sodas. They could sit on the porch and drink them. The thought of cool carbonation was too much to resist. She pulled up her pants and turned.

Someone was at the car.

At first she thought it was a shadow, dark and low to the ground, but then it moved.

Alison remained completely still, watching as it made its way around the back of the vehicle, then she ran as quietly as she could inside to get Steve.

He was upstairs and she hurried, sticking to the sides of the rickety steps in hopes they didn’t collapse. “Steve,” she whispered loudly. “Steve, do you have the keys?”

He walked out of one of the rooms and jangled the pocket of his baggy shorts. “Sure, they’re right here. But, didn’t we leave it open? What’s up?”

“Shh! There’s someone at the car.”

“What do you mean there’s someone at the car?”

“Someone’s at the car. I saw them slinking around the back.”

He stepped past her and went down the stairs, grabbing a table leg from the floor on his way out. She followed.

Alison waited on the porch steps as Steve approached the car, table leg held behind his back. There was a noise behind her and then she was falling off of the porch and onto her right knee. Pain shot up and she rolled to the side clutching her bent knee.

“Alison!” Steve turned to come back to her but a naked man crawled out from under the car. He was at least six inches taller than Steve, who stood a stocky five-eight, and wiry. He seemed composed entirely of thin muscle. He growled deep in his throat, and as Steve looked up he saw that the guy’s eyes were red. They glinted in the reflecting sun.

“Steve?” Alison was worried. She sat up, cradling her knee and tried to rise. She wanted to go over to Steve and put her arms around him, pull him away from the crazy man.

The boy ran excited circles in the street, tongue hanging out, as Alison struggled to her feet.

The man lunged at Steve.

The pair fell in a mass of flailing limbs. Steve struck out against the man’s side with his makeshift club, but it didn’t seem to affect him. The man scratched with surprisingly long nails, tearing trails down Steve’s side. Steve pushed forward in a panic, feeling with surprise that the fight was exciting the man. He pushed up at the man’s chest, dropping the useless table leg, and was surprised when his hand slipped. The man’s chest was now covered in fine, oily black fur.

Alison limped over and plunged the tiny blade of her knife into the sun-browned skin. She pulled it out and struck down again but was knocked backwards by the boy who jumped her from the side.

Steve grabbed the man’s face and pushed, hoping to break or at least damage something enough to make the man back off. Instead he looked at Steve with something like a smile. His smile was distorted, teeth impossibly long, eyes glaring red and angry.

He bit down on the hollow of his neck.

Steve screamed in agony as the man, now a wolf, chomped. Again and again.

Alison screamed, struggling with the boy. She had lost her knife during the fight with the man, the bloody black creature that stood over Steve’s still body licking blood from the open wound.

Darkness.

She opened her eyes to dim light. She was inside now, breathing stale, musty air, the tangy scent of fresh meat. Her head rested on someone’s lap. The person’s fingers smoothed her hair in a soothing motion.

“Steve?” But the legs were too small, skinny and soft, not the firmness she was used to. “Steve, what happened?” She turned her head and looked up.

The girl smiled, breathing foulness onto Alison’s face. “It’s okay.” She spoke slowly. Her face was a mottled pink mass of scar tissue. Long, thin scars that had healed poorly leaving bubbled white masses on the tender flesh. Her left eye was lower than the right and half closed; the other was a bright blue and it stared at Alison. “Kylie’s here.” Her hands kept patting Alison’s hair, moving the blonde strands off of her face. She repeated her name over and over. “I’m Kylie. Kylie, Kylie. That’s me. Kylie. Kylie is here to help.”

Alison pulled herself into a sitting position, Kylie’s hands still stroking her hair. She pushed them off.

“Kylie, where’s Steve?”

Kylie shook her head. “No—Kylie. Kylie here. Kylie, Kylie,” she sang like a child.

Alison made out movement on the opposite end of the room and moved to see better. A pack of men—man-beasts—were gathered around something on the floor. Alison knew it was Steve, knew it but would not believe it, because if that was Steve, what was going to happen to her? She looked around for a window, a door, but she couldn’t leave without Steve. She had to make sure he was alive...and get the car keys from his pocket, presuming they hadn’t fallen out.

All of them were hunched over on hands and feet, covered in slick, black hair. The boy was still smooth and brown; he had not changed. One of the man-beasts let out a howl and padded over to Alison, tongue hanging out. His erect penis swayed with the movement. The leer on his face told Alison everything she needed to know

Oh God, Alison thought. Oh, no. Her gorge rose but she held it, swallowing hard, as the man sniffed at her. She kicked him in the face, ignoring the pain that flared in her knee, smiling at the crunch. Maybe she’d knocked out a few of those sharp teeth. He wasn’t the one who had mangled Steve, but she’d take revenge on this one, oh yes. She kicked again as hard as she could, pummeled his head with her fists.

He came back snarling and raked her face. She grunted and pushed, punched, trying to remember what she had learned at the self-defense course she took three years ago. The boy ran up, yipping, and stopped between them. He stood on his hind legs and looked at the beast. The beast snapped at the boy’s face but walked slowly back to the pack.

The boy dropped back to all fours, nudging his head against Alison’s side, lifting her shirt and placing his cheek on her belly. She found herself petting the boy’s head, much as Kylie had patted hers.

He padded back across the room. Alison stood, shaking, as tears ran down her face. What was she going to do now? There were so many of them. If she dared to make an escape, to run out the window behind her, would she be quick enough? She looked at Kylie, sitting cross-legged and humming. How did she fit in? Would she stop Alison from making a break for it? Alison reached up to her cheek and winced, wondering if someday her skin would look like Kylie’s. The scratches burned. I should be scared, she thought. But this isn’t happening.

The boy scampered in front of the beasts and they moved aside to let him in. Alison got a glimpse of Steve’s gored body. He was naked, arms and legs bloodied, stomach flayed open. The boy bent his head down, took a bite of something, and shook his head as he fought to free it. There was a loud sucking noise and he rolled onto his back eliciting yelps of laughter from the others. He took the prize in his mouth and trotted away with it, pulling when it got stuck. One of the elders leaned forward and snapped the intestine with his teeth.

Alison sank to the floor, blanking the scene out. She should be crying, she knew, but she couldn’t. This wasn’t real. A snippet of song came to her, “I’m not here, this isn’t happening.” She sang it in her head to drown out the chewing sounds as the pack began to eat.

One of them buried his head in Steve’s torso, shifting his body. His hand flopped onto the ground, the hand she had held earlier in the day, the one she had expected would caress her tonight.

“Oh, Steve.” She concentrated on the song, singing first in her head and then out loud.

The boy dropped his earlier prize and went back to lap at a pool of blood on the floor.

Tears came, and Alison wondered if they were as salty as Steve’s blood. Hands stroked her hair again and she heard Kylie’s sing-song voice. She let her head fall back.

Slurping sounds as the boy finished up and then went back to the corner to chew some more. A beast broke from the pack and slunk over to the girls. Alison cringed, allowing Kylie to hold her. I’m not here...this isn’t happening.

“Kylie,” Alison said. “Kylie, Kylie, Kylie.”

But Kylie couldn’t help her. The beast had taken hold of her upper arm with his teeth and dragged her away. Others noticed and joined him. One bit into her cheek with a sickening pop as another chewed into her stomach.

Alison tried to get up but slipped and fell on her stomach. She clawed at the floor, scooting away as something heavy pounced on her back. Claws raked her clothes, peeling them off. The little boy watched with a smile as the beast entered her.

“Kylie,” he said pointing at Alison. “Kylie, Kylie, Kylie.”

Alan Beatts

HERE ARE A NUMBER of fine things to be said of the horror writing community in general and horror writers in specific. As a newcomer to the field in 1998, I was struck by the uncommon friendliness and, for lack of a better word, gentility of the people I met.

My first real contact with the larger world of professional writing and publishing was at the 1998 World Horror Convention in Phoenix, Arizona. I had opened my bookstore a mere six months previously and was as wet behind the ears as they come. I’d always been an avid reader but my experience with writers was nonexistent. I arrived at the convention with no idea what to expect and spent a good deal of time feeling a bit lost. I did, however, have a goal. Other than to not look like a babbling fool and sell a few books—I had only marginal success at either of those things.

One of my most enthusiastic customers had been telling me about Richard Laymon for several months. This customer was a huge fan of Laymon’s work and had asked me to get a few books signed while I was at the convention. So, books in hand I went to the Friday evening mass signing. After embarrassing myself trying to tell one of the guests of honor how much I like his writing (always a bad idea), I went off in search of Richard Laymon. I found him sitting a bit off to the side of the room, smiling and cheerful. I went and got the books signed. While he signed them we talked a bit about my store and I mentioned that I was getting the books signed for a customer of mine. Books signed, I moved aside so the next person in line, a woman with a luggage cart loaded with books, could get by. Goal complete I headed to the bar to get over having been in a room full of authors.

It was there that Dick came up to me and introduced me to his wife and daughter. We spoke for a while about inconsequentialities and I mentioned that I would love to have him come to my store for a signing. We exchanged cards and both headed our separate ways.

At the time I was struck by how friendly and flat-out normal he (and, for that matter, everyone I met that weekend) was. I had expected a slightly odder and, to be honest, harder-to-deal-with crowd at a horror convention. I didn’t know at the time just how common my misconception was.

Three and one half years after that meeting I received a phone call from his wife informing me that Dick was dead.

It felt then, as it does today, that I had lost a brother.

And yet, I can count the number of times I saw Dick in person on my hands. How could someone with whom I spent so little time come to mean so much to me?

After a considerable amount of reflection I’ve concluded that it was because Dick was such a gracious and truly warm person. Almost all my contact with Dick was at industry functions, conventions mostly, so I had many opportunities to see him dealing with younger writers and fans. They would approach him nervously and be chatting and laughing within minutes. He had a talent for making people feel comfortable and even more importantly, valued.

The general public expects horror writers to be at least as disturbing as the material of which they write. The perception is that, to write such gruesome, terrible stories, the author must be at least a bit deranged themselves and act that way.

I cannot look into the minds of the authors I know and so I cannot speak to their sanity or lack thereof. But I can comment on their actions, and those actions are far from deranged. In fact, I have never been in the company of a more sane and pleasant group of people. They are polite and considerate, entertaining, witty and even charming. They laugh a lot and are, if you’ll forgive the term, jolly. Sometimes they might drink a bit too much (all right, much too much) but they don’t break things often and almost never get into fights.

All in all, horror writers are better adjusted than the average. At least they act that way and I suspect that they really are that way. The why of it is a bit of a mystery but I know what a big piece of it is.

Unlike the rest of the inhabitants of the genre ghetto (science fiction, fantasy, romance and westerns), Horror and its older cousin, Mystery, are confrontational instead of escapist. Unlike the others, the imagined world in these genres is worse than ours, not better. Terrible things happen and if the good guy wins—far from a common event—the price is very high. In fact, the price of “winning” is often so high that one wonders if the protagonist wouldn’t have been better off losing. Unlike even mysteries, in Horror there is, by the very nature of the genre, no escape from terrible things. That’s what the genre is all about, a bad world made even worse.

Why people read or write it is not a subject for this essay. What it takes to write it? That touches on the unreasonable sanity of horror writers.

To write horror one must imagine a world far worse than this one. A world where there are monsters under the bed, where being a good guy gets you not only dead, but eaten in the bargain, and where the worst thing that you can imagine happens. And then you have to write about it with such detail and imagination that the reader believes it.

In the process, how can one avoid confronting and making some kind of peace with one’s own fears? I can’t explain why, but that process seems to produce some very kind, gentle, sane people.

Dick once wrote a story in which a high school age girl is raped by one of her teachers. The rape scene is truly horrifying and graphically detailed. A terrible thing, yes?

More terrible though, is that the character of the girl is very closely drawn from Dick’s own daughter. As is the rest of the family. Including the father, who for quite some time has no idea that the rape has happened. At first look it might seem comprehensively sick to even imagine such a thing, let alone to write about it. Yet, what father hasn’t thought of such a thing happening? But many fathers and mothers shy away from thoughts like that. Horror writers don’t. Dick certainly didn’t.

The second time Dick and I met was just before the 1998 World Fantasy Convention. It was on the occasion of his first appearance at my store. I’ve always liked it when authors read some of their work before a signing and Dick kindly consented to read a short story. Back in those days we had a smaller store and so we did our readings in the basement. A basement reading could be a bit intimidating—the room was large, brick-walled and just a little damp. The light was deliberately a little spooky and, for the reader, it was hard to see the audience.

The story that Dick read was “Kitty Litter”. It’s a sweet little tale about a girl coming to adopt a kitten. Except the girl is really rather horrid. And she threatens the quiet fellow who’s giving away the kitten. And then steals the cat. By the end of the story you’re quite happy when she falls in the pool and drowns. The nice fellow who was so mistreated listens to her splash and then goes for a walk.

It was an excellent reading and there was no doubt in anyone’s mind that Dick was the quiet, nice fellow who takes a walk. It was not until quite a while later that I discovered that Dick was very nervous at that reading. The reason? It was the first time he had ever read his work in public.

Would Dick Laymon actually walk away from a little girl who was drowning, regardless of how horrid she was? I’m sure he wouldn’t. But, like many people, he certainly might have wanted to.

Dick, myself, a number of other authors and my staff had dinner after that reading. The (wise) manager of the restaurant put us in our own room at the back of the building. However, throughout that dinner people kept poking their heads in to “see what all the laughing was about.”

Quite a contrast, isn’t it? A man who can imagine his daughter raped, write about it, and sell this nightmare for money. Yet the same man always had a kind word of encouragement for younger authors, worked tirelessly for the overall good of the horror field as a leader and organizer, and would giggle like a girl when provided with suitable amounts of certain beverages.

It may be quite a contrast but it’s not contradictory. Dick could imagine walking away from a drowning girl or his daughter being raped. He could turn it over in his mind and see each detail. He could put words around the worst things that we can imagine. And it made him sane because he had looked at all the darkness, confronted it, and passed it by.

Richard Laymon was one of the best-hearted people I’ve ever known in my life. All the blackness went out on the page, where it will continue to thrill, frighten, and entertain long after we’re dust.

Brian Keene

RITE ABOUT HOW Dick Laymon influenced us, in two hundred words or less. Sounds like an impossible homework assignment. Dick was a lot of things. Look at his incredibly prolific body of work and you’ll understand how he influenced an entire generation of horror writers. He was a husband. Father. College graduate. Librarian. Schoolteacher. Temp worker. Legal report writer. Bram Stoker Award Winner. Practical joker. HWA President. History buff. Firearms expert. Friend. Mentor.

Cub scout den mother.

That’s how I remember Dick, as the den mother of the “Horrornet Cabal.” We were young and ready to conquer the horror genre. Dick cheered us on. We wrote, revised, and submitted. Dick guided us. We were full of piss and vinegar. Dick topped us off when we ran low. He drank with us. Laughed with us. And when we “occasionally” got ourselves into trouble, Dick was there to bail us out (even when he was the one that had inspired us to cause trouble in the first place).

When one of us did something he liked, a story or an essay perhaps, he’d say: “The Dick is pleased.”

First Laymon I ever read as a kid was The Cellar. I loved the Beasts, and tried to capture that in the story I wrote for this anthology.

Dick would be pleased with that, I think.

The table of contents for this book is full of those cub scouts (and girl scouts) that Dick Laymon watched over—all grown up now but still causing trouble.

The Dick would be pleased with that, too.

I miss him...

Brian Keen

ECKA KNEW SHE was going to drown. Gasping, she filled her lungs as a wave forced her below.

Above, she saw the legs of the other castaways. She swam toward them. Her head broke the surface.

A TV camera stared back at her.

Ignore it. It doesn’t exist.

The men on the boat glanced at her, impassive.

“Think they’ll give us a ride?”

Jerry treaded water beside her, droplets rolling off his shaved head and chest.

“You know the rules,” she panted. “Initiating contact with the crew means disqualification.”

“I was just kidding! You’re Becka—right?”

She fought to keep from swallowing water as another wave crashed over them.

“Right,” she spat. “I’m sorry. I don’t like the water.”

Shit! Now he knows a weakness he can exploit.

“This?” They drifted farther from the ship. “This is nothing. Hang on to me and I’ll get us both to shore.”

The camera boat raced ahead, lenses trained on Shonette and Marcy.

Becka hesitated.

“Look, that million dollars isn’t going to do you much good if you drown before reaching the island.”

He held out his arm. She paused, and then took it. The muscles were hard, his skin slippery. He propelled them forward with confident strokes.

Ahead, Troy swore as a wave knocked his battered green Jets cap off his head. Arms flailing, he swam after it. The hat floated by Marcy, who plucked it from the water, waving it over her head. Laughing, she shot forward.

“Hey,” he shouted. “You’re playing with your fucking life, sweetheart!”

The camera caught it all. Becka noticed that the guy behind it seemed to linger on Marcy’s breasts.

“She’s certainly got no problem staying afloat. Wonder how much she paid for them?”

“Ha,” Jerry chuckled. “Remember, all of America might hear you say that.”

Her own breasts brushed against his chest. Her nipples were stiff, whether from the water or excitement she didn’t know. Maybe a little bit of both.

Jerry blushed, and then grinned again.

The helicopter roared overhead, shooting aerial footage and ferrying Roland to the island.

The island. It loomed before them, a foreboding volcanic mass of hills and jungle.

“It looks like something out of Jurassic Park,” Becka observed.

“Yeah, but on this island, it ain’t the raptors you gotta watch out for,” said a voice behind them.

They turned in surprise. Antoine’s approach had been silent.

“What do you mean?”

“I mean that we gonna be busy enough watching our backs around each other,” he nodded. “We the dinosaurs this time. Everybody’s out to get paid.”

“You were a Marine, right?” Becka asked.

“I was. Twenty-fourth MAU.”

“Maybe we should form an alliance,” Jerry suggested. “Whaddya’ say, yo?”

“Yo? My name is Antoine. Just because I’m black, you think you can talk to me like I’m some kinda thug? Where you from?”

“Los Angeles,” Jerry stammered. “I own a video store.”

“L.A.,” Antoine mused. “I’m from North Carolina, so we ain’t homeboys.”

He thrust past them, parting the water like a knife.

“He seems nice,” Jerry muttered.

Troy was frothing now. Shonette and Heather had joined Marcy in a game of keep-away with his hat. Larry waded toward the beach.

One by one they reached it, sprawling in the sand. Each of them tried to ignore the cameras flitting between them, filming every word. Heather and Marcy stretched, letting the luxuriant sun warm them, while Larry openly leered. Shonette busied herself with some stretches. Antoine stood off to the side. Troy sat on a nearby rock, muttering and twitching.

“What’s wrong?” Becka asked him.

“I need a fucking cigarette,” he snarled in a thick New York accent. “Thirty days of this without a smoke!”

“Why didn’t you just bring some as your luxury item?” Jerry asked.

“They made me pick between my hat and my smokes. I don’t go anywhere without my hat.”

“You’re from New York?”

“No, I’m from Bodega Bay, California. But I grew up in New York. Brackard’s Point, armpit of the fucking world. Left my first wife there and drove to Florida. Left my second wife there and drove to Seattle. Left another bitch there and drove to Bodega Bay. Been there ever since. My hat stayed with me the whole time.”

“Hey,” Heather called. “Here comes Roland!”

Roland Thompson stepped out of the helicopter, dressed in a safari outfit, and strolled across the sand toward them.

“Prissy fucker,” Troy muttered, and began to twitch again.

“Hello everyone,” he greeted them in a deep baritone. “Welcome to your new home, where you will compete with your fellow castaways. The last one to leave this island will go home with one million dollars.” Everyone clapped, except for Troy, staring sullenly at the sand.

“I want to congratulate each of you. For this, our seventh Castaway competition, we received over ten thousand entries. You eight were chosen to be our contestants. You’ve met each other already, onboard ship, but for the audience, I’d like to have each of you introduce yourself again. Tell us where you’re from and what you do for a living.”

The camera swooped in on Becka.

“My name is Becka,” she smiled. “And I’m a student at York College of Pennsylvania, where I’m studying to be a graphic designer.”

“I’m Jerry, and I’m a clerk at a video store in Los Angeles, California.”

“I thought you said you owned a video store?” Antoine questioned.

“Well,” Jerry’s ears turned red. “It’s my Uncle’s store. He’s never there so I pretty much run it.”

“So you lied.”

Jerry said nothing. Antoine stared into the camera.

“My name is Antoine. I’m from North Carolina. I own a private security firm.”

“I’m Heather, and I’m a housewife from Lansing, Michigan.”

“I’m Marcy, and I’m here from New York City, where I work as a securities analyst for a development company.”

“I don’t even know what the fuck that means,” Troy said as the camera swung toward him. “But my name’s Troy. I bend wrenches for a living. I live in California, and I need a fucking smoke.”

“I can see already that we’re going to have to bleep you a lot,” Roland commented. The group laughed.

“I’m from Atlanta, Georgia. My name’s Shonette, and I’m a telemarketer.”

They groaned.

“So you’re the person that calls every time my family sits down for dinner,” Heather teased.

“It beats bending wrenches, I can tell you that,” Troy said.

“My name is Larry. I live in Washington D.C.,” he swaggered directly toward the camera. “I’m a lobbyist for the biggest insurance firm in the nation, and I will be the last person left on this island.”

“A lobbyist?” Troy snorted. “Hell, that’s worse than being a fucking telemarketer.”

“And you,” Larry blustered, “will be the first one off the island, wrench-boy.”

“Not if we cook you and eat you, ya yuppie fuck.”

“Well,” Roland broke in, “I can see we’re off to a good start! You’re all familiar with the show, but I want to run over some of the rules again. Initiating direct contact with the camera crew results in immediate disqualification. You can talk to each other and myself, but you may not address the crew, unless they specifically address you first. Even when you’re sleeping, at least one of them will be awake, filming. When their shift is over, the helicopter will ferry them back to the ship. As each of you are voted off the island, you will also return to the ship.

“Every other day, you’ll be given a challenge. It may be physical or mental, and each day the parameters will differ. The winner of that day’s challenge will vote for the person they feel should leave the island. You can compete against each other individually, or form teams of three. In the case of the latter, the winning team will vote on an individual. Once you have three votes, you will be asked to leave immediately.

“When not competing in a challenge, you can stay together, split into groups, or go it alone. I suggest working together at the beginning. Our scouting party only spent a day here, but in that short time they determined that food and water are in abundance. It is up to you, however, to find it.” He paused.

“As a brief historical note, you’ll be the first human beings to spend the night on this island in over one hundred years.”

“Why is that?” Larry asked.

“Caribbean tradition holds that it’s haunted. The natives avoided this island, because their legends taught that the caves here were the mouths of the underworld. They believed it to be infested with demons. And then there’s the legend of the Japanese squadron who disappeared here during World War Two. It’s been the focus of several television documentaries. There’s also the account of the Marcelle, which anchored here in 1905. Legend has it the crew stayed one night and left, swearing never to return.”

“That’s because they weren’t after a million dollars,” Marcy said.

Roland filled them in on a few more rules, then departed back to the ship, leaving behind six camera and sound technicians.

Becka noticed Antoine staring into the jungle.

“What is it? Is something wrong?”

“It’s quiet. No birds, nothing.”

“Maybe the helicopter scared them away?”

“Maybe,” he nodded, “or maybe it really is haunted.”

He grinned.

“It’s kind of weird, isn’t it,” Shonette whispered. “Having them follow us around everywhere?”

Heather glanced back at the two men, one wielding the camera and the other a microphone.

“Yeah, but I guess we’ll get used to it.”

They threaded their way through a tangle of vines, pressing slowly through the foliage in search of fresh water.

“This sucks.” Shonette slapped an insect from her ebony thigh.

“Yeah, but it beats having to lug back firewood. We’ll let the men do that.”

“Girlfriend, I’d let Antoine do a lot more than that!”

The man with the microphone crept closer.

“Jerry isn’t bad either,” Heather mused. “I think he’s got a crush on Becka.”

“That Troy guy is cute, too.”

“Yeah, but in a psycho kind of way. What about that creep Larry?”

“The way that man was staring at Marcy’s chest,” Shonette exclaimed, “you’d think he was gonna attack her right there on the sand!”

“First chance we get, we knock him off the island.”

“So we’re a team then?”

“I’m willing if you are,” Heather offered, sticking out her hand. Shonette took it.

“Just so we remember there can be only one winner,” she reminded Heather.

“Agreed.”

They pressed forward.

“You sure you remember the way back to camp?” Shonette asked. “We’ve gone a few miles.”

Heather didn’t respond. She’d stopped in her tracks, peering into the greenery.

The open mouth of a cave stared back at them.

“So do you have a girlfriend?” Becka asked Jerry, regretting it immediately.

“No,” he replied, and she breathed an inward sigh of relief. “But I’m always on the lookout. Want to hook up?” He winked at her.

“I don’t know you well enough,” she replied coyly, checking to make sure Marcy was out of earshot, “but I would consider an alliance while we’re on this island. It would be nice to have someone to trust.”

“Yes, it would,” Jerry agreed. “But an alliance doesn’t mean you’d be able to trust me. What if we play the game all the way to the end, and it comes down to you or me? What then?”

“Then I’d have to kick your ass and win the million. But don’t worry, I’d give you a loan.”

He laughed, the sound of it echoing through the trees. Becka picked some more berries, placing them on the wide piece of bark she was using as a makeshift basket.

“Found some good ones,” Marcy announced cheerfully. Immediately, the cameras focused on her cleavage. She gave her breasts an extra shake and smiled teasingly. Then she stopped, cocking her ear.

Jerry grew silent, too. Becka tilted her head and listened. The wind rustled softly through the leaves. The surf crashed against the beach. Then, much closer, a droning buzz.

“What is that?” Jerry stepped forward, lashing at a fern with his stick. The cameraman followed.

Marcy sniffed the air, her nose wrinkling.

The ferns parted, revealing a splash of red. Then more. Crimson spattered the leaves and the ground. The carcass of a wild animal, freshly killed, lay strewn in pieces. Flies busied themselves in the rancid meat. The scattered remains made identification impossible. The brown, matted fur was sticky with gore. A hoofed leg had been gnawed on and tossed aside. Scraps of organs and raw flesh lay shriveling in the sun—leftover droppings from whatever had done this. A sour stench, faint but noticeable, hung over the clearing.

Jerry turned his head and puked.

Becka closed her eyes. Cringing, Marcy turned away.

What she saw next made her scream.

“Man, get off your lazy ass! I ain’t lugging this firewood by myself!” The camera crew had followed Antoine into the jungle, and for the moment, Larry and Troy were alone on the beach. Troy stumbled with an armload of driftwood while Larry sprawled in the sand with his eyes closed.

“Please,” Larry frowned, waving a hand in his direction. “Can’t you see I’m thinking?”

“Think about my fucking foot in your ass.”

Larry rolled over onto his stomach, sand clinging to his back.

“Is that any way to talk to the guy that can get you a cigarette?”

“You got some?”

“No, I quit years ago. But I know somebody that does. They brought it as their luxury item.”

“Who?”

“The nigger. Antoine.”

“Dude, not only are you a lazy fuck, you’re a racist, too?”

Larry ignored the question.

“Antoine brought along a pack of Marlboros as his luxury item. Make a deal with me, and I’ll get you one.”

“What kinda deal?”

“You have to give me your word that you won’t vote against me, should you be given the opportunity.”

Troy flung a piece of driftwood into the ocean, then whirled on him. Calmly, Larry rose to his feet.

“You know,” the wiry mechanic spat, pointing a dirty fingernail at him, “we get guys like you in the shop all the time. Bring their BMW in for an oil change and expect to have it done in five minutes. Want us to drop what we’re doing and focus only on their car.”

“I drive a Lexus, actually.”

“That ain’t my point!”

“Well then, please do make your point.”

“Guy like you comes in last week with a cracked engine block. Wanted me to fix it. Told him I couldn’t. He gets indignant with me, wants to know why not. Know what I told him?”

“Something profound, I’m sure.”

“I told him ‘that fucking fucker is fucking fucked’.”

“And your point is?”

“So are you, you Lexus driving piece of shit.”

Larry’s face grew red and he took a step towards him. Troy did not back down.

“That’s not gonna be enough firewood,” said Antoine, stepping out of the treeline. He hefted a bundle of long, straight sticks.

Larry leaned close to Troy’s ear.

“Keep in mind what you need to do if you want that cigarette,” he snarled, then stepped away. “What do you have there, my friend?” he smiled at Antoine.

“Weapons.”

“Weapons,” the lobbyist stared at him blankly. “For what?”

“Hunting. Fishing.” He paused, sitting down on a rock. “Protection.”

“So how do you plan on manufacturing these weapons?”

Antoine grinned and reached into his boot, pulling forth a knife. Larry gasped as if he had pulled a rabbit from a hat.

“With this,” Antoine told them, letting the setting sun play off the blade. “This was my luxury item.”

“You are so fucking dead, man,” Troy told Larry. “Cigarettes my ass!”

Marcy’s scream exploded from the jungle.

Immediately, Antoine, Troy, and the two crewmen dashed toward the trees. Larry lagged behind.

The soundman grabbed his radio from his belt, and barked into it as they ran.

“Team Two, this is Three! Do you copy?”

There was a pause, and then came a breathless reply.

“Copy Team Three. We’re okay. I repeat, we’re okay. One of the contestants got a little spooked.”

“Roger that,” the soundman said. “Thought we might have had an injury. Should we stand down?”

“No, get them up here.” Even through the speaker, it sounded odd. “You might want to get this on camera—get their reactions. Looks like the survey team might have screwed up.”

“Say again, Two?”

There was a longer pause.

“We’re not alone on this island.”

“See,” Shonette told Heather, “the tunnel is narrow for the first six feet. Then it opens up wide enough for us to stand.”

“I’m still not crazy about going in there.”

“You worried about snakes and bugs?”

Heather knelt down beside her and poked her head inside the crevasse. “Shonette, I’ve got three boys at home. I’m used to snakes and bugs and worse. But it’s dark in there, and we can’t see what we’re getting into.” The cameraman stepped forward, the light mounted on his camera shining brightly. He said nothing, merely waited to see what they’d do next.

“See, now we got us a light,” Shonette said. “It’ll be nightfall soon. Let’s just check it out quick, and then we’ll head back to camp. Maybe there’s a spring inside or something.”

“I don’t know.” Heather shook her head doubtfully. “I still don’t think it’s a good idea.”

“I thought we were partners,” Shonette pouted. “You’re not gonna wimp out on me, are you?”

“Alright, let’s go in.” Heather sighed with reluctance. “Just promise me we’ll head back before it gets dark.”

They crawled inside, followed by the two crewmen.

Outside the cave, the shadows grew longer.

Night was approaching.

The jungle held its breath.

“What the hell is it?” Jerry asked.

“I think that’s obvious,” Larry sneered.

In the mud was a single footprint. It was human in shape, having five toes and a heel, but that was where all similarities ended. It was twice as long as any man’s foot, and at the tip of each toe there was a long impression that designated a claw or talon.

One of the technicians drew away from the group, whispering nervously into his radio.

Antoine noticed his agitation. “We’ve got problems, ya’ll.”

“Let me see this thing,” Troy demanded, elbowing his way through the huddle. “What’s the big deal about—”

He froze, and then scurried backward.

“Oh shit!”

“What is it?” Becka asked. “Troy?”

“Look at the fucking size of that thing!”

Eyes wide, he turned to run. Antoine reached out and seized his arm. The second cameraman paused, unsure of what was occurring but continuing to film. The one on the radio faced the group.

“Folks, I just spoke with Roland, who spoke with the network. The game will continue. This is a temperate zone, and it’s been subject to a lot of rain recently. Obviously, this is the track of some wild animal, distorted by the weather patterns and the drying mud. No further discussion. We are back in game, starting now.”

Troy yanked his arm free and turned on the cameraman. “Ask Roland and the executives how much crack they smoked today.”

The other contestants gasped.

“You know the rules! That’s grounds for immediate forfeit.”

“Man, fuck you and fuck the game! Have you seen tracks like these before?”

The cave smelled fetid. Shonette and Heather crept forward, past several branching tunnels. The two crewmen shuffled along behind.

“Can we leave now?” Heather whispered. “There’s nothing in here.”

“Why are you whispering?”

“I don’t know,” Heather replied, nudging her with an elbow. “Seriously, we need to get back. If you want to explore it more, we can come back tomorrow.”

“Maybe I’ll bring Antoine with us.”

“See,” Heather accused with a grin. “I knew you wanted this for a love nest!”

Their giggles echoed off the cavern walls—

—and continued after they’d stopped. A soft, dry laughter seemed to come from everywhere and nowhere.

The cameraman turned the light back the way they had come. “What the he—”

The throaty laughter turned into a brittle hiss.

There was someone behind them. Several someones.

The light flashed on something white and slick, with skin like the belly of a dead fish. A snouted, brown-haired face scowled, then opened its mouth and snarled.

The girls screamed, scrambling backward. The cameraman watched through the lens as a powerful hand swiped downward. He noted in amazed detachment the black, curved talons on each finger as they swung toward him, and then he knew no more.

The camera shattered against the stone floor. The light went out, plunging them into darkness.

The thing pounced.

“This has got to be part of the show,” Larry scoffed. “Think about it. They scare us and film our reactions. Makes for great drama back home.”

“That’s no special effect!” Troy pointed to the muddy print.

“So what,” Marcy exclaimed, “you think it’s Bigfoot?”

“I don’t know what the hell it is,” he admitted, “but I don’t like the looks of that footprint. Claws like that could rip us apart.”

A soft whimper escaped Becka’s throat. Jerry put his arm around her. “It’s okay.” He squeezed her waist. “Larry’s right. The whole thing is a hoax. This is just some new twist on the game. Anything for ratings.”

A savage, screaming howl answered him from deep within the jungle. “Then what the fuck was that?” Troy shouted.

“Look,” the lead cameraman said, all pretense of playing the game put aside. “Let’s all go back to the beach, find the other players, and I’ll radio back to the ship and see what they say.”

“Permission to speak?” Antoine asked him.

“Go ahead. The game is halted.”

“Can you radio the crew that went out with Heather and Shonette? I think we’d all feel better knowing they’re okay.”

“Sure,” he nodded, pulling the radio off his belt. “Team One, this is Three. Do you copy?”

There was a shrill burst of static, then a grunting sound.

His brow furrowed. “Team One, I didn’t get that. Say again.”

Heather’s scream ripped through the speaker, followed by a wet, slapping sound.

“OH GOD! OH GOD, IT HURTS! SOMEBODY HELP US! PLEASE HELP MEEE—” Her scream turned into a high, keening wail that cut off abruptly. This was followed by a barking growl.

The radio went dead.

Another howl erupted from the trees, followed by several more. Something crashed through the foliage toward them.

“Everybody back to the beach!” the lead cameraman screamed.

The branches parted and a massive, hairy creature lunged forth. It looked like a mutant ape; its body was covered in thick brown hair, except for the belly and chest, which were white and hairless. It was snouted like a pig, and the beady eyes looked all too human, flashing with malevolent intelligence. It sprang onto the lead cameraman’s back, and he collapsed under its weight.

Troy ran. Jerry seized Becka’s hand and pulled her along. The three remaining crewmen split up, equipment forgotten. One ran with the contestants. The other two held their ground.

“GO!” Antoine screamed, shoving Larry and Marcy, who stood frozen, watching the cameraman being torn asunder by one of the raving monsters. Its sharp claws shredded his clothes and flesh. The creature growled in wicked delight and pulled forth a gray, ropy prize from his abdomen. It began to eat.

The bushes rustled as five more sprang forth.

Larry shoved Marcy out of the way and dashed into the jungle. She fell to the ground, unmoving.

Antoine put himself between her and the advancing creatures, and drew his knife.

“C’mon, you ugly muthas!”

The first thing ignored his taunts, its snout buried deep inside its victim’s chest.

The others bore down upon them.

“Home Base, Home Base do you copy?”

Branches whipped at them as they fled.

“Where the fuck is the beach?” Troy shouted.

“Keep going straight,” Jerry panted, clinging to Becka’s hand.

“Home Base, this is Two. Answer me, god damn it!”

“Craig, what is your malfunction,” Roland’s voice chastised him. “You know better than to speak that wa—”

“With all due respect, Mr. Thompson, shut up! This island is hostile! Repeat, this island is hostile! We’ve got dead and injured and we need to evacuate! Meet us at the drop zone in ten minutes!”

“What do you—”

“NOW!”

A creature crashed out of the greenery directly in front of them. With a hideous roar, it swiped out with one clawed hand, catching the cameraman in the face. His cheek and scalp were flayed open, revealing his teeth and skull. Screaming, he dropped to the ground. The beast attacked, tearing and slashing.

Troy, Jerry and Becka ran, the sounds of pursuit getting closer.

Jerry ducked under a branch, pulling Becka along with him. He spied the beach, and farther out, the ship. The helicopter rose from the flight deck, floodlights burning in the darkness.

Becka caught the branch with her chin and winced in pain as it drew a red welt across her cheek. She ducked and it snapped back, knocking Troy’s hat off.

“My hat!”

“Forget about it,” Jerry urged. “They’re coming!”

Troy scrambled after his cap, just as one of the creatures jumped forward.

Antoine quickly felt for a pulse, relieved that Marcy was alive.

The monsters tore through them. They pounced upon the first cameraman, ripping his arms from their sockets with a wrench, and then used them to club the second.

Antoine charged the fifth one, thrusting upward with the knife. The blade sank into the slick flesh of its belly, and the beast grunted in surprise. Its foul breath blasted his face. Warm, sticky blood ran over his knuckles. He jerked the knife free and stabbed again, feeling the blade go deep. The creature shuddered, then collapsed. A long, pink tongue rolled out of its mouth, then it lay still.

The others stopped ravaging their kills, and glared at him with yellow eyes. Slowly, they circled him.

The biggest of the four moaned. Antoine glanced at its waist.

The creature was erect. Its penis, staggering in size and covered with rugged contours and bulging black veins, bobbed in the air.

Something slammed into him from behind, knocking him to the ground. A great weight pressed his shoulders down, crushing him. Black nails clenched his hair, yanking his head up. His shorts were torn away in one swipe. Talons pierced his skin, holding him down as something long and oily and hard pressed against his tightly clenched buttocks, and rammed between them.

Marcy woke to Antoine’s screams.

She watched helplessly as a beast raped Antoine from behind. Another drew its penis to his up-stretched face. She stared in disbelief as the creature thrust forward, plunging its member into Antoine’s eye. It grunted, shoved, and then sank it to the hilt as the membrane in his eye socket burst. Antoine jerked, arms flailing wildly, then lay still. Both creatures continued thrusting.

They spasmed in orgasm, and then withdrew, leaving a gaping ruin at both ends. Still hard, they stroked their blood-slicked members, and fell upon her.

She prayed they would kill her. Prayers unanswered, she slipped from consciousness again.

Larry exploded from the jungle and ran out onto the cliff. A mile away, he spotted the chopper bulleting toward the beach.

“Shit!”

He waved his arms frantically.

“Hey! Hey, over here!”

His calls were answered by a growl. He turned as a lone monster stalked towards him.

“Oh God,” he whimpered. “Hey, over here! Help me!”

He backed towards the edge, and the beast crept forward. He could see that it was a female. Pale, round breasts dangled in the moonlight. The dark hair sprouting from between its legs was matted with dirt and insects all the way up to its filthy navel.

The creature emitted an unpleasant, musky odor. Larry cringed as he breathed it in. Despite his fear, he was amazed to find himself growing hard. Each breath brought more arousal.

His erection strained at his zipper.

A deep purring issuing from her throat, the she-thing straddled him.

Larry screamed.

The creature held Troy’s hat in one clawed hand, its black snout crinkling in curiosity.

“GIMME BACK MY FUCKING HAT!’’

“Troy,” Becka screamed. “What are you doing?”

“He’s crazy,” Jerry stammered. “He’s snapped. Come on, let’s go!”

“Troy, the chopper’s coming!”

“I ain’t leaving without my hat.”

Hefting a football-sized rock, Troy faced the creature. With a rough, throaty chuckle, it stepped toward him, still clutching the hat.

Troy swung the rock, aiming for its face. He missed as it sprang backward.

“Get the hell out of here,” Troy shouted. “I’m gonna show this fucker how we do it in Brackard’s Point!”

They ran. The jungle gave way to sun-bleached sand.

The helicopter’s lights bathed the beach in an eerie false light. The whirling blades kicked up a swirling cloud of sand.

“Over here!” Roland’s amplified voice called to them over the bullhorn. “This way!”

He jumped from the chopper, head ducked low, brandishing a rifle. “What’s happening? Where are the others?”

“They’re dead,” Jerry gasped. “Those things got them.”

“Things?”

Ignoring him, Becka and Jerry clambered into the helicopter.

“What things? What are you talking about?”

“I think they mean those things, Mr. Thompson,” the pilot hollered, pointing toward the jungle.

An army of beasts flooded from the jungle and dashed toward their location. Roland scrambled aboard, and the chopper began to rise.

At that moment, from a point closer to them, a lone figure emerged from the brush, one hand waving frantically and the other holding a battered green Jets hat tightly to his head.

“Troy!” Becka screamed.

The beasts raced toward him. His mouth opened wide, his screams lost beneath the roar of the helicopter’s blades.

“C’mon,” Jerry shouted, leaning forward. “You can do it!”

Roland raised the rifle’s scope to his eye, set the stock firmly, and squeezed the trigger. The closest beast fell to the sand.

“Fuuuuuuuuuuck me!” Troy shrieked and grabbed for Jerry’s outstretched hand. Screaming, he climbed aboard as the chopper rose into the air. His shirt was shredded and bloody. A ragged furrow had been gouged in his side, and scratches and bite marks covered his arms.

Furious, the monsters howled into the sky, gnashing their teeth and shaking their fists. One of them wielded a human arm, waving it like a flag.

Becka buried her face in Jerry’s chest.

“My God.” Roland stared at the scene below. “If the media gets a hold of this before the network has had a chance to put a spin on it—I’ve got some calls to make!” He fumbled for his cell phone.

Troy sprang forward, grabbed it from him, and flung it out the window.

“Game over!”

The helicopter soared through the night, leaving the island bathed again in darkness.

Larry watched the ship, laughing as it vanished over the horizon.

The female writhed above him, shuddering as their hips pounded together. Her teeth sank deep into the meat of his shoulder. Suddenly, she disengaged herself, his penis sliding out of her with a wet smack. She knelt before him on all fours, looking back at him expectantly.

“I win,” he cackled as he thrust himself into her. Tears coursed down his cheeks. “I win! I’m the last one left on the island!”

The female screamed in orgasm, and Larry’s scream of madness sounded much like her own.

Brian Freeman

HIS STORY SPARKED a conversation I had with Richard Laymon while I was in college. This was at Brian Keene’s house, during an event fondly known as KeeneCon. I had a family obligation that prevented me from hanging out the entire weekend, but one of the main reasons I decided to sneak away for at least one afternoon was the chance to finally meet Dick in person.

Once there, I had no idea what to actually say to him, so I basically hid in the corner (like I usually do at these things) and said nothing. Finally I gathered up the courage to approach him, still with no idea what to say, and I ended up talking about the first thing to pop into my head: a paper I had written for a journalism class the previous semester.

The class was about writing feature length news articles, but the final assignment was meant to be an experiment in creating vivid descriptions. The professor told us to imagine a wife driving home with a surprise for her husband. We were to describe the drive and the surprise, “kind of like a short story.”

Well, I wrote a piece called “Loving Roger,” and I suspect it was unlike anything else the other students in the class came up with in response to the assignment. I’m still not sure why I took the approach I did, given the subject matter of the class, but the idea was just there in my head, so I ran with it like I normally would with any other story.

After I turned the paper in, it wasn’t too long before I started to have second thoughts about what I had written. Was it really a good idea to share this sort of story with someone who was going to decide if I passed a journalism class and who had influence over the department that would control the rest of my college education?

When my paper was returned to me the next week, I saw a lot of red ink at the top and my heart dropped. Then I read what the professor had written: “I don’t understand what you’ve done here, but it’s VERY creative. A+”

I passed the class.

So, a few weeks later and not knowing what else to say to Richard Laymon, I told him this story there in Brian Keene’s dining room, and then I asked him: “So is that a good sign or a bad sign?”

He paused, thought about it for a good long moment, and finally replied: “I think that’s the BEST sign.”

Everyone laughed, and I was relieved and thrilled.

“Loving Roger” was never submitted for publication, but I think it’s only fitting for the story to appear here. I just wish Dick could have read it for himself.

Brian Freeman

VERYONE MAKES MISTAKES, a truth Patty knew all too well from her lifetime of experience, which was why she believed in the power of forgiving and forgetting when a wrong had been committed against her.

She even told this to the women at the rundown motel where she had been staying lately, but she didn’t think they understood. Not that it mattered. She would never go back there or see those people in that terrible part of the city again. The motel was loud and dirty and everyone was rude. The walls were made of dirty cinderblock and her neighbors were so dangerous all of the windows had metal bars on them.

Patty had never been in such an appalling place before, and she loved God and she loved her husband, which was why she had to get away from there as fast as she could. She was relieved she would never have to go back again. Today she would forgive Roger and then they would begin their new life together.

“Everything will be better now,” Patty stated, trying to stay focused on her goals while she drove. “I understand what we did wrong and I’ve learned from our mistakes.”

The noise of the city hammered Patty as she slowed the rental car to a stop at one of the many busy intersections between her and the suburbs. The summer day would have been beautiful if she hadn’t been trapped in the middle of the polluted city. A tractor-trailer roared past, horn blaring, engine snarling, black puffs of smoke spitting out of the chrome pipes behind the cab as the driver ran the red light.

While Patty waited for the light to change, she made sure the large bottle of cheap champagne was still upright on the seat next to her, and then she pulled a compact from the side pocket of her new purse. The price sticker and bar code were still affixed to the bottom of the peach-colored plastic shell.

Her tight white dress was also brand new, as were the red bra and panties and the high-heeled shoes. She had never dressed like this before in her life. She wondered what her mother would say. Then Patty pushed the thought from her mind.

She flipped the compact open and checked her makeup, lipstick, and hair in the tiny mirror. She felt so much older now. Dark lines had formed under her eyes and wrinkles were carving niches in her skin. All of the emotional turmoil had done this to her, she realized.

Could be worse, Patty thought, returning the compact to her purse. The stoplight was still red. She checked the large bottle of champagne again—she wasn’t used to having alcohol in the car and she was afraid a police officer might see it—and then she opened the glove compartment and reached for a tiny bottle of perfume called Noix Cheres, which she had purchased especially for tonight.

The perfume cost her over $50 and she knew Roger would kill her if he discovered she had spent so much on so little. She was terrified she might somehow lose the bottle, too. After leaving the fancy store, Patty had hidden the bottle behind the assorted collection of paperwork in the glove compartment. She felt relief when she confirmed the perfume hadn’t moved.

Patty hoped Roger would like the scent. He was always looking out for her, trying to make her happy and keep her safe, and she knew she needed to be more aware of his needs if their relationship was to stay strong. Yes, there had been some problems lately, but she now realized those problems weren’t all Roger’s fault. During the time she had spent in the rundown motel, she had begun to see the world differently.

“Tonight I’ll make up for lost time,” Patty said as she liberally sprayed the Noix Cheres onto her neck. The perfume smelled like spoiled fish to her, but the saleslady had said the scent was perfect for an evening of romance. The lady had said the perfume was divine.

The light changed and someone behind Patty honked. Patty raised her middle finger—something else she had never done before in her entire life—and then she headed home, not looking back.

An hour later Patty slowed to a stop in front of the two-story colonial house deep in the heart of the suburbs. The street was tree-lined and the sidewalks were decorated with children’s chalk drawings. The kids playing around the neighborhood always made Patty a little sad since she and Roger could never have a baby due to his incredibly low sperm count.

The proper lawns were dotted with trimmed shrubs and beautiful gardens for as far as the eye could see. Everything looked so much more alive than when she left. So much more beautiful.

Patty realized she really was seeing life differently now. She checked her watch and smiled.

“Perfect!” She had at least an hour until Roger came home from work. The champagne bottle would be chilled when he arrived and she was positive the evening was going to work out exactly as she had dreamed.

Patty got out of the car and stepped onto the lawn. The grass was green and soft. She loved her home and her yard and her neighborhood. She never wanted to leave again.

She approached the front door and shifted the bottle of champagne under her arm. Then, as she reached for the doorknob, she stopped dead in her tracks, her hand freezing in midair as her mind processed what she had just realized. She didn’t have her keys!

If Patty couldn’t get inside the house, her plans would be ruined. She wasn’t even sure when or where she had lost the keys, but it had probably happened that dreadful day when she fled from the house, her mind full of confusion and anger.

Everything about those events was a painful blur, and Patty pushed the awful memories away again. She had to forgive and forget, she reminded herself. The past was the past and the only way to move on with her life was to accept the mistakes people sometimes make.

Patty suppressed the growing panic that threatened to ruin her plans, took a deep breath, and walked through the garden to the back of the house, her shoes leaving a trail in the brown mulch. A large hedge wrapped around the lawn, guarding the property line. A tall oak tree towered above her like a sentinel, the thick branches shaking in the breeze. The cool air felt good on such a warm summer day.

Just as Patty expected, the sliding glass door at the rear of the house wasn’t locked. She slid the door open and stepped into the house, the bottle of champagne gripped tightly in her hand. Cool air washed across her sweaty skin.

The white linoleum in the kitchen was spotless and the ceiling fan turned in slow, clockwise movements. Next to the microwave was a wooden block that held seven specialty knives. The knife set was new, which Patty found to be a curious development. Was it a surprise gift to her from Roger? Had he already come to the same conclusion she had about their future?

Patty had always wanted a knife set like that, had pointed them out to Roger a million times, but she quickly forgot about the knives when she noticed an even more dramatic change in the kitchen: the brand new Kenmore refrigerator!

Patty crossed the kitchen, hardly able to believe what she was seeing. She had wanted a new refrigerator since they first moved into the house so many years ago! But then Patty stopped again, a frown forming on her tired face and deepening the creases in her skin.

On the door of the refrigerator were comic strips and newspaper clippings and “honey do” lists held in place by a wide variety of magnets. Some of the magnets were shaped like animals, others like clouds, and still others like fruits and vegetables. One was from a grocery store chain she had never heard of before.

None of these magnets and collected pieces of paper belonged to Patty. “Who are you?” a woman asked from the doorway to the dining room. “What are you doing here?”

Patty spun around, the champagne bottle slipping from her hand, hitting the edge of the kitchen counter and shattering. Patty and the other woman both cried out in surprise as the liquid inside the bottle sprayed across the room like a foamy wave breaking on the beach. A long moment passed and neither woman moved, as if they were statues frozen in time.

“Who are you?” the woman asked again. Then she laughed nervously. She was much younger than Patty, with blonde hair and blue eyes and long legs barely concealed by a sexy red dress, as if she had been preparing for a night out on the town. The woman reminded Patty of the slutty girls she had known in her college days, back when she met Roger for the first time. She had seen how he looked at those girls.

“I think the question is, who are you?” Patty asked, glancing down at the pieces of glass shimmering in the bath of champagne. A cold block of ice filled her stomach, forming a tight knot of nervousness and anger.

“My name is Sally.” The woman’s voice was a little less harsh this time, showing a hint of concern. “Are you okay, hon? What are you doing here?”

“I live here with Roger. What are you doing here?”

“I’m sorry. You must be confused,” the woman said. “This is my house.”

Suddenly Patty realized who this woman was, who this woman had to be. The whore! The goddamned whore who had seduced her husband! Patty looked at the broken bottle and the spilled champagne pooling on the linoleum; the rage she had been suppressing for a lifetime boiled over, melting the block of ice in her gut. The nervous panic burned away, replaced by anger and bitterness.

Patty turned to the wooden block on the counter and selected the largest knife. Then she turned and took a step toward the woman, kicking the base of the broken champagne bottle across the kitchen with a loud thump.

“No, wait a minute,” the woman cried out as she backed into the dining room, raising her hands. “What are you doing?”

As Patty moved forward, she remembered the events of a day much like this one many, many years ago, when she came home early from work to surprise Roger but he surprised her instead: Roger and that woman from down the street, doing terrible things on the kitchen floor like animals in heat. Patty remembered her anger and confusion...and the endless river of blood splattering everywhere.

Now Patty was home again and those horrible sights rose before her eyes, overwhelming her, sending her back to that terrible day. She saw every little detail and she had to do something to make the two heathens stop. She had to stop them again!

The woman named Sally, now backed into a corner, said: “Please don’t hurt me! Please listen!”

But Patty couldn’t listen. She just wanted to make Roger and the awful woman pay for what they were doing. The terrible whore! The whore-husband! It was all too awful and Patty just wanted Roger to come to his senses, to understand what his love meant to her.

Patty accepted that everyone made mistakes, so she just had to help Roger understand the mistake he was making. Forgiveness was love, love was forgiveness, and she loved him so goddamned much. Why couldn’t he just understand that?

Patty raised the knife above her head and prepared to show her husband how much she loved him—and she would keep showing him as long as it took for him to understand that her love was endless and eternal.

She would love him again and again, and she would never, ever stop.

Ryan Harding

WAS FIRST EXPOSED to Richard Laymon through the book Flesh, and I can remember the exact moment when he hooked me. A frustrated horror movie fan had a nude picture of a woman who’d gotten the best of him. As he replayed the conversation in his head, he took a pair of scissors and mock-stabbed her picture between the legs. Such a mean streak of humor offered a lot to someone like me. It was like handing a serial killer a copy of The Collector.

Along with the black humor, wanton violence, and unpredictable character deaths (remember Endless Night?), I particularly admired Laymon’s narrative techniques. The aforementioned Endless Night, for instance, where Simon’s half of the story is told through a tape recorder, and most notably Island, to which “Development” owes a great deal.

I got to meet Richard Laymon and his family at the 1999 World Horror Convention, and again in 2000. He was incredibly friendly, sincere, and approachable. I clearly remember how shocked I was on February 14, 2001 to hear he had passed away. I sat there for maybe an hour, trying to compose an email of condolences that was all of two paragraphs. Despite getting to meet him, I never really got to tell him how his work influenced me (I hope it was apparent to some degree), but I hope “Development” corrects that oversight. His wife and daughter are still good friends, thankfully, and the last WHC was like a family reunion. I wish he was still around for these conventions...and for all of us.

Ryan Harding

AUGUST 20

I’ve never kept a journal before, but there’s too much going on now that I can’t talk about with anyone else. I feel like I have to keep a record. I guess this is also a precaution, too.

I’m Alex. I’ll be a senior at Bernardo High School in a couple weeks. Check the honor roll, I’m there. I play on the tennis team, which I don’t recommend if you’re hoping to attract the opposite sex. I was lucky if my parents or my sister even came to the damn games, much less Lissa Hindley.

I don’t know where to begin exactly, but I guess I’ll start with my job. I develop film at a store I won’t name, because I’d hate to lose your business. Once you hear about the Binders, you probably won’t want to bring your film to me.

I took the job to save up for a car. It only paid minimum wage, and when I first started, I had every intention of leaving when something better came along. I just expected lots of snapshots from birthday parties, weddings, and Disney World, but you wouldn’t believe the pictures people drop off. I guess everyone thinks I wear a blindfold when I develop film. I’ve seen some unbelievably hot slutcakes bare-assed naked or in bone-stiffening states of undress. We’re talking lingerie, swimsuits, nightgowns, and half of one or the other. They pose for their boyfriends and husbands, who don’t have sense enough to develop film themselves or learn how. I bet some of the pictures were sent to amateur photo contests in skinmags like Gallery and Buxxxom. Some had a good chance of winning, although I’ve had the misfortune to see many who could have soured a rapist’s sex drive faster than a chemical castration.

I saved them in the Binders anyway.

I get some fetish pictures, too. There’s a surprising number of guys who go around secretly taking pictures of women’s feet. It became a game for me to see if I could guess who took what pictures, judging by the individual requirements. “Darrin McDonel,” for instance, had to have open-toed sandals and toenails painted red. “Harold Bennett” was into red high heels and pallid skin. “Jamey Fiala” only photographed women in black high heels with those thin interlaced straps.

“John Futch” was bolder. He went for those up-the-skirt pictures you can see all over the Internet. I didn’t realize so many women in Bernardo were into thongs (and thongs were into them).

I saved all these pictures in the Binders. It didn’t matter if customers paid for doubles or not, some of their photos were duplicated and added to my Binder. It filled up fast. So did the second, and I’m running out of room on the third. Customers have to write their address on the film envelope, and halfway through the second binder I started keeping track of who submitted each picture.

Sometimes I visit their homes at night, and look in the windows. Just anywhere a woman who posed for some of the pictures might live. I don’t know why. I can see more in the pictures. But I do it anyway. Not often, just sometimes. I’ve never been caught. I wish I knew the addresses for some of Futch’s up-the-skirt subjects.

It’s not always the women from these photographs I watch. Remember I mentioned Lissa Hindley? I’ve known her since sixth grade. I’ve had a hard-on with her name on it for seven years now, which she has only experienced vicariously through her yearbook photos. She knows I exist, but I don’t think she cares. The closest we’ve ever been was a lab group for biology. We dissected earthworms, dogfish sharks, and fetal pigs together, but strangely enough, she went to Homecoming with someone else in spite of our intimate bond. That’s okay, though. If her blinds are agreeable, I have my own private “homecoming” with her on Elvin Avenue three or four times a week during the school year, and more in the summer. This has been going on much longer than the other nighttime visits.

But I was talking about the great pictures I see on the job. They’re the reason I have to go to 1201 Arrowhead Avenue tomorrow. I’ll explain it then...assuming I come back. Like I said, this is not just a record, it’s a precaution.

AUGUST 21

Okay, remember how that killer in Silence of the Lambs was based on some crazy motherfuckers from real life? One was Ed Gein, who killed at least three women in Plainfield, Wisconsin. His hobbies included cannibalism, necrophilia, and fashioning furniture, bowls, masturbatory aids, and clothing accessories from dead women. Waste not, want not, right? Ed could have taught home economics and interior decorating.

The other inspiration was Gary Heidnik, who kept some prostitutes hostage in his cellar. They were played against each other as he systematically tortured and killed them. Just goes to show you can never tell what’s going on in the homes around you.

Unless, of course, you develop their film.

The house on Arrowhead certainly didn’t look like the kind of place you’d find a lot of missing women chained up in the cellar, assuming there is a design intended to suggest this. It’s a two-story the color of earth clay, with blue shutters, entirely visible from the street except where maple trees get in the way.

The mailman stops here six days a week, never realizing. The resident probably didn’t have subscriptions to magazines like Unwilling Sex Slaves, Torture Made Easy for the Suburban Serial Killer, or Middle Class Murder, though.

I rang the doorbell. I’d thought about what to say all week, and this was the big moment at last. I heard footsteps, the door opened, and I got my first look at him. (After we develop the film, it’s packaged and placed on an in-store rack where the customer can pick it up. I rarely see them unless they have questions or they need one-hour photo service.)

“Mr. Owens?”

He squinted in the light—a scrawny, skeletal man whose smile may have seemed pleasant to anyone who didn’t know his secret life. I bet it was the last thing several women the police didn’t know about saw, and I doubted they’d describe it as “charming.”

“Yes?” he asked. The picture of innocence. I could sense the gears turning in his head; he’d seen me before, even if I hadn’t seen him. If it was at work, I generally pay little attention to the male customers anyway, especially when the females are parading around in shorts and halter-tops.

I had this elaborate story about a lost basset hound named Gloria, but I found myself saying, “You’re the one who took Cassandra Bittaker.”

If the police dropped that line on him, I don’t think he would have reacted, but this was coming from some kid he vaguely remembered seeing before. He couldn’t quite conceal his discomfort.

“Are you out of your mind?” he finally asked—which wasn’t quite the same as denial.

“Cassandra Bittaker back in April. Melinda Trenton in June. Gina Norris and Lorraine West in July.”

Owens’ expression gradually changed as I named the young women who mysteriously vanished in the past four months. Initially, he had the look of a claustrophobic man on a stalled elevator, but by the time I got to “Gina Norris,” he was positively beaming. Like I was describing his greatest accomplishments.

“You read the papers,” he said. “So do I. I don’t go door to door making wild accusations, though. Maybe you should stick to the funnies.”

“Maybe I should call the police,” I countered. “They’d be very interested in your basement. That’s where you keep them, isn’t it?”

The whole time, he kept that smile. Fight or flight was in his eyes, but the smile never faltered. It reminded me of all those pictures where the flash gave people red satanic eyes, but they smiled good-naturedly all the same.

Owens surreptitiously examined the street from right to left. I knew he was looking for potential witnesses to his next disappearing act, having realized that he wouldn’t be having this conversation with me if I’d already called the police. A SWAT team would have smashed through every window and door of the house.

“I wrote about coming here in my journal,” I lied. He didn’t have to know that I hadn’t actually gotten around to naming names or reasons. “I went from house to house on your block, too, asking about my lost dog. ‘A basset hound, long ears, sleeps about twenty hours a day, answers to Gloria.’ If I disappear, someone around here will remember me. It won’t be long before they figure out my last visit was at your house.”

Sounds convincing, doesn’t it? Wish I’d thought of it BEFORE I went through with this, and actually did it.

He looked at me like he was trying to solve an equation, and the smile finally receded.

“Not only that,” I went on, “but you know who I am. And I have copies of your pictures. It was pretty ingenious of you to nab all those girls without being seen, but you need to bone up on common sense.”

He didn’t look pleased with that remark at all. “Just what exactly is it that you want?” he asked, his mouth barely a line on his face.

“Show them to me,” I said.

AUGUST 21 (LATER)

I’m back. Damn telephone. People calling to ask how my mom and I are doing, as if they really care. We oughtta have the thing disconnected.

Anyway, I GOT TO SEE THEM! It must have been how those astronauts felt at the moon landing. One small step for man, one giant leap for sexual sadism. You go in the house, through the den to the kitchen, and that’s where the door to the basement is. I made Owens go first, because I didn’t want him to a) push me down the stairs, b) lock me up down there with the women, or c) both. Not that b) wasn’t without its prospects, but I’d only accomplish half of my goals. More on that later.

So we went down there, and of course it’s just like the pictures, for the most part. The basement walls are stone, and Owens has the shackles driven into them. You aren’t breaking away from those unless you come from the planet Krypton. There were also some empty shackles, for future acquisitions. And speaking of acquisitions, there, from left to right, were the pretty little schoolgirls and co-eds all in a row. Alphabetical order, too. I thought it was a coincidence, but he consciously lined them up that way. It seems like a pointless risk to me if he has to trade out shackles, but Owens is a bit weird.

The girls are chained with their arms overhead, which makes their breasts rise up. I sound like Gray’s Anatomy, don’t I? Their tits, then! I’d seen tons of pictures, but never in the flesh, never right in front of me. Not even when I was looking into houses, even after three steady years outside Lissa Hindley’s. My sister always locked her room and the bathroom, too. It was like this huge conspiracy to make sure I never got to see the good stuff, but I found a way around it, didn’t I?

It was all on display! Four downy clefts, eight TITTIES, and four sets of ass. Hours and hours of fist-pumping action if you just happened to sit next to them during a study hall, but in a place like this, where you can blur the line between daydream and reality, the possibilities were almost exhausting.

I HAD thought about being a “law-abiding citizen” and calling the police when I first saw the pictures. If anyone ever reads this, I want to go on record as saying I considered it. But when I weighed the pros and cons, doing the “right thing” seemed like a real cop-out. Think about it. Let’s say I reported the pictures to the proper authorities, and they stormed the house, saving the women and arresting Carl Owens. Would I even get so much as a thank-you card from three of those women? It’s doubtful. After all the psychiatric treatment for their “ordeal” and their “post-traumatic stress disorder,” they’d either go on with their lives and purposely leave any reminders of the experience way behind them, or they’d try to cash in on their “tribulations.” The bottom line came down to “Will good ol’ Alex get some ass in return for his heroic benevolence?” and the answer was always “Not bloody likely.” What WHORES! Some gratitude, huh?

So yeah, I may look like the bad guy, but it was worth it for the steamy thirty seconds I spent with Melinda alone. I’d thought about doing this with her for some time. You’ve never seen such a struggle before in your life, either. I bet she didn’t put up half the fight when Owens came to collect his just reward. All that squirming and whimpering, you’d think Helen Keller’s mom set her down on a hot stove. I have to admit, if half those thirty seconds weren’t spent restraining her gyrations so I could even get it in her, it would have been over that much faster. I made sure to get in a couple squeezes of her tits after I blasted my payload in her, because I forgot to do it in all the excitement. Nice and firm, fit right in the palm of my hand.

I didn’t even care that Owens was watching (and he looked at me distastefully, if you can believe that...what a hypocrite!). I should have been more worried that he’d try something, I guess, but I’d offered to develop film in his house, and having found out how close he came to discovery, he liked the sound of that. I’m sure it pained him to have to share the girls, but the guy was so spoiled anyway. He inherited the house, didn’t have to work for anything. I’m busting my ass for minimum wage, and he’s out joyriding, chloroforming flawless high school and college girls for an orgasm holocaust. Pretty unfair, if you ask me.

My hand’s about to fall off from reliving this great experience...and I’m getting tired of writing, too.

AUGUST 22

Oh, I said there were a couple differences from the pictures yesterday, didn’t I? It turns out Mr. Holier-Than-Thou can’t abide by the cost of feeding the girls, so he improvises. Chunks of flesh are now missing here and there from thighs and stomachs (Gray’s Anatomy note: the buttocks were left intact, thankfully). The good news is that the girls don’t have to worry about their stomachs eating themselves from malnutrition...the bad news is they’re experiencing self-cannibalism from the outside.

That was hardly enough to sustain them and keep them from looking like refugees from Auschwitz, though. It turns out there was a FIFTH girl, but she wasn’t local. Owens picked her up hitchhiking (they never learn, do they?). It probably got the whole thing started, such an opportunity falling into his lap. This is in fact how he figured out the high cost of living (as in keeping a sex slave alive), because he had to start buying for two. Then three, because he had to grab Cassandra Bittaker. Why do that if he can barely afford to keep one? Because he HAD to grab Cassandra Bittaker. Check back issues of the newspaper for her picture, and you’ll understand immediately. After some soul-searching (and coming up empty), Owens gave the hitchhiker one more for the road, then slit her throat from ear to ear. A good strategy move, when you think about it—Cassandra Bittaker sees just how valuable she is from his perspective.

Frugal as he is, Owens didn’t have a very big crisper. The fifth girl couldn’t possibly fit. One hacksaw and three hours later, though, Owens did the impossible. Now he had plenty of meat to keep the livestock fed awhile. He’s crafty, I’ll give him that much. It couldn’t last, though, especially when he kept bringing in more girls.

I made him swear not to carve on Melinda. I’ll feed her myself, if need be.

Today I got the privilege of doing the carving for the others, though. A few strips from Holly’s arms. I whittled all the skin from Lorraine’s toes (which contributed little, but the reaction was worth it). The soles of Cassandra’s feet, to prevent visible scarring. That was something! Peeled off like the skin of a potato. More bones in the human foot than you’d think. We’re going to need a new knife.

Did the deed with Cassandra and Lorraine today, savoring the coming fun with Melinda. Went off like gangbusters in Cassandra almost on contact, but held out for five glorious minutes with Lorraine. Still haven’t managed a bee-jay because of the duct tape over all their mouths, which seems unnatural (my not getting a bee-jay, I mean, not the duct tape). The pictures in the paper of Lorraine showed some of the most pouty lips imaginable. Friends and family claimed she wasn’t taken without a struggle, because she’s a tough one. I take that to mean that she’d bite a man off given half the chance. It sure wouldn’t be worth it to take the chance of those teeth.

So we’re gonna need pliers.

AUGUST 26

The political correctness of the papers is hilarious, and actually quite dangerous. Claire Newman is the fifth (known) disappearance in the past three months. Police do not want to attribute her vanishing to the same person or persons responsible for the first four, but they won’t reveal why. “We have some leads we’re working on,” claimed Detective Keene.

No one will state the obvious: the bitch was too ugly to fit the pattern! Cassandra, Holly, Melinda, and Lorraine were centerfolds waiting to happen. Claire was what happened when you pissed in a test-tube. She was (and I do mean past tense) one of those overweight women whose pounds congregate in one area—in her case, the ass. It looked like someone threw a blanket over a monster truck tire.

You wouldn’t insult your dog by feeding him the remains. Your basement-bound sex slaves, on the other hand...

You never know what might develop when you drop off some film and leave your address.

AUGUST 28

I watched Lissa through her window tonight. I thought she was going to undress, but the phone rang. I have to be completely silent during the summer, because she leaves her window up. Even the sound of a zipper might draw her attention, but that’s part of the thrill.

The phone call was for her. A new boyfriend, apparently. That was rather depressing. I can’t help thinking that if I was the one she was so happy to hear from, I wouldn’t need a basement of women to satisfy me.

Loneliness is vastly underrated.

I did my thing anyway, quietly as possible. They were still going on when I left. Then I went to buy a pair of pliers before the store closed.

AUGUST 29

We’re going through two and three rolls of film a day at Owens’. I develop film for under six bucks an hour for six to eight hours, then I go to his house and do it for free for a couple more. The upside is that I am already up to Binder Number Five.

Stock tip: buy as many shares of Vaseline as you can.

AUGUST 30

Owens is pissing me off.

Remember what I said about my goals? Lissa was at least the second reason I got involved in all of this. It’s been my plan to bring her to Owens’ from the beginning—or better yet, to have Owens bring her there himself. He’s got a great track record, six for six all told. Lissa has everything but a COME THROUGH MY WINDOW, ABDUCT ME AND RAPE ME sign on her house. It’d be nothing for him to do it.

But he won’t.

“It’s not the right time,” he said.

“What are you waiting for, a full moon?” I shouted.

“It’s just not the right time,” he said again.

So I got to thinking. It’d be nothing for him to creep through Lissa’s window and take her. It wouldn’t be anything for me, either, would it? This time we’ll be collaborating on a chemistry project—I’ll administer the chloroform, she’ll succumb. Then I’ll bring her back here.

Owens won’t object, because Owens won’t be around anymore. I’ll get the hang of this kidnapping thing, and I won’t need him. I can have ALL the women to myself, with no more of those disgusted looks when I do as I please with Melinda. At least not from him, anyway.

No more sloppy seconds, and I get the van AND the house. You couldn’t ask for a better divorce.

AUGUST 31

I’ve never kept a journal before either. I guess you’ve heard about me, but we haven’t been properly introduced. I’m Carl Owens. I picked up this nifty little journal from Alex.

You’ve probably figured out that I still have my harem.

I noticed that Alex didn’t care to leave out the truth whenever it suited him. I DID recognize him when he first showed up on my doorstep—from the papers. He was Melinda Trenton’s brother (and I do mean past tense). He forgot to mention that, didn’t he? He sure didn’t seem like the kind of guy to be ashamed of anything, but I guess you never really know some people. For example, I didn’t know that he wanted to kill me and take over my congregation. Personally I was just getting sick of him, and I thought I’d take my chances with finding all the evidence he had against me. He was dead to the world whenever he got going with Melinda...only this time he stayed that way.

His mother isn’t exactly my type, but it’ll be good to have some meat on stand-by when they get done with Claire Newman. I think I’ll hold onto this for a while. Mrs. Trenton might be interested in reading it.

It just so happens that I have some empty shackles between Cassandra Bittaker and Gina Norris. I guess the time is right for Lissa Hindley. Elvin Avenue, wasn’t it?

John Urbancik

CAME LATE TO the game. I first met Dick (albeit, briefly) in Atlanta in ’99. He struck me as obscenely normal, not at all what a Horror Writer should be. Indeed, in the first moment it became apparent that the man with whom I spoke was supernaturally kind and passionate about what he loved (the horror genre inclusive).

Shortly after that, I read my first Laymon novel. Where was I hiding all the years before that? No clue. But I’d been freed, and slowly began to play the job of Catch Up.

I was part of a group he labeled The Future of Horror. It was a catch-all, meant to encompass almost everyone in the room. Might have been Denver this time. The title wasn’t meant for me, or for any of my friends (Dick’s friends), but for everyone—even those not fortunate enough to be there. Strange, that. But he wasn’t passing anything on, or revealing some hidden secret. Rather, he was expressing his own state of fandom, his belief in the genre—the emotion and vitality—and, as concisely as possible, challenging everyone in the room, at that hotel, and in the field, to fulfill his proclamation.

John Urbancik

HE WIND COULD be friend or foe.

At the moment, Jack perched downwind from his prey. He had two of them in his sight, pounding away at each other like animals. Doggie-style.

Their stench turned Jack’s stomach. But with the wind in this direction, the hunter was safe and undetectable. When the angle was right, he could pop them both with one shot. Coitus interruptus in the worst degree.

As far as he knew, no one had ever bagged one of these...it was best to call them wolves. His father had talked about it once, an expedition a generation old, when they had set out to find the creatures. They’d expected three, four, as many as six. The way dad told it, he was the only survivor. He wore the scar across his chest and shoulder like a damned trophy.

But Jack wasn’t interested in taking out all of them. He only wanted one. The double shot would just be a bonus. He planned to mount the head in the living room of his new house, soon as he bought one, to show his dad he could do something right. Anything. Especially something dear old dad failed to get done.

“C’mon,” Jack muttered, willing the creatures to get in line together. He wouldn’t have time to get off a second shot, and he couldn’t risk gathering the carcass if the second got away.

The male rode on top. He’d scratched her back to hell, and had reduced her clothes to bloodied tatters.

She screeched with a sudden orgasm. Jack’s finger tightened on the trigger. The wind shifted; it was now or never. Another moment, they’d detect his scent.

But the rotten, sex-riddled odor had permeated Jack’s nose. Stuck there. Forced itself even further into his brain. Too late, he realized it wasn’t his target he was smelling.

The wind had masked Jack, the hunter, and his own hunter as well. He turned just in time to see the creature leap.

The male in his sight howled in his orgasmic rush even as Jack’s throat was torn from his neck. He never had a chance to bring the rifle round to defend himself.

Dirk Hunter cursed as he pulled his truck to the side of the road, and again as he threw the gearshift into park. The snow, a minute ago floating all pretty-like and soft, had decided to clump into inch wide flakes and smack the windshield both wetly and relentlessly, doubling in strength and then doubling again.

The headlights barely reached ten feet ahead before dissipating into a wall of white.

Dirk waited ten, twenty minutes, before deciding to give up and head back. There’d been a motel on the side of Route 9, its lonely neon light a dim reminder that he hadn’t quite reached Montreal, or even Canada, but he was close. Close enough that he didn’t need to spend the night in a cheap, dirty room within a hundred miles of his destination.

He would still be early. Better to arrive just four hours ahead of schedule than to slide off the side of the road in the middle of nowhere and find himself in need of a decent hospital. Not that they weren’t around here, wherever the hell here actually was; he just didn’t want to find out.

The snow drove down so heavily now, it took ten minutes to maneuver the one mile back. He left the truck running—too much risk of it not starting up again if he found no vacancy—and walked straight and tall through the damned snow.

It didn’t even let up as he walked the five feet to the lobby. A tiny bell signaled his arrival as he pushed the heavy door open. He had to shove it tight behind him.

“Evenin’,” an elderly man said from behind the counter, looking up from his chair. He held a steaming mug of coffee between two mittens and wore a wool cap, even inside with heat blasting out of two space heaters on either side of the counter window. “Awful late to be needing a room,” the man said.

“Snow,” Dirk said by way of explanation, shaking it off his shoulders and boots. “How much for a room?”

The old man peered around Dirk, through the window and perhaps at his pickup. “You alone?” he asked.

“Does it matter?”

“Suppose not,” the man said. “Forty dollars. And we’ll have coffee here by six in the a.m.”

Dirk sighed. Any other night, he was sure, the room would go for half that. “Fine,” he said.

“Got just one left, in fact,” the man said. He stood, slowly, methodically, and with a shaking hand took down the last key from a nail on the wall behind him. “Room 5. Go around the side here, behind me, and it’s down the hall, second from the end, on your right.” But he still held the key.

Dirk fished two twenties from his wallet and slapped them on the countertop. The old man grinned, showing a missing tooth and accentuating a scar that ran across one cheek from lip to ear, and held out the key. It was attached to an old, orange oval with a faded 5 hastily scribbled on it.

Dirk took the key and turned to go. “Pleasant dreams,” the old man said.

Out the door, Dirk returned to his truck to retrieve his overnight bag and keys. Four, five hours sleep, he’d worry about starting his beast in the morning.

For a full motel, there didn’t seem to be many other cars out there. Dirk saw only two, in fact, one a pickup in worse condition than his, the other a station wagon with Quebec plates.

The hall was short, four rooms on either side, rather bland and barren. The usual accoutrements afforded to even the sleaziest motels, like payphones and plastic trees, had been excluded. With some effort, Dirk keyed into his room and dropped his bag on the floor next to the bed with a thud.

The clock said 1:49. The room was cold, almost as if the heater hadn’t been on at all. But it chugged away, blowing out all the hot air it could manage. Against the windows, the wind sounded like a wailing banshee. The road was too far to the side to be visible, even when the snow eased. Dirk yanked the drapes shut and sat, disappointed, on the side of the bed.

Another hour and a half, or less, and he would have been in Montreal. Saint Catherine Street. A stripper on either side and whiskey to warm his gut. He’d still do the job tomorrow night, and be back home in Centerport by dawn.

Maybe he was better off without the distractions. But he sure could’ve used at least a beer.

He heard the first scream about ten minutes after closing his eyes. The second followed immediately, and he heard a woman’s voice through the wall saying, “It’ll be alright, hon, don’t worry. We’ll find him.”

Something heavy shifted in the next room, someone opened a door onto the hallway, and a little girl called out for Fluffy.

Ten seconds later she called out again, and Dirk knew he wasn’t about to get any sleep until the damned dog was found.

He shrugged his clothes back on and stepped out into the hall. The lights, though dim, were bright compared to the darkness of his room. He shielded his eyes as he glanced in both directions.

“Have you seen Fluffy?” the girl asked.

“Not yet, kid.”

She came into view only gradually: three foot tall, cute in a little girl way but without the pigtails, tears welling up in her eyes but refusing to fall.

Behind her, the mother was pretty cute, herself, even partially concealed in the shadow of her doorway. Killer body under that nightgown, maybe more visible than it should be because Dirk only saw her in silhouette. He couldn’t even tell what color her long hair was.

“I hope we didn’t wake you,” she said.

“Just got in,” Dirk said truthfully. He didn’t move closer. “Haven’t had time to fall asleep.” He bent at the knees so that he was on the kid’s level. “So, where was Fluffy?”

“In bed,” the girl said.

Dirk nodded. A glance at the mother gave him no help. He figured the little dog—he imagined it was one of those white, powdery dogs a person might have taken to a show if it had been better groomed—hadn’t gone outside. Too cold. And he’d never find a white dog in the snow.

The girl and her mom were in the last room of the hall, which ended at a bare wall and a tightly shut window. No escape that way.

No one else seemed to have been roused. Dirk swept his eyes down the hall, meaning to check the remaining six doors—four across the hall and two on his left—but there was no need. Directly in front of him, the door was ajar.

He undid his lock to make sure he could get back and then knocked on the open door. “Hello?” No answer. “Fluffy?”

He knocked again, hard enough to push the door slightly open. It was dark. No one answered. The old man up front had said Dirk filled the motel; he half expected to find a groggy-eyed traveler—on her way to Montreal, like him—petting the straggly dog that had somehow gotten in. She’d look up at Dirk, shrug, and say, “Yours?”

That didn’t happen.

The room was a shell. The door looked fine on the outside, but inside it hadn’t even been sanded down. There were beams supporting the outside wall and the one to the hall, but no other walls, no furniture, no light switch, only bare wood and wires hanging haphazardly from the ceiling.

Where there should have been a wall to the next room, Dirk walked straight through. It encompassed all four rooms on this side of the motel, one long Hollywood behind-the-scenes facade. Outside, everything looked fine. Inside, Dirk left a second set of footsteps in the sawdust.

Five steps in the room, he wished he’d taken his guns.

“Fluffy?”

He jumped, the girl’s voice startled him so badly. Not good to get jumpy like that, even in the middle of the Twilight Zone. No wonder the motel had filled up so quickly; it was only half a motel. Or less.

The footprints Dirk had been following ended abruptly, with neither a turn to one side nor a reversal of direction. Someone, not too long ago, had stopped here. Every muscle in Dirk’s body tensed. A small pool of blood, thick and congealed, had spread to about half a foot in diameter just a few steps beyond where he stood now. A splattering of fresh stains surrounded it.

Slowly, Dirk raised his head to see, in the highest rafters, a man’s naked, ravaged body The arms and legs were pinned, crookedly, between the beams and the ceiling. Bones must have been cracked to force the arms in those directions. The chest cavity had been savagely opened, the organs removed without delicacy, leaving a gaping hole with the sharp edges of ribs protruding randomly.

From the door, he hadn’t seen the body; he hoped the girl with the lost dog didn’t, either.

He didn’t want to stay long to look at it, but a few peculiarities struck him. The eyes had been popped out. He hadn’t been stripped, but his clothes had been shredded to nearly nothing.

Dirk never had time to consider what might have done this before the girl and her mother let out a pair of high-pitched screams. There were words underneath, totally lost beneath terror, but Dirk didn’t need to discern the words to understand the meaning.

He crouched, turned, and stepped aside in a single motion. The creature, stooped even lower, snarled. It separated Dirk from the open door, from which the women had fled.

Its snout was wolf-like, its fur silvery gray, but its eyes were human. Angry, maybe, but human. Its front legs were actually arms hanging, knuckles scraping, to the floor. Saliva dripped from its jaw. Canines glistened, catching every ounce of available light from the hallway.

To Dirk’s left, another creature growled. There was probably another behind him; like a pack of wolves, they’d surrounded and trapped him.

He knew what had killed the man in the ceiling.

Fluffy emerged from wherever she hid, teeth bared, barking, tail tucked tight behind her. She was not white at all but sandy, medium-sized, half the weight of the creature blocking the door. She’d come from behind it.

When the creature turned, Dirk knew he’d never get another chance. He dashed for the door, passing too close to the thing. He heard the other behind him.

The girl appeared at the doorway with Dirk. He ran straight into her, and they toppled to the ground. Behind him, the dog yelped and then was silent. Dirk scrambled to pull the door shut, untangling himself from the screaming girl whose Fluffy had led him into this room in the first place.

In that brief moment, he saw that two of the creatures had ripped the dog in half. One scooped internal organs out of its torso; the other crouched on its legs, staring at Dirk.

Dirk managed to pull the door shut before two other creatures, bounding toward him from opposite corners of the room, slammed into it. The whole motel shuddered with their momentum.

The girl was incoherent, calling for Fluffy and reaching for the door. “No,” Dirk said, dragging her bodily away.

“Jessie, no!” the mother cried, rushing toward them.

The creatures opened the door behind him. They didn’t tear it from the hinges, and hadn’t pounded through it with brute strength. Rather, one had reached for the knob, turned it, and almost silently pulled it open.

Dirk, half on his feet and half carrying Jessie, threw an arm around the mother as he crossed the hall and shoved her into his room. He slammed the door and locked it behind him.

Again, there was no pounding.

“What...what...?” Mother couldn’t finish the question, but Dirk didn’t have any answer. Still carrying Jessie with one arm, he went to his bed. He shrugged the girl off and reached into his bag.

The room became very quiet, with only the wind howling against the windows.

“What are you doing?” the mother finally asked. When Dirk turned to face her, he had a semi-automatic in each hand.

“Get to the center of the room,” he said.

The creatures, whatever they were, hadn’t tried to force their way through the door. He didn’t know what they’d do, or where they’d come from. The ceiling seemed a likely choice; it had been higher and unfinished across the hall. They might crawl over and drop in through the cheap, white tiles. Or they might, with a singular effort, smash their way through the door.

It was possible that the creatures might just go away. Dirk doubted it. So he listened to every sound, watched every corner and shadow through the corners of his eyes, and held his fingers tight on the triggers.

The girl sniffed. Once. Otherwise, he heard nothing except his unsteady breaths.

“I’m not happy about this,” the mother was saying. “Not happy at all.”

“We have to get out of here,” Dirk said, not turning his attention away from the door. “Get my keys.”

“What about our bags? Our car?”

“You want to go back and get them?” Dirk asked. When she didn’t answer, he added, “We’re going through the window, straight to my truck, and snow or no snow we’re getting the hell out of here.”

Jessie sniffed again, but otherwise made no noise. He was so glad she wasn’t crying; he didn’t know how to handle something like that. His jobs were usually solo gigs, involving no one and nothing else, and he’d never had to protect anyone before.

He didn’t have to protect this woman and her daughter, either. But he did. There was an obligation there that went beyond the stereotypes of “Me man, you damsel in distress.” It was because he had the guns. He was trained. But mostly because it gave him a goal just a little bigger than getting out of here alive. Made him feel important. Like he mattered.

“Where are they?” the mother asked, rifling through his bag and the other weapons.

“My coat,” he said, glancing over his shoulder.

He looked just in time. The window smashed in as one of the creatures leapt through it, claws extended on all four limbs and teeth bared. Jessie screamed but she didn’t distract him. Turning, Dirk fired with both guns. Both bullets hit their target, tearing through the creature’s chest and spraying blood and tissue behind it. The thing folded in midair, tumbled across the bed, and landed on the mother.

“Fuck!” she cried. “Fuck Fuck Fuck!” She screamed, swirling her arms, spasms rocking her body as if she suddenly realized a spider crawled down the back of her shirt. Its guts spilled over her, but the thing was dead; its limbs hung loosely, and it only moved when she did. But underneath it, she must’ve thought it was alive.

Dropping one gun on the bed, he shoved the creature aside. “It’s dead,” he told her.

Snow swirled into the room. This side of the motel faced the woods; the road and parking lot were just a few rooms down to the right. The wall of white falling from the sky made it impossible to see more than a few feet beyond the first trees, if that far. His truck wouldn’t be visible until they’d covered half the distance at least.

He retrieved his gun, now aiming one toward the window and one toward the door, and said, “We’ve got to run now.”

“Wait.” The mother pulled the keys out of his coat pocket. “I’m not going anywhere with a stranger.” She looked pathetic, strands of creature flesh clinging to her hair.

“We hafta,” Jessie pleaded.

“What she said,” Dirk said. “Name’s Dirk. That’s good enough for now.”

“Diane.”

“Fine,” he said, inching toward the windows. “Get out there. Now.”

Diane carried her daughter through the window, already shivering and red because of the cold. None of them were dressed for the weather. They didn’t have time.

He backed to the window, keeping most of his attention on the door. Had he been organizing the attack, he would have sent in three or four of the creatures through the door at the sound of breaking glass, but there were none.

No, there were more. He knew it. He just didn’t know how many, or where they hid, and now he doubted they had any strategy at all.

As one, Diane and Jessie screamed. Dirk had reached the window, and easily saw what they saw. In the woods, not too distant, were three sets of eyes. Four. Maybe five. Blinking but unmoving. Shit, they were everywhere. Did he have enough ammo?

“Close to the wall,” Dirk told the girls. “Straight toward the parking lot. Don’t look at them. Don’t even think about them. Pretend they’re not there.”

“Fuck you,” Diane said.

“I’m trying to convince me,” he snapped. Dirk swung one leg over the edge of the window. Another creature dropped down on him from the roof.

He shifted at the last moment, catching sight of it (despite the white on white) in his peripheral vision. Still, one clawed hand ripped through his shoulder. Dirk pulled back, firing point blank at the back of the creature’s skull.

The others attacked from the woods.

They were fast. Too fast. His torn arm came up slowly, somehow still gripping the 9mm. He fired repeatedly with the other; all the creatures were coming at him now, ignoring the women.

Somehow, he managed to put down each creature before it reached him, though one got near enough that when it fell—momentum pushing it toward him despite the gunshot—it crashed heavily into his legs.

He glanced back into the room as he started to follow Diane and Jessie; creatures were pouring into it from the hall and crashing through the ceiling, perhaps a dozen in all.

He ran.

Diane threw her daughter into the front seat of the truck and, glancing back only a moment, followed. The ignition growled but started right up. The brake lights flashed a moment, and then dimmed; she wasn’t planning to wait for him.

Dirk dove for the bed of his truck, catching it just in time. The truck slid sideways when Diane turned the wheel too sharply, and then they were on the road, snow as relentless as earlier.

Peering over the back of the truck, Dirk watched what looked like an army of those white furred creatures loping after them, some almost quick enough to catch up. Diane pushed the pickup as fast as it might go, which was probably too fast for her on this slick road, but he wasn’t about to slow her down.

Later, they’d have a little talk about her trying to steal his truck. Maternal instinct, he reminded himself; she wanted to get her daughter to safety. Was that enough of an excuse to forgive her? Well, she was cute. He had a weakness for cute.

The distance between truck and creatures grew, and Dirk allowed himself to relax.

The truck stopped suddenly, smashing into something with a cacophony of grinding metal and shattering glass. The rear end of the truck jumped; Dirk flew forward, over the cab. He hit the edge of the crumpled hood on the way down—it was wrapped around a tree—thumped on the ground and slid through the snow. He heard screaming, but saw nothing until he stopped.

Despite the pain that wracked the entire left side of his body, he saw what had caused the accident: creatures, dozens of them, several deep across the road. Rather than barrel through the mass, Diane had tried to swerve around them. She was still in the truck, head bleeding, bits of windshield hanging in front of her. She appeared to be unconscious. The girl, Jessie, had been ejected. One of the creatures picked her up like a fireman carrying a victim from a burning tower, like a demented hero saving the child from harm.

Every creature’s eyes were turned on Dirk.

He got up, pushed himself to run despite the pain, picking one of the 9mms off the ground as he ran (pure luck, of course, but even still nowhere near enough bullets). He should not have been able to run. His ankle was broken, and his arm, at least three ribs. Breathing was a chore. But he did it. He had to. The only other option was death.

He didn’t look back as he ran. He’d know when the creatures caught up to him. He heard them in the snow, but only because of their number.

Up ahead, a house came into view as the snow let up. If he could get inside, he could maybe bar the door. Find a vantage point from which to use up the rest of his ammunition. Maybe another weapon.

Maybe he’d last the night, and the creatures would flee with the coming light.

Dirk pushed the idea of failure out of his head. Diane and Jessie were gone now. He never knew them, anyhow.

Behind him, one of the creatures howled. It sounded just like a wolf, and so drastically different that the chill already eating his bones frosted over. Impossibly, he reached the front door of the house, pounded with one fist (his bad arm) and shoved with his other. The door gave way too easily. He stumbled inside, slamming it shut behind him, panting, desperately forcing back the pain. But inside, safe for half a moment more than he had been, his weight was suddenly too much on his ankle and he crumpled to the floor.

A moment passed. Only one. He had time to twist painfully onto his side, an opportunity to see the white night against the windows—but it was every window, ground level and above, as if there were no walls inside this house. Just like inside the motel.

Silhouettes appeared in the windows. As his eyes adjusted to the low light levels, Dirk saw that he was in another facade: there were no walls, merely two by fours propping the exteriors up. He’d crossed into a Twilight Zone Hollywood set, littered with fakes, perhaps a whole town like that.

He knew he’d find nothing to reinforce the door. No weapons. Not even a light switch. Turning so he was completely on his back, he pointed his weapon at the front door.

When it opened, he shot. And shot. Dirk kept shooting until he was out of bullets. The creatures poured into the false house.

Jacqueline Mitchell

HEN I WAS a little girl, I loved to be terrified. Hidden behind the couch and a safe distance from the television screen, I watched Dark Shadows and Night Gallery. My Saturday afternoons were devoted to horror like Hammer Films’ Dracula, with Christopher Lee in beautiful, bloody Technicolor. I knew the stories were all in fun but I never gave up hope somewhere, out there in the great world, real monsters roamed the earth.

In my high school parking lot, the goth kids, dressed in black, listened to Bauhaus and Joy Division, and there was Jackie, in English literature class, staring out the window and dreaming of the true Goths. I knew the first rock stars were writers and poets. I soon discovered Edgar Allan Poe and, in his poetry and short stories, a writer with whom I could share my fascination with the macabre. The rumor was Poe was an opium addict and married to his much younger cousin, a la Jerry Lee Lewis. But Poe wasn’t the only bad boy of literature.

George Gordon, Lord Byron, a master seducer and sister lover, and his best friend, Percy Bysshe Shelley, have continued to inspire readers, many years since their untimely deaths. One wild weekend with these two led to the creation of the two most popular horror stories of all time, the vampire and Frankenstein. That’s a party I would have enjoyed.

I first met the Laymons at Dark Delicacies, the wonderful bookstore in Burbank, California, and from the very first moment, I felt a special kinship. I hadn’t read Dick’s books but when he told me about The Cellar, I couldn’t wait to get started. I read the book in one sitting and was hooked. I couldn’t believe the polite, nice mannered, bookish man I’d met wrote such naughty stories. Where was his black cape and tails, his walking stick, his flask of Absinthe?

The women in Dick’s books are tough, like the two women in his real life, Ann and Kelly, and don’t collapse at first sight of evil in the world. They pick up weapons and fight back. I was fortunate to spend many long evenings as a guest in the Laymons’ home. Even though Dick rolled his eyes when I admitted I voted for Clinton, twice, he encouraged me to speak up in conversation and was always interested in what I thought of his stories. He introduced me to Shirley Jackson’s work and we found we shared a guilty pleasure in Jacqueline Susann’s books.

Dick Laymon and I felt a great affinity for Mr. Poe and we discussed him on several occasions. I told him that much to my delight, my college English professor offered an entire semester devoted to Poe. Dick had an enormous library and I was honored to be invited to his office to peruse his collection. He had a habit of writing in his books and underlining particular words, and phrases such as “This is stupid” or “Renunciation of sense perceptions, except when necessary for preservation of mind or body, is for shits” are often found in the margins. In his personal copy of Poe’s works, phrases such as “dreary desolation” and “a certain oppressive closeness of the atmosphere” are underlined.

I even admitted to Dick I had written stories and poems for years but never attempted to publish them. I expected a great big yawn. This was Los Angeles after all, where everybody has a story in development, but Dick not only encouraged me to pursue my writing, but also shared his book, A Writer’s Tale, with me.

Due to an unforeseen series of events, I now sit in Dick’s office, typing this on his computer, thinking of how much he meant to me as a mentor and a friend. Ann and I have become even closer in the time since Dick’s death and I can’t help but think he had a hand in bringing us together.

When it’s quiet and I’m trying to put words on the page, I feel him with me, his hand on my shoulder, urging me on. Dick was a wonderful writer, man and friend. His death overwhelms me but his life and body of work provide me with daily inspiration.

Years ago, my mother took me to see Vincent Price recite Poe’s great poem, “The Raven,” and I was mesmerized with the power of Poe’s words on the audience, so many years after he had unleashed them onto the page. Writers live on through all of us. I love you, Dick. Have a margarita for me.

Jacqueline Mitchell

OMMY, I TOLD you not to leave me in the car, alone. The man on the radio said it was one hundred degrees outside but you said you had to get something “real quick” at the new Wal-Mart. What mommy in her right mind would leave me, a sweet little angel, in this hot car? Grandma said I was an angel. She was right, too. Now, she’s gone and there’s no one to protect me.

Yeah, you meant to get the air conditioner fixed, you told me, but you can’t afford it now that daddy’s gone.

In the summer, the man on the radio said it only takes ten minutes to cook a family pet or a small child. Today, it felt more like five minutes. Punishment, you said, mommy, because I acted up at breakfast. I told you I wasn’t hungry but you tried to make me eat, anyway. I don’t like pancakes. You won’t buy cinnamon rolls or chocolate milk. When I grow up, I’m going to eat a dozen doughnuts all by myself. Headstrong, that’s what you called me. Yes, I know, but what’s wrong with having my own thoughts and feelings, like you?

The last time we went to the Wal-Mart it wasn’t my fault the man went to the hospital. I was minding my own business in the toys. You told me to stay right there and I listened to you because you had to buy a new dress. You had a date, remember mommy? I don’t know why you don’t want MY daddy anymore. You’ll never meet anyone better.

You know, I always go to the Barbie aisle first. Barbie looks so pretty and she’s not bad. I bet her mommy was jealous of her, too. Princess Barbie always has beautiful clothes and hair and shoes. She knows what Ken likes and she doesn’t get old. He doesn’t leave.

I ran the other kids off and was happy to be alone in the aisle. I found my own sparkling crown near the dolls along with some funny pink high heel shoes with feathers and a magic wand. Well, I thought I was alone, then Bobby, with the scraggly beard and blue vest that said “HOW CAN I HELP YOU?” walked toward me. He was supposed to be sweeping the puke off the floor near cosmetics but he watched me instead. The kids at school made fun of him ’cause he talked funny. He started being real nice to me and told me he wanted to play, too. Whatever, I said. Gawd, he had hair coming out of his ears and he smelled like a skunk. He said he was Prince Charming disguised as a frog and I had to kiss him. Right. He must’ve thought I was a dummy. Boy, was he in for a surprise.

I let him take me in the storeroom, in the dark, but I wasn’t afraid. He said we’d pretend. I guess he thought I would do what he said, but he doesn’t know me very well, does he, mommy? I stomped on his foot with my high heels. He screamed out a bad word, “BITCH,” and grabbed for me. That wasn’t very nice. I had to defend myself like you told me. He hopped around on one foot and tried to grab his broom to knock me over, but I’m smarter and faster than him. I pulled on a shelf as hard as I could and the boxes started falling. I jumped out of the way, quick, like a little rabbit.

Bobby didn’t know I visited the hardware aisle earlier.

Sharp, pointy things appealed to me and you never knew when you might need one. Besides, you took my hammer away, remember mommy, after the incident with Maria?

You remember when my friend from homeroom, Maria, hurt herself in the backyard? She dared me to swing higher in the school playground. Ha, that’s nothing, I said. My legs pumped harder and higher until my head almost touched the ground. She thought she was so much better than me. Yeah, I told her, come over to my house. I bet you can’t beat me. I watched the metal legs of my swing set lift off the ground, as her body swung backward. I knew the swing set wasn’t cemented into the ground like the one at school.

Higher and higher she flew, mommy. “I’ll push you,” I said and I slapped her back and pressed all my weight against her. The front legs of the swing buckled a little then froze in the air like a slow motion cartoon, bucking donkey, hee haw. It was so funny, mommy. I laughed real loud and so did Maria, at least until she realized the whole thing would fall over. The front legs came out of the ground, mommy. I’ve never seen anything quite like it. The whole swing set fell back and hit the ground first then Maria slammed into the ground against the twisted metal and chains. She stared up at me, from the mess, eyes wide, mouth shut tight. Red droplets of blood stained the corner of her lip and her left ear. One of the silver chains of the swing wrapped itself around her throat. I guess she learned a valuable lesson. I’m always right.

Anyway, I fingered my new treasure, the screwdriver with the nice blue handle, and pulled it from my pocket. Frog prince Bobby sure looked surprised. He tried to stand and then I lunged at him with my weapon, right between the legs. You’re right, mommy, that’s a very sensitive area ’cause I’ve never heard a sound like the one he made. Oh, my brave little girl, you said and then you slapped me across the face in the car, after the police left and took Bobby away. You hate me and hate men, don’t you, mommy? You blamed me and I didn’t do anything wrong.

Now, I have to sit in the hot car.

The nice lady with the shopping cart came by and she knew you shouldn’t leave me in here. She tried to break the back window first. I guess I could’ve opened the door but it was more fun to watch her try, first with her boot and then with a broomstick. I could’ve told her the stick wouldn’t work. I opened my eyes once, my head against the backseat and she started to cry, all because you left me in here. It was quiet again for a few minutes until the tall parking lot security guard showed up.

You were nowhere to be found, mommy. I played it up, like you taught me. You said men are dumb and you’re right. It’s so easy to play the helpless little girl. “Oh, OH...” I started, so he could hear. He was so handsome, mommy, dark hair and black eyes, just like daddy. I almost opened the door when I saw him. The shopping cart lady was with him and she cried out, “Please do something!” I wished she would go away because I wanted him all to myself. Finally, the guard shouted, “Honey, if you can hear me, get down on the floor, okay?” Excited because he called me honey, I rolled onto my stomach, but I hid my face, giggling hysterically, and fell to the car floor.

I suppose you’re mad because of the broken window, now. Mommy, what did you expect? You left me all alone.

Broken glass rained over me. I was still on the floor when the guard lifted me into his strong, hairy arms. His cheek was warm and itched my face with his stubble. He smelled like sweat and his back was damp. I pretended to be exhausted from the heat and he held me tight on the backseat for a moment. He sent the shopping cart lady to get help as I hoped he would. I just wanted him to myself for a moment, mommy. I nuzzled closer to his neck and dared to taste the salty sweat across my lips.

He was so big and strong, mommy, just like my daddy but you ran daddy off, didn’t you, with your nagging and your threats? This man was MINE and he rocked me. He told me, “You’re going to be just fine,” and I believed him. I sighed, “Hold me closer.”

I reached my arms up to encircle his neck, as best I could. I can’t wait till I grow up. I could feel his heart beat faster and thump harder, against my chest. He wanted to comfort me but he was scared of me, mommy. That made me so mad.

So, I had to do it, mommy. I didn’t want to but there was no other way. His beautiful dark eyes bulged from their sockets when my little hands gripped harder and tighter around his neck. He looked surprised, like the others, but you can’t blame me. All the anger I have, mommy, just like the doctor said. It was easy.

Gary Brandner

MET DICKIE LAYMON, as I knew him, in the legendary Pink Tea writers group. He took my place as “the kid” of the group. There was an immediate rapport between us for the best of reasons: we laughed at the same things. Throughout life the best friends and sweetest romances are those who share our sense of humor. Dickie and I laughed together at the pretensions and pontifications of others, and at our own failings and foibles as well.

Coincidentally, Richard Laymon’s first published story appeared in the issue of Ellery Queen’s Mystery Magazine that carried my second. Since I already liked the guy, I was pleased to find he was a damn good writer.

We were both single at the time, and roistered around together a good deal. There were parties and pranks and foolishness that helped break up the long, lonely hours a writer must spend at his trade. I cherish the memories.

Whereas I am a little reticent about meeting people, Dickie was a natural. If there was a celebrated writer we both wanted to meet at some function he would yank me along and introduce both of us. Some firm friendships started that way.

Dickie loved Halloween. Trick-or-Treaters at his house got a bonus when a crazed killer stormed out roaring and waving a bloody axe. Many of them did not wait around for the laughter that followed.

He was best man at my wedding. His easy-going sense of humor kept me calm in the hotel room before the ceremony. His friendship in the years that followed was a treasure. I miss him.

Gary Brandner

FLAME DANCED AND crackled on dry evergreen boughs in the center of a small forest clearing. A young man sat on one side of the fire, three boys across from him. Four pup tents were set up at the perimeter pointing in four directions.

Neal Baines was the young man. He had blond hair cropped short and soft blue eyes. He wore jeans, a white sweatshirt and a quilted jacket. It was Neal who had insisted on the canvas pup tents, holding that lighter nylon shelters were not manly. He grinned now over the fire at the three boys.

“Okay, troopers, we’ve had hot dogs and beans cooked over our own fire. Pretty darn good, right?”

There was no response from the boys, who were attired in a mixed collection of new outdoor clothing.

Neal tried again. “What do you say to some toasted marshmallows?”

“Big whoopee,” Casey Poole muttered. Casey was a wiry youth, 12-years-old, with a mouth set in a permanent smirk. Like the other boys he was here at the insistence of his parents, who were home now enjoying a rare quiet weekend.

“Hey, it could be worse,” Moons Henafin said. “He could’ve brought rice cakes.” Moons was twenty pounds overweight, and his rear view accounted for the nickname. At home he was fed a diet of fruits, veggies, and tofu by his mother, who detested fats and was built like a golf club to prove it.

The third boy, Travis Walker, said nothing. Hot dogs, marshmallows, Neal Baines, camping trip...he would put up with it, but all things considered, he’d rather be home with his computer. His father was resigned to the fact that Travis would never be an athlete, but saw this as a chance at least to get him out of the house.

Neal took the tepid response for assent. “Henafin, you get the marshmallows from my tent, Poole, you poke up the fire, Walker you get the pointy sticks.”

The boys moved to their tasks with reluctance.

“Where do I find sticks?” Travis asked.

“Try pointystick.com,” Casey said, looking to Moons, who snickered.

“We’re sitting in a forest full of them,” Neal said. “Go cut four thin branches and whittle them into points. Get some use out of the new Woodsman set your father gave you.”

Travis adjusted his glasses and peered into the darkness. “Am I supposed to go out there alone? A guy could get lost.”

“You won’t get lost, Walker. Just keep the campfire in sight and you’ll be fine.”

“Don’t worry,” Casey said, “bears don’t eat geeks.”

“Unless they’re really hungry,” Moons added.

“Ha ha,” Travis said without mirth, and edged away between trees into the shadows. By the time he returned, the fire was banked and the marshmallows divided among the four of them.

Neal Baines inspected the sticks. “Good work.”

“Give him a merit badge,” Casey said.

Neal frowned him into silence.

The marshmallows were impaled and suspended over the coals for browning. Above them the night sky showed through the dark branches in patches of velvet pinpointed by glittering stars. A late summer breeze soughed through the forest carrying the tang of firs, spruce and juniper.

Moons Henafin eyed Travis’s marshmallows and spoke around a mouthful of his own. “You gonna eat all those?”

“You can have them.”

“Keep your fat hands off mine,” Casey warned.

“Who said anything about yours?”

“You were going to. You already ate most of the hot dogs.”

“Well, I was hungry. Is it my fault they starve me at home?” Moons stabbed the last three marshmallows from Travis’s stash on the point of his stick and thrust them toward the coals.

Neal Baines dabbed at his mouth and looked around with satisfaction. “Okay, troopers, it’s still a little early for sleep. Who’s got an activity to suggest?”

“How about Botticelli?” Travis suggested.

“What’s that?” Moons asked.

“It’s a word game. Something like Twenty Questions.”

“Word game!” Casey spat it out like an obscenity. “No way!”

“All right,” Neal said. “Let’s be cool. If you’ve got another suggestion, Poole, let’s hear it.”

“How about we pack up and go home?” Casey said.

“We could make it in time for Saturday Night Live,” Moons added. Travis rolled his eyes and said nothing.

“Troopers, I’m disappointed in you. I think we can get along one night without television. Try to enjoy the out-of-doors for once. What do you say, Walker?”

“Actually,” Travis admitted, “this is kind of boring.”

“Boring? Doing guy stuff? Hey, this is what they call male bonding. Being together out here in the night air under a canopy of stars, breathing in the sweet fresh air. Boring?”

“He’s a poet” Casey said sotto voce to Moons.

“He’s a pain in the ass,” Moons amended.

“Give him a chance,” Travis said. “He’s trying.”

Oblivious to the remarks across the fire, Neal raised a forefinger in inspiration. “I know what will liven things up.”

“Please tell me we’re not going to sing,” Casey said under his breath. Moons rolled his eyes, “Here it comes: Kum Ba Ya.”

Travis leaned close to the other two. “Do you know what it means? Kum Ba Ya?”

“Do you know how much I don’t care?” Casey muttered back.

“Scary stories!” Neal said. “I’ll bet you’ll like that. How about it, troopers?”

“Oh gosh, yes,” Casey said, not bothering to feign enthusiasm.

“Look out,” whispered Moons. “Here comes ‘The Hook’.”

“If he calls us troopers once more...” Casey muttered.

“Who wants to start?”

The three boys looked off in different directions.

“Come on, I know you guys like horror movies. Who has a good gory story?”

“There was the time the TV in my bedroom broke and I had to watch reruns of Matlock with the old folks,” Casey offered.

“Very funny, Poole. How about you, Henafin?”

“There was this little girl in the forest and this big bad wolf...”

“Never mind. Walker?”

“I’m not much good with stories.”

“Then I guess it’s up to me,” Neal said. “I’ll bet I’ve got one that will scare the pants off you.”

“Uh-oh,” Casey said. “I got holes in my underwear.”

“Do you guys want to hear this, or do you want to hit the sleeping bags?”

“It’s not even nine o’clock.”

“So what’ll it be?”

“Tell us the story,” Travis said. The other two nodded glumly.

“Now settle down and listen up...”

The boys exchanged a look and arranged themselves as comfortably as possible on their side of the dying campfire.

“There was a little boy named Robin...”

“This isn’t going to be Winnie the Pooh, is it?”

“No, it isn’t. Anyway, that was Christopher Robin.”

“Oh, right.”

“Robin was not any kind of special little boy. He was a lot like you guys. He could be a smartass sometimes.”

“Who does that sound like?” Moons smirked, nudging Casey.

“And he wasn’t the brightest student in class.”

Casey gave Moons a slug on the shoulder. “How about it, Brainiac?” “And sometimes he was very quiet, and didn’t want to talk to anybody.” Casey and Moons pointed exaggerated fingers at Travis.

“So far this is about as scary as Casper the Friendly Ghost,” Casey observed.

“Just wait. The story starts when Robin is about three years old.”

“Oh Jeez,” Moons observed, “this is going to be a long one.”

“He lived in a large city with his mother, who worked in a department store. ‘What about his father?’ you are probably wondering.”

“Not really,” Casey said.

“Well, Robin’s father was not a nice man. Not like your fathers. He never held a regular job and he gambled away what money he did make. One day he told Robin’s mother he was going to the race track, and never came home.”

“Don’t those disappearing husbands usually go out for a loaf of bread?” Moons asked.

“This one went to the race track. Robin was too young at the time to understand what happened, but he did know that his father wasn’t there anymore.”

“Bright boy,” Casey commented.

“The neighbors all knew what happened, and they discouraged their own kids from playing with Robin, as though it was his fault.”

“Aww, child of a broken home. Boo hoo.”

“If you want to pay attention, Poole, it gets better.”

“I hope so.”

“When he was about six, Robin’s mother, whose name was Barbara, met a man named Kurt at a party. Kurt was tall and good-looking in a slick kind of way, and had a smooth line of talk that women seemed to like.”

“Here comes the sex,” Casey said.

“Shhh!” Travis shushed him. “This is getting good.”

The dark branches of the surrounding trees rustled as the night wind took on a chill. Everyone moved closer to the fire.

Neal went on with the story...

Robin’s mother was a soft, pretty woman. She had honey blond hair and eyes as brown and shiny as a horse chestnut. She was as good a mother as she could manage, what with working all day at the store. Robin stayed inside most of the time, playing by himself, and didn’t miss his father all that much. That all changed after his mother met Kurt. She cared only about pleasing him, and had little time for Robin anymore. Barbara’s problem was she had lousy taste in men. First she picked Robin’s father, who abandoned them, then Kurt, who turned out to be even worse.

Robin mistrusted him from the start. He saw the way the man’s face changed when Barbara left the room and the two of them were alone. Kurt was all Mr. Nice while the three of them were together, but when it was just him and the boy, the smile dropped away and he turned ugly.

Barbara didn’t see it. She was in love, and Robin did not have the words to explain why he distrusted the man. Kurt moved in with them and took over. Barbara kept her job at the store and gave most of the money to him. Kurt always claimed to have some kind of deal working, but he was at home most of the time drinking beer and reading girlie magazines. He got bored easily, and when he was bored he took it out on Robin.

It started innocently enough with tickling. Even though Robin didn’t like it, Kurt would grab him and tickle him until tears came, pretending it was a game. When Robin tried to get loose Kurt would dig his fingers in hard enough to leave bruises on his ribs. And there was the hitting. Worthless as he was, Robin’s real father never struck him. It was different with Kurt. At first he had a reason, so he said, for smacking Robin with the flat of his hand. Any little thing, like leaving his clothes out or not cleaning his plate. Pretty soon it was his fist, and there didn’t have to be any reason at all. The boy tried to tell his mother what was happening, but Barbara didn’t want to hear it, so she refused to listen.

It was, “Robin, Kurt is part of the family now. It’s up to you to do what he tells you.”

“I try, Mom, really. He just doesn’t like me.”

“That’s foolish, of course he likes you. Now let’s not hear any more about it.”

Robin started having headaches from all the hitting, but he didn’t tell anybody. What good would it do? The kids at school could sense that Robin was a loser, and they started picking on him. Kids can be cruel. Robin was not strong, and there was one boy in particular who liked to torment him. His name was Grumman. He was a year older than Robin and a lot bigger. He would catch Robin on the way home from school and twist his arm, or pinch him, or hit him hard in the belly. Once he burned him with the end of a cigarette. Robin’s headaches got worse.

He never even thought about telling anybody. It was bad enough to be known as a sissy, but to be a snitch would be even worse. So he took it from Grumman and the other kids. He took it for a long time, but finally he had enough. On his twelfth birthday he took a long-bladed screwdriver from a kitchen drawer. He carried it outside and rubbed the flat of the blade against the concrete driveway for hours until it was dagger-sharp. Now he was ready.

The three boys leaned expectantly toward the campfire.

The next day Robin walked home from school more slowly than usual, making it easy for Grumman to overtake him.

“Where we goin’, pussy? Home to momma and her greaser boyfriend? Do you watch him fuck her? How about I come along and we both watch?”

“Leave me alone, Grumman.”

“That’s not nice. Here I’m trying to be a buddy and you get all shitty with me.” He snaked a hand out and seized Robin’s left wrist. “Ever see this one?” With his other hand Grumman clamped on Robin’s knuckles and began bending the palm inward. “It’s judo.”

“Hey, that hurts.”

Grumman snickered. “No shit.”

While the other boy kept the pressure on his left wrist Robin slipped his free hand inside his jacket and grasped the wooden handle of the screwdriver.

Grumman’s grin widened. “Whaddaya got there, pussy?”

“A present for you.” With a backhanded sweep, Robin drove the sharpened blade of the screwdriver into the other boy’s ear. There was a muffled popping sound. Grumman gave a strange high-pitched squeak. His grip on Robin’s hand relaxed. He staggered a few steps and fell heavily as a thin red stream squirted from his ear. His face smacked the sidewalk and he quivered for several seconds and then moved no more.

Robin had no idea it was so easy to kill. Nor so much fun.

He pulled the blade out of Grumman’s brain with a sound like a spoon coming out of Jell-O. He wiped it clean on the dead boy’s T-shirt, and threw it down a storm drain.

The violent death of the bully was the talk of the school for many days. Everybody had a theory about what happened, but nobody connected it to quiet little Robin.

But things at home did not improve. Kurt continued to punch him around. And Barbara was no longer pretty. She was drinking a lot now and all puffy in the face. She lost her job. Kurt was on her case and Robin’s all the time. The boy knew what he had to do.

He was a little sorry about his mother. But all in all it would be for the best. She was sick or crying now when she wasn’t dead drunk, and not much good to anybody. One morning when she was passed out on the couch Robin did not go to school. He took a heavy chef’s knife from a kitchen drawer and walked back to the couch. Barbara’s face was all blotchy from drink and Kurt’s fists. Her mouth hung open. She smelled stale. Robin closed his eyes for a moment, remembering the way she had been. He tucked the mental picture away, then ripped the knife blade across his mother’s throat. Barbara’s eyes popped open for just a moment, then glazed. She gurgled as she died. There was a lot of blood spilling out of her. Robin wondered what it tasted like. He touched a forefinger to the open flap of her neck and brought the reddened tip to his tongue. It tasted salty and kind of coppery, like an old penny. Robin carried the knife into the living room then and sat down in front of the television. He turned the set on and found a channel with cartoons.

Kurt came home in the middle of Scooby Doo. He was in his usual crappy mood.

“Barbara!” he called. “Where the hell are you, woman? Is the kid here?”

Robin stood up and, gripping the handle of the heavy knife, walked out to the hallway where Kurt was doing the yelling.

“I’m here.”

“What the hell are you doing watching TV this time of day? Why aren’t you in school?”

Robin moved up close to his stepfather. “Goodbye, asshole.”

Kurt’s mouth dropped open. Before he could speak, Robin drove the knife handle-deep into the lower part of his stomach. He yanked the blade upward, slicing through flesh and fat and muscle until it scraped the breastbone. Kurt grunted and grabbed at the wound, trying to keep his intestines from spilling out. He dropped heavily to his knees. Blood bubbled from his mouth and he pitched face down on the tile floor.

Robin went back to the television set where he watched the rest of Scooby Doo. That was where they found him.

Neal Baines paused and looked across the campfire at the three rapt boys. “I see I’ve got your attention now.”

“Pretty good story,” Casey admitted. The other boys nodded silently in agreement.

“Ah, but that’s not the end,” Neal said, making his voice spooky.

The boys moved closer together.

Since Robin was only 12-years-old, the state could not try him for murder. In fact, a lot of well-meaning people sympathized with the boy as an “abused child.” He was sent to a school for the socially challenged, where he learned, among other things, how to make a serviceable knife out of innocent materials. He fashioned his first from a toothbrush and a razor blade. He tested it by slicing open the jugular of one of the older inmates. This act was blamed on a severely retarded boy into whose locker Robin slipped the weapon.

He was a good-looking boy and was the star of most of the little plays the school put on at holiday time. A woman visitor at one of these productions made the mistake of coming backstage while Robin was fighting one of his headaches. Her mouth flapped and her chins jiggled and he didn’t understand a word she said. She smelled like perfume and sweat, and when she went to hug him she breathed garlic in his face. Robin picked up a sharpened spoon stolen from the cafeteria and ripped open the artery just under her ear. By the time she was found in a sticky pool of blood Robin was off in another part of the school.

When he was eighteen Robin was pronounced cured and his record was expunged. In his six years at the school he had developed a small talent for acting, and a pretty fair knowledge of vital spots on the human body. He took a job at the same department store where Barbara had worked. Shortly thereafter, an assortment of excellent knives disappeared from the kitchenware department. And so did Robin.

The headaches still came, but he learned to live with them. He changed names and jobs and cities frequently, so, except for the use of a knife, there was no clear pattern to the killings that followed in the next few years. The victim could be anybody. A homeless man in Phoenix, a teacher in Grand Rapids, a truck driver in Manchester, two young sisters in Seattle. As Robin grew into young manhood his self-confidence and pleasant appearance let him insinuate himself into any situation. He could be a delivery man, a door-to-door salesman, a mechanic.

“He could be anything,” Neal concluded, looking around. He paused for several long seconds. “He could even be...a counselor.”

The boys stared at him wide-eyed across the flames.

“Holy shit,” muttered Moons Henafin.

“Guess what name he is using today?”

“You’re not...” Casey Poole’s voice wavered and faded to a whimper.

Travis Walker wrapped his arms around himself as though for protection.

Neal’s eyes glittered in the fading firelight. His teeth glistened in a smile that was evil itself.

“We’re fucked!” Casey whimpered.

Neal’s grin widened, showing darkish red gums. “Today,” he said, “Robin the knife boy calls himself...Neal Baines!”

“I knew it!” Casey got out.

The boys began scrambling to their feet, looking wildly around for an escape route. The tall evergreens seemed to lean in over their small clearing, sucking out the air.

Neal Baines began to laugh. The boys looked to each other, then at the young man across the campfire. His laughter rose into a wild cackle. He threw back his head and howled his glee into the night sky.

Moons Henafin began to whimper.

Abruptly the laughter stopped. The boys, standing now, unsure what to do, stared at their counselor.

The crazy grin relaxed into Neal’s familiar big-brotherly smile. The glitter faded from his soft blue eyes. He took a moment to look at each of the boys. Then he said quietly...“Gotcha.”

“Holy shit,” Moons said for the second time.

“I knew it wasn’t really you,” Casey lied.

“You are good,” Travis admitted.

“I just wanted to show you troopers that I can tell a scary story.”

Moons and Travis faked a laugh. Casey pretended to yawn.

“I think it’s time to sack out now. We’ve got a long trek home in the morning.”

Moons peered over his shoulder at the sullen woods. “Maybe we could, um, move the tents closer together.”

“Don’t tell me you’re still scared,” Neal said. “It was only a story.”

“It’s not that,” Moons explained. “I just meant if we want to, like, talk to each other.”

“I don’t want you guys yammering all night. The tents stay where they are.”

Not making any attempt to hurry, the boys unrolled their sleeping bags, made a few lame jokes, and eased into their pup tents while Neal banked the fire.

Travis lay staring up at the low roof of his tent. The story of Robin the knife boy would not leave him. Every night sound took on a sinister meaning. The creak of the trees, the cry of an owl. Once he thought he heard one of the other boys sob, but everything was quiet after that.

Quiet until a soft footfall outside brought Travis to full alert. The flap of his tent was snatched aside.

“It was you!” Travis got out.

Neal Baines’s eyes raked Travis with fearful intensity. The terrible grin was back. “Oh, yes. It was me.” His jacket was open and the front of his sweatshirt was wet and red and sticking to his chest.

“You don’t want to do this.”

“Oh, yes I do. You know I do.”

Travis pulled in a breath.

Neal anticipated him. “Go ahead and yell. Nobody’s going to hear you.”

“Casey? Moons?”

“Not now. Not ever again.”

Travis squirmed in his sleeping bag. “Why?”

“Why? Because it’s fun. It’s a rush. You really should try it.” Neal laughed deep in his chest. “But then, you won’t have a chance, will you?” He worked the top half of his body into the boy’s tent and brought his right hand up where Travis could see it. “I brought my knife.”

Travis slipped one arm free of the sleeping bag. He lunged upright and punched Neal in the soft flesh just under the breast bone. “So did I.”

Neal made a last sound, something like “Aaaaaah,” and looked down at his life spilling out as Travis withdrew the Woodsman blade.

Simon Clark

Here is another tough truth: the first novel you write probably won’t sell.

The Woods Are Dark was a disaster...it blasted away my career in the United States.

Most authors, most of the time, have absolutely no control over the artwork or written material that appears on the covers of their books. They’re lucky if they get to keep their titles.

HIS IS RICHARD LAYMON telling it how it is in A Writer’s Tale (Deadline Press, 1998), a limited edition of five hundred copies. What I want to howl from the rooftops is that this is one of the most honest books about writing ever produced. It’s certainly the most honest I’ve ever read.

This is no glitzy show biz tale of how to make a million bucks then go squander your days on a Caribbean beach. No, Richard Laymon takes you on a step-by-step guided tour of the underbelly of life as an author and the world of publishing. He glosses over nothing, describing his own sometimes painful climb to bestsellerdom. It’s a book that lists plenty of facts and figures. Richard’s first novel, The Cellar (Warner Books, 1980) sold at least 250,000 copies. You smile reading the autobiography, sensing the man’s delight at this hard won success. But his second for Warner, The Woods Are Dark, crashed and burned. He believed that his American writing career had been truly destroyed. Such is the man’s skill you find yourself living those highs and lows with him. How early success petered out into a welter of rejections. This succession of bloody noses might drive other writers to find an entirely new career but Richard Laymon merely gritted his teeth and carried on writing and writing and writing, like a bloodied and exhausted heavy-weight boxer, taking more and more blows but never quitting. Never beaten. And, of course, phenomenal success for him waited just around the corner.

Richard Laymon and I shared the same agent, the brilliant and amazingly shrewd Bob Tanner of International Scripts, so I heard a lot about Richard before I met him in the flesh at a World Horror Convention in 1999. You’ll read everywhere what a nice guy he was. That is the truth. Those who were fortunate to meet him still cherish him in our hearts. You’ll hear many an anecdote about him, about his good nature and his encouragement of new writers (me included), but if you can find A Writer’s Tale read about his life as he wrote it in that perfectly razor-sharp style of his. And to round off this piece I’ll close with Richard Laymon’s own words that appear in A Writer’s Tale. It’s good advice. Remember it.

THIS BOOK IS DEDICATED

TO

EVERYBODY WHO WANTS

TO BE A WRITER

PERSIST AND PREVAIL!

Simon Clark

1. YOUR PLACE. RIGHT ABOUT NOW. WHISPERS IN YOUR EAR.

Some people lose it as young as thirteen. Most lose it around fifteen, sixteen. Ham Masen was a late developer. He lost his visibility when he was eighteen.

The thing is, with Inherited Visibility Syndrome (IVS), there are no half measures. There’s no misty midway mark. Invisibility is one of those absolutes, like being pregnant. You can no more claim to being half-pregnant or a quarter-pregnant than to being partially visible.

You’re either HERE.

Or you AIN’T.

If you have IVS you could walk up to the guy reading this book and put your finger right here:

X

Right on the dirty big X. They’d never even know. In fact, you could put your hand on the page, even your filthy great manhood; they’d see through you...and I mean right through you. Come to that, I shouldn’t be surprised if someone is doing that right now. There’s a few of us around, you know. So we might be sitting next to you with our heads between your face and the book grinning up at you.

We might watch you shower.

We might watch you make love.

We might watch you do that funny thing you do when you think no one else is looking.

And sometimes, just for the hell of it, we might blow gently onto the back of your neck, so you get one of those goose-over-your-grave shivers.

Now you might be thinking (if you’re not one of us) what a great opportunity for mischief this is. You could pull your schoolteacher’s hair, pinch your boss’s nose, help yourself to cash from a bank vault, assassinate that irritating TV presenter who hogs the screen whatever the channel.

But no. With invisibility comes responsibility.

There’s a strict code of conduct.

We Invisibles don’t interfere with the lives of the Visibles.

That is, we didn’t until eighteen-year-old Ham Masen came along. Remember what I said? He was a late starter. So maybe he was making up for lost time.

Let me take you back to when I first met Ham.

2. ECHOES YARD. NIGHT. IT HAPPENED AT THE COUNTY MORGUE.

I saw him charging toward me. He was shouting, waving his arms, eyes staring. He didn’t look as if he’d seen a ghost. He looked like a dozen ghosts armed with machetes were hell-bent on juicing him.

He ran right across Echoes Yard, banging on windows of stores and yelling at the top of his voice. With it being close on midnight the only place open was Burger King. I watched customers looking round for the source of this hullabaloo, but when they saw nothing they shrugged and turned back to their burgers and fries.

The young guy making all the hoo-hah is Ham Masen. He realizes something has just gone totally weird in his life but he doesn’t know what.

“You’ve gotta help me! You’ve gotta help!” he screamed at a drunk staggering home from a bar.

The drunk looked round and couldn’t see a damn thing. Wobbling, he made a gesture like he was flicking away a bothersome fly, that’s all.

Ham Masen screeched, “You can’t see me, can you? I’m here! Look at me!”

The drunk peered round, seeing squat. Then Ham made his first mistake. He grabbed the drunk by the arm, still shouting that he needed help. The drunk was too pixilated to work out anything in a logical way. Instead he let fly at (to him) fresh air with his fists.

By chance one connected on Ham’s young, thin face. He jerked back to land in a bush, his legs kicking the air.

Time I intervened.

I ran across to where Ham sat in the bushes, shaking his head. If he’d been a cartoon character little blue birds would have been tweeting round his head.

He touched his jaw. “Ouch.”

At least the drunk’s punch had knocked the panic from him.

“Are you OK?” I asked.

“I don’t know.”

“He didn’t bust your jaw?”

“Don’t think so. It’s sore though...and my neck.” He swiveled his head just to check that it didn’t drop from his shoulders. “Aches like hell.” Then he looked up at me with brown eyes that were so big and so full of sadness that my heart went out to him.

His eyes glistened. “I didn’t figure it would be so tough being a ghost...” He touched his jaw again. “I didn’t know ghosts could feel pain either.”

“You’re no ghost.”

“Of course I am. No one can see me...when I look in a mirror I can’t even see me.” He shrugged then lay back in the bushes. “I’m a ghost. I’m dead. Leave me.”

“Come on, give me your hand.”

“Leave me here to rot.” He frowned. “Maybe ghosts rot after all. I mean if I can feel pain—”

“Listen, give me your hand. I’ll help you.”

He gave me a funny look as if deciding whether or not I was teasing him. Then he held out his hand to be helped to his feet.

“I’m Kate Shayler.”

The help-up became a handshake.

“Ham Masen.”

“Ham?”

“Yeah, at school kids called me Bacon. My parents named me after my uncle so they’d inherit stuff when he died.”

“But Ham?”

“Ham Claytz...you know, Claytz Plates?”

“So they got the money.”

“And I the name.”

Now I know why he owned those big, sorrowful eyes that made him look like a saint.

He brushed leaves from his shirt and jeans. “And just when I didn’t think my life could get any worse, saddled with a name like Ham...this happens. I die and I’m left to haunt Echoes Yard. The place you only visit when it rains.”

“You’re not a ghost, Ham.”

“So what am I?”

“You’re invisible. That’s all.”

“That’s all!”

“Don’t worry. I’ll—”

“I’m invisible and you tell me not to worry!”

“Shhh.” I glanced back. Some people had come out of Burger King to see who was doing all the shouting.

The thing is: they saw nothing.

Ham and me were invisible.

“Calm down,” I told him. “There’s stuff you should know.”

Despite the shock of his sudden transition of being there to being nowhere—at least as far as everyone else was concerned—he took the news well.

We sat side by side on a bench.

He shook his head. “And you say this Inherited Visibility Syndrome was in my blood?”

“And it usually hits just after puberty.”

“But why didn’t anyone tell me about it?”

“We’re Invisibles. We don’t tell anyone until they lose their visibility.”

“No shit. I can’t wait to tell the guys.”

“No can do.”

“Uh?”

“You can never tell regular people you’re an Invisible.”

“Who says?”

“That’s our law.”

“It’s not my law.” He was grinning. “I’ll tell who I want...and Jesus Christ! I’ve just realized. I’ll be a god. I can payback all the people who’ve screwed me over. I can walk into a bank and help myself to as much cash as—”

“Ham, it doesn’t work like—”

“I’ll kick newsreaders in the ass live on TV—no one will see me do it.”

“Ham, you can’t,” I warned. “We’ve got rules. No interference. No telling people we’re—”

“Oh shit.” His eyes blazed. “Think of the fun!’’

I grabbed his hand. “Now, that’s what you can have. Fun. But only if you obey our rules.”

Quickly I told him about us. That Invisibles inherited a gene—from the mother’s side of the family—that leads to a sudden loss of visibility in the teens. A bit like inheriting a gene for red hair. And no, it wasn’t permanent. It lasts just a few hours every night when there’s a full moon. That it’s been calculated that there’s about a million of us the world over.

“Are you sure this isn’t a wind up?” he asked all of a sudden.

“No.”

“I really am invisible?”

“Yes, to ordinary people.”

“But you can see me?”

“Invisibles can see other Invisibles. That’s how it works.”

“But I’ve seen the invisible man movies. Shouldn’t we be naked?”

“No.”

“But why can’t people see our clothes?”

“That’s part of the syndrome, too. Whatever’s in intimate contact with our body for longer than a few minutes becomes infected with invisibility, too.”

“No shit.”

“Think about it,” I told him. “There are bits of you that aren’t alive, but you consider them part of your body; do you follow?”

“You mean like hair and fingernails?”

“And don’t forget the fillings in your teeth and that stud in your ear.”

“Jesus. This is more awesome than I thought.”

I nudged him with my elbow. “Shuffle along the seat. No, the other way...away from me. Now look at the wood.”

“Hell, I can see right through it.”

“You follow? Close proximity to us makes things invisible.”

“Wait. I can see the bench again.”

“It only lasts a second or two when we move away from it. Think of it like body heat. If you hold a pen it’ll stay warm for a—wait! Ham, where are you going?”

“Sightseeing.”

“Ham, there’s stuff I should tell you first. Important stuff.”

“Sorry, Kate. I want to make the most of this.”

“Wait, you can’t walk through—”

“Ouch.”

“I was going to explain that you can’t walk through walls.”

“Nurrr...now you tell me.”

I took him by the shoulders and looked at his face. A good-looking face, I noted, with those brown, soulful eyes. “You’ve grazed your nose. It doesn’t look broken though.”

“Bruised jaw, grazed nose. What an initiation into being a god.”

“We’re not gods, Ham.”

“But we’re invisible!” Excitement bubbled up inside of him again. His eyes twinkled. “Come on!”

I had to run to keep up. “Ham! Wait, you don’t know the rules yet!”

“Tell them to go fuck the rules!”

“Where you going?”

“The County Morgue.”

“Ham...I don’t think that’s a good idea. Ham?”

But he was running fast.

I got the feeling he’d learn the rules the hard way.

We arrived panting at the dumpy concrete structure with those ridgey glass blocks for windows. You know? The ones that you’re not supposed to be able to see through, but you can always see enough blurry shapes to give you a good idea of what’s going on anyway.

Ham stood by the doorway to a brilliantly lit lobby. The sign over the door read in big, doomy letters: COUNTY MORGUE. AUTHORISED PERSONNEL ONLY.

I groaned. “Oh, shit, are you sure you want to do this?”

“How old are you, Kate?”

“Seventeen.”

“I’m eighteen and I’ve never seen a dead body.”

“Sheesh. Who wants to?”

“Kate, I’ve always been sheltered by an over protective mother. I’ve lived life in a kind of wishy-washy twilight.”

“Don’t rush things, you don’t know what—”

“Now I’ve got the opportunity to really LIVE life. To experience life, death...” He licked his lips. “Everything.”

With that, he turned away to push through the swing doors. I followed.

Fast.

A cop stood in the hallway. He turned when he heard the doors open. He looked in our direction but I saw from the focus of his eyes he couldn’t see us. His eyes were on the door. Maybe he was thinking someone had pushed open the door then let it close again without coming in. Bold, Ham walked up to the cop, stuck out his tongue, then waved his hands in front of the big man’s face.

The cop didn’t flinch. Didn’t react.

Didn’t see, Ham or me.

Delighted, Ham turned to me. Before he could open his mouth and give us away, I put my fingers to his lips. I felt them mould into a smile beneath my fingertips.

He turned. Walked. I followed.

Hell, where was he taking me?

We moved along the hallway lined with offices. With it being after midnight most were in darkness. Only death is a twenty-four/seven business: there’d still be new arrivals, so there were two or three orderlies to stash the bodies until the next day, when they’d be ready for collection, or for examination by the coroner. Ammonia spiked your nostrils; the place stank like a school washroom.

In one room a cop and a morgue guy in medic greens sat smoking black ropy-looking cigars over cups of coffee. They were sharing a dirty joke and they leaned back in their chairs to laugh out loud.

The things you see when you are such as we...

Now we passed sets of double doors marked OP 1, OP 2 and so on.

Ham whispered, “This is where they carve the turkey.” He grinned. “Wanna watch?”

I grabbed his arm. “All the lights are out. They won’t be doing any postmortems tonight.”

“Shoot. That’s not fair.”

“Ham...”

“Wait, I can hear something. Sshh. Follow me.”

We’d reached the end of the hallway. Stairs led down to a room with somber oak doors. A sign warned, STRICTLY NO ADMITTANCE.

Ham whistled. “Cool.”

“There’s no one down here,” I told him. “There’ll be nothing to see.”

“You’re kidding? In the County Morgue?”

With cat-like stealth he opened the door, then slipped inside. God help me, I didn’t want to do it, but I know the rules of the Invisible. I had to follow. And I’d have to stop him if he acted contrary to our creed.

The room was a big one. It was in darkness, too. All except for one light, that is. Maybe a reading lamp on a desk. It cast an unhealthy-looking yellow glow in one corner behind a screen.

We both stopped when we heard the male voice. “Oh...oh...ohhhh...that’s the way I like it, baby...that’s it...lift your legs nice and high...oooohhhh...you’re a fucking horny bitch, you know that? Oh boy...got sex smeared all over you...ah, that’s it...to the left, to the left...oh...”

I pulled Ham’s sleeve and whispered, “Come away...don’t go in there.”

But he moved forward. Biting my lip I went with him.

When we saw what was happening behind the screen I felt myself roll back on my heels as if I’d been pushed in the chest.

One of the morgue attendants had slipped down his green drawstring pants. I saw twin moons of buttocks that had the red-yellow dappling of a pizza. The guy was around fifty with close-cropped blond hair.

And he fucked a woman on the desktop. She had long curls that swished over the side of the desk as he tucked into her, pumping his buttocks hard.

“Oh, that’s the business, honey. You whisper dirty words in Joey’s ear...yeah, that’s it. Oh, that’s the thing...”

I screwed up my face as I turned away, not wanting to see an inch more of that disgusting pimple-butt-scape. I noticed that Ham, however, looked closer.

A second later he was back to whisper in my ear. “Shit, oh shit. You’re not going to believe this, Kate.”

“Let’s go, Ham. I don’t like it here. I think I’m going to throw—”

“Listen, that guy’s tooling a dead woman.”

“Oh, God. I feel—”

“And get this, he’s not entering via the doormat...and from the look of her she’s taken a lot of gunshot wounds.”

I closed my eyes. My breath got choked up in my throat. Perspiration ran down inside my T-shirt. God, the smell of this place. The sounds! The squishy sounds as the guy...

“It’s OK,” Ham whispered. “He’s stopped. Look for yourself.”

Yeah, I’m an idiot, aren’t I? I looked.

The mortuary attendant stood back from the woman with the chest full of Uzi rash. She slipped off the desk. The slap of her face against the floor tiles made me flinch.

Then the guy dragged away a sheet that covered another figure on a slab.

“Don’t be impatient, sir,” the man said. “Your turn now. Come on, let’s get you up on all fours...ah, there’s a nice little doggy.”

The stiff on the slab looked as if he’d stepped in front of a truck.

The attendant made cooing noises. “There, sir, let’s just loosen you in the ring department.”

I threw up. The cheese sandwich I’d eaten for supper hit the floor with a loud enough splash to make the attendant look up from his love-object. “Hey, who’s there?”

My puke was invisible.

For a moment. Then suddenly it was there. A Technicolor splatter, stinky and steamy against white tiles.

“Hey, what is this?” The man sounded furious.

I jabbed my hand into Ham’s back. When he turned to me I mouthed, Come on!

This time he followed.

3. RIVERSIDE PARK. NIGHT. WATER RHYMES WITH TORTURE.

Ham Masen shot questions. “How come I couldn’t see myself in the mirror but you see me?”

“It happens like that immediately after the transition. Then your eyes adjust. You’ll be able to see your reflection now.”

“Are my parents Invisibles?”

“Your mother possibly. But it sometimes skips a generation or two.”

“When will I become visible again?”

“Toward dawn.”

“So I shouldn’t be anywhere I shouldn’t when I...?” He fluttered his fingers.

“Right. And remember it’s instantaneous.”

“What happens if I eat?”

“Try it for yourself sometime.”

“Invisibles see each other?”

I nodded.

“Are there any more about now?”

“No.”

“How long is it since you lost yours?”

“My visibility?”

“Uh huh.”

“Four years ago.”

“Is that young?”

“Sort of average.”

“What’s the wildest thing you’ve ever done when you’re—”

“Ham. Listen, being an Invisible isn’t all fun and Peep Tomery, you know?”

“Oh, come on, lighten up, Kate.”

“We have serious responsibilities.”

“Responsibilities? Huh, you sound like my parents.”

“And we are governed by a strict code of conduct.”

“You do sound like my parents.”

“Ham. You’ve got a lot to learn about us. And life’s going to be different for you now. You’ve got to learn how to handle being invisible. Have you thought what happens if you get married? Come on, walk with me.”

I linked arms with him. We walked and talked. Before long we found ourselves heading along one of the leafy paths of Riverside Park. The moon shone bright silver through the trees. The scent of dew grew stronger on the air. An owl hooted.

Maybe Ham was learning; he only paused for a moment when he found the couple making out under some bushes.

As we walked on, I whispered, “Unless you’re a pathological voyeur, watching naked people sex each other up becomes the dullest spectator sport ever, believe me.”

He smiled, his eyes catching the moonlight. “I’m glad you’re here to help me through this, Kate. I’d have gone nuts if you hadn’t found me.”

“Oh, you get used to it. Once, I was taking a shower when—”

“Shhh.” He held up a finger.

“What’s wrong?”

“Don’t you hear it?”

I shrugged.

“Listen.” He tilted his head. “Someone’s crying.”

I told him straight, “Ignore it. We don’t get involved.”

“But someone might be in trouble?”

“That isn’t our problem.”

“But—”

“And if you see someone being mugged or beaten up then it just leaves you feeling bad, because—”

“It sounded like a girl.”

“Ham—”

“There it is again. Come on.”

I thought: Why does he keep doing this to me? Every time I start to tell him to be careful he rushes off.

He dashed across the lawn in the direction of a line of trees. And, yup, I had to follow. Remember? I have responsibilities, too. I couldn’t let the idiot get himself into trouble the first night he lost his visibility.

So I followed. In a minute I’d almost caught up with him. He’d reached the bank of the river. It stretched out glistening silver beneath the moon. At the far side of the water I saw tall buildings that were swish apartment blocks. But at this side of the river there were only gloomy trees overhanging the bank. There were no houses, no cars, no people. Nothing but spooky shadow.

And Ham running, of course. I followed him along the riverside path. I saw his head turning left and right as he searched for whoever made the crying sound. Then suddenly he stopped me. He pointed down the bank to the shore. Two figures were at the water’s edge. Luckily—or unluckily, depending on your point of view—the moon lit every detail. A girl of around twenty dressed in a skimpy little skirt and a crop-top sat on the shore, while looming over her was a real brute of a man dressed in green combats. “Jesus,” Ham breathed. “He’s tied her to a post. Look at her hands.”

I heard the brute say, “Make that noise again and I’ll cut your tongue out.”

“Please...” The girl was terrified.

“So you’re going to be one of the talkative ones, hah? I know how to fix that.”

We watched the guy take a roll of silvery gaffer tape from his pocket. He stuck the loose end of tape to her lips then wound it round and round her head a few times for good measure.

“There, you won’t be singing out so loud now, will you?”

I pulled at Ham’s sleeve as the man talked to the girl. “Ham, come on,” I whispered. “Don’t watch.”

“We can’t just walk away.”

“We’ve got no choice,” I told him. “The rule. No interference in the lives of Visibles.”

“But look at her. He’s tied her to the post. This river’s tidal. Soon the water’s gonna be over her head; she’ll—”

“We’re not allowed to intervene. It’s mandatory: we never touch people or in any way influence events.”

“And have this on my conscience?” He looked shocked.

“What else can we do?”

“I’m going to help her.”

“No.” I grabbed his arm.

He shook himself free and went down to the shore.

And, yup...I had to follow. Had to somehow talk him out of doing anything stupid. Ham was green as spinach soup. He didn’t know the repercussions of intervention.

By the time we reached the couple on the shore the tide had turned. The girl sat with her long, bare legs splayed out in front; her hands tied behind her back to an iron loop set in the post. That in turn was rooted in the riverbed. And, boy-oh-boy, the tide came in fast. Already it washed over her thighs. Her eyes locked on to those of her abductor’s. They blazed in the moonlight as if halogen lamps burned inside her head. Let me tell you, that was pure terror.

I could see Ham wanted to do something to help. But it was the “how” that was foxing him. He stood beside the brutal-looking guy and the girl. And all the time the water is lapping higher and higher around her. Now at her waist. She sucked in her bare stomach as ice cold water touched, probed, licked.

The guy moved to a camera set on a tripod back up the beach, safely away from the water. I hadn’t noticed it before. What’s more, I saw that the camera was cable linked to a laptop computer resting on a crate.

The guy said, “Don’t you realize you’re going to be famous, honey lips? This webcast’s going out live on the Internet. You’re going to be Global. How’s that feel?”

She tried to cry out, but could only make a Mmmm sound through the tape covering her mouth.

“That’s right. I’m going to stand here next to the camera while all those boys and girls out there in Webland watch the water come up higher and higher, up over your juicy breasts, up over your throat.” He was panting.

This got the brute turned on. “The water’s soon gonna stroke your chin, then up over—”

“Stop it!”

The guy was startled by the closeness of the voice. This he didn’t expect.

“Who’s there?” He slipped a revolver from his pocket. “You betta come out here.” He cocked the hammer. “You betta show yourself.”

“Yeah, as if.”

Again the closeness startled him. He spun round, pointing the gun in the direction of Ham’s voice. Only he didn’t see anything, of course. Even though Ham stood only five feet from him.

Ham. You’re not supposed to meddle. I mouthed the words at him so brute-guy wouldn’t hear. But I knew Ham wasn’t going to halt now. Stuff was in motion. All I could do was watch. After all, I knew the penalty.

The girl squirmed as the tide flooded across the shore. The water had reached her midriff. I saw her eyes searching for the man who’d challenged her captor. They glittered with a wild kind of hope now. Maybe she was thinking she had a chance to survive after all.

“You’re not going to get away with this,” Ham told the guy. “You sadistic pervert.”

The guy snarled. “Come on out. Or haven’t you the guts to show yourself?”

“I’m right behind you.”

The guy whirled again, holding the gun out straight. Only he saw nothing but the river. Ham spoke to the pervert in a soft voice, goading him, taunting him. As he talked he crouched down to where a rock the size of a football lay on the beach.

No! I tried to signal him with my hand. If he lifted the rock the guy with the gun would see the rock floating in the air by itself. Looking at that brute I didn’t think the sight of levitating stones’d so easily spook him. He’d more likely loose off a few shots then work out the physics of it all later. It’d only take one lucky shot to finish Ham.

But Ham was smarter than I thought. He cupped his hands round the rock, allowing the power that made him invisible to seep from his skin into the stone. I noticed he kept glancing back at the girl bound to the stake. Water lapped at her breasts. Delirious with fear, her head rolled from side to side, while her hips thrust upward, as if she tried to arch her back out of the chilling river.

Despite what was happening to the girl Ham didn’t budge. The rock was the thing now. As I watched the rock it suddenly disappeared.

I knew I’d soon be able to see it again in a few seconds. Any Invisible would as their eyes adjusted to the correct physical plane, but the sadist wouldn’t. Even if dangled in front of his eyes, he’d see nothing.

By now, the tide had reached the girl’s throat. Her legs thrashed the water. I glanced at the camera that would convey her suffering to voyeurs the world over. More than anything, I wanted to kick the damn thing to shit. But I know the rule. I know the punishment, too.

Ham said to the guy, “I’m not here...I’m there.”

“You little creep.” The guy spun round. Confusion ran riot across his pervey face. “Come out. Show yourself.”

“Hey, fartpants. Did you know your zipper’s down?”

Like all men he automatically glanced down at his crotch. As his head ducked Ham struck. He swung the invisible rock down onto the back of the guy’s skull. The sound of skull bone shattering is a startling thing. Even the girl stopped writhing as the sadist belly-flopped onto the beach, his concave head leaking brain fluid and blood in a gory mess. Sheesh. What did the audience watching the webcast make of that?

Minutes later Ham had the captive untied and the tape peeled off her mouth. He laid the dripping girl high on the grass bank where she lay, half-conscious, panting. As he leaned over her, rubbing her cold wet hands, that’s when I did what I had to do.

It is our law, you see.

Picking up a branch I whacked Ham’s noodle, knocking him cold. Then after some dragging and panting of my own I had Ham just where I wanted him.

The cold water woke him up. He seemed surprised that he now sat with his back to the post, his hands tied behind him to the iron ring. Confused, he looked up at me as I stood on the bank, away from the incoming tide.

“Kate, what’s happened? Who put me here?”

“I did. I’m sorry, Ham.”

“But why?”

“It’s the law. If you intervene to save the life of a Visible you must take their place.”

“Kate?”

“I wish I didn’t have to do this. Good-bye.”

I walked back along the riverbank. Behind me lay the girl. She’d wake up cold to the bone, but she’d be OK. As for Ham Masen? The last I saw of him he was kicking his legs like he could drive the incoming tide back. He couldn’t of course.

And that’s where I’m going to leave it. Of course, if you’re deadly curious about what happened to Ham, as the water crept up over his chin, then I’m sure there’s the webcast somewhere out there in cyberspace. All you need do is shoot ‘Ham Masen’ into your search engine of choice.

That’s me done now.

Well...before I go, I might just gently blow into the back of your neck, while you think of lonely midnights and cold, cold river water shivering against your belly.

There...what did you feel? A breath of cool air perhaps?

Gina Osnovich

DON’T KNOW DICK, but his legend has left me with an untainted knowledge of who he was.

I don’t know Dick, but the friends he made, the family that exerts endless positive energy, helps me discover more.

I don’t know Dick, but if he was anything like the boy who just hit puberty that wrote his books, I would have reveled in knowing him.

Dick died a few weeks after I joined the HWA. I didn’t know Dick, but I cried. Perhaps no one can express their thoughts of loss and hurt better than a horror writer, and when Dick died, I knew him. I knew everything about him from others, and yet I hadn’t even scratched the surface.

I don’t know Dick, but I remember meeting Kelly. I was terrified, not only because she was everything I’d ever known about Dick, and as close as I would ever get to him, but because she was so much younger than I expected, and I didn’t feel it was my place to say “I’m sorry about your father.”

We have talked several times and each time I am honored. She called me on September 11th to check if I got home ok. She didn’t know if I worked in Manhattan, but she called across the country anyway.

I don’t know Dick, but if she’s anything like him, I can understand the love his friends had felt.

I don’t know Dick, but I have seen pictures of him on everyone’s website, and heard the weird, fun-filled stories.

I don’t know Dick, but everyone has a story, and I learn a little more each time. I still feel intrusive when someone shares a memory. It’s not mine to listen to. I am not worthy. “I don’t know Dick,” I have to say when they ask for mine.

I don’t know Dick, but I wish I had that story to share. I wish I’d been part of that. I wish I had that experience. I wish I had known Dick.

Gina Osnovich

TEVEN STOOD NEXT to Monica in the St. Xavier High School yard while Cindy bent down to tie her shoelaces. Cindy’s plaid Catholic-school skirt, stiff by the nature of the fabric, didn’t wrap around her ass but stood out to salute the entire street. She would fold her skirt up at the hips as soon as the final bell rang so that her bellybutton peeked from her shirt. Her thighs were visible enough to make the entire enrollment at St. John’s School for Boys stop to stare.

The two schools were across the street from one another. Both were tough, but when 3 o’clock rolled around, the nuns couldn’t do much to stop what happened in the street that divided them. Cindy wasn’t the only girl hiking up her skirt and there weren’t enough nuns to put out all the cigarettes and break up all the kids making out against the parked cars.

Steven was allowed into the schoolyard at St. Xavier because his junior high let out at 2:45 and the nuns let him meet his sister so she could walk him home. This was one of his mother’s rules he never complained about. He usually arrived huffing and puffing at 2:55, fixing his hair and ready before the first girl came out of the doors and into the schoolyard.

He got there in time to watch all the skirts hike up, to watch the girls pull out their little mirrors and rub the glossy lipstick all over their mouths, to see them before the dicks across the street got their hands on them. He wasn’t stupid. He knew he was too young to ever approach them, but his sister was an in. They thought he was cute or they acted like he wasn’t there, and as a result, he got to see more glimpses of tiny pink thongs than any other junior-high kid.

Damn, that’s a fine ass, he thought, watching his sister’s best friend come back up and flip her blonde hair.

He dropped his pencil, using the chance to bend over and fix the hard-on jutting out of his Hanes and take a good look at Cindy’s legs on the way up.

“Hey, Mon?”

“What do you want?” she said, looking frantically around for Danny, the newest love of her life.

“Are we gonna go?”

“In a second, I want to see if...” There was nothing left to say. Her latest crush walked out the back door of St. John’s, eyes darting, looking for someone. Monica ran into the middle of the street, pretending to be looking for someone else, but hoping he would look in her direction. Then he did.

She smiled. He smiled back and started walking over. She threw her hair over her shoulder, grabbing a strand to play with while she looked over at him seductively. He got closer. She could feel herself sweating under her button-down shirt.

Oh my God, she thought.

Her brother was cracking up.

Cindy looked on in horror.

Danny’s smile widened and he walked right past Monica, to the girl behind her. Their tongues were out even before their faces met and then it was over.

Steven was hysterical laughing. Monica, mortified, headed for her brother to kick the shit out of him.

Whap!

She cracked him across the skull. Tears welled up in his eyes, and he glanced quickly at Cindy to make sure she didn’t see. He sucked it up, but Cindy didn’t care anyway. She walked quickly over to Monica and put an arm around her shoulder. They walked away whispering. Steven followed a few feet behind.

“It’s okay. He’s a jerk anyway.”

“You have to say that cause you’re my best friend.”

“I know.”

“Gee, thanks.”

“He is still a jerk.”

Cindy never had these problems, Monica thought. She was perfect and she never even looked for a boyfriend. Every guy flocked to her and she could pick and choose. You didn’t need a boyfriend when every guy on earth wanted you.

“What are you doing tonight?” Monica asked.

“Nothing. Why, you need company?”

“It can’t hurt.”

“Sure.”

“Hey, I have an idea,” the unwanted voice from three feet back said. He had been listening. He felt bad for his sister, but he would never let her know that. Besides, he really did have an idea. This would get me in with Cindy for sure, he thought.

“Hey guys, I said I have an idea.”

“What do you want, Steve?”

“There’s a really cool story I heard and mom would never let me go by myself.” Well, that sounded stupid.

“What the hell are you talking about Steve?”

“Be nice to him, Mon. He’s a kid.”

Oh great, he thought.

Cindy slowed, putting an arm around Steven and ruffling his hair.

I’ll take what I can get, thank you very much, he thought, a small smile finding his lips.

“There’s this cool house at the end of Corban Place, where Bill told me a guy killed his wife and kids and then cracked himself in the head with a hammer.”

“That’s not true and you know it,” said Monica.

“Is too. Bill said when the cops found them, the family was all cut up in pieces and the dog was eating the guy. He said the cops couldn’t even go in right away cause it smelled so bad.”

“Shut up. I am not in the mood.”

“Let him talk,” said Cindy.

“Yeah, let me talk,” Steven said through a huge smile, and worked his way closer into Cindy’s armpit so that his cheek was touching her breast.

“I think we should go there. Mom gets all weird when I go out at night, but if we go together, she won’t say anything.”

“I think we should do it.”

“Easy for you to say. You would do anyone...I mean anything.” Monica smiled.

“Ha, ha.” Cindy punched her in the arm.

Cindy’s perfect, thought Monica. She is adventurous and beautiful and popular and it’s fucking annoying. I wish I were more like her.

“Let’s go. I’m serious. It’ll be fun.”

“What? A dirty house where a psycho killed his family? Yeah, right.”

“Yeah! Right!”

“Are you serious?”

“Come on, Mon. Can we?” said Steven.

“Whatever. Fine. We have to find something to tell Mom, though.” Hey, maybe if I were a little more like Cindy, I would be happier with myself. Ill do it.

Cindy lived three blocks down so they said their goodbyes at the corner. Two guys were right behind them as they walked away. Steven looked casually over his shoulder to make sure they weren’t following. They weren’t wearing uniforms, but they were wearing their colors. He wondered if they heard.

“You serious, man? We gonna go down there?”

“What are you, some kind of bitch? Did you see that pussy with the short skirt?”

“So?”

“We go to the house. We wait ’til it’s dark. We beat the shit out the kid and then we gots two fine young pussies to ourselves.”

“You got yourself a point, motherfucker. You got yourself a point.”

Monica’s mom let her drive the Taurus on weekend nights, when she was at work. But she had to be home by 2 a.m. She was strict, but this was LA and Monica was seventeen. The last show at the Kingplex didn’t even start until midnight. And that was the perfect excuse.

She told her mom tickets were sold out for all shows except the latest ones and they really wanted to go to the movies. She would even take Steven along.

Her mom left at 7:30, and Cindy was at the door at 8 p.m. with her father’s tool-belt around her skinny waist, complete with flashlight, a screwdriver, a hammer and measuring tape. The belt hung low on one side, pulling her skirt down to show her bare hip.

“Why the measuring tape?”

“I didn’t want to take stuff out of there in case my dad notices.”

“Freak.”

“Hey, I thought we could use the flashlight. And the screwdriver and hammer can come in handy if I decide to go psycho and kill you guys.”

“Did I say ‘freak’ already?”

“Yes you did. Where’s the kid?”

“Probably having trouble with his Underoos.”

“STEVE. LET’S GO!”

“COMING!”

He came down twirling two flashlights like handguns. He blew into the head of the flashlight, pretending it was a smoking pistol.

“Don’t ever say I didn’t do nothing for ya,” he said, handing his sister one of the flashlights. He looked over at Cindy, tipped his imaginary hat. “Little lady.”

She laughed. Her firm breasts were visible through the cut-off wife-beater tank top.

Monica rolled her eyes, and pushed him out the door.

“They ain’t comin’.”

“Yes, they are.”

“Shh. Is that a car?”

“Here we go.”

They pulled up to the house and Monica felt a shiver run through her. She didn’t expect it to be cold up here; she felt naked in her thin T-shirt and tiny denim shorts. Steven was already out of the car, staring up at the house in thirteen-year-old wonder.

Cindy came out slowly, awed by the darkness of the house.

“Why are the windows painted black?” Monica said as she stepped out.

“Maybe the guy painted them so no one could see him kill his family.”

“Oh, yeah Steve. The guy paints over, like, twenty windows just so no one can see him kill his family? Do you see any other houses on the street? No one would see him, anyway.”

“All right, let’s go,” said Steven, anxious.

“This is gonna be so cool,” said Cindy.

“What are we here for again?”

“Anything we can find, Mon,” said Steve.

They flicked on their flashlights and walked inside. Why was the door open? thought Monica.

The house was dark. They could smell the years of dust and grime the boarded-up place had soaked in. It smelled like old meat and shit and metal. Is this what dead people smell like? Steven thought.

“Cool. Look at this,” said Steve, his flashlight training on a crusted black spot. “It’s blood.”

“It’s probably paint.”

“Could be blood, you know.”

Monica ran her flashlight over the living room. The place was furnished, but everything was covered in sheets that had once been white. Off to the left, the kitchen sat dark and long deserted. To the right, a staircase led to another floor. In front of them, the dining room was empty but for an ancient chandelier.

“Let’s just walk through and get out of here. I’ll even pay for burgers if we leave in ten minutes,” said Monica. She hated to say it, but she was scared. It was too quiet. Her shirt was wet and she was shivering. She walked toward the dining room. Cindy and Steven followed closely behind, Steven making sure to knock into her every few seconds for a cheap feel.

The three stood in the middle of the dining room, flashlights piercing the darkness.

“This is where he killed his wife,” said Steven. They all fanned their lights around the room. A clanging sound suddenly came from the ceiling and they all jumped. The chandelier had shifted and years of dust fell onto Monica’s hair and all over her clothes.

“Cool! A ghost!” Steven said as he backed up and bolted for the stairs. “Come on, let’s go look.”

“Steve, get back here. Come on. It’s creepy here. STEVE!”

But he was gone and the two girls looked at each other, worried. Monica breathed deep and gathered her strength.

“Let’s go find him.”

“I’m kinda scared,” admitted Cindy.

“Me, too. Stay close. Don’t run off, please?”

“You got it.”

They got to the top of the stairs with their backs against each other, walking sideways. The flashlights were in front of them like guns and they fanned them around the hallway. Three closed doors lined the right side; one was on the left.

They made a lot of noise. It made them both feel better to hear their voices in the empty house.

“STEVE?”

“STEVIE? COME OUT AND YOU CAN TOUCH MY BOOBS,” screamed Cindy.

“Hey!” Monica nudged. “That’s my thirteen-year-old brother you’re talking to.”

“Yeah, and if boobs can’t get him to come out, then nothing will.” Monica laughed nervously when he didn’t come out.

Cindy kicked the first door. Monica turned the knob and it flew open. Pays to watch the X-Files, she thought.

They walked into a dark master bedroom. A huge oak bed, stripped of linens, stood in the center. Cindy moved away and went for the closet, while Monica got on her knees and checked under the bed. If she was cold before, it had faded by now. She was nervous and sweating and her shirt was tight against her skin. Her nipples brushed her forearm through the thin fabric. They were as hard as pencil erasers.

“He’s not here,” said Cindy.

“Let’s try the other rooms and get the hell out of here. I’m gonna kill him when we find him.”

“Ditto.”

They walked through the second room with no luck. A kid’s room, there was another black stain on the floor. A dark gray stain had bled into the mattress.

“Do you think this is where he killed the kids?”

“I don’t know, but I’m taking-down Steve when I see him.” If I see him. “Just a couple more rooms.”

“What if we don’t find him?”

“Then we call the cops and your mom.”

“Did you bring your cell?”

“No. You?”

“No, my mom keeps it when she goes to work.”

“Great.”

The door to the third room wouldn’t budge.

“What the fuck?” Monica said.

She kicked it over and over.

Cindy turned to the door behind her and tried the knob. It opened easily. She was glistening with sweat, too. An adventure is one thing, but she wanted out and they were stuck here until they found Steve.

“I’m gonna try in here.”

“Don’t go too far.”

“K.”

She held on to the knob and peeked inside. A hand flew out from the other side and punched her in the face. She was dragged inside, screaming.

Monica turned around as the door closed. The hard wood muffled her best friend’s screams.

“Cindy? CINDY? Open the door, Cindy.” Her voice was shaky.

Monica tried the knob, but the door was locked. She punched and kicked it. Cindy was still screaming. Monica was screaming now, too. “CINDY. OPEN THE FUCKING DOOR! CIIIINNNDDYYY!”

Monica backed up and rammed into the door.

“OW! FUCK!”

Solid.

She stood up straight and breathed deep. Her friend’s screams were getting louder. The flashlight she dropped on the floor flickered and died.

Her shoulder hit the door again. It shook, but stood. Monica slid to the floor, crying. She was hurt.

“FUCK! I’m going to get help,” she said and tried to stand. “Ow.” Her skin scraped a nail that snagged her back and caught her shirt, tearing it.

Her friend had stopped crying. Monica ran for the stairs and down, taking them two at a time. She came to a screeching halt at the bottom, where her brother lay twisted.

She knelt beside him. He was naked and covered in blood.

“Steve?”

Nothing.

“Stevie, answer me.” Tears were pouring down her face.

He lay still. His leg was underneath him, crooked. She didn’t know how to check for a pulse. Whenever she had tried it on herself after watching a cop drama on TV, she could never find it. She put her ear to his mouth. His breath was raspy, but it was there.

I can’t leave him here, she thought. But I need to find help.

“CINDY! I’m downstairs! If you can hear me, Steve is hurt! I am coming back up! Please come out if you can and let’s go find the cops! PLEASE!”

She looked at her brother again. She took off what was left of her shirt and put it under his head. Her hand came back covered in blood. She moaned.

“God, please let us live. I swear I’ll never do anything like this again.”

She stood up and remembered her brother’s flashlight lying next to him. She grabbed it up, taking another look at him, and went slowly up the stairs.

She jerked her light back and forth. She stopped at the top, breathing deeply, her breasts heaving and glistening. She walked toward the now-open door.

“Cindy?”

The sound of her voice made her jump. She swallowed hard.

“Cindy? Are you in there?”

Monica was almost there. Shaking, she stood in front of the door and pushed it open slowly. It was a once-white bathroom covered in dust. Her best friend lay on the floor, blood circling her. All thoughts of wanting to be like Cindy vanished.

“Oh my God,” she whispered, too afraid to go inside. Cindy’s head was close to the door. Monica could see the fresh bruises forming around her eyes and cheeks. One eye was swollen nearly shut, and blood was leaking from the corner.

Her breath hitched as Monica tried to hold back tears. Cindy was almost naked, her skirt hiked up, her underwear missing. Bloody wounds marred her chest and legs. Her throat was slit.

Monica kneeled inside the room and put her ear to her friend’s mouth, praying for breath, but there was nothing. Her hand slid in the blood and Monica’s face slammed into Cindy’s. Her hands and face coated in blood, she ran out of the room.

They came from behind her.

“Catch her!”

Monica looked back and saw them coming. They were too close. She would never make it down the stairs.

“Shit. Catch her.”

The smaller one ran ahead, but slipped in the bloody tracks Monica left behind. “FUCK.”

The other one ran down the steps, only a few feet behind Monica, taking them two at a time. Monica got to the final step, jumped over her brother’s body and ran for the door. She forgot about the porch steps and went crashing down headfirst. He was right behind her.

“You don’t need to be runnin’. We ain’t gonna hurt you. We just wanted some of your friend’s fine pussy, but she wouldn’t shut her mouth and Harry got a little carried away. If it makes you feel better, she was good even when she was screaming. That’s what Harry said at least. I didn’t get me none,” he said, stepping down the stairs and standing over Monica, opening his pants. “I don’t fuck no dead bitches, see?”

Monica looked up at him, her face streaked with tears. She had fallen into the mud and it was sticking to her sweaty back. Her breasts were covered in blood. She thought for a second about giving in. They might spare her and her brother if she shut her mouth and took it.

She leaned on her elbows and looked at him. His friend was on the stoop, letting the other guy have his turn. Monica eyed the two of them and then took the shot, directly to his groin. He backed up and doubled over and she was on her feet and running.

She looked back and saw the little guy bend over to check on his friend and then take off after her. The street was dark and she couldn’t see another house anywhere. She took a right and ran toward the park. At least there were streetlights.

She couldn’t tell how close he was but she wouldn’t dare look back and waste seconds. She jumped a bench and her shoulder screamed. She ran through a sandbox. When she hit the trees, Monica made a quick left and ducked behind one. She held her breath and bit her lip so he wouldn’t hear her.

He came crashing into the trees a second later.

“Come out now and I won’t have to kill you, bitch.”

He was only a couple of feet away. She listened for his footsteps and prepared herself for the worst. She had resigned herself already to not give him any trouble if she was caught. Then she heard the steps. He was walking away from her.

She breathed again, but only for a second. She listened as he walked farther out to the right and then she ran for it.

The other end of the park was close, but he’d already noticed her and was catching up quick.

She hurled herself over the last bench and was on the street again.

Where do I go? she thought, looking to both sides. A car came to a screeching halt in front of her. The door opened and she made her decision. Anything was better than dying at this murderous fuck’s hands.

She jumped in the car as the kid landed over the bench.

“BITCH!” he screamed into the night, as the car pulled away.

Monica couldn’t catch her breath. She clutched her naked ribs, looking behind her as the car drove away from the park.

She looked over at the middle-aged man in the driver’s seat. He was balding, and his chubby little fingers gripped the steering wheel so hard, his knuckles were white.

“Please help me,” she said, no longer confident in her decision to get into the car. “These guys, they killed my friend and my brother. Well, they didn’t kill my brother, but they still might. Please, mister. Do you have a cell phone? Is there a police station around here? Please, mister. They killed her and my brother has a broken leg...”

“Shhh...it’s okay. Lets get you to my house and out of those clothes. Look at you. You’re filthy. You can tell me the whole story later,” he finished.

“But...”

“I said shhh.” He put a hand on her bloody thigh and squeezed. She cried out. He moved his hand further up, finding the leg hole of her shorts and slipping his hand inside.

“Please don’t kill me,” she said through tears.

“I would never dream of wasting a fine piece of ass like yourself.”

She sank into the seat crying as he pulled into a driveway.

Michael T. Huyck, Jr.

ICK LEFT A LOT of impressions on me. The man held passionately to his beliefs. You had to be careful stepping off into a debate with him, because when he had an opinion it was intelligent and informed. If you saw the way he and Ann and Kelly worked together and played together, it was obvious that he was a loving and doting family man. I could go on at length at all the different reasons to look up to Dick, but I don’t have room to do so. So I’ll stick with the Dick Laymon trait that impressed me the most: he was a firm believer in equality.

For reasons I’m not sure of, Dick had a hyper-developed sense of what is fair and what is right. This sense, paired with obvious contention building up within the Horror Writers Association’s membership hierarchy, is what drove Dick to run for, and win, the presidency of the organization. From his first day he involved members from every corner: new blood and old dogs, perennial midlisters and best sellers, actives, associates, and affiliates. We all got to play. Dick proved to me that every member was equal as a writer and a human being in his eyes. I read a sign once that said “Every person is worth exactly one point.” That’s exactly what Dick believed, and it showed.

So, on those days when the muse is on vacation and my mailbox is stuffed with rejection letters, when it’s easy to dream about deleting all my stories and envision taking up competitive ping-pong as a good use of my extra time, all I have to do is remember that Dick Laymon, a man with an arm-long bibliography, treated me as an equal. Treated me like one full point. And knowing that is enough to keep me writing forever.

Michael T. Huyck, Jr.

MACKING THE TAXI’S yellow fender, Jong cupped his closest ear and bulged his eyes at the driver. When it only earned him a shake of the head in response, Jong pouted.

On the far side a door opened, releasing a burly gentleman with peppered hair and conservatism pasted to his suit. His briefcase came next, followed by a whip of a lady decorated in pleats and blonde tresses. The two walked away from the taxi, the driver, and the bouncing fool dressed in layers of newspaper. Without pausing they entered a meager white shed guarding the fenced mouth of the dock, shutting the door behind them.

When Jong approached again, the taxi driver climbed out of his car and leaned his bulk against the door. He stared at Jong, arms crossed and eyes slitted. Jong paused, all ten of his fingertips drumming a bit of headline stretched taut over his right thigh. He made popping noises with his lips, then clapped in final exclamation. The taxi driver didn’t move.

“You,” Jong observed, “are very quiet.”

“And you,” the taxi driver replied, “are very noisy. And you smell. Go away.”

“But this is my...” Jong started, pirouetting on one foot. He didn’t finish. Not the sentence or the pirouette. He faded and fell back when the taxi driver stood straight up and walked towards him. After three steps Jong chose to close his act with a retreat to the chain link fence surrounding the harbor. He collapsed, rolling beneath the slack in the links, then popped back up on the other side. With exaggerated flops of his feet, he headed down the decaying pier.

“On contract...yes...it’s true.” The guy in the blue overalls nodded at the people entering his shack and rolled his eyes at the cell phone. The lady smiled.

“Listen, there’s...right. I’ve work to do. Goodbye.” He flapped a heavy thumb across the face of the phone and fiddled to get it hung on the lip of his right front pocket. “Mr. Genuit? Ms. Jolson?” He offered a broad greasy palm, but reconsidered when the older gentleman raised one eyebrow. “Uhm, I’d offer you a place to sit, but NDRF (he pronounced it inderf) never bought this Overseer no chairs. Twenty-two years rattling around in their rusty old ships and I’ve never had a chair. Except the toilet.”

The gentleman stepped forward and clasped the Overseer’s shoulder. “Mr...” he peered at the nametag sewn to the overalls “...Willy...we don’t need to sit. Ms. Jolson would like to look the ship over, though, if you don’t mind. Perhaps then I can settle the paperwork with the government and we can get the Deep Dawn out of your hair.”

“Deep Dawn?”

“Ms. Jolson is renaming the ship. The label of letters and numbers the United States Navy previously anointed it with do little for her aesthetic vision.”

The workman smiled, nodded, and motioned for them to follow.

The wood deck of the pier, split and splintered as it was by years of sea service, still thudded solidly beneath their feet. Willy led them across the main artery of travel: a sidewalk constructed of thick planks, rusting iron gussets, worn tires, and welded steel pontoons. To the left, beyond a ten foot expanse of fetid bay water and encased in double rows of chain link and razor wire, sat an open field of naval scrap. To the right, in broad slips smeared with oil slick rainbows, floated rows of crusted bows fronting a line of government-stored ships of every size and use.

“Yours is second to last. Way out there.” Willy waddled surprisingly fast, the droops in his baggy clothes ever threatening to toss off the open-ended wrench jostling about in one rear pocket. Mr. Genuit and Ms. Jolson kept pace behind.

The LST tilted in its slip, its bow sunken several feet below the stern. Ms. Jolson tugged Mr. Genuit’s elbow and pointed at the tip of the ship, where the seam of the bow doors stood open nearly a foot. The lawyer nodded at it and looked to the Overseer.

“These ships were made to get wet inside, you know? So it’s wet. The draft here couldn’t be more than twenty feet. I do think,” he stared out over the ship, “that you’re responsible for doing whatever it takes to make her seaworthy, right? You know that?”

Ms. Jolson nodded and pointed towards the gangway. The Overseer led them there.

A pitted deck and scabrous superstructure greeted them. Stumps of metal dotted the surfaces where the stowing forces of the government chose to tear away the weapons and antenna. They leaned towards the stern as they walked to accommodate the ship’s list, gathering their sea legs, as it were.

One ship over, peering down from the heightened deck of a rust-caked cargo ship, Jong watched the strangers walk the decks of his sound machine...his sea-stranded orchestra...and he frowned. His toes tapped out dismay. His tongue clucked disconcert. With a backwards fall and roll, Jong moved away from the edge and sat with splayed legs. This wasn’t good, so it must be time to think. Time for sounds and time for decisions.

“She wants you to leave. She wants to look around.”

The Overseer imitated her with his own hands, flicking his fingers and turning them over. “Is that what she said? With her hands? How do they do that?”

“Ask her, you oaf. She may be mute, but she’s not deaf.”

His face reddening, the Overseer backed towards the gangway. “Ships are dangerous places, okay? You be careful. I really shouldn’t leave.”

“But you have things to do, right?”

“I have things to do. I’ll leave the gate unlocked and you can lock it when you go.”

“Here...pay the taxi for us.” He handed over a twenty-dollar bill. “We’ll call another when we go.”

Willy took the twenty and hurried away. The gangway bounced with every step as Mr. Genuit turned to Ms. Jolson.

I need to see inside, she signed. Alone. I’ll start at the top and work down.

“Be careful. The oaf was right—ships are dangerous. Especially when they’ve been practically abandoned for decades.” He looked around. “What a waste. All these...”

If they weren’t here they would only be scrapped. That’s what the literature said. Now it has a chance to be something for an eternity. A living piece of art.

“I know. The concept of welding your vision into this muscularity, then sinking it to grow fauna and house creatures on the seafloor, it’s bewitching. Mixing museums and artificial reefs...you’re a genius.”

Flattery? How not like my lawyer. Are you staying here?

“I’m a fan, first.” He looked around to find an open hatch dropping below decks with a ladder protruding from its maw. “No, I’m going down there. I want to see the flooded section. Again, be careful.”

You, too.

Walking towards the superstructure, Evelyn Jolson eyed the bubbled rust and paint of the steel staircase going up. It tilted some, inward, but maybe it was supposed to. Maybe it made hanging on easier in the thick of storms and whatnot. The first three steps came with measure, but she moved up quickly after that. The steel didn’t complain.

There were three levels above the main deck, each smaller than the one below but all much more than she’d expected. Rooms with brass tubes and hanging compasses and enormous square boxes that could only be radios from generations past. The paint, a uniform gray with an occasional warning in black or yellow, did nothing for her vision. The shapes would work, but the color would not. In her head she already pictured the huge hose of a sandblaster taking it all down to bare metal. Ripping out the tubes and the conduits and military trifles, leaving only the bulk.

At the top level, surrounded by thick, yellowing glass, was a stately metal chair that must have been home for the Captain. Beside it a table stood, with a microphone and a coffee cup slot. Certainly important for the Captain to have his coffee cup. She scraped at the glass, but the yellow held. It would have to be removed before the artwork was sunk. No...it would have to be bashed. One didn’t just “remove” the glass on a ship of war. There’s no energy in “removing.”

She dropped down a level to find one pane already missing. Looking out over the weather-ravaged deck, she wondered what she might use as an anchor point for the hundreds of yards of thick hemp rope she planned on weaving all about the exterior. And there would have to be cuts made throughout the deck. Big cuts. Squares and circles and triangles to let the ocean life gather and play deep inside her artistic whim.

Evelyn rubbed her lips.

Projects of immensity were her specialty, but this would be the first piece of art over five hundred feet long she’d ever done. And the first living art, as well. She’d always been fond of destroying her pieces after a finite time, tearing apart the corpse of a muse that didn’t haunt her anymore. There’d be no such luxury this time. This muse would be something greater. Always something greater.

Abandoning the window, she descended the ladder to the main deck and wandered behind the superstructure. There she discovered more doors. Bare passageways and rooms with curious tables. Acrylic walls with maps supported by angle iron from the ceiling. So much to see.

The water was lumpy, but Genuit couldn’t tell any more than that. Not in the scarce lighting the one open hatch offered.

He could see the remains of four army jeeps lined up on the starboard bulkhead. A hammock hung between a mid-deck support and piping just aft of the hatch. Shapes decorated the bulkheads and dangled through the space from lengths of nylon rope obviously tied off somewhere in the shadows. Most confusing was the immense scattering of trash and wretched stench.

He kicked an unlabeled can and it rattled off to splash in the lake making up the fore section of the space. Another watery lump.

Ms. Jolson’s idea was grand. Her best yet. This part of it, the front-end work of making the old Navy LST seaworthy enough to tow to Catalina, would be painful. But Genuit knew the right names to get it done. Lots of folks out of Long Beach Naval Shipyard would jump at the chance to be part and parcel to an Evelyn Jolson project. With the right money afforded, of course.

And, as with any Jolson work, the right money would always be afforded. She had more benefactors than the Queen had crumpets.

He walked port, kicking around the sea of garbage in search of more hatches. There had to be bilge access somewhere.

At the grayish limits of the lighting he found two boxes. One stacked with masking tape, the other piled with newspaper. He bent over to read the date on the top issue.

The echo of bone reverberating through the tire iron nearly made Jong dance. In fact, it did. Just a small two-step, but still a dance. He shuffled some afterwards, for effect. Shuffled right on over to the chain fall hanging from a centerline overhead girder. Jong slowly rolled through the operating chain to feed out the hook, listening to the soft and repetitive clink of the links as they fed into and out of the gear teeth. The smoothest of mechanical hums. He started tapping time with one foot.

With a couple feet of slack on the floor, he dragged the interloper in the suit over and did a quick double-loop around both ankles. Then he looked back at the hatch.

There was still the lady. No time to do this with the music it deserved.

Quickly he pulled the operating chain in the other direction, lifting the load chain, the hook, and the man. Still, it took two, maybe three minutes to get him airborne and hanging straight down. With the man’s head clear of the deck by just an inch, Jong wrapped the body vigorously with the operating chain and knotted it about the man’s arms. Then he grappled it and walked out into the water. Out into the shadows. With the list taking him deeper, he didn’t stop until the upside-down body was waist-deep.

“I miss the lovely pop-pop-pop of bubbles,” Jong whispered.

Evelyn stared at the hatch, suspicious of the silence. Lloyd Genuit couldn’t walk softly on socks through a bed of down. If he was down there, he most certainly wasn’t moving.

Still, he’d gone down. She watched him. And she would certainly have seen him by now if he’d come back up. Lloyd wasn’t a patient man.

But then she wasn’t a patient woman. She tapped her foot.

Three taps floated up from below.

She tapped again...

...and they returned.

Evelyn stared out over the line of ships. There were twelve, maybe fifteen in a row. Some with high decks, some low. Turrets without barrels, hemispherical housings with parallel slots. Conical peaks and geometrically perfect railings. Ragged, spiderweb netting.

But no people. No shapes that moved. No one to go for help. Nothing functional!

He might need help. Nothing sinister...just assistance. He could have slipped. There was water down there, and the decks were steel. Slippery steel.

She tapped her foot one time, and one tap came back.

No way. One tap was playing, and Lloyd wouldn’t be playing if he needed help. In fact, Lloyd didn’t play. Ever.

An echo?

Evelyn tried the first step, then the second. Nothing happened.

She took the rest of the steps in quick succession, stopping only when she stood firmly on the lower deck. Light streaming through the hatch above held her, but cast shadows deep in every direction.

Trash littered the floor, and vehicles of some sort hulked against the wall ahead of her. There were ropes with dangling objects. Steering wheels and chrome parts and little metal widgets. Nearest to her, four straight rods of steel, of increasing length, drew a rope down until they nearly touched the floor.

“Do you miss his sounds?” a voice asked from outside the light. Evelyn spun around. Everywhere was darkness. Every sound an echo.

Another half turn and she found him next to her.

A man, a small man. Dressed from head to toe in swathes of newspaper and tape. Even a hat, a wrinkled bowler, made of Sunday funnies. He smiled and cocked his head.

Where the HELL is Lloyd? she signed.

The man backed up, his eyes wide.

Evelyn clapped her hands, and he smiled. He clapped back. Then, with a tire iron he drew from behind his back, he tapped each of the dangling bars of steel. They rang in successively higher notes.

Evelyn crossed her arms and scowled.

“You can hear?” he asked.

She nodded.

“But you cannot speak?”

She nodded again, slower. Then she lit into him, backing him up with a hand-flung stream of epithets. She raised one hand as high as she could, swaggered for three steps, spread her arms to show confusion, then finished it again with where the HELL is Lloyd?

The clownish man dropped, sitting on a box of what appeared to be newspapers. He looked up.

“He’s...silent.”

It was then that Evelyn noticed the clown’s newspaper pants were wet, yet his newspaper shirt was dry. She stared off, to the right, at the in-ship lake. Inklings dripped over her, and fear trickled atop her anger. She backed away.

The newspaper clown bounced up and, making a wide berth, beat her to the foot of the ladder going up. She turned again, shooting aft.

That’s when she saw the stars.

Light flooded her eyelids, tickling so much that Evelyn rolled her face away. She didn’t open them, though, because she didn’t want to see. Not yet.

He crumpled paper somewhere across the room, tearing and wadding in rhythm mixed with regular pauses. Every pause ended in a snort.

The knot at the back of her head didn’t ache so much as it did ripple, like the concentric pulses in a pond after it swallowed a pebble. Ropes tugged at her neck and each of her wrists. Her feet found freedom, but little purchase, on something soft and poorly balanced.

“Woohoo, WOOHOO! Woo woo hoo hoo. Hey.”

She couldn’t help herself; Evelyn cracked an eyelid.

The strange man bound to his feet, flipping open a section of newsprint and bending it backwards. Then in half again. He skipped up to her.

“Evelyn Jolson! That’s you!” He flipped the paper around to a features section done on her six weeks previous. A prattling work all caught up in the eccentricity of her work. Not the cutting edge. Not the new vision. The weird. Evelyn turned her head away.

“I knew I’d seen you-da-do-da-do. I read all these before I wear ’em.” He smirked. “Efficient.” He wandered back to his box, staring at the picture. “Yes, well, this makes everything different. Everything. You’re an artist. Like me. You sculpt and paint, I sing and play and tell stories.” He scampered back into her face. “I’m Jong...short for Jongleur. A minstrel. And this,” he put both palms up and spun in three hundred and sixty degrees, “is my ship. Are you here for...art?”

Evelyn looked at her feet as she shifted and found them spread over four poorly stacked tires. One foot on each side. The tires slid and subtly collapsed with her slightest movement. Her concern wandered to thoughts of the neck rope.

She nodded to him. Nodded hard.

“Me too, you know.” He waggled his wooly eyebrows. “I love noise. I work with sounds. Not music so much, just sound. And I don’t really sing. Not well. But sound is why I love it here, in this ship. There are so many! Look around!”

Instead of looking around, Evelyn looked straight up at the rope. It was a thin nylon thing. It might not even hold her weight, but she didn’t want to learn.

“It’s a dilly, isn’t it? See, you’re sound. Made of sound. We’re ALL made of sounds.” He cocked his head. “Being as you can’t talk, I think your sounds might be different. Fresh. Virginal.” He repeated the last word half a dozen times, moving the emphasis back and forth between letters. Finally he signed the letter “L” to her.

“It’s the L that counts. Here!” He bounced back in the shadows aft of the hatch and started dragging something her way. The metal deck screeched in complaint.

He returned with a metal table, perhaps three feet square with thick legs and a solid wood top. As he approached he flipped sides, pushing instead of pulling. He nudged the table up within inches of the tires.

From behind his back the newspaperman produced a carpet knife, its curved tip ground away by the sharpening stone. With two quick flicks he had her wrists free.

Unbidden, Evelyn climbed atop the table and sat crosslegged. Her hands wandered to her neck to find the rope around it in layers and knots. To hamper her further, he’d fleshed out a thick skin of tape over the ropes.

“Now...look around.” His voice dropped. “Like I asked you before, art lady. Look around.”

She scanned slowly.

Four floodlights attached to tall tripods flooded the room with brightness. Orange extension cords ran together to the aft side of the hatch, then up and through it onto the deck above. Trash covered everything. Newspapers, cans, plastic tubs. Flies milled and swirled in the beams of light.

Evelyn wrinkled her nose, trying to block out the stench with her upper lip.

“Keep looking,” he growled.

More garbage hung in the air. Rows of similar refuse, like eight milk cartons on strings and pie tins wove in series on a single strand. Iron bars of varying length. A pile of plastic garbage can lids filled one corner. Four old army jeeps stood parked on the starboard side with parts and tools littered around them. Again, pieces hung from the overhead. Steering wheels, gear shifts, seats, and hoods. Ammo boxes, every other one’s lid opened, lined up in front of the jeeps like ants.

She discovered Lloyd over the water. Or, more concisely, in the water. He was submerged at mid-chest. His coat drooped down past his armpits and spread out around him in a light-colored stain.

All around him floated trash and other...lumps. Animals, mostly. Dogs and cats and birds. Bloated and distended bellies, stiff legs, sunken muzzles and beaks. At the far end, where even the floodlights didn’t clearly carry weight, a length of pale flesh spoke of something larger. Something more human.

“It’s all sound. Has to be.” He jumped up, buried the carpet knife behind his back, and picked up his tire iron. Starting at the pie tins, he tapped his way around the room to display his point. His feet shuffled through the trash, scratching aside the detritus. At the water’s edge he swished the head of the tire iron back and forth, creating waves.

“Sound,” he said. “Like me. Like you, I think.” He poked at Evelyn with the tire iron, but she folded up at the belly to avoid it. He poked deeper and caught flesh, pulling a grimace from Evelyn’s eyes.

He frowned and poked. She grimaced and squirmed. After half a dozen tries he tossed the tire iron on the deck.

“I’m not wrong! I’m not. You’re quiet, but you must be sound...we all are. The can, the cats, the balls and bats. Both kinds, in case you were wondering.” He shuffled about in a circle, his bowler forward on his brow and his hands clinched behind his back. “We’re sound because I’m sound. I’m sound. I’m sound. And you’re s...” He looked up, his smile a flash of brilliance. “And you’re art! Well, we’re both art, but you’re sculpture. THAT’S why you’re not sound. You were made to be seen, not heard.” He took his carpet knife back out.

“I’m an explorer now. New territory.” Tapping his toes twice with every step, he approached. “The animals?” he asked, nodding back at the water. “Could they be sculpture?”

Eyeing the knife, Evelyn nodded slowly.

“The man, your friend, was he sculpture?”

She inhaled and closed her eyes.

“I think not,” Jong whispered. “For they were sound, like me. I didn’t get to play the man; I didn’t learn his sounds. But I did the others over there. Played them for all they were worth, and they proved that they were sound. So he would have been, I think. No, it’s only you who’s sculpture.”

Willy dropped the National Geographic on the floor and stood to wipe his ass. It was past dark, way past dark, and he hadn’t seen the artist and her snooty lawyer come out yet. They might have already...hell...they had to have. It was pitch black in them hulks without the floodlights off the dock.

He looked out the window. Nothing. Just shadows and creaking ropes. The tiniest of waves rattled the dock—incoming tide.

Drawing his overalls up, he snapped the Straps and flushed. No need to wait anymore; they had to be gone. He grabbed his cooler and left, locking the shed and the gate.

Maybe he’d be short one ship soon, maybe not. The NDRF would just backfill the slip with another rusting hulk. The government called it a reserve fleet; he called it a ship’s graveyard and a paycheck.

Blood spiraled around her forearm like red on a candy cane. She chose to cut from elbow to shoulder on the apex of the bicep, then she nipped just inside the wound, on both sides, to give it a pucker. Her right arm already wore the decor and, through the stiffening blood, she saw her line hadn’t been as true. Such was the handicap of being a righty.

She eyed the work, scraping and pulling where necessary for symmetry. Voices (sounds she could hear Jong say) in her secluded little mid-brain cave whispered that the burning wasn’t bad. The blood wasn’t bad. She’d scar, but at least this way she’d live to scar.

“Hold your arms out. Straight out. Yes. YES! You are a...sculptress.” Jong sat cross-legged on the table with her now, knee-to-knee and face-to-face.

And you are sound? she signed to him. He nodded sadly, as he did every time she forgot and signed. Evelyn followed up by cupping one ear, then pointing at Jong. He chortled.

“And I am sound, yes! It’s my turn. Have you heard the tender pops and snaps of bone separation? I’ll take a toe. No-no-nee-no, I’ll take TWO toes!” Deftly he sliced away the newspaper and tape making up his shoes, even shredding his newsprint pants to mid-shin.

Pinching one filthy, small toe, he slid the knife-edge into his skin. He squinted his eyes and bit into his lower lip as the blade meticulously carved the dirt-stained flesh. His stomach rumbled and Evelyn slowly cupped one of his ears.

“Sound,” he whispered.

The toe separated with a snip, the only other sound being the blade against the wood of the table.

“Sound,” he growled through clenched teeth, and he started on the other foot.

The carving of the second toe came nearly silent, and Jong squinted his face. Evelyn extended her arms, her puckered wounds. She cocked her head as if to ask why?

When his stomach growled again, Jong reached for the only answer offering itself up. He palmed the two toes and popped them into his mouth, grinding with his molars instead of cutting with his incisors to guarantee that there would be at least some sound.

Some.

He swallowed in exaggerated gulps, and Evelyn smiled.

She took the knife, intent on repeating her arm performance down on her shins. Again, there would be blood. There would be scarring. But he appreciated it, and it gave her time.

Her legs were thin, as was the rest of her, and for a good three inches of shin she was able to reveal the blue-white of bone. Evelyn was careful not to knick it. Careful not to introduce any more infection than she was already going to suffer from this dissection of her flesh. She went slowly, methodically, thanking the newspaperman in her head for at least having the decency to keep the carpet knife razor sharp. Ripping this flesh would be so much worse.

It occurred to her then, in a flash of inspiration. They had to trade places...one on the knife but with the other’s flesh...but how to tell him?

With a drawing.

Taking the knife, Evelyn carved a graphic of an ear into the tabletop wood. An ear, flesh that a man made of sound had to appreciate. Then she notched the ear, up at the top, with a simple triangle. Setting the knife down, Evelyn looked the newspaperman in the eyes, reached up, and pinched the upper portions of her own ears.

His lips formed an “O.”

She tugged at her ears, pulling up, then pointed at the carving. Jong picked up the knife.

“You want...me...to sculpt? Sculpt you?”

She nodded.

Jong spun the knife in his fingers, his features sagging with doubt.

“Me?”

She rested both hands on the knife and lifted it to her right ear. Her eyes wandered to the carving, and he bowed.

“So much sound I know, but for me to sculpt...well, that’s something.” He looked up. “And I will. For you.”

Evelyn leaned forward and cocked her head, exposing her right ear.

The notching hurt more than she could imagine. Even with the quick slice of sharpness, the burning ebbed into tearing and the tearing into rolling waves of ache. But Jong worked slowly and carefully, and Evelyn steeled herself.

Next time it would be her hand on the handle. And on his flesh.

On finishing, he tossed the waste and backrolled off the table, skipping off to the row of pie tins hanging on the far side of the hatch. With a knife swipe the bottom tin fell. Jong nabbed it, ran to the water, dipped it, and polished it with a newspaper elbow. He brought the makeshift mirror back to Evelyn.

Even though she could hardly see her shadow in the reflection of the tin, Evelyn nodded and turned a grimace into a smile. Then she motioned for Jong to join her on the table again.

He did, handing her the knife in the process.

She carved another sketch into the wood tabletop. A head with a bowler cap, a neck, two shoulders. On the neck she carved two “S” symbols, one on each side of the jugular vein. The one on the picture’s left side mirror-imaged the one on the right.

Setting down the knife, Evelyn reached up and let her fingertips tickle down Jong’s throat like rain.

“Sound,” he said. “The ‘S’ is for sound. Your ears. My throat. Symmetry is beautiful.” A tear trickled from one of his flooding eyes. “You are...an artist.”

She started on his left-hand side and, coming back on the second curve of the “S,” dug the blade tip in deep and slid it deep through his throat. Slicing out to the other side, the only sounds she heard was the snap of his resistant flesh and the bubbling mixture of blood and air filling his lungs. His eyes never flinched; they remained locked on her. His fingers spread, his jaw relaxed, and he tipped like an egg falling on its side.

Evelyn stood, quickly cutting the rope from her neck. She looked down at Jong. At his bleeding and his silence. She pressed one tennis shoe against his throat, smoothing a little pressure that brought bubbles and squeaking air.

So she pushed harder.

More bubbles and a full-fledged whistle escaped. She started to clap then, slow and steady, and continued to play his wound like a kick drum.

Evelyn knew Jong would appreciate that.

Sheri White

WAS A FAN OF Richard Laymon back when I was fourteen, but didn’t realize that until twenty years later.

Let me explain.

My mom was pretty strict on what she would let me read. Also, I went to Catholic school, and its library was limited to works approved by the nuns.

I was, and still am, a voracious reader, devouring anything I could get my hands on. But for someone like me, who wanted books with a bite, having to limit my selections to the Scholastic line was frustrating and unsatisfying. I had been reading higher than my grade level since elementary school, so those books also presented no challenge.

Then one day, I discovered a gem on the shelves among the Little House series, Narnia, and Judy Blume’s teen angst. A book titled Your Secret Admirer.

It hooked me from page one. The premise was titillating: a fifteen-year-old girl is pursued by a secret admirer and comes to realize his intentions might not be so admirable. One thing that struck me was that it wasn’t dumbed down, as were most young adult books I had read. Your Secret Admirer was suspenseful, funny, and had a twist at the end that completely blew me away.

After that, there was no way I could go back to the stuff my mom approved of. That’s when I started secretly reading Stephen King, John Saul, and V.C. Andrews. The last practically required reading for young teenage girls. I looked for adult books by the author of Your Secret Admirer, but couldn’t find any, much to my great disappointment.

Flash forward twenty years. I’m now an aspiring writer in the horror genre, thanks to the books I read in my teen years. I attended KeeneCon 2000, looking forward to making new friends and meeting writers whose work I admired. I was especially anticipating meeting Richard Laymon, because I had recently read several of his books, including The Cellar. That book had been forbidden by my dad when I was young. Since Dad didn’t care if I drank beer with my friends and was permissive in most other ways, I knew The Cellar had to be awesome. It was, of course, and I couldn’t wait to meet the obviously twisted man who wrote it.

I also brought my daughter Sarah to the gathering. She was eleven at the time, and had a story published by Brian Keene in Jobs in Hell. Those of us who attended KeeneCon became friends over the course of that weekend.

But Sarah and Richard took a special shine to each other. She thought it was so cool to hang out and talk to a writer whose books were on her mom’s sacred horror bookshelf. Richard took the time to encourage Sarah in her writing and offered her tips and advice.

A few weeks later, Sarah received a package from the Laymon family. Richard had enclosed a letter urging Sarah to keep up with her writing, plus a couple of books he had written for younger readers.

When I looked at the books, I was amazed and delighted to find Your Secret Admirer among them. However, he had written it using the pseudonym Carl Laymon. I wasn’t familiar with the Laymon name when I was fifteen, and didn’t make the connection until I was “old enough” to read Richard’s adult stuff.

I’m so glad I found out Richard wrote books I can introduce to my other daughters when they’re a little older. While I’m not as uptight as my mother when it comes to reading material, I do realize Richard’s books are for an older audience. And he himself told me not to let Sarah read Among the Missing until she’s at least thirty.

But when my daughters are old enough, I will happily share my treasured Laymon books, and hope they’re as captivated by Richard’s words as I continue to be.

Tom Piccirilli

HE NOISE TORE me out of bed. The lady next door’s cats had gotten up into the pomegranate trees again and were wailing their scrawny asses off. They did it a couple of times a day, but by now I’d grown used to their screeching. It reminded me of police and ambulance sirens in Brooklyn and even made me a little homesick.

Monty’s place had two main floors, an attic and a mother-in-law apartment around the rear. The landlord and his wife lived in the house proper, but they were always on the run in Mexico from drug dealers they’d burned in East L.A. Monty Stobbs stayed in the attic, and I lived out back directly below his window. He wouldn’t waste time walking down all the stairways and would just call me on my phone instead.

I’d left New York after having a couple of shows presented off-off Broadway, written under a pseudonym. They were both well-received by critics but didn’t draw enough of an audience to stay afloat for long. Monty Stobbs had been hustling the same backers as the director, and he’d invited me to come stay with him in Hollywood to write him a screenplay. He’d made a few no-budget horror flicks in his time: Yokohama Zombie Mamas on Hondas and Cutie Critters from Beyond the Edge of Naked Space.

It was a chance to get out. I wasn’t naive enough to believe it might amount to anything, but for the first time in my life I let myself fall into the starry-eyed Hollywood trap. My wife had left the year before and my day job had gone skidding into the toilet. She’d taken the kid, the dog, and the goldfish, but she’d left me with a case of crabs. The fuckers were so big I could identify them well enough to give them names, and after the cream started to work and they died off, I fell into sobbing fits.

So there wasn’t much holding me in New York.

My phone rang and I picked it up. “What?”

“Listen, I need a little help,” Monty said. “I was scouting locations for the sequel to Cutie Critter. Needed a primeval setting for the crash-landed Love UFO. My car died and I’m stuck out here in the middle of the fucking desert.”

“Monty, all I know is what I’ve seen in the movies. Is this desert like the Sahara, with Bedouins and camels? Are you going to be forced to drink wiper fluid to stay alive?”

“You prick. I’ll give you directions.”

“I don’t have a car.”

“Take the landlord’s. He’s got a ’69 Mustang under a tarp in the garage. It’s not cherry but it’ll work and the keys should be under the floor mat.”

“Can’t you call a cab?”

“A cab?” I could hear his blood pressure climbing. “You’re 3,500 miles from Brooklyn now. Cabs don’t come pick you up in the desert. Cops don’t come. Triple A doesn’t come.”

“How long should it take?”

“A couple of hours.”

“You’ll be all right for that long?”

“Yeah, just try not to get lost. Bring your cell phone.”

“I don’t have a cell phone.”

“How long you been in Hollywood now?”

“Four days.”

“And you still don’t have a cell phone? The hell is wrong with you?” He gave me a set of vague directions that led me out of Los Angeles and towards an even greater unknown. I took the 10 freeway past the sprawl of L.A. and all the chain restaurants and tire stores and strip malls. I hit the 15 North, and the buildings started to thin out as I reached the top of the Cajon Pass. The first billboards for Vegas put in an appearance around then. After I hit Barstow there was pretty much only rest stops and gas stations, then just plain nothing. I was surprised at how quickly the city had fallen away and I was suddenly into raw, rugged, burning territory. You had to be fuckin’ crazy to live in a place like this.

Empty desert, cacti, and endless stretches of highway. I drove for another hour and finally found what I figured must be the general area.

Monty’s 1995 Mazda MX-5 Miata Roadster sat at the side of the road. A few years ago it had been flashy, like Monty himself, but now there was wear and rust and a widespread fade to the car. I got out and checked it over. The doors were unlocked but the keys weren’t in the ignition. Monty was nowhere around. I popped the hood and spotted the problem immediately. The fuel pump was shot.

Either he’d gotten lucky and found himself a ride or he’d gotten tired of waiting and had tried to hoof it.

There was nothing behind me on the road so I decided to drive on a little further. In fifteen minutes I spotted a dark shimmer in the distance. Soon I could discern the outline of a small desert town.

The place looked like every ghost town I’d ever seen on Gunsmoke and The Rifleman reruns. The dust roared around me and sagebrush kicked over and tumbled in the fierce wind.

A heavily weathered wooden sign hanging from twin chains proclaimed MASONVILLE.

Some of the buildings were so decayed that they shuddered and leaned like drunks. Porches had caved in and most of the windowpanes were empty, siding boards and shingles scattered across the tiny streets. Shards of glass reflected sunlight from the dirt.

I got out of the Mustang and wandered around for a bit. I shouted Monty’s name and yelled hello a dozen times and expected vultures to be circling overhead. I was about to turn back when I noticed a half-filled trough out in front of a former feed store. I put my hand in the water—it was warm but not hot the way I would’ve expected it to be. Somebody had to have filled it recently. This couldn’t be rainwater even if it was true that immense storms sometimes passed over the desert drenching everything in brief deluges.

A little further on I discovered some fresh horse manure along the street. I kept walking as the wind slammed and the rotting timbers of the neglected structures creaked and crackled.

Then I smelled meat cooking.

I followed my nose to a smaller set of buildings that had been repaired and kept up. This area seemed to be a compound of sorts surrounded by smaller structures and shacks. Lots of footprints in the dust. I heard voices singing and laughing and talking, so I walked into the main hall.

Perhaps forty people were congregated in all. I saw only a couple of middle-aged faces and heads with gray hair. Of the rest of them, the oldest couldn’t have been more than twenty-five years old. Men with shaggy beards and homemade leather vests and torn jeans patched and re-patched. Barefoot women wearing headbands and diaphanous lace blouses, openly breastfeeding babies. Children ran around half-naked. I heard one little girl call another “Moonglow.”

I’d stumbled into a friggin’ commune.

They were broken into separate groups doing a bit of everything: sewing, painting, smoking, reading, playing guitar. A couple of infants were in a washtub being bathed. One guy hammered heels back onto boots. Another fixed a busted stirrup on a saddle. I breathed in a hell of a lot of burning weed and it mixed well with the aroma of sizzling steaks.

Whenever someone’s gaze settled on me they froze in their tracks, even the children. If Monty was here, I got the feeling that he hadn’t exactly warmed them up to strangers.

“Hey there,” I said.

The music stopped. A few whispers passed among them and I saw two of the ladies leave the room. Okay, they were getting the head honcho, that worked for me. No one else spoke and none of them approached me. It didn’t quite feel like a love-in.

In a few minutes the chief of the tribe walked out. He was about my age, early thirties, and he had the kind of grin that was meant to disarm but you didn’t trust for a second. Small and wiry and filled with a manic energy that kept him twitching. His thick beard covered most of his face but from the squalor of bushy hair his eyes burned.

“Hi,” he said. “I’m Chuck. Can I do something for you?”

He stuck out his hand and it smelled of blood.

My hackles stood on end. I’d shared a cell with a guy just like Chuck once, for about a week out on Riker’s while my attorney worked overtime to get me out. I barely slept at all during those several days, listening to the guy talk to himself about God and Lucifer and murder. He was in for butchering a pregnant woman and keeping the corpse under his mattress for a week. I knew he’d done it and would do it again if he ever got the chance. A few months after I was released I heard he’d shanked two guards and started a riot that had killed eight men and the hospital nurse. The guy lived through it. Guys like that lived through everything.

I decided to play it straight. That always seemed to unsettle Californians. “I’m looking for a friend of mine. His car broke down outside of town and I was wondering if he was here.”

Chuck rubbed his overgrown jaw and tried to look perplexed. I’d been around enough shitty actors to know another one when I saw him. Chuck wouldn’t have even made a call-back. “Well, gee, I don’t think he came this way. We’re a very closely-knit community and I would’ve heard if a stranger had come among us.”

He did a slow once-over, taking in my black suit and tie, the white shirt and starched collar, my thousand dollar Italian shoes. “You’re a bit overdressed for this part of the country.”

“I still haven’t quite acclimated to California.”

“But you’re not even sweating.”

“My antiperspirant is holding up.”

He tilted his head but didn’t alter his smile by a centimeter. I bet he even grinned in his sleep. “Why don’t you come with me and we’ll ask some of the community if they’ve seen your friend.”

“Sure.”

We walked around and he introduced me to people with names like Brown Earth Child and Freedom Boy. I didn’t know if they were hippies or comic book characters. Rainbeaux Sweet spelled her name out for me. She took great pride in the fact that it ended in ‘x.’

They were exceedingly cooperative and friendly and sincerely wished me luck in finding Monty. I was offered everything from carrot juice to pulchre to pot, belly-dancing lessons, LSD and home-brewed whiskey. I shared a few drinks with them and they told me about their community, which had been sustaining itself, more or less, since the early seventies. Most of the old-timers who’d taken over the ghost town and dubbed it Masonville had either died or been drawn back into the establishment. Rainbeaux’s father owned a chain of video stores and lived in Malibu. She nearly broke into tears just thinking about it.

Despite the reality that they all had deep tans from the sun I could see that a few of the folks, especially the children, were a touch anemic. They gave me a plate of stunted dried vegetables but it felt like taking rice from an Ethiopian. Gardening couldn’t have been easy out here, that was for certain. I thanked them for all their help and walked around some more. Chuck had drifted off, and I knew he’d be wherever the real action was.

A giggling kid let out a high-pitched bleat of joy and I turned my head.

And there it was, on the floor.

Monty’s rug.

It was one of the worst toupees I’d ever seen in my life, and it didn’t come close to matching the graying frizz of his own hair that peeked from beneath in back. Nobody could talk any sense to him about the damn thing.

A band of children passed the hairpiece back and forth, trying it on and then dragging it around on the floor and barking, treating it like a puppy.

I knew for sure that Monty was dead then. He never would’ve let the rug off his head otherwise.

Okay, so we were into it.

A nice sense of coolness filled me, like a breeze brushing over my back. I kept smiling and chatting with people as I searched through the compound. There were a couple of main buildings and I walked from one to another. I tried to keep a running head count and discovered there were more people than I’d originally thought. Every door was open and I moved from room to room. Some were private apartments, some storage areas for loads of ancient broken machinery and battered furniture. No one stopped me or seemed to care. I continued roving, inspecting every corridor and passage.

Finally I tried to turn a knob and the door was locked.

I put my hand to it and nearly got my palm seared. The door was large and metal. Wisps of smoke uncoiled from beneath, and I could smell the meat cooking inside. This had to be the kitchen.

Nobody was around. I opened my jacket and reached into the inner pocket for my slim case of tools. I picked the lock in two minutes and realized I’d lost some of my edge. It was a thirty-second job. Writing plays had made me a little soft.

I replaced the case and walked in.

Monty hung upside down from a meat hook, the massive point shoved through his ass. His wrists and throat had been cut; he’d been cleanly eviscerated and most of the blood had poured out by now. His bald head had a hell of a big dent in it. They’d taken him from behind and cracked his skull open. No wonder his rug had flown off.

I walked up and touched his flesh—it was cool but not cold. They’d done him less than an hour ago, probably about the time I found his car. I checked his teeth and found bits of beans and vegetables still stuck in them. Beneath the stink of death was the pleasant smell of that moonshine they’d offered me. They fed him and gotten him pleasantly drunk.

Chunks of his flesh were gone in mouth-sized portions, and his chest had been cracked open and fillets had carefully been cut from him. In the corner stood a large oven and open grill, the kind you find in every roadside diner. Steaks and burgers hissed and spattered.

It was ugly as hell but didn’t even rank when compared to some of what I’d seen.

I hadn’t gotten any sort of murderous vibe off them except for Chuck. Were the others a part of this or was Chuck or someone else simply working on his own?

I turned and saw the girl in the cage.

“Jesus Christ,” I whispered.

She couldn’t have been more than eighteen years old. She was naked and bruised badly, with huge pendulous breasts and lean legs covered in welts. When she saw me she scurried to the far side of the cell and hid her face.

“I won’t hurt you,” I said but she just glanced up and stared at me through flowing locks of her hair. She frowned and watched me curiously but didn’t say a word.

The little cage had an old-fashioned turn-key lock. I scanned the area but couldn’t find the key, and just as I was about to kneel and get my tools out again I heard a heavy grunting.

He came out of the pantry holding a skillet large enough for a man to sit in. He weighed an easy 350, most of it flab hanging over what had once been hard muscle. The boy knew how to eat. He smiled and I saw a mouth stuffed with way too many teeth—they came out from every angle, wrenched and twisted, canines in the wrong place, molars crushed down to the nub. His own incisors were rotted black fragments and it looked like he’d implanted others into his own gum line. Shards of coyote fangs, mangled bridges and dentures. They were jagged and infected and scraped clean by gnawing on bones.

His clothing had been made from animal pelts and scraps of three-piece suits. I did a quick count and spotted at least four Armani labels. The kitchen had been in business for a while. He wore a thick leather belt from which hung a variety of clattering utensils. A huge spoon, a corkscrew, and an egg beater hung side by side with a double-sided hatchet, a meat cleaver, and a bone saw.

Knots of scar tissue jutted from his forehead and his eyebrows had been torn off so many times that they now formed a heavy frontal ridge. It gave him an almost Cro-Magnon appearance. I’d seen it on cons before to a lesser degree, the guys who went crazy in solitary and did nothing but smash their own faces into the wall all day long.

“Howdy,” I said. “You the cook?”

Smiley dropped the skillet and drew the saw from his belt. Blood and sweat stains had given the wooden handle a red polished sheen.

“Dis ma kitchen,” he said.

“And I’m sure you pass the board of health inspections with flying colors.”

When he shut his mouth those teeth clashed together like wolves locked in combat. His movements were slow and precise and had a suggestion of dramatic flair to them. He was used to scaring people and drinking in their fear while they died, and he wanted to milk it even more.

Smiley grabbed the hatchet with his other hand and let both weapons swing at his sides, building up a rhythm. A strange noise bubbled up from his guts but I couldn’t place it at first. I cocked my head and listened. Was this fucker laughing at me?

I reached under my arm and drew my .32 from its holster. Not quite as much firepower as I would’ve liked but anything bigger would’ve ruined the crease in my suit. I put one into his forehead.

It was a mistake.

The .32 didn’t have enough kick and the bullet got tangled in all that scar tissue. It barely even staggered him and only two drops of blood leaked out. Smiley kept up with that weird sound and swung the hatchet. I dodged left but couldn’t get off another shot before he had me backed up to the cage. There was no room to maneuver.

“All right, the hard way,” I said.

Bringing the saw up, Smiley tried to take the top of my head off with one brutal swing. If I’d been 6’1” instead of 5’11” my brains would’ve rocketed to the other side of the kitchen.

The thought didn’t thrill me. I elbowed him hard under the heart and tried to gain the space I needed to bring the gun up, but he didn’t back off an inch. The hatchet came down for my thigh and I barely deflected the blade with the barrel of the .32. My fingers went numb and the gun skittered across the floor.

Monty’s guts smoked on the grill. They sizzled and spit and my stomach took a bad tumble. Smiley kept grinning with a mouth full of madness. The girl let out a squeak that for some reason picked up my heart rate. I was acting like an amateur and it was going to get me killed.

I elbowed him again in the same place and this time it got his attention. The noise in his rotund belly stopped and he snarled, “Dis ma kitchen!” I wasn’t about to argue. I stomped his foot and brought my fist down against the inside of his knee cap. I heard it snap and Smiley groaned but didn’t go down. I tried again and missed as he slid the saw up towards my neck and started to draw the blade away. I rolled my shoulder and ducked aside but not fast enough. A spurt of my blood splashed up against the edge of my jaw. It didn’t hurt so much as it filled me with a sickening heat.

I drove the thick part of my palm into Smiley’s mouth and heard all those fangs and contorted teeth crunch together. He spit out blood and infection and pieces of his black gums. He took a step back and raised the hatchet overhead. I dug into his belt and came up with the corkscrew. He made his noise again as he brought the hatchet down and I jammed the corkscrew deep into his Adam’s apple.

The girl shouted, “Yeah!” I had a fan. Smiley stumbled backwards but didn’t drop as he quivered and his eyes rolled. Those thick hands came up and he grasped the handle sticking out of his throat and tugged hard. A spray of blood and gobs of bile showered across his chest. The corkscrew came out about an inch and he pulled again and again until he tore out part of his own esophagus. The fucker kept right on laughing and that really pissed me off.

“Jesus Christ, Smiley, give up the ghost already!”

I nabbed the .32 off the floor, walked over, aimed away from the scar tissue and put another into his head. He took two more tottering steps back as he reeled away into Monty’s corpse. Monty’s arms almost hugged him as Smiley fell into the body. Their combined weight was enough to rip Monty off the hook, and they both fell into one big dead heap.

We’d made too much noise. Chuck would be around soon.

I used my tools and got the cell open in under a minute. It was coming back to me quick.

She said, “You don’t know what you’ve gotten yourself into.”

“I’m starting to get that feeling.”

“You’re bleeding.”

“I’m okay.”

“No, it’s bad.”

Monty’s burning innards were smoking the place up. I reached into the cage and she took my hand and held it tightly between her huge tits and sort of fell against my chest. From what I could see, she was bruised but otherwise unharmed. In East Hollywood she would’ve been a video star. Monty would’ve loved the script: Cannibal Hippie Wasteland. I could imagine him framing shots all over the place, zoom-ins on the girl, icing down her nipples for the re-shoots.

I took off my jacket and helped her into it.

“My clothes are in the corner there,” she said.

I went and checked and found some ragged jean shorts and a torn halter top. The grill had erupted into a grease fire and I hoped it burned the whole goddamn town down. I turned and saw that she’d stepped over to Smiley and was giving him a few good kicks in the head. I went to the door, eased it open, and looked out. So far, no one was around yet.

“Come on, we’ve got to go.”

“Why do you have a gun?” she asked.

“To enforce proper civil conduct.”

“Who are you?”

“I’m a soldier.”

“In the army?”

“In the Family. I’m an enforcer.”

She couldn’t puzzle it out so I just let it go. The Feds had come down and put my boss out of action, and instead of finding a new crew I’d just moped around and laid low and wrote scripts and plays. I was starting to have some second thoughts about my new life.

“What’s your name?” I asked.

“Mary. I was hitchhiking and got lost on the highway. One of those hippie guys picked me up and brought me here. I thought it was a nice place at first.”

“At least you weren’t lunch.”

I started feeling light-headed and wondered if all the marijuana in the air was starting to affect me. I led her out of the building and the long way around town back to the car. We stuck to the dilapidated buildings beyond the compound and didn’t see anybody. Crazy Chuck was bound to be around. Little bastards like that didn’t just fade.

“Stay here,” I told her.

“Wait. Let me check your neck.” She tore off a piece of her halter and let those tits hang out against me and worked on trying to staunch the flow of blood. “Be careful.”

I got to the car and stood there for a second letting the sun pour over me. I scanned all the broken windows and rooftops and saw nobody. Then I raised the gun and put one through the windshield of the Mustang and said, “Hey Chuck, you want to get out of the back seat?”

It was just a guess but it worked. He opened the rear door and clambered out. He had Smiley’s meat cleaver in hand and leered through his beard and sort of fidgeted in the wind.

“You’re sweating now,” he said.

“Yeah well, it’s been a rough day.”

“It’s about to get worse for you.”

Rainbeaux moved out from behind the trough where she’d been hiding. She trained a 10-gauge on me and held it comfortably in the crook of her arm. She knew what she was doing. Goddamn it, never trust a chick whose name ends in ‘x.’

“And I thought we were friends,” I told her.

“Shut up. Drop the gun.”

I tossed it deep to my left, as far from Chuck as I could, so that the .32 bounced over the distant porch and skittered in the dust. If he went for it maybe I could make a run. I could get lucky and the shotgun spray might go wide.

“Move and I’ll blast your dick off,” Rainbeaux said.

I didn’t think that turning on my charming full-wattage smile was going to help me out here. “Sure,” I told her.

Chuck just stood there, jittering and brimming with so much unchecked energy that it bled out his eyes.

Third act finale.

I had nothing to lose so I asked, “You wanna tell me a little about what brought our relationship to this?”

Maybe he liked my attitude or maybe he just wanted to carve me up real slowly, but he stopped and took a deep breath and I knew I’d bought some time. Typical James Bond villain shit.

“Crops never did well in the area,” he told me, “but the community didn’t want to leave. Most of them were afraid that if we turned to the establishment for any kind of help we’d lose our freedom or be swallowed by conservatives. So we had to find another source of food.”

“I don’t suppose you considered just getting a job at Mickey D’s like everybody else.”

“Immensely poor grazing for miles around so the animals kept dying. We were forced to go to other towns and cities and raid their provisions. I didn’t want to be dependent on them forever. So an alternative was discovered.” So that was what he was calling it. “And how long has this been going on?”

“My father started it over thirty years ago.”

Son of a bitch. “Does he own a video chain in Malibu, too?”

“People like you locked him away long ago because he was a revolutionary.”

“I just bet. The rest of your clan doesn’t even know, do they? They don’t even know what you’re feeding them.”

“Some of them do. The most important members of our Family.”

Yes, I thought. The maniac cook would know. And Rainbeaux and perhaps a few others who’d have to act as bait out there on the highways. Catch the drivers in their broken-down cars and lead them off to their deaths.

Rainbeaux let out a low sexy chuckle that in other circumstances I would’ve enjoyed. She said, “I’m going to de-bone you myself.”

“Now you’re just being mean.”

She opened her mouth to answer but the only sound that dripped out was a small “erp.” She froze and her muscles locked so hard I heard her shoulders pop. The shotgun fell and went off, blasting the dirt.

Her hands trembled and drifted to her neck, but by the time they reached it Rainbeaux no longer had a head.

The decapitated body flopped in one direction and her pretty face tumbled in another. Behind her stood Mary, who didn’t look either pleased or disgusted by what she’d just done. She glanced at me and said, “Watch it.”

Chuck made a move for my .32. He was wiry and fast and chortled as he ran for it. All that wacky weed sure made these fuckers a goddamn giggly bunch.

For a short guy he had a loping gait. I tore ass and sprinted the twenty-five feet but the loss of blood was throwing me off. We got there at almost the same time, and he already had his hand on the gun.

I grabbed his wrist and was surprised at how strong the little bastard was. He nearly shrugged me off and we scuffled as the ghost town sighed and hissed and moaned around us. He knew some moves and worked at my ribs while I tried to get a hold of him. Skittering like a rat, Chuck could really slip and parry. He kicked the .32 aside and tried to swing the cleaver at me. I ducked aside and he chopped past my ear. I straight-armed him across his chest and the blade dropped. Chuck wheeled and went for the gun. I went for the cleaver.

This was it.

He spun and brought the .32 up towards my heart but he couldn’t pull the trigger. He stood there perfectly still, balanced on the balls of his feet and shivering slightly, with the cleaver bisecting his brain.

I’d slammed the blade down as hard as I could, and it had come to a stop directly between his eyes. He blinked once, and again, and the tip of his tongue jutted and flicked out across his bottom lip.

He was still standing when Mary and I got into the car. As I slowly drove off I kept looking in the rearview, waiting for him to drop, but he never did.

Almost an hour passed before either of us said anything.

“I lied before,” Mary told me. I tried not to be too distracted by her bare chest.

“About what?”

“I wasn’t a hitchhiker and they weren’t going to eat me. I was being punished.”

“Why?”

“For breaking the rules.”

“Which rules?”

“For saying I didn’t want to hurt your friend. I was hoping I could help him get his car started again and he could get me the hell out of here.”

It started to come together. “You were part of that Family. You were the bait.”

“Me and Rainbeaux. His car was dead though.”

“It was the fuel pump.”

“I’ve run away a couple of times but they always find me and bring me back. I’m sick of living out here, picking up stranded drivers and lost teenagers and turning them over to the Family. All this dust and those fuckin’ hippies playing the same damn songs on their guitars. You know they’re still protesting the Vietnam war. They don’t know any new tunes. They have nothing better to do.”

“Well, say goodbye to Masonville once and for all.”

She sat up straight as if I’d punched her in the belly. “Masonville?” She gave me an expression I couldn’t figure out, sad but sort of mocking too.

“It’s not Masonville. That sign at the start of town is all beat to crap. You misread it.”

“I did?”

“That’s Mansonville.”

Mansonville?

It stopped me. Chuck. Charles Jr. “You gotta be friggin’ kidding.”

Mary leaned back, beautiful and exquisite as we drove into the vanishing sun. She turned to look at me and my heart bucked again, and I thought this might work out all right. I’d met some of Monty’s backers and co-producers and I knew just what they were looking for.

“You ever wanted to be in pictures?” I asked.

Adam Pepper

HEN I JOINED the HWA, the website said, “Chapters active in New York, Chicago, Atlanta...” and I was excited by the prospects. Here I was, living in New York all my life, the literary hotbed of the world, and I hadn’t accomplished a thing. Sure, I’d sold a poem or two, a short here and there. But no one knew Adam Pepper. And just as important, Adam Pepper didn’t know anyone else.

I’ll be honest, when I sent an email to the Internet czar at the time, David Dvorkin, and he told me there was no active New York Chapter, I was annoyed. It was one of the reasons that I joined. But I was ambitious and very motivated to get my name out there, so I started the Chapter on my own. The first meeting I met some good folks, some established, some not. But once Jack Ketchum and Don D’Auria got on board, we were on our way.

After we had Don D’Auria as our guest of honor, I began to feel a little stupid. I wanted to have some T-shirts, or HWA trinkets to give my guests—make things look official. So I wrote to the powers that be. I started with Nancy E., then emailed all the bigwigs.

Richard Laymon wrote me back!

Not only did he promise to send me a bunch of T-shirts, but he signed the email, “Dick.”

I think I shit in my pants. He was so damn sweet. I can remember telling my wife, jumping around the house like a retard. After that, we wrote back and forth a bunch of times. He started writing me! I couldn’t have been more flattered. He’d ask how the meeting went, and even said that I’d inspired him to start an L.A. Chapter. I inspired Dick Laymon?! Clearly something is backwards! But I guess I did. Dick and I planned to meet in Seattle. There was a big fuss over the Stokers not being in New York. But I promised Dick and Alan Beatts I’d do my part to rally the troops. And I brought a pretty good NY contingent with me to Seattle. But as we all know, Dick didn’t make it to Seattle. Sure, I got to meet Ann and Kelly, who I love dearly. But I felt so cheated, never getting to meet the man in person. It still makes me so sad. Although I never got to meet him, I’ll always consider him my friend.

Adam Pepper

HE WATER FALLING from the sky slammed into the windshield of the ’96 Pontiac, as if the car was cruising through a twenty-four-hour car wash. Ronald strained to see through the downpour, and focus on the road, but it was near impossible. What he could see was the gas gauge, nearing empty. The last thing Ronald wanted to do was delay his trip further. If he had any chance at saving his teetering marriage, it was by getting home. He was a day behind schedule already, but he’d have to stop soon. He wasn’t making good time anyway, with the storm beating down so fiercely.

Ronald saw a bright neon sign reading, “Happy Hotel,” and below it, “Vacancy.” The place didn’t look like much, just an old brick building. Pretty high though. Must be a bunch of travelers passing through to fill that dreary old building up, although there were only a couple of lights on. Regardless, his business was slow, and his expense account was used up, so cheap would suit him just fine, so long as it was warm and dry...particularly dry.

He pulled the brown car into the parking lot, and drove into an available spot. The lot looked pretty full. An odd empty spot here and there, but not too many. Who knew this place was such a hot spot?

Ronald grabbed his overnight bag from the passenger seat, opened the door, and then booked towards the front entrance, holding the suitcase above his head as he ran. The front door was maybe a hundred feet or so from the car, but he was soaked by the time he got there.

“Wow, it’s coming down out there,” he said to the guy at the front desk as he panted, trying to catch his breath.

“Yep. It’s quite a mess out there,” the old man said. He had the unfazed look of a man who’d seen many stormy nights come and go while he sat behind that desk.

“I need a room for the night.”

“Sorry. We’re filled up, I’m afraid,” he said as he twirled his white beard.

“Filled up? The sign says ‘Vacancy’.”

“That sign hasn’t worked in years, son.” The old man took off his wire specs, wiped the lenses, and put them back on. Then looked up and forced a smirk.

“Damn. Well, I’m soaking wet, and I have no gas. I really need a place to stay tonight.”

“You do, huh?”

“I really need a room.”

“Well, we have one room available. But I hate to rent it to you,” he said, now back to twisting his beard. “I mean, I could use the money, but you seem like a nice guy and all.”

“I’ll take it.”

“You’ll take it? You haven’t even heard what’s wrong with it.”

“Is it dry?”

“Well, yes.”

“Then I’ll take it. I just need a dry room for the night.”

“If you insist,” the old man said as he smiled. He finally stopped fiddling with his beard long enough to slip the register over the tabletop for Ronald to sign. Ronald quickly signed it, soaking the paper as he rubbed it with his soggy coat sleeves.

There was a loud smash that came from outside, and Ronald looked up. “What was that?” he asked the old man.

“I dunno, thunder maybe?”

“Didn’t sound like thunder.”

The old guy shrugged, then tossed the key at Ronald. Ronald caught it with his free hand, while picking his bag up with the other. He turned to the guy and said, “Thanks, I really appreciate this.”

“Sure thing,” the old man laughed.

Ronald looked at the key: room 1313. He pressed the elevator button and waited, and waited.

“Cute, room 1313.”

The elevator finally made its way down to the first floor, and Ronald pulled open the door; it was an old elevator, the kind where the door doesn’t slide open on its own. The floor below him settled as he stepped in, and the door creaked as he closed it. The ride up was slow, and a bit bumpy. The thing didn’t feel very stable. It was noisy too—made Ronald just a little claustrophobic as he waited for the ride to end. There was no company on the ride up. He was all alone, just waiting to get to the top floor. Floor number thirteen.

Ronald stepped out of the wobbly elevator, glad to be off it. It was awful quiet as he walked down a long corridor: a simple, very plain hallway—nothing but wood doors and dark painted walls with cheap lamps bolted on. The floor was carpeted, so even his footsteps didn’t make noise; there was just the faint sound of raindrops coming from outside. He got up to room 1313 and put the key into the tarnished brass knob. An eerie feeling overcame him as he did, and the silence was broken.

“I’m lonely,” a voice said. It was very soft, just barely audible, yet Ronald was sure that’s what he heard. And he was pretty sure it was coming from inside the room. Still, he looked back down the hallway to his left. He looked to his right, and there was nothing but the end of the hallway—not even a window. There was a radiator against the wall, hissing softly. Ronald looked behind, and there was no one there, just room number 1312, with the door closed.

“Hello?” Ronald called as he looked around. “It was the radiator.”

The desire to get out of his wet clothes overcame his silly, irrational fear. Ronald turned the key, and he swore he heard noise coming from inside the room: the wheezing of a deep breath.

He flung the door open, and quickly flicked the light switch. The room was empty, and quiet. Ronald dropped his bag and tossed his drenched jacket on a nearby chair. The room was small, but neat. He undressed and dropped his clothes as he walked towards the bathroom. Ronald turned on the shower, all hot water, cranked to the fullest. He took a bathrobe that was hanging from the door, and slipped it on.

Ronald called downstairs and the old man quickly answered, “Hello, son.”

“Yes, can I get some room service please?”

“Sure. Alls we got is burgers or sandwiches.”

“A burger sounds great, and some coffee, please.”

“Sure thing, be up in a jiffy.”

Ronald jumped in the shower, and turned the hot water down, but just a smidge. It felt too good, even though it was scalding him a bit. After a minute he turned the hot water down a little more, and cleaned himself up.

The water was beating down, and that eerie feeling caught him again. Ronald felt lightheaded, and suddenly he was reminded of being a kid, of having no friends to play with, all the kids pointing and laughing at him.

Then, above the sounds of the water, he heard a whisper. “I’m lonely,” it said.

“What?” he said as he quickly cut off the water.

He didn’t hear any voices, but instead heard the clinking of plates on the other side of the bathroom door. He threw on his robe and opened the door. The old man had wheeled in a tray and was setting up his meal on a small table.

“Sorry, hope I didn’t startle you, son. I knocked, but you didn’t answer, so I let myself in. Hope you don’t mind.”

Ronald was still a bit woozy, and it felt surreal. He was sure he heard a voice, but it must have been the old man. “No, that’s okay,” he said as he rubbed his eyebrow, “I didn’t expect you to have the food ready so fast. I was just drying off.”

“Well, you’re all set. Burger, fries, and some fresh, hot coffee.”

The aroma of the burger smelled great. “Thank you, it smells delicious.”

“If you need anything else, son, just give me a holler.”

“Thank you. I’ll do that.”

The old man let himself out, and closed the door. Ronald went back to the bathroom, dried himself off, then sat down and enjoyed the burger and coffee.

Now that he was warm, dry, and well fed, Ronald finally could relax. He looked through his bag for his smokes. Deep down at the bottom was half a pack, crinkled, but dry. He lit a butt, and took a seat down on the bed. Ronald grabbed for the remote control, and as it flipped on the dizziness returned. Awkward adolescence, no friends but lots of pimples flashed through his mind.

“I’m lonely,” he heard.

Ronald blinked, and began breathing heavily. Where the hell was that voice coming from? He hit the mute button on the remote control, and looked around the room. He took a long drag off the cigarette, and inhaled deeply.

“This is crazy!” he said, then turned the volume back up on the television. Ronald lay back on the bed, and placed the smoking cigarette in a cheap metal ashtray on the night table.

Ronald flipped around the stations—nothing but crap. He turned to the pay-per-view section and looked at the choices.

“Seen it! Seen it! That one too,” he said aloud. Nothing but shitty Mel Gibson and Kevin Costner movies to choose from.

“There must be something worth watching.” At the bottom were some off-color choices. “Ah, Valeria Eats Meat! That sounds like a winner.”

He clicked on the pay button and a warning came on reading, Movie already in progress. Press pay button to view. Ronald couldn’t care much for the plot, and immediately pressed the pay button.

“Good call,” he said with a laugh, as he picked the flick up right at a high point. Valeria—her cleavage well exposed, the black, lace push-up bra just barely able to hold her tits—had her fiery red lips wrapped around the purple, blood-engorged dick of some muscular and well-shaved dude. Her long black nails clawed his shiny, waxed chest as her head bobbed up and down.

Ronald reached into his robe, and began fondling his squeaky clean balls. His cock sprung up from the visual stimulation, coupled with the touch of his familiar hand. He rubbed it lightly, then more fiercely. Valeria was taking this guy’s ten-inch dick like a pro, Lord knows she could devour his six incher.

Ronald’s cock was getting firmer and firmer, his head enthralled by the porn flick. Then, she did the unthinkable!

“AHHHHH!” the guy in the movie yelled.

“Oh shit, she didn’t just do that!” Ronald yelled at the TV as his hard-on toppled as if he’d seen his grandmother naked. But she had all right. Valeria pulled up from the guy’s lap and turned to the camera, grunting. His ten inches hung from her grinning mouth like she was a stray hound dog who’d found a rubber bone. The guy just grabbed his bloody, vacant crotch area and hollered.

“Enough of this shit!” Ronald said as he flipped to another station, wincing. He grabbed his cig from the ashtray, took another puff, and put it back down.

Teeny Tiny Teen Babes. Press purchase to view, the screen read.

“That sounds better,” he said as he pressed the purchase button with one hand. The other hand was stroking his balls gently, trying to get things kick-started again. Nothing cools a guy faster than seeing a hot chick bite a guy’s dick off!

But the penis is resilient! Ronald’s cock jumped back to attention at the sight of three barely legal babes: a curvy, yet petite blonde, a skinny brunette, and a redhead so ridiculously proportioned that it was a wonder she could even stand up, much less hold those fat titties up on that teeny, tiny frame. He whacked his shaft harder and harder, his eyes glued to the bouncing breasts and little asses.

His cock was at its fullest, and he was almost to the point of no return, when his eyes went fuzzy again. His physical joy was suddenly overwhelmed by an inner feeling of sorrow. His mind flew backwards in time again. He saw himself as a man in his twenties, married with two kids, a dog, and a house, yet still not satisfied. Still wanting more. Then, he heard the voice once again.

“I’m lonely,” it whispered.

“Jesus, can’t a guy even bust a nut in this hotel without being disturbed?!”

Ronald stood up, and looked around. Where the fuck was that voice coming from? Next door? He walked to the door, and opened it. The hallway was empty, and quiet. He closed the door and walked to the far wall, putting his ear up to it, listening to the next room. It too was silent.

“Where the fuck is that voice coming from?!”

He walked to the window, and looked out. It was still raining, and there were thirteen stories between him and any person, so the voice wasn’t coming from out there.

“This is crazy!”

Ronald sat back on the bed, and turned the volume up, hoping the sounds of giggling teens would drown out the whispering voice. The furry-chested, cheesy-mustached guy in this movie was having much better luck than the guy in the last one; he had the redhead’s fat tits in his face, the blonde riding him like Hoss at a rodeo, and the brunette’s tongue deep in his hairy asshole.

Ronald went back to slamming his cock. He was gonna blow his wad in this fucking room if it was the last load he ever blew! He groaned as if taking a ferocious shit—his face turning red, his cock getting sore from the friction.

The girls kept on giggling as they switched places. The redhead got down and rubbed the guy’s nuts with her beach ball tits and the blonde began massaging his ass and back. The tiny brunette hopped on top and tongue-kissed him—he must have tasted his own smelly bunghole, but hey, he didn’t seem to mind.

“This is truly raunchy,” he said with a sinister smile, while whacking harder and harder, determined to cum.

Instead of getting lost in the passion of his own hand, he felt his eyes water. The voice spoke again. “I’m lonely,” it said.

“Shut up!” Ronald said, not breaking his pace with one hand, turning the volume up on the remote with the other.

“I’m so lonely,” the room said again.

His eyes were fuzzy and he could no longer see the porn flick. In his head were sights of his wife. The last good fuck they had was years ago. Things just deteriorated, him on the road all the time. He wished she’d give him one more chance to make things right. He missed her. He missed his kids. He missed his dog. He missed his house. He missed his life. Ronald was alone.

“I’m oh so very lonely,” the room whined.

“Shut up goddamnit!” he yelled, slamming at his cock so fucking hard. But he just couldn’t cum. It wouldn’t fucking come out! He grabbed the remote and turned it up as far as it could go.

“Ronald...I’m so lonely,” the room said.

And that was it...Ronald snapped. Hard dick still in hand, porno still blasting, he whipped up, and ran for the door.

Ronald grabbed the knob, and turned it, but it wouldn’t turn.

“Fuck!” he yelled as he pulled. Finally, he took his hand off his cock and began pulling at the door with both hands, shaking at it violently. “Fuck! Open up goddamnit!”

He punched it and kicked it. But the door wouldn’t open.

“I’m lonely,” the room cried, “Ronald, I’m oh so very lonely.”

“I am too, damnit!” he cried back, butt-ass-naked and beaten, sore both physically and emotionally. “I am too,” he whispered and dropped to his knees, burying his head in his hands and shaking it.

Then, his strength returned, he jumped up and he pulled at the door again. “Open up for Christ’s sake!” Ronald pounded on the door. “Old man, can you hear me? Open this fucking door! Please!”

But the door still would not open.

Ronald stopped pulling at the door, and cried—a pathetic whimper of a forlorn man.

“Ronald, I’m so lonely!” the room cried back.

“FUUUUUUUUUUUUUCCCCCCCCCCKKKKKK!” Ronald yelled, as he ran headfirst at the window. Arms outstretched, he jumped into it, and it shattered. Ronald flew rapidly at the ground, his arms and semi-hard cock whipping and whirling around like a three-propellered helicopter out of gas. He splattered into the already soaked concrete below.

The old man didn’t look up from what he was doing, although he heard the sound of body smacking pavement. A sound he was rather familiar with. Instead, he calmly passed the register across the front desk.

“What was that?” a soggy and obviously well-traveled, middle-aged man asked.

“I dunno. Thunder maybe?”

The old man shrugged and tossed the key to the man, who caught it, and then made his way to the elevator.

Upstairs, the room was repairing itself, like a self-cleaning oven. It didn’t need maid service. The television lowered to a normal volume, then clicked off. The bed made itself. The shower dried itself. And the window sealed up with a fresh pane of glass. Down below, there was one less empty spot in the almost full parking lot.

And room number 1313 at the Happy Hotel said with a satiated sigh, “I’m happy.”

Dick’s College Poems Scanned From The Original Typewritten Documents From The 1960s

Originally published in Ellery Queen’s Mystery Magazine, November 1970

LL RIGHT!” HE felt lucky about this one. Walking backward along the roadside, he stared at the oncoming car and offered his thumb. Sunlight glared on the windshield. Only at the last moment did he manage to get a look at the driver. A woman. That was that. So much for feeling lucky.

When he saw the brake lights flash on, he figured the woman was slowing down to be safe. When he saw the car stop, he figured this would be the “big tease.” He was used to it. The car stops, you run to it, then off it shoots, throwing dust in your face. He wouldn’t fall for it this time. He’d walk casually toward the car.

When he saw the backup lights come on, he couldn’t believe his luck.

The car rolled backward to him. The woman inside leaned across the front seat and opened the door.

“Can I give you a ride?”

“Sure can.” He jumped in and threw his seabag onto the rear seat. When he closed the door, cold air struck him. It seemed to freeze the sweat on his T-shirt. It felt fine. “I’m mighty glad to see you,” he said. “You’re a real lifesaver.”

“How on earth did you get way out here?” she asked, starting again up the road.

“You wouldn’t believe it.”

“Go ahead and try me.”

He enjoyed her cheerfulness and felt guilty about the slight nervous tremor he heard in her voice. “Well, this fella gives me a lift. Just this side of Blythe. And he’s driving along through this...this desert...when suddenly he stops and tells me to get out and take a look at one of the tires. I get out—and off he goes! Tosses my seabag out a ways up the road. Don’t know why a fella wants to do something like that. You understand what I mean?”

“I certainly do. These days you don’t know who to trust.”

“If that ain’t the truth.”

He looked at her. She wore boots and jeans and a faded blue shirt, but she had class. It was written all over her. The way she talked, the way her skin was tanned just so, the way she wore her hair. Even her figure showed class. Nothing overdone.

“What I don’t get,” he went on, “is why the fella picked me up in the first place.”

“He might have been lonely.”

“Then why’d he dump me?”

“Maybe he decided not to trust you. Or maybe he just wanted to be alone again.”

“Any way you slice it, it was a rotten thing to do. You understand what I mean?”

“I think so. Where are you headed?”

“Tucson.”

“Fine. I’m going in that direction.”

“How come you’re not on the main highway? What are you doing out here?”

“Well...” She laughed nervously. “What I’m intending to do is not...well, not exactly legal.”

“Yeah?”

“I’m going to steal cacti.”

“What?” He laughed. “Wow! You mean you’re out to lift some cactuses?”

“That’s what I mean.”

“Well, I sure do hope you don’t get caught!”

The woman forced a smile. “There is a fine.”

“Gol-ly.”

“A sizable fine.”

“Well, I’d be glad to give you a hand.”

“I’ve only got one shovel.”

“Yeah. I saw it when I stowed my bag. I was wondering what you had a shovel for.” He looked at her, laughing, and felt good that this woman with all her class was going to steal a few plants from the desert. “I’ve seen a lot of things, you understand. But never a cactus-napper.” He laughed at his joke.

She didn’t. “You’ve seen one now,” she said.

They remained silent for a while. The young man thought about this classy woman driving down a lonely road in the desert just to swipe cactus, and every now and then he chuckled about it. He wondered why anybody would want such a thing in the first place. Why take the desert home with you? He wanted nothing more than to get away from this desolate place, and for the life of him he couldn’t understand a person wanting to take part of it home. He concluded that the woman must be crazy.

“Would you care for some lunch?” the crazy woman asked. She still sounded nervous.

“Sure, I guess so.”

“There should be a paper bag on the floor behind you. It has a couple of sandwiches in it, and some beer. Do you like beer?”

“Are you kidding?” He reached over the back of the seat and picked up the bag. The sandwiches smelled good. “Why don’t you pull off the road up there?” he suggested. “We can go over by those rocks and have a picnic.”

“That sounds like a fine idea.” She stopped on a wide shoulder.

“Better take us a bit farther back. We don’t wanta park this close to the road. Not if you want me to help you heist some cactus when we get done with lunch.”

She glanced at him uneasily, then smiled. “Okay, fine. We’ll do just that.”

The car bumped forward, weaving around large balls of cactus, crashing through undergrowth. It finally stopped behind a cluster of rocks.

“Do you think they can still see us from the road?” the woman asked. Her voice was shaking.

“I don’t think so.”

When they opened the doors, heat blasted in on them. They got out, the young man carrying the bag of sandwiches and beer. He sat down on a large rock. The woman sat beside him.

“I hope you like the sandwiches. They’re corned beef with Swiss cheese.”

“Sounds good.” He handed one of them to her and opened the beer. The cans were only cool, but he decided that cool beer was better than no beer at all. As he picked at the cellophane covering his sandwich, he asked, “Where’s your husband?”

“What do you mean?”

She looked down at the band of pale skin on her third finger. “We’re separated.”

“Oh? How come?”

“I found out that he’d been cheating on me.”

“On you? No kidding! He must have been crazy.”

“Not crazy. He just enjoyed hurting people. But I’ll tell you something. Cheating on me was the worst mistake he ever made.”

They ate in silence for a while, the young man occasionally shaking his head with disbelief. Finally, his head stopped shaking. He decided that maybe he’d cheat too on a grown woman who gets her kicks stealing cactus. Good looks aren’t everything. Who wants to live with a crazy woman? He drank off his beer. The last of it was warm and made him shiver.

He went to the car and took the shovel from the floor in back. “You want to come along? Pick out the ones you want and I’ll dig them up for you.”

He watched her wad up the cellophane and stuff it, along with the empty beer cans, into the paper bag. She put the bag in the car, smiling at him, and saying, “Every litter bit hurts.”

They left the car behind. They walked side by side, the woman glancing about, sometimes crouching to inspect a likely cactus.

“You must think I’m rather strange,” she confided, “picking up a hitchhiker like I did. I hope you don’t think...well, it was criminal of that man to leave you out in the middle of nowhere. But I’m glad I picked you up. For some reason, I feel I can talk to you.”

“That’s nice. I like to listen. What about this one?” he asked, pointing at a huge prickly cactus.

“Too big. What I want is something smaller.”

“This one ought to fit in the trunk.”

“I’d rather have a few smaller ones,” she insisted. “Besides, there’s a kind in the Saguaro National Monument that I want to get. It’ll probably be pretty big. I want to save the trunk for that one.”

“Anything you say.”

They walked farther. Soon, the car was out of sight. The sun felt like a hot, heavy hand pressing down on the young man’s head and back.

“How about this one?” he asked, pointing. “It’s pretty little.”

“Yes. This one is just about perfect.”

The woman knelt beside it. Her shirt was dark blue against her perspiring back, and a slight breeze rustled her hair.

This will be a good way to remember her, the young man thought as he crashed the shovel down on her head.

He buried her beside the cactus.

As he drove down the road, he thought about her. She had been a nice woman with obvious class. Crazy, but nice. Her husband must’ve been a nut to cheat on a good-looking woman like her, unless of course it was because of her craziness.

He thought it nice that she had told him so much about herself. It felt good to be trusted with secrets.

He wondered how far she would have driven him. Not far enough. It was much better having the car to himself. That way he didn’t have to worry. And the $36 he found in her purse was a welcome bonus. He’d been afraid, for a moment, that he might find nothing but credit cards. All around, she had been a good find. He felt very lucky.

At least until the car began to move sluggishly. He pulled off the road and got out. “Oh, no,” he muttered, seeing the flat rear tire. He leaned back against the side of the car and groaned. The sun beat on his face. He closed his eyes and shook his head, disgusted by the situation and thinking how awful it would be, working on the tire for fifteen minutes under that hot sun.

Then he heard, in the distance, the faint sound of a motor. Opening his eyes, he squinted down the road. A car was approaching. For a moment, he considered thumbing a ride. But that, he decided, would be stupid now that he had a car of his own. He closed his eyes again to wait for the car to pass.

But it didn’t pass. It stopped.

He opened his eyes and gasped.

“Afternoon,” the stranger called out.

“Howdy, Officer,” he said, his heart thudding.

“You got a spare?”

“I think so.”

“What do you mean, you think so? You either have a spare or you don’t.”

“What I meant was, I’m not sure if it’s any good. It’s been a while since I’ve had any use for it, you understand?”

“Of course I understand. Guess I’ll stick around till we find out. This is rough country. A person can die out here. If the spare’s no good, I’ll radio for a tow.”

“Okay, thanks.” He opened the door and took the keys from the ignition.

Everything’s okay, he told himself. No reason in the world for this cop to suspect anything.

“Did you go off the road back a ways?”

“No, why?” Even as he asked, he fumbled the keys. They fell to the ground. The other man picked them up.

“Flats around here, they’re usually caused by cactus spines. They’re murder.”

He followed the officer to the rear of the car.

The octagonal key didn’t fit the trunk.

“Don’t know why those dopes in Detroit don’t just make one key that’ll fit the doors and trunk both.”

“I don’t know,” the young man said, matching the other’s tone of disgust and feeling even more confident.

The round key fit. The trunk popped open.

The officer threw a tarp onto the ground and then leveled his pistol at the young man, who was staring at the body of a middle-aged man who obviously had class.

Self-published in July 1971

Self-published in September 1971

Originally Published in Debonair, February 1976

It was a case of “The best laid plans of rapes by men going oft astray...”

tan answered the ringing telephone. “Wide World Travel, Mr. Dallas.”

“Hello. I’m Cindy Hart, and I’m calling in reference to your want ad in the Times. The secretarial position.” The girl’s voice had a quiet, feminine quality without a trace of the cold steel he heard so often in women calling about his ads. Cindy Hart sounded like a warm, open woman. One of life’s winners.

“Would this morning be convenient for an interview?” Stan asked.

“That would be just fine, Mr. Dallas.”

“Very good. We’re located at 110 Weston Avenue, Suite 1408. That’s on the fourteenth floor. Does eleven o’clock sound all right?”

“Just fine. That’s 110 Weston, Suite 1408, at eleven?”

“Right. I’ll look forward to meeting you Miss Hart.” Stan hung up, wiped the sweat off his hands, and stepped out of the telephone booth.

His car was parked at the curb. He got inside and took a deep, trembling breath. Then he looked at his wristwatch. 10:10. Fifty minutes to kill. No, not to kill—to savor. With shaking hands, he lit a cigarette.

The telephone rang. He inhaled deeply, and wondered whether to answer it. Why not? Maybe he could set up a two o’clock appointment for that office building on Central. It was locked on Saturdays, but that wouldn’t give him much trouble. He climbed from the car and walked over to the telephone booth.

“Wide World Travel, Mr. Dallas.”

“I’m calling about the job. Are you the man in charge? Get me the man in charge.”

“I’m sorry, but the opening has already been filled.”

“Sure, sure. Don’t give me the run-around, mister. Get me the man...”

“Get stuffed,” Stan said, and hung up.

The next time the telephone rang, he stayed in his car with his eyes shut, and thought about the soft, warm voice of Cindy Hart.

At 10:40, he pulled away from the curb.

Eight minutes later, he parked on a side street off Weston Avenue, took his briefcase from the back seat, and walked around the corner to the building entrance. A paper sign stretching across the lobby windows read, “OFFICE SPACE FOR LEASE.” He pushed open the door and stepped inside the empty lobby. It had the moist smell of new cement.

The Building Directory on a wall beside the elevator hadn’t changed since yesterday. It still listed nothing on the fourteenth floor.

At 10:50, he stepped into the elevator. The timing would be just right. Plenty to reach his floor and make certain it was deserted. He would be ready for Cindy Hart, and still have five minutes to spare. Five minutes to wait, with nothing to do but think about how it would be.

He knew how it would be. Fantastic. It nearly always was.

The elevator stopped at the fourteenth floor, and the doors parted.

“Mr. Dallas?”

His heart lurched. First with shock. Then with joy. He couldn’t believe his luck.

The woman in the hallway smiled at him—a sweet, questioning smile. She was blonde, no older than twenty, with a slightly wind-blown and sunny look as if she’d been walking on the beach. Her yellow knit dress hugged her curves. Its belt was a slim, golden chain.

“Miss Hart?” The elevator door suddenly began to close. He threw out an arm, blocked it, and lunged into the hall. “You’re early.”

“I hate being late.”

“Good. Very good.” He took a deep breath to calm himself. “That’s a real asset, Miss Hart.”

“Mrs. It’s Mrs. Hart.”

“Fine. No problem. We’re an Equal Opportunity Employer.” He laughed nervously. “Would you like to step this way?” He walked down the hallway past the closed doors of offices, past a drinking fountain, all the while breathing deeply of her perfume. Her dress—barely seemed to cover her thighs. The jutting buds of her nipples pushed the soft fabric outward.

“Just up here,” he said. He led her around a corner, past the men’s room, past another office, to room 1408. “Let’s see, where did I put those keys?” He unlatched his briefcase. “Ah, here we are.”

He reached into the briefcase and pulled out a .357 Magnum Colt Python.

Cindy’s lips moved, but no words came out.

“Do just what I say, or I’ll...” Grinning, Stan pressed the muzzle between her eyes. “You know.”

“Don’t,” she whispered. “Please don’t. Whatever you want. I won’t give you trouble, I promise. I haven’t got much money, but...”

He pushed her against the wall, leveled the gun at her left eye, and said, “I’m not interested in your money. Just strip.”

“My clothes?”

“You heard me.” Stan cocked his pistol.

Cindy’s belt jangled quietly, and dropped to the carpeted hall. With a single, swift motion, she slipped the dress over her head and let it fall. Her naked breasts shook slightly as she bent down to step out of her panties.

“Beautiful. You’re doing nicely. Now stand up straight so I can get a good look at you. Yes. Yes, indeed. Beautiful.”

She stood against the wall, eyes wide, mouth open, breathing loudly. “Good girl. Keep this up, and you’ll be fine.” Stan bent down and set his pistol on the carpet beside his briefcase. “It’s right there if I need it. Be good, and I won’t need it.”

“There never was a job?” she asked.

“That’s right. No job, no Wide World Travel, no Mr. Dallas.” Stan stepped closer to her. “Just me.”

Cindy shut her eyes and shuddered as Stan’s hand slipped between her legs. She moaned as he gripped one of her breasts, and made a quiet whimper when he pinched its nipple. “You’re going to...rape me?”

“That’s the general...” and he looked down in astonishment at Cindy’s hand pressing his groin. “What the...?” Her hand tugged open his belt. Her small fingers worked the button loose, and slid the zipper down. “Holy shit,” he said as Cindy lowered his pants.

“Lovely,” she said. “Lovely, lovely. This’ll do fine.” Rolling backwards onto the carpet, she pulled Stan down onto her. “Yes, there. Oh, lovely. Lovely.”

She was wild beneath him, splitting his lips with fierce kisses, clawing him, moaning, meeting his every lunge with an upward, grinding thrust. Her fingernails raked his buttocks, and his aching tightness errupted.

Spent and happy, he relaxed on top of her.

“How was it?” she asked. She smiled strangely.

“Fantastic,” he muttered. “Absolutely fantastic.”

“Good, because it was probably your last.”

His belly knotted.

“When I phoned you, Brodo was listening on the extension. Brodo, that’s my husband. I’ve lost more jobs on account of him. I don’t know why but he’s always so jealous and unreasonable. He just won’t let me go anywhere alone. Not anywhere.”

“He...?” Stan’s voice vanished.

“Well, don’t blame me. I phoned you back just as soon as I found out he’d be with us. Forewarned is forearmed, as they say. But nobody answered the phone. I am sorry. He’ll just tear you all to pieces, honey.”

Stan tried in vain to free himself from her clinging body as he heard, two doors away, the faint sound of a flushing toilet.

Cindy’s legs were wrapped tightly around Stan’s hips. Her arms encircled him, hugging him close. Then as footsteps sounded in the hall Cindy shouted in a voice that rang with panic, “Brodo! Brodo! Help! Help! Help!” The footsteps quickened to a pounding, running sound.

Originally Published in Bestseller #23, 1985

CHAPTER 1

TROUBLE ON THE SET

The bedroom door flew open. It hit the wall with a loud bang, but the noise didn’t surprise the young woman inside. She kept looking out the window, her back to the gray-haired woman who rushed toward her.

“Melissa!”

The young woman turned around slowly, petting the black cat in her arms. “Yes, Mother?”

The rushing woman stopped suddenly, as if afraid to come closer. “The Higgins boy,” she said in an angry voice.

Melissa smiled at the words and kept on petting her cat. “Higgins? Do you mean Paul Higgins, who threw a rock at my little Midnight?”

“You know good and well who I mean. He’s dead.”

“Aw, that’s too bad,” Melissa purred. “Isn’t that too bad, Midnight?”

The cat rubbed its head against the side of Melissa’s neck.

“You killed him!”

“What a thing to say! Poor Paul. How did he die?” Melissa asked.

“As if you didn’t know. He crashed his motorcycle into a tree. They say a cat ran out in the road in front of him, and he made a sharp turn to keep from hitting it.”

“And when did this awful accident happen?” Melissa looked up at her mother.

“Last night. Right around nine o’clock.”

“Well then, you can’t blame me, Mother. I was right in the front room with you at nine, wasn’t I?”

The older woman shook her head. “Don’t give me that talk! Maybe you can fool everyone else, but you can’t fool me! I know your ways. You hexed that boy, just like you hexed all the others.”

Melissa broke into a smile again and looked right at Midnight. “Mother thinks I’m evil,” she said.

“I know you are! You are evil! If I had my way, I would...”

“You’d what?”

The older woman shook her head. Then she backed away as Melissa took a step toward her.

“You shouldn’t talk to me that way, Mother,” Melissa said in a strange voice.

With a sudden hiss, the cat raked its paw across Melissa’s face. Melissa screamed and tried to push the cat away. But the animal hung on, scratching and biting like a black whirlwind—

“Stop the action! Cut! Cut!” the director yelled as he jumped out of his seat. “Somebody help her! What’s wrong with that cat?”

Groups of stagehands started rushing onto the movie set. But Neal reached the woman ahead of everyone else. He grabbed the cat and pulled it away. But then the animal turned on him, spitting and scratching at the back of his hand. Neal threw the cat into the air. It turned over, landed on its feet, and ran away across the sound stage.

Neal turned to the young woman. Her eyes were wide, and she was breathing heavily. Blood dripped from her scratched cheek. Her arms and hands were bleeding too.

Neal wasn’t sure what to do. “Are you OK?” he asked. Then he thought, What a dumb thing to say!

“I’m...” The young woman shook her head. “Thank you.”

The director ran up and stepped in front of Neal. “Lynda? What happened?”

The young woman shook her head again.

“I’ll tell you what happened,” said the woman who had played Melissa’s mother. “That cat just suddenly went crazy.”

“I’ve never seen him that way,” said a dark-haired man named Bill. Neal knew he was the cat’s trainer. “Duncan’s always been so gentle.”

The director sighed. “Well, we’ll have to get another cat. And we won’t be able to shoot any more today. Come with me, Lynda. I’ll get you over to the first aid station.” He sighed again. “Why do these things always happen to me?”

Neal watched Lynda make her way across the floor. Then he turned and started to walk off the set.

“Wait!” It was Lynda’s voice.

Neal looked around.

“He’s hurt, too, Hal,” she told the director, pointing back at Neal.

“All right. Come along with us, young man. I’ll have the doctor...” Hal suddenly frowned. “Who are you?”

“Neal Portis,” Neal said. He tried to smile as he spoke.

“Is that name supposed to mean something to me? Who are you? What do you do here?”

Neal felt his face getting red. “I was just passing by.”

“Passing by? You’re not with the studio?” shouted the director.

“No, sir.”

“How did you get through the gate?”

“I think...well, the man there seems to think I work here.”

“He does, does he? Well I’ll put a stop to...”

“Stop it, Hal,” Lynda broke in. “Please. He didn’t hurt anything. And he did help. He got the cat off me. Can’t you just leave him alone?”

“I should have him kicked out.” Hal shook a finger at Neal. “You’ve no business being here, young man.”

“Hal!”

“OK, OK, Lynda. But I want you out of here, Mr. Portis.”

Neal could hear Lynda’s “Thanks again, Neal” as Hal pulled her through the door.

CHAPTER 2

A PHONE CALL

Neal was reading a book. The Genius of Alfred Hitchcock, when the telephone rang. A few seconds later, his mother called from the hallway. “Neal, it’s for you.”

He lifted the phone from the nearby lamp table. “Hello?”

“Hi. Is this the famous Neal Portis who sneaks onto movie lots and saves people from crazy cats?”

Neal’s heart started pounding hard. “This is him...he.”

“This is Lynda Connors. Too bad your father’s name is William. If it were Andrew, I would’ve gotten to you a lot sooner. Do you know there are about 15 Portis families in Los Angeles who’ve never heard of you?”

Neal laughed.

“Anyway, I wanted to thank you again for getting that cat off me,” Lynda went on.

“How are you doing?”

“I’m going to try out for Return of the Mummy while I still look right for the part.”

“Oh, I’m sorry. I wish I’d been faster.”

“You were great,” said Lynda. “I’m just sorry Hal treated you that way. He can be such a creep. I can get you into the studio tomorrow, though. I made Hal give me a visitor’s pass for you.”

“Hey, terrific!”

“I could have it waiting for you at the front gate tomorrow, or would you rather come over and pick it up?”

“Where?”

“My house.”

“Now?” asked Neal, not believing what he was hearing.

“If you’re not doing anything.”

“Well...yeah. Sure.”

She told him where she lived.

Neal parked in front of Lynda’s home. It wasn’t a huge place, as he had thought it might be. Instead, it was a fairly old, two-story house. As he turned off his car engine, the front door opened.

Lynda came out. She wore jeans and a baggy sweatshirt and carried a purse. Her hair, caught by a breeze, blew away from the left side of her face. Neal saw that her whole cheek was covered with a large, white bandage.

“Hi,” she said as she came up to the car. “I’d ask you in, but my parents are getting ready for a party. They’re running around like chickens with their heads cut off.”

Neal opened the door and got out to stand next to Lynda. For a moment, neither of them spoke.

Then Lynda took a card from her purse. “Here’s the pass,” she said, handing it to Neal.

“Thanks.”

“Now you won’t have to sneak in anymore.” She smiled. “Why do you do that, anyway?”

“It’s like school,” he said.

“What?”

“I’m going to be a director,” Neal explained. “I study film at USC. It’s great, but it’s not like being at a real studio watching a real director at work. So I’ve been sneaking into studios. Fox, Paramount, MGM, all of them. I’ve been doing it since I was 16. Mostly during summer vacation.”

Lynda shook her head and grinned. “You get away with it?”

“Oh, I get kicked out sometimes. But I keep going back. The trick is to look as if you belong there.”

“I’m sure glad you were there today,“ Lynda said.

“Me, too.”

In the light from the streetlamp, Lynda noticed the bandage on the back of his hand. “With these bandages,” she said, “we’re like a matching set.”

“Yeah, but your face was hurt, too. I hope it will be all right.”

“The doctor said there shouldn’t be scars, but I guess I’ll be messed up for a while.”

“And they’re still going ahead with the film?” asked Neal.

“Sure. A delay would cost them too much. They’ll just keep the cat attack in the film to explain the scratches. Hal’s trying to get his hands on a stuffed cat for tomorrow.”

“They ought to stuff Duncan.”

Lynda laughed. “No, he’s a sweet old cat. At least, he has been. I don’t know what got into him. He’s been in lots of movies.”

“Do you want to go to a movie?” The question sprang from Neal’s mouth before he even knew he was asking it.

“You mean tonight?”

“Yes,” he said. His throat felt so tight that he almost didn’t get the word out.

“With you?”

Now Neal couldn’t speak at all. He forced his head to nod.

Lynda looked into his eyes.

Neal thought his face was on fire.

“Great!” she said. “Just hang on. I’d better let Mom and Dad know.” Neal let out a deep breath. He couldn’t believe that he had just asked Lynda Connors for a date.

And he couldn’t believe that she had answered, “Great!”

CHAPTER 3

AT THE MOVIES

On her way out of the house, Lynda grabbed a newspaper. She hurried to the car and climbed in. “You pick,” she said, handing the paper to Neal.

He turned on a light and looked at the movie pages. “How about The Phantom?”

“Haven’t you seen it?” Lynda asked.

“Not often enough. The woman in it is really terrific.”

“You mean Leigh Owens?”

“I mean Lynda Connors,” said Neal with a grin.

“Thank you. But...well, if you really want to see it, OK. I feel kind of funny, though, seeing myself on the screen.”

“We’ll go somewhere else, then.”

“How about a comedy? I don’t feel much like a fright film at the moment.” She leaned over to see the movie pages, and together they found a movie that neither of them had seen. It was playing only a few miles away. Neal started driving. “Don’t you like scary films?” he asked.

“Most of the time I do. But not since I started working on Night of the Witch. It’s just too creepy. It’s a true story, you know.”

“No, I didn’t know that.”

“Yeah. That’s what makes it so bad. I didn’t want to make the film in the first place, but...well, Dad got laid off by the airline. He’s a pilot, and...” She shook her head. “I just didn’t think I should turn down the part, even though I hated it. That Melissa is so awful. She ends up killing her mother.”

“In real life?” Neal asked, stopping for a red light.

“In real life,” Lynda said. “Melissa’s real name is Elizabeth Doyle. They made her name Melissa in the screenplay. I guess she could have sued if they used her real name. Anyway, she was 18 when she killed her mother. Maybe you heard about it. Her picture and the story were in the paper about three years ago.”

Neal shook his head and drove on.

“Well,” Lynda said, “when Elizabeth was tried in court, all this stuff came out about her having strange powers. There were stories that she killed or hurt people she didn’t like by using her powers. None of it was proved, though. They couldn’t even put her away for killing her mother. Not enough evidence.”

“So she just got off?”

“Scot-free.”

“I wonder if she knows you’re making a film about her?”

“Man, I hope not,” Lynda said. “Anyway, it’s no fun playing someone like her. I hate it.”

The movie started as Neal and Lynda bought popcorn and two sodas. But when they went inside, they saw that the theater was almost empty. Lynda was glad about that. Sitting down, she smiled to think that tonight she wouldn’t have anyone’s head in the way of the screen.

She settled into her seat and started on the popcorn.

A woman sat down right in front of Lynda, blocking the screen with her wild blonde hair. Lynda couldn’t believe it. She looked over at Neal.

He shook his head as if to say, “What a jerk.” Then he whispered, “Let’s move over.”

Lynda started to turn. Then, in the low light, she saw a small dark shape crawl out from under a blonde curl of the woman’s hair. Lynda caught her breath. She took hold of Neal’s arm and pulled him down again into the seat. With her mouth close to his ear, she whispered, “Did you see that? There’s a spider in her hair.”

Neal gave Lynda a look that was half frown, half smile. “Are you kidding?” he whispered back.

Lynda pointed.

Neal looked. The spider was still there. They watched it crawl over the woman’s hair.

Neal made a face. Then he looked at Lynda, shook his head, and leaned forward. “Excuse me,” he said to the woman in front of them. “You seem to have a spider in your hair.”

The woman turned around.

Neal jerked back. Lynda dropped her drink. She felt cold all over as she stared at the woman’s face.

It was covered with spiders. They crawled over her lips, her cheeks, her forehead.

“Lynda,” the woman said. “Do not make that film about me.”

Then spiders flew from the woman’s face as if blown by a wind. Lynda had only enough time to shut her eyes and mouth before they fell on her. She wanted to scream but didn’t dare. Instead, she jumped up, knocking the awful crawling things from her face and neck. When most were gone, she opened her eyes and ran. Neal caught up with her in front of the theater. Lynda was shaking as she brushed spiders off her sweatshirt and out of her hair. Neal helped. Then he looked her over. “I think that’s all of them,” he said.

Lynda tried to calm herself down, but her voice was shaky. “It was her,“ she said. “Elizabeth Doyle.”

“Come on. I’d better take you home.”

Together they walked to Neal’s car. “I just can’t believe it,” she said. “How...how did she find us?”

“Maybe she followed us from your place.”

Quickly they both looked around. No one was behind them.

“What’ll I do?” Lynda asked. “This is awful.”

“Maybe you should drop out of the movie.”

“I can’t. I just can’t.”

“Then she might try something else,” Neal said.

They reached the car. Neal checked the back seat before letting Lynda climb in. He hurried to his side.

“Neal?” Lynda said as he started the engine. She sat low on the seat, her arms wrapped around herself as if she were cold. “Do you think Elizabeth also made that cat attack me?”

“I don’t know.”

“Do you think she does have those strange powers?”

“I’ve never believed in that stuff,” said Neal. “But what she did with those spiders...”

“Neal,” said Lynda, “thanks for being there. If you hadn’t seen it too, I’d think I was losing my mind.”

CHAPTER 4

A STUFFED CAT

Neal frowned when he saw Lynda the next morning. The bandage was gone from her face. The scratches on her cheek were bright red, as if they had started bleeding again.

“Don’t worry, it’s just makeup,” she said as she came toward him. “I’m glad you’re here.”

“The pass worked beautifully. How are you feeling?”

“OK, I guess. A little crawly when I think about last night.”

“I almost hoped you wouldn’t be here,” said Neal.

“That I’d stop working on the film? Mom and Dad tried to talk me into that, too. They got pretty worried when I told them what happened.”

“OK, Lynda,” the director called. “You’re on.”

“Right away, Hal,” she called back. Then she turned to Neal. “When I’m done with this scene, I’ll be through for the day. See you then.” She smiled and hurried away.

Neal moved to the side so he could see better. The set, Melissa’s bedroom, was the same as yesterday. He watched Hal talk to Lynda. He smiled when he saw that Hal was holding a stuffed black cat by one leg. The cat hung stiffly at his side. It was stuffed, all right. No funny business today. At least, he hoped not.

Neal looked around. A few women stood at the end of the set. He wished he had been able to see Elizabeth’s face better last night. But he had just seen it in the darkness for a second as the spiders flew off. He only knew for sure that Elizabeth was thin and tall like Lynda. And about 21 years old. None of these women looked like her. So far, so good.

Neal turned his eyes back to the set. Hal, holding the stuffed cat with its mouth to his shoulder, was throwing himself back against the bedroom wall. He screamed in fright as he pretended to fight off the cat. Then he threw it across the floor. “That’s all there is to it,” he told Lynda.

She nodded.

Hal returned to his chair.

“Quiet on the set.”

A young man stepped in front of the camera with a clapper. On it was written “NIGHT OF THE WITCH, SCENE 13 TAKE 2.” The man spoke the words. Then Hal called out, “Action.”

The man clapped down the wooden arm on the board.

Lynda, holding the stuffed cat just as Hal had shown her; cried out and threw herself against the wall. She let out an awful scream. Then she hurled the cat away. It hit the floor hard.

Lynda fell to her knees. Her face was twisted with fright as she stared at the cat.

“Cut!” Hal called as he jumped to his feet. “Beautiful, beautiful! Lovely!”

But Lynda stayed on her knees. Gasping loudly for air, she shook her head wildly.

“You can stop, Lynda,” Hal told her. “That’s all we need. It’s over.”

Suddenly Neal felt a cold knot in his stomach.

He ran to Lynda and pulled her up. She grabbed his arm and looked at him with wide, frightened eyes.

“What happened?” he asked. “Are you OK?”

“It moved!” Lynda cried. “It moved! It tried to bite me!”

CHAPTER 5

WHAT THE FUTURE HOLDS

“Everyone thinks I’m crazy,” Lynda said.

“I don’t,” said Neal.

Sighing, Lynda rolled down the window of Neal’s car. The warm ocean air blew against her face and through her hair. “Maybe I am crazy,” she said. “Maybe I just imagined the cat was...I don’t know.”

“I don’t know, either,” Neal told her. “But if Elizabeth can make spiders jump off her face at you, I guess she could make a stuffed cat try to bite you.”

He drove into the Venice Beach parking lot as he spoke. Then he stopped the car and got out a large straw basket.

“You’re kidding,” said Lynda.

“We’re having a picnic!”

“How did you know I was starving?” asked Lynda as she peeked inside the basket.

“It didn’t take strange powers of the mind to figure out,” said Neal, making her laugh.

Together, they carried the picnic basket down toward the beach through the hot sand. They found a spot away from the crowd and sat down. The sound of the waves and the fresh air made Lynda forget about Elizabeth and spiders and cats. Somehow, the strange things that had happened seemed far away and unreal.

As they ate, Neal talked about himself and his family. Lynda laughed at his jokes and, for the first time in days, she felt almost happy.

When they finished eating, they took a long walk down the beach. Then they headed for Ocean Front Walk.

There, they looked at what was for sale on tables set up beside the street. People were selling clothes, rings, paintings, toys, radios, almost everything. Then they came to a man with roller skates for rent.

“Want to give it a try?” Neal asked.

They got skates from the man and put them on. Lynda stepped onto the street. Neal followed her on shaking legs. “Don’t crash,” she called over her shoulder. She rolled along slowly, being careful not to bump people walking or skating in her way. Other skaters flashed past her. Some danced and did tricks. Finding a clear spot, Lynda spun around in a circle. She stayed on her feet and saw Neal fall on his hands and knees, laughing.

Then she saw the fortune teller.

The old woman was sitting behind a well-used card table. With a red scarf over her hair, large earrings, and a long dress, she really looked the part. She was staring into the crystal ball. Next to the ball was a deck of Tarot cards. And at the front of the table a sign read:

FORTUNES TOLD

LEARN WHAT THE FUTURE HOLDS!

LOVE? MARRIAGE? BUSINESS?

Madame Agatha Tells All!

$10.00

Neal brushed himself off and skated slowly up beside Lynda. “Why don’t you give it a try?” she said to him.

“Give what a try?”

“Have Madame Agatha tell your fortune.”

Neal took a quick look at the old woman. “Thanks, but no thanks.”

“Scared?” Lynda asked, smiling.

“Right. Not that I believe in that stuff. But whatever she’s got to say, I don’t want to hear it. Don’t let me stop you, though.”

“Chicken.”

“That’s me.”

Lynda laughed, but she felt a little funny as she skated up to the table. “I guess I’d like you to tell my fortune,” she said to the old woman.

“Sit down,” Madame Agatha told her.

Lynda sat on a chair and looked into the fortune teller’s clear blue eyes.

The old woman held out a hand. “Cross my palm,” she said.

Lynda put two five dollar bills in her hand. Looking back, she saw that Neal was standing behind her.

“Tarot cards, the crystal ball, or your palm?” the old woman asked in a low voice.

“The ball, I guess.”

Madame Agatha moved closer and stared into the clear glass. After a moment, she said, “I see dark times for you. In the past and in the future. I see animals attacking you.”

Lynda’s heart pounded. “Yes. That has...uh, already happened.”

“You are an actress. Yes. And you are making a movie.”

“That’s right,” Lynda whispered. She wet her dry lips.

“You must stop making that movie. If you do not stop, you will die.”

Lynda jerked her eyes away from the crystal ball. She forced herself to look up at the old woman across the table.

“You will die!” Madame Agatha said again. Then, in a flash, she pulled off her scarf. Her gray hair came off with it, letting her real, blonde hair be seen. Then she started pulling off the old, dry skin from her face.

Lynda couldn’t move. It’s not skin, she thought, it’s makeup. She could only stare at the pretty young face now before her.

“Do not make the film about me, Lynda!” The woman stood up and pushed the card table over on Lynda.

Lynda jumped from her chair, forgetting about her skates. Her feet flew out from under her but Neal caught her from behind.

They both fell.

When Lynda looked up, Madame Agatha—Elizabeth—was gone.

CHAPTER 6

TRAPPED

“I can’t see you tonight,” Lynda said.

The words gave Neal an empty feeling. “What’s wrong?” he asked into the phone.

“It’s my parents. They’re afraid more crazy stuff will happen if I go out.”

“The Pizza Palace would be safe,” he told her.

“They don’t think so. I’m sorry Neal. Really. I tried to talk them out of it.”

“Well...”

“I asked them if you could come over here, but they didn’t go for that, either. They won’t be here, and...”

“You mean they’re leaving you alone?”

“One of Dad’s friends is having a dinner party.”

“They can’t leave you alone!”

“They think I’ll be safe as long as I stay in the house. I’m sorry, Neal. Look, I’ll see you tomorrow at the studio. OK?”

After they hung up, Neal picked up his book, The Genius of Alfred Hitchcock. He tried to read it, but couldn’t. He could only think about Lynda all alone in her house.

Lynda sat in the living room and stared at the television. She missed Neal. She had really been looking forward to going out with him.

Whatever made her parents think that she was safer here, alone, than at the crowded Pizza Palace with Neal? Did they think Elizabeth hadn’t already found out where she lived?

That thought gave her the creeps.

She decided to phone Neal again. Even though he couldn’t come over, she would feel better if she just talked to him.

She called his number.

“Hello?” his father said.

“Hi. This is Lynda. May I please speak to Neal?”

Neal’s father didn’t say anything for a moment. Then he said, “Do you mean he’s not there? He left here an hour ago. He said he was on his way over to your house.”

Lynda closed her eyes. “He’s not here,” she said.

“That’s strange.” Mr. Portis sounded worried.

“Yes. It is. Well...if he shows up, I’ll have him give you a call.”

“Yes. Please do.”

Lynda hung up the phone. For a moment, she frowned at the television. Then she walked across the living room and looked out the front window. She stared through the darkness outside the house.

Then she let out a long breath.

Neal’s car was parked across the street. She could see his dark shape behind the wheel.

He’s worried about me, she thought. He’s so worried he came over to make sure everything was all right.

Grinning, she rushed to the front door. She started to turn the lock. It wouldn’t move. She pulled on the door handle. She tried the lock again. The door wouldn’t open.

Elizabeth?

The thought made her skin crawl.

Whirling around, she ran into the kitchen. She grabbed at the back door handle. As it came off in her hands, the lights went out.

Neal, watching from his car, saw the house go dark. Only minutes ago, the voice on his car radio had given the time as 9:00 P.M.

It seemed pretty early for Lynda to be going to bed.

And why would she turn off the porch light? After all, her parents were still out.

It seemed very strange.

Neal waited for light to fill one of the upstairs windows.

They all stayed dark.

Something is wrong, he thought. Sick with worry, he threw open the car door and raced across the street.

Lynda ran through the dark house. If only she could reach the front door and call out to Neal!

But how could he get in? The doors were locked for him, too. And all the downstairs windows were locked.

I’m trapped in here, Lynda thought, and Neal can’t help me. Not this time.

But if she could call out to him...

She was halfway across the living room, rushing past the dark shape of a low table, when something caught her hair. She cried out as her head snapped back. She fell, crashing against the floor.

A face came down close to her own.

“You didn’t listen to me, Lynda. So now you will die.”

Lynda tried to lift her head, but her hair was pinned down—probably by Elizabeth’s knee.

“Please,” Lynda gasped. “Don’t. They’ll make the movie anyway. They’ll just...find someone else to play the part.”

“The picture will not be made.”

Lynda could just make out the woman’s hand beginning to rise. It held a large knife.

“No!” Lynda screamed. She hit Elizabeth in the side as hard as she could. As Elizabeth fell over, Lynda rolled out from under her. Then she pushed herself to her feet and ran to the stairway. She dashed up them, taking three at a time.

“You can’t get away from me!” Elizabeth cried out. From the sound of her voice, she wasn’t far behind.

Lynda got to the top of the stairs. She raced to her bedroom. As she got to it, she looked back. Elizabeth was rushing toward her. Quickly Lynda ran inside and locked the door. Spinning around, she picked up her desk chair. She rushed to the window and threw the chair against it. The glass exploded. The chair flew out and fell through the night.

In the silence that followed, she heard the lock click and give way. Lynda looked back. Her door suddenly swung open. Elizabeth stood there, the knife still in her hand.

Lynda climbed onto the window sill and stared at the dark lawn below. It looked like a long way down.

But it was better to jump and risk a broken leg—or worse—than to face Elizabeth.

Just then she heard footsteps rushing up behind her.

She jumped.

A hand grabbed her right ankle. It stopped her fall. She swung down and slammed against the outside wall of the house.

“You can’t get away from me!” Elizabeth cried.

Lynda hung upside down below the window, yelling. She tried to grab the wall as Elizabeth started to pull her up. “No!” she shouted. Then, with her free foot, she kicked the hand that held her.

Elizabeth yelled and let her go.

Lynda dropped head-first toward the ground. As she fell, she caught sight of someone running toward her across the grass.

Neal slammed into her shoulder. The block knocked her sideways, and smashed Neal to the ground.

Neal gasped for air. Lynda had landed on top of him, knocking the wind out of him. He felt her pull herself off him.

“Are you OK?” she asked.

“I...think so.” The grass was wet. He pushed himself to his hands and knees. “How about you?”

“Nothing broken, I think.”

She helped him stand up. On the ground nearby, the moonlight played on pieces of broken chair and glass.

“Are you cut?” Neal asked.

“I don’t think so.

“Me neither. We were lucky.”

“I’ll say. Elizabeth...she...”

Lynda and Neal quickly looked up at the high bedroom window. No one was there.

“Come on. Let’s get out of here,” said Neal. “We’ll go to my house and call the police from there.”

They ran to Neal’s car. Just before they reached it, Lynda looked back over her shoulder at the house. She gasped.

Neal turned around. The house lights were on again. The front door stood open.

Then, as they stared, a black cat came slowly out. It stopped on the porch and began to rub its head against the railing. Finally, it sat down, its long tail curled behind it.

“Let’s go,” Neal whispered.

They climbed into his car. The cat bared its teeth and hissed as Neal and Lynda sped away.

CHAPTER 7

FUNERAL HOME

The next morning, Neal knocked on Lynda’s dressing room door. “It’s me,” he called.

“Come on in.”

He walked into the small room. Lynda was wearing cut-off jeans and an orange shirt. She smiled up at him in the mirror. Her bandages were gone. She was putting on her makeup. “How are you doing?” he asked.

“I feel like I was hit by a car.”

“I feel a little run down, myself.”

She laughed, but there was a worried look in her eyes.

“I wish you would quit,” Neal said.

“If I did, they’d just get another actress. Then Elizabeth would go after her. Besides, I’m mad now. If she thinks she can scare me off from making this film, she can forget it.”

“But—” Neal started in.

Lynda made a point of closing the subject by turning her back on Neal. She crossed the room and took a black dress down from where it hung on the wall. “How do you like this?” she asked brightly.

“I’m not crazy about black,” Neal answered.

“I’m not, either. But today Melissa is visiting a funeral home. She’s paying her respects to that kid she supposedly killed.”

“The one who crashed his motorcycle?”

“That’s the one.” She put a black veil over her face. “Cute, huh?”

“Real cute.”

Lynda let out a long sigh. “Well, you’d better get out of here, now. I have to change.”

Neal nodded. “See you on the set,” he told her and left.

When he got to the sound stage, props were being set up. Cameras and lights were being moved into place. He looked at the women who were putting things into place. They were the same ones he had seen the day before. He saw no strangers, no one who might be Elizabeth.

Still, he worried.

Then he noticed a wooden casket resting on a table in the middle of the stage. Red curtains hung behind it. Neal stared at the casket. He pictured Elizabeth hiding inside it—waiting to jump out.

Carefully, he stepped over wires and walked onto the stage. He stopped beside the casket. Looking around, he saw that no one was watching him. Quickly, he raised the lid.

Elizabeth was not there.

But a knife was—stuck through a picture of Lynda.

Neal felt an icy chill crawl over his skin.

She’s here, he thought. Elizabeth is heresomeplace.

He pulled the knife out. Then he took the picture of Lynda and put it in his pocket. He closed the casket. As he left the stage, he looked around again at every face he saw.

He didn’t see Elizabeth.

Quietly he dropped the knife into a nearby wastebasket.

“Perfect,” Hal said. “You look the part, Lynda.”

Neal turned just in time to see Lynda walking past a camera. She nodded at Hal, then turned her head toward Neal. With the veil over her face, he couldn’t see if she looked nervous or if she was smiling. He watched as she lifted the long black dress above her ankles and stepped onto the stage.

From the chair, Hal spoke to her. “This should be a piece of cake, Lynda. No cats on the set.” He laughed. Then he went on. “After you open the casket, I want you to look into it for a while, as if you’re really sad.”

Neal rolled his eyes. He was very glad he had taken the knife and picture out of the casket.

“Then turn around slowly and face the camera,” Hal went on. “Pull off your veil and start laughing. Just a little laugh at first, but build it up until you’re laughing like crazy. You’re crazy. A real case for the funny farm. Laugh like one. Got it?”

The veiled face nodded.

“OK,” Hal called. “Quiet on the set?”

She stood with her back to the camera. Neal watched her instead of the man with the clapper.

“Action,” Hal said.

Slowly she walked toward the casket. She raised its lid. Then, suddenly, she whirled around.

“No, no, no!” Hal shouted. “Cut! That was all wrong! You’re supposed to...”

She pulled the veil way from her face.

Neal felt his legs go weak.

The woman in the black dress was not Lynda. It was Elizabeth.

“You shall not make this film!” she screamed.

Lynda opened her eyes. She was lying face down on the floor, less than a yard from her side, was a coiled rattlesnake.

Lynda froze. She didn’t dare breathe.

The rattlesnake looked huge. The sight of it staring at her made her skin crawl.

Elizabeth, she thought. Elizabeth did this.

Then she thought, if I don’t move, maybe it won’t strike.

But she couldn’t lie there forever. She looked away, hunting with her eyes for a weapon. The wire hanger that had held her dress lay on the floor within reach.

I wonder where the dress is, Lynda thought. Then she knew. Elizabeth must have taken it. She must have put it on and gone over to the set. What would she do once she got there?

The others had to be warned.

Neal!

She looked at the hanger again. It wouldn’t be much good as a weapon. But her dressing-table chair wasn’t far away. If she could get to it she could use it to...

Slowly, Lynda got to her hands and knees, keeping her eyes on the big snake. The noise of the snake’s rattle grew in her ears.

Quickly she sprang for the chair.

The snake shot toward her. Lynda threw her arm out and did her best to block it.

Neal stared at the woman in black. What had she done to Lynda?

He started to run toward Lynda’s dressing room. But at that moment, Hal jumped up from his chair. “Who are you?” he yelled at the woman. “Get out of—”

Before Hal could finish speaking a huge camera shot across the floor on its rollers. Hal jumped out of its way, falling over his chair. The big camera smashed into a light stand. The light fell and exploded against the floor.

Then the curtains on the wall behind the casket flew up into the air. They waved high above the stage. They tore loose from their rods and whirled over everyone.

People began to yell and scream. Some ran away. Others stood still, staring as the curtains whirled around a big light and slammed it to the floor.

The other curtain dropped onto a stagehand who had dared to run at Elizabeth. It covered him, and he fell to the floor.

“Fire!” someone yelled.

Neal saw a blazing curtain uncurl itself from the light it had smashed. It started to rise from the floor. The people near it ran away.

But Neal raced to the burning curtain. He stepped on a corner to hold it down. With his other foot, he tried to stamp out the flames. Then suddenly the curtain whirled around him. It held him tightly, leaving only his legs free. With all the power he had, Neal ran toward Elizabeth.

The wild, excited look on her face turned to fear as Neal threw himself against her. He knocked her backward. Her head crashed against the casket. As he fell down on top of her, he felt the curtain come loose. He struggled off her onto the floor and rolled away, trying to put out his burning clothes.

Then he heard a loud noise and felt a blast of cold on his back.

Hal, standing above him, kept spraying with the fire extinguisher even after the flames were out.

Then Hal rushed to the other blaze. He pointed the extinguisher at Elizabeth’s burning body.

But nothing happened.

Hal turned to Neal. “It’s empty,” he said.

CHAPTER 8

NIGHT OF THE WITCH

“The last time we came to this theater...,” Neal began. But Lynda made a face as they moved to the end of the line.

“I don’t want to think about the last time,” she said. “Yuck!”

“It doesn’t seem like that long ago, though, does it?” Neal asked. “But it’s almost a year.”

“It seems like last night.”

A young girl waiting ahead of them stared at Lynda. Her eyes opened wide. Then she turned and whispered to a friend. They both looked back, then whispered some more.

Lynda smiled at the two girls. They walked right up to her.

“Hey,” said the one who had first spotted Lynda. “Is that you?”

“It’s me, all right.”

“Lynda Connors?”

She nodded.

“Wow! I’ve seen Might of the Witch three times already. It’ll be four after tonight. It’s so creepy!”

“Is all that stuff true?” the girl asked. “About how the real Melissa tried to kill you and everything?”

Lynda nodded.

“Did you really get bitten by a rattlesnake?” asked the other.

“She almost died,” Neal said.

Lynda squeezed his hand. “This is my friend, Neal.”

“Are you the guy that killed that crazy lady?”

“Well, I knocked Elizabeth down,” Neal told her. “She was killed by the fire she started.”

“Wow! They should make a movie about all that! Wouldn’t that be neat? You two could star in it and play yourselves!”

Lynda shook her head. “I don’t think so,” she said.

“Would you mind if I took a picture of you two?” one of the girls asked.

“Not at all,” said Lynda.

The first girl took a small camera out of her very large purse. She stepped back and looked through it. “OK. Man, this’ll be great. Say ‘cheese.’ Now...wait a minute. There’s something moving in the picture. Hey, it’s a black cat. Get out of here. Shoo!”

Lynda looked at Neal. Together, they turned around. A big black cat sat up on a window sill behind them. It rubbed its head with its paw. Then it looked at them with bright green eyes.

“Oh no!” Lynda gasped. “It couldn’t be...”

“No, it couldn’t,” Neal said. But his hand tightened on hers. They both watched as the cat jumped down from the window and walked away up the street.

“OK. I’m ready,” the girl with the camera was calling to them. “Say ‘cheese,’ will you?”

“She’s right,” Lynda said to Neal. “This is a time for happy pictures.”

She put one arm around Neal, and they both turned back to face the camera.

“Cheese,” they said and smiled.

by ED GORMAN

Originally Published in Mystery Scene July/August 1995

EG: Tell us about Quake, which is now available over here.

RL: An excellent description of Quake was provided in the British periodical Time Out. The reviewer wrote, “LA is hit by the big one, but instead of giving us a standard disaster scenario, Laymon sets up a wicked female-in-peril situation as the earthquake provides a perfect opportunity for pervy Stanley to get his hands on a woman trapped in the ruins of her home. In the aftershock chaos, can her blinded husband and daughter reach the house before she is attacked? There’s enough cat-and-mouse suspense here to leave your nails in shreds.” (By the way, the daughter isn’t blinded—R.L.)

A reviewer for the Manchester Evening News wrote, “It’s a catalogue of horrors that makes Nightmare on Elm Street look as cosy as Coronation Street.”

Quake was inspired by my own earthquake experiences. I’ve been in three large earthquakes (and too many smaller ones to count), but the idea for Quake came to me in the wake of the Whittier shaker of 1987. When it hit, I was alone in a second-story law office in Glendale, not far from the epicenter. I was also about thirty miles from my home in west Los Angeles. After the quake ended, my only concern was getting home to my wife and daughter. Not knowing the extent of the damage, I was terrified for their safety.

I took that experience, magnified the size of the quake, created a bunch of characters, threw in my perceptions of modern Los Angeles civilization (or lack thereof), and presented my own version of how things might be for a family trying to survive—and save each other—after a major quake has broken down not only the walls of the city, but the rules of decent behavior.

In other words, LAPD is shut down and people are left to fend for themselves.

This book was nearly finished when the big quake hit us on January 17, 1994. The manuscript, a stack of about 500 loose pages, was sitting on a wobbly TV tray in my home office. Our chimney separated itself from the house, bookshelves toppled, televisions hit the floor, the refrigerator and stove marched across the kitchen, cupboards emptied themselves onto floors, a window broke, walls cracked, our fireplace collapsed...and after it was all over, I discovered the loose manuscript pages of Quake still neatly stacked on the wobbly TV tray as if nothing had happened.

EG: Quake has all the virtues and none of the vices of too many bestsellers. Big cast, big theme, yet it keeps the voice and viewpoint that make all your books so solid. Were you aiming for a larger audience?

RL: Was I aiming for a larger audience? Not consciously. For the most part, I was just trying to write a book that would please myself, my agent and editor, my friends, and my fans.

In the United Kingdom, all my books have a large audience. Over here, however, none of them since The Cellar has been given enough distribution to have a chance at a large audience.

So, in a way, there seems to be no point in “aiming for a larger audience.” There is a vast potential audience in this country for plenty of writers, including you and me, but the audience isn’t likely to notice any book that isn’t given a large push, at the outset, by a publisher with clout. If it doesn’t get The Big Push, it’ll die on the shelves, mostly unseen and unbought.

My book Savage seemed like a novel with fairly large sales potential. It’s a very unusual book, sort of about an English Huck Finn hunting down Jack the Ripper in the American West, told from the boy’s point of view in a brand new language that mixes British idiom and old American slang. I figured Savage should appeal to mystery fans, western readers, horror fans, plus anyone who enjoys a large, mainstream adventure novel. Add all the Jack the Ripper buffs, and the thing could’ve been a smash.

But it got little or no publicity, a small printing, and very little distribution. In effect, the hordes of people I envisioned falling in love with my book never had a chance to know it exists.

The same goes (to a lesser degree) for The Stake, which I figured had a lot going for it. As vampire novels go, The Stake seemed to have huge mainstream potential.

But it didn’t get the Push.

So...I might as well have written a trite little genre potboiler, for all the difference it made in terms of distribution and sales in the U.S.

Those experiences have given me the idea that “aiming for a larger audience” is a waste of time. No book, no matter how good, has a chance of reaching a large audience unless the publisher SEES the book’s value.

Which makes a nice segue into the next subject. As opposed to what happened in the U.S., The Stake and Savage both did extremely well in Great Britain. (And continue to sell over there, since my entire backlist is in print in the U.K.) The first U.K. printing of Savage went so fast that it’s now a collector’s item here in the States. I’ve heard of people selling copies for $175.00.

EG: Can you explain why you’re now a major name in England but aren’t nearly as well known in your home country over here?

RL: My agent, Bob Tanner, had a lot to do with it. He helped me find publishers who love my stuff and know how to sell it.

Here, we’ve never had such luck.

My British publisher once told me, “We don’t publish books, we publish authors.”

In that one sentence is the heart of the difference.

The author, here, is generally treated like crap. I know of one U.S. editor who said, “Why should I give Laymon $10,000 for a book when I can pull Joe Blow off the street and pay him $2,000?”

Cute, huh?

Do I sound a little annoyed?

I am. I shouldn’t be angry for myself, though. Thanks to England and all the REST of the world, I make an excellent living as a writer. But I resent that, because of what I see as the stupidity of many American editors, there are great numbers of people in the U.S. who are missing out on my books. (Even my American fans resent it. They have to spend twice as much money, or more, because so much of my work is only available in British editions.)

The real shame, however, is that bunches of American writers have to depend for their livelihoods on American publishers.

Plenty of U.S. publishers pay $2,000 to $5,000 for a novel. Very few writers can get more than $10,000-$15,000 for a single book. Which means that most writers are paid so miserably by American publishers that they would need to write four or five books a year (if not ten) to even reach the poverty level established by the U.S. government.

If that isn’t enough of a disgrace, few actually PAY the money on time. They have to be brow-beaten before they’ll put a check in the mail—and THEN many U.S. literary agents will keep the check for a few MORE months, apparently using it to cover gambling losses, or God knows what.

Which may all sound like wild exaggerations—except to those of your readers who are writers. I don’t know a single pro who hasn’t been shafted time and again by U.S. publishers. I also know quite a few writers who’ve noticed how wonderful, by comparison, the British publishers are.

For a writer, being published by a company such as Headline in England is like “Dying and going to heaven.” Also not an exaggeration. I have letters from a few writers who’ve used that actual expression.

A bit more than you probably bargained for, Ed, when you asked me that one.

EG: You seem to have started out as more of a mystery-crime writer than anything else.

RL: My first sale was to Ellery Queen’s Mystery Magazine. I subsequently sold several stories to EQMM, Alfred Hitchcock’s Mystery Magazine, and Mike Shayne’s Mystery Magazine. This was back in the 1970s. There were no good markets for short horror stories (other than a couple of men’s magazines) so I concentrated on the mystery magazines. They were each buying more than a dozen new stories each month.

My stories from that period were reprinted in my collection A Good, Secret Place. Though these early stories were published in “mystery” magazines, readers will probably find them to be a trifle quirky. Many of the stories contain elements of the grotesque and bizarre. I pushed things about as far as I could within the rather straight-laced boundaries of those magazines.

Once I moved on to writing horror stories for anthologies in the 1980s, my short fiction became a lot more liberated. I was able to write stories that have the same “voice” as my novels.

As an aside, I do think that there is a lot of overlap between crime fiction and horror fiction. The Silence of the Lambs is the example everyone cites. But I think it would be difficult to find a noir or hardboiled crime novel that doesn’t have elements of horror. Of course, I see horror everywhere. I think Lonesome Dove is a horror novel. (And it was part of my inspiration for writing Savage.)

EG: You seem to fit most comfortably in the category of “Dark suspense”-crime fiction that is not a whodunit, horrific fiction without a supernatural element. Is that a fair description?

RL: Pretty fair. Thinking about the subject, I find that I seem to be writing three different kinds of novels. One batch has strong supernatural elements: The Cellar, Beware!, Beast House, Resurrection Dreams, One Rainy Night, Flesh, and Darkness, Tell Us. Others treat a middle ground in which the supernatural is down played or merely hinted at: Tread Softly, Funland Blood Games, The Stake, In the Dark. But quite a few of them are straight, without any supernatural whatsoever: Out Are the Lights, Allhallow’s Eve, Night Show, Alarms, Midnight’s Lair, Savage, Endless Night, Quake, and my forthcoming Island.

Even when the supernatural does rear its head in my books, it is usually more of a catalyst—a device to trigger the conflict—than a major focus of the story.

I don’t worry much about whether or not one of my stories contains elements of the supernatural. If I come up with what I think is a nifty concept, I’ll give it a whirl.

With or without elements of the supernatural, all my books end up containing pretty much the same blend of other elements—what you define as “Richard Laymon World” in a later question.

EG: Following your first bestseller, The Cellar, you went through some rough times, right?

RL: Right. Here in the States, my career has never recovered. The Cellar, sold well over 200,000 copies and ended up on the B. Dalton bestseller list for a month.

But my second book, The Woods Are Dark, flopped. That flop ruined me here. They dumped me like a bad meal. Nobody here would touch my stuff for several years. At one point, a major editor at Berkley was all set to make an offer for two or three of my books, but the deal went south when their sales people checked with my former publisher. As recently as a couple of years ago, a possible sale to another publisher was killed because of what had happened at the old publisher more than a decade earlier; one of their people was working at the old publisher at the time The Woods are Dark didn’t sell up to expectations.

The bright side of my career in the U.S. aside from my fans, my reputation, and the collectors, is that I’ve found a pretty good home, for now, with Thomas Dunne at St. Martin’s Press. So far, I haven’t gotten much of a push there—but they are publishing my books regularly in hardbound, and the books are finding their way into the stores.

In fact, the St. Martin’s hardbounds turn up in larger quantities, for the most part, than my paperbacks.

My association with Thomas Dunne and St. Martin’s is the best relationship I’ve ever had with a U.S. publisher. I’m still waiting, however, for a U.S. publisher to decide one of my books is worth “getting behind.”

EG: You’re one of only a few writers, including Dean Koontz, who use humor to enhance the terror in your books. Most writers seem afraid to try that.

RL: Ed, please. That stuff wasn’t supposed to be funny.

The deal is, I like it when a book makes me smile or laugh. I like it when people make me laugh.

My feeling about fiction, regardless of the genre, is that it is meant to be a representation of life. I want my books to give a whole spectrum of experiences to my readers. Not just fear or terror or revulsion, but excitement, laughter, pain, sorrow, desire, etc.

Most of all, I like to surprise them.

EG: There’s not a “Richard Laymon World” literary theme park: white middle-class people who struggle, and sometimes perish, in a world so violent they can no longer comprehend it. There are great moments of humor, of tenderness, of sex, but there is almost never any respite from the sense of dread they all seem to feel. Is that a fair description?

RL: I would add that in my “World,” people are very often the authors of their own destruction. They may fall victim to temptation—or make a simple, grave mistake.

“For want of a nail, the shoe was lost...” is a big part of my fictional world.

Somebody gets careless.

Another aspect of my World: the bad stuff is generally perpetrated by people who are evil—not misunderstood.

And my protagonists meet evil with violence.

Usually the cops aren’t around, so normal, everyday citizens have to defend themselves or perish.

When I do have cops in my novels, they are always the good guys. They are the “thin blue line” that guards the gates of civilization against the barbarians.

A major theme underlying Quake is this: look what happens when the L.A.P.D. is put out of action. Chaos. We got a very small taste of it back in 1992, and Quake shows the possible results on a much larger scale.

EG: Describe your average working day.

RL: My average working day hit the skids when I started to watch the O.J. Simpson trial.

Normally, however, I get up and read for an hour or so. I’ll write from about 8:30 to 11:30 a.m., then have lunch, watch some news on TV, maybe read for a while and/or take a brief nap. Then I’ll return to my word processor at about 1:00 and continue writing until 3:00 or 4:00 p.m. Then I’ll quit for the day, read, and drink a couple of beers before dinner.

It’s a pretty loose schedule.

I might take a day off in the middle of the week and go to a movie or a mall.

I’ll usually work at least one full day each weekend.

My main goal is to write at least 30 pages per week on my novel. I’m very pleased when I go over 30, and delighted when I hit 50.

The main thing that messes up my schedule is travel. I generally spend about eight weeks per year away from home on various trips. They’re great for research, but they sure do interrupt my writing.

The great quantity of free time—and freedom in general—is one of the wonderful perks of being a writer.

EG: What are you working on presently? Do you see any big changes coming in your career?

RL: My next novel, to be published by Headline in June, is Island. It’s a contemporary suspense/adventure story in which a small group of people on a yachting trip gets marooned on an uninhabited tropical island.

It was inspired by Gilligan.

The most unusual feature of Island is that the entire novel consists of journal entries made by one of the castaways.

He got marooned with lots of paper. I’m joking, but not lying. People will need to read the book if they want to see how the guy found the time and supplies to write such an extensive journal.

Big changes in my career? I’m not planning on any major new directions in my writing. Things are obviously changing, though. I seem to grow more willing, all the time, to take big chances with my fiction. My philosophy is, “go for it.” If I blow it, I blow it. But I’d rather take a big risk, and fail, than find myself writing the same book again and again, just to be safe.

I’m actually allowed to feel that way because I know that Headline and my readers are on my side, rooting for me, and eager for more.

Originally Published in Cemetery Dance #25, 1996

HARLOTTE, WHO WENT by Charlie, was thirteen and a very brave girl who thought of herself as a tomboy. She also thought of herself as an explorer of territories unknown, as a teen detective, and as a crusader against injustice. She thought of her bicycle as a stallion named Speedy, and she thought that she had an invisible friend named Herman who went everywhere with her and who would, against any and all odds, keep her from harm.

She was a very imaginative girl.

But not completely out of touch with reality.

She knew trouble when she saw it.

When the car sped toward her from the rear, she pulled way over to the edge of the road. She flinched when it raced by, engine roaring, radio blasting, guy yelling out the passenger window at her, “Eat me!”

The car, an old blue Mustang, zoomed past her so quickly that she didn’t get a chance to see who was inside.

A couple of jerks, that’s all Charlie knew for sure.

Her left hand let go of Speedy’s handlebar.

She jabbed at the noon sky with her upraised, stiff middle finger.

Ahead of her, the car braked.

That’s when she knew she was in trouble.

She muttered, “Uh-oh,” skidded to a stop and caught the pavement with her feet.

Holding Speedy between her legs, she looked over her shoulder. The road was a sunlit strip of pavement bordered by bright green forest. All the way back to the bend, its lanes were empty.

She looked forward. The only car in that direction was the Mustang.

It began backing slowly toward her.

“Oh, man,” she muttered. “Now I’ve done it.”

She glanced from side to side as if checking the woods for an escape route. Then she faced the Mustang.

About twenty feet in front of her, it stopped. The doors opened and two young men stepped out. What with school, church, the band and choir and softball team and her general roamings about the town of Maplewood and the county in general, Charlie knew just about everyone who lived in the vicinity. These guys were strangers to her.

They looked the right age to be high school drop-outs. Both of them wore T-shirts, blue jeans and cowboy boots. The driver looked scrawny and mean. He had a cigarette pinched between his lips, but it wasn’t lighted. The passenger looked fat and mean. He was chewing on something.

At the rear of the Mustang, they stopped. They both stared at Charlie. Then they gave each other a smirk.

Look what we got here.

The scrawny one flicked his Bic and lit up.

“Hi, guys,” Charlie said. “What’s up?”

“Your number,” the fat one said. His voice sounded mushy through the mouthful of whatever he was chewing.

“I guess that was supposed to be cute,” she said.

“What’re you doing on our road?” the scrawny one asked.

“This isn’t your road. This is a public road, State Highway 63 as a matter of fact, and I have every right to use it.”

“Wrong.”

“Dead wrong,” added the fat guy.

Charlie looked over her shoulder again.

“Who you looking for back there?” the scrawny one asked. “John Wayne?”

“Dead,” said the fat one.

“The Seventh Cavalry?”

“Dead.”

“Batman?”

“Dead.”

“Is not,” Charlie said.

“Might as well be,” the scrawny one said, “for all the good he’s gonna do you.”

“You’re up Shit Creek,” said the fat one, “and we’re the shit.”

“Shut up, Tom,” the skinny one said.

Tom scowled like a kid scolded by his father. Then he started to swallow whatever he’d been chewing. The swallowing seemed to take a lot of effort.

While he worked on it, Charlie said, “Look, I’m sorry I flipped you guys off. I mean, not that you didn’t sort of have it coming. Him, anyhow. Tom. It’s not exactly nice manners to shout at me like he did. I mean, eat me? That’s a really crude thing to say to someone, especially a total stranger. So I like lost my temper. But I’m sorry. Okay?”

“Okay,” the scrawny one said.

But they didn’t turn around and head for their car. They just stayed put, and kept staring at her.

“Can I go now?” Charlie asked.

“What’s your name?” the skinny one asked.

“Why do you want to know?”

He darted the cigarette at her. She flinched. Before she had a chance to dodge it, the lighted tip poked softly against the front of her pink T-shirt, just below her shoulder. It made a circle of ash the size of a pencil eraser. As the cigarette fell, she brushed at the gray dot and said, “Nice going. Jeez. Real nice.”

“What’s your name?”

“Charlie.”

“That’s a boy name,” Tom said.

“You a boy?” asked the other.

“She ain’t a boy,” Tom said.

“May I go now?” she asked the scrawny one. He seemed to be in charge. “Please?”

“Say pretty please with sugar.”

“Pretty please with sugar.”

Tom suddenly got an urgent, happy look on his face. He leaned in close to his friend’s side, cupped a hand by his mouth as if he was afraid Charlie might be a lip-reader, and whispered something. At the end of his message, he faced her, folded his arms across his huge chest, and grinned.

The other one spoke. “Tom wants you to pull up your shirt.”

For a few seconds, Charlie just stood there, staring at them and holding her bike up. Then she said, “Tom can blow it out his kazoo.”

Tom lost his grin. “Make her do it, Bill.”

“If you do it,” Bill said, “maybe we’ll let you go.”

She shook her head. “I’d better warn you guys, you’d better let me go or you’ll be really really sorry.”

“Just do like we...”

“No!” she suddenly snapped. “Now go away and leave me alone!”

“All we wanta do is get a little look at your tits. What’s the big deal?”

“Maybe she’s shamed of ‘em,” Tom said. “Seeing as how they’re so teeny.”

“You’d better just get out of here.” She glanced over her shoulder again.

“Nobody’s coming,” Bill pointed out. “Not yet. And if a car just should happen to come along, it won’t do you any good. Nobody’s gonna help you.”

“I’m warning you. Get back in your car and go away! You might think we’re all by ourselves out here, but you’d be wrong. You see what kind of bike this is?”

“What about it?” Bill asked.

“It’s a bicycle-built-for-two.”

“So what?”

“What does that tell you?” she asked.

“That you’re some kind of a fuckin’ dweeb,” fat Tom said, and grinned. “Nobody but a dweeb goes around by herself on a bike like that.”

“That’s ‘cause I’m not by myself.”

“Yeah, right,” Tom said.

“Herman’s with me.”

“Yeah, right.”

“Herman?” Bill asked.

“He’s my best friend. And he’s so big and strong you wouldn’t believe it. He makes Arnold Schwartzneggar look like a weenie.”

Bill and Tom grinned at each other.

“I’m scared,” Bill said. “Are you scared?”

“I’m petrified,” Tom said. He raised his open hands and fluttered his fingers and said, “Ooooooo, I’m so scared! Look at me! I’m shaking!”

Bill, the skinny one, didn’t seem so amused. He said, “What’s your friend’s name? Helen?”

“Herman.”

“And he’s, like, your riding companion on this two-seater?”

“That’s right.”

“Well, shit. I don’t see him.”

Tom broke out laughing. His huge belly shook and wobbled. He slapped Bill on the back a couple of times.

“Knock it off,” Bill told him. To Charlie, he said, “How big is this Herman of yours?”

“Real big. He’s almost seven feet tall.”

“That is big. So how come I can’t see him?”

“Because.”

“Oh, because.” He glanced at Tom. “That explains it.”

Tom laughed some more, but he kept his hand off Bill’s back.

“Nobody can see him,” Charlie explained.

“Oh, I get it. You mean he’s invisible.”

“That’s right.”

“Now I’m really scared.”

“I’m so scared I’m gonna shit!” Tom blurted, and did a little dance as if he were trying to hold it in.

“You won’t think it’s so funny if you try anything with me. He’ll rip you guys from limb to limb.”

“Oh, yeah?” Bill looked at Tom. “You stay here, I’ll take care of him.” Then he came forward, strutted past Charlie, and halted beside the second set of handlebars. She twisted around to watch him. “All right, Herman, give me your best shot.” He stuck out his chin.

Charlie said, “Herman isn’t there.”

Looking at her, Bill lifted his eyebrows. “Really? You wouldn’t be kidding me, would you?” He reached out and patted the leather seat. “You’re right. Darn! I was so looking forward to meeting him.”

“Me, too,” Tom said.

“So, where is this Herman of yours?”

“He got off when we stopped.”

“You mean, he was here but now he’s not?”

“That’s right.”

“Where is he?”

“Close enough to take care of you guys if you don’t leave me alone.”

“How do you know that?” Tom asked. “You can’t see him?” He sounded pleased, as if he’d outsmarted her.

“I just know,” Charlie said. “He’s right here, and he’s waiting for you guys to try something funny, and then he’s gonna lambast you like you wouldn’t believe.”

Bill shook his head slowly from side to side. “Aren’t you kind of like too old to have a make-believe friend?”

“He isn’t make-believe.”

Behind her, Tom said, “Betcha it’s that Snuffleupagus.”

She faced Tom and said, “His name is Herman.”

“Yeah, right.”

“And he’s gonna rip us limb from limb if we try to mess with you?”

She twisted around to face Bill again. “That’s right. He’s not just my best friend, he’s my bodyguard. And you’d better let me go right now. All I’ve gotta do is give him the signal, and...”

“So give it,” Bill said.

“Don’t make me. You’ll regret it. I’m warning you. You’d better just go...”

Bill rammed his hand against the front of her left shoulder. The blow twisted her toward him and knocked her clear backward. She gasped, “Yah!” and tried to hop clear off her bicycle. The saddle caught the back of her left thigh. Crying out and flapping her arms, she fell. She slammed the pavement. The bike crashed down on her right leg.

She yelled “Ow!”

“Ooo, nasty fall,” Bill said.

He hurried around to the other side of the bike, grabbed one of Charlie’s arms, and dragged her clear. Then he hoisted her to her feet. “Get rid of the bike,” he said to Tom.

“Don’t you dare!” Charlie snapped. “Leave it alone, you big ox!”

“Fuck you, babe.”

“You won’t be needing it,” Bill told her.

“What’m I sposed to do with it?” Tom asked.

“Take it off into the trees. Throw it someplace. Just so nobody can see it from the road here.”

“Right.” Tom hitched up his drooping jeans, then bent down and lifted the bicycle-built-for-two onto its tires. Holding the front set of handlebars, he rolled Speedy to the edge of the road and into the woods.

Charlie watched it go.

When it was out of sight, she tried to break free from Bill’s grip.

“Knock it off,” he warned.

She kicked him in the shin.

He decked her.

She was still sprawled on her back, moaning, when Tom returned from concealing her bike.

“What’d you do to her?” Tom asked.

“Gave her a taste of my famous knuckle sandwich.”

Tom scowled. “You gotta not do that sort of stuff when I can’t watch.”

“Don’t worry, you didn’t miss much. Tell you what, I’ll pull the car off the road, and you can stay with her. Maybe take her into the trees over there.”

“Hey, great.” He clapped his hands a couple of times, then headed for Charlie while Bill returned to their Mustang.

Stopping by Charlie’s hip, Tom gazed down at her. “You gotta boyfriend?” he asked.

“Maybe.”

“Huh? Do you or don’t you?” He tapped her with the toe of his cowboy boot.

“Maybe Herman. But...”

He kicked her. “Don’t give me this Herman shit. I mean a real boyfriend.”

“Herman’s real,” she muttered.

“Yeah, right.”

“He is. And you guys are gonna be sorry you were ever born by the time he gets done with you.”

“Sure.”

“He’s right behind you!” Charlie blurted.

Tom glanced around.

Charlie flipped from her side to her belly. As she scrambled to get up, Tom stomped her on the back. His boot slammed her against the blacktop. Her breath whooshed out.

“Think I’m an idiot?” Tom asked.

Bending over her, he grabbed the neck of her T-shirt and the waistband at the back of her shorts. He lifted her off the road. The T-shirt stretched and ripped, but its shoulders held. The waist button popped off her shorts. The zipper skidded down a little bit at a time as she was carried into the woods.

When Tom got her where he wanted her, he let go of the T-shirt and used both hands to shake Charlie out of her shorts. She fell headfirst toward the ground, but caught herself with her arms.

On hands and knees, she scurried over the forest floor.

And halted when Tom pulled the elastic waistband of her panties.

“You ain’t going nowhere.”

“Leave me alone!” she gasped.

He tugged the elastic and let it go. It snapped her across the buttocks. He laughed.

At the sound of footsteps hurrying through the dry pine needles, Charlie raised her head and saw Bill striding into the clearing.

As he approached, he pulled his T-shirt off. His jeans hung very low. The brass buckle of his belt looked like a skull. At the right side of his belt hung a knife in a brown leather sheath. Charlie hadn’t noticed the knife before.

He was very skinny and bony and white. He looked as if he had never before been out in the sun without a shirt on. In the middle of his chest, directly between his nipples, was a cluster of bright red pimples.

“Let’s see what we got,” he said to Tom.

Tom’s broad, oily face grinned. He stepped behind Charlie and slipped his fingers under the drooping shoulders of her T-shirt.

“Don’t,” she said, her voice shaking. “I’m warning you.”

He jerked the T-shirt, stretching and tearing it. As he dragged it down to her ankles, she clutched her breasts and called out, “Herman!”

Bill, an odd smile on his lips, helped. “Herrr-mannn?” he called in a lilting voice. “Yooo-hooo, Herrrr-mannnn! Where arrrrre you? Charlie neeeeeeds you.”

Tom, still behind her, tugged her panties down. He tongued her rump, and she cried out. “Help!”

“Can I have firsties?” Tom asked.

“No way.”

“Hey, come on. You always get firsties.”

“That’s cause they’re too messed up by the time you get done with ‘em. Just hold her for me.”

“Yeah yeah yeah. Hang on.”

Charlie stood stiff and trembling, legs tight together, hands cupping her breasts, while Bill took the knife from its sheath and clamped it between his teeth. The handle of the knife was wrapped with black tape. The blade, at least five inches long, looked sharp on both edges.

With his hands free, Bill unfastened his skull buckle and pulled down the zipper of his jeans.

He didn’t have any underwear on.

Charlie looked away fast.

Then Tom’s hands came around from behind her. They clutched her wrists and forced her arms high. He raised them until her shoulders hurt and she had to stand on tiptoes.

She could feel his bulging belly against her back.

Bare skin, hot and slippery.

In front of her, Bill finished taking off his boots and jeans. Then he stepped toward her, grinning behind the handle of the knife in his teeth.

“Get away from me,” she blurted.

He took the knife out of his mouth.

Charlie shook her head.

He touched the tip of the knife to the underside of her chin, then scraped it lightly down her throat and sideways.

“Please,” she murmured.

“Please? Who you talking to?” he asked. “Me or your buddy Herman?”

“Don’t hurt me.”

“Guess ol’ Hermy must’ve deserted her,” Tom said, and writhed so his belly slid against her back.

“What’s the world coming to,” Bill said, “when you can’t count on your invisible friends in a pinch? A sorry state of affairs, that’s what I think.”

“Don’t,” she said. “Please.”

Gritting her teeth, she watched the tip of the knife scratch a line down the top of her left breast. She jerked when it nicked the tip of her nipple. A speck of blood, very bright red, bloomed, then disappeared.

Vanished between Bill’s lips.

He licked. He sucked. He moaned and sucked harder, drawing her small breast deep into his mouth as his right hand came up and shoved the entire five-inch blade of the knife into his own right eye.

The impact shoved his head back.

Charlie’s breast popped out of his mouth.

Behind her, fat Tom let out an odd, high-pitched laugh as if he figured his buddy was pulling some sort of a weird stunt with the knife.

“Hey,” he said.

Bill said nothing. Mouth wide open, he stumbled backward two steps, three, with the black-taped handle of the knife sticking out of his face.

“What’re you doing?” Tom asked.

Bill fell flat on his back. As he lay twitching on the ground, Tom let go of Charlie’s wrists and hooked an arm across her throat. He squeezed her tightly against him, his belly forcing her back to bend, his chin above her left ear.

“Fucking shit!” he gasped. “Bill? What the fuck? Bill? Why’d you go and do that?”

Bill, no longer twitching, answered with a loud, moist farting noise.

“Shit!”

The knife began to rise. Its blade slid upward, pulling slowly out of the bloody mess in Bill’s eye socket.

“Oh, hey,” Tom said.

The knife came the rest of the way out. It lingered motionless above Bill’s face. Blood dripping from the blade made soft splashes in the socket puddle.

“Oh, hey, shit.”

“Herman,” Charlie groaned out.

“No way. Huh-uh. Bullshit.”

“Let...me...go.”

The knife drifted higher. Higher and higher as if it were being offered, pommel first, to someone on a tree branch above Bill’s body.

Arm still tight across Charlie’s throat, Tom started backing away. His belly shoved at her back, forcing her feet off the ground. She started to choke.

Eight or nine feet above Bill’s face, the knife’s rise halted.

Charlie, being hustled backward by her throat, kicked her legs and flapped her arms and choked.

The knife flew at her.

Or at Tom.

Tumbling blade over hilt, flinging off a wispy spray of blood.

It struck with a thunk above and just to the side of Charlie’s left ear.

Tom went, “Uh!”

His arm jerked against her throat. He dropped backward.

Charlie followed him down, riding the soft hill of his belly. It sank in when she landed. Air blew out of him.

Legs still kicking at the sky, Charlie shoved his arm away from her throat. Then she flung herself off his body. She crawled clear and scurried to her feet before turning around for a look.

Where the knife should have been sticking out of Tom’s forehead, he had a red mark the size of a quarter.

The size of a knife’s pommel.

Gasping for breath, Charlie rubbed her throat and grimaced. She stepped closer to Tom.

His big white belly moved up and down with his breathing.

His eyes were shut.

He still had his boots on, but his jeans were down around his shins. He was very white and lumpy. He looked like an effigy made from loaves of uncooked bread dough that had been basted with oil.

She glanced at his thing. Wrinkling her nose, she turned away fast. “Herman?” she asked.

“Yo.”

The voice came from straight in front of Charlie, but somewhat higher than her head.

“Thanks,” she said.

“My pleasure.”

“But jeez, you sure took your time about it.”

“Well...Better late than never. Right?”

She shook her head. “You let them hurt me.”

“I know. I’m awfully sorry. I truly am.”

“Why didn’t you stop them? I mean, jeez!”

Herman didn’t answer.

“Didn’t you see that guy slug me?”

“Yes.”

“Why didn’t you destroy him right then?”

“I...I was curious, I suppose.”

“Curious? What do you mean, curious?”

“I wanted to see what they had in mind.”

“Jeez, wasn’t that pretty obvious? I mean, by the time fatso stripped me, it should’ve been pretty...”

“I’m afraid I was...rather caught up in the situation.”

“You what?”

He hesitated for a few seconds, then said, “I...wanted to watch.”

“Watch?

“I’m afraid so.”

“Oh, isn’t that wonderful. I thought you were supposed to be a gentleman.”

“I know. I’m sorry. Oh, Charlie. I’ve always...I’ve never spied on you. I’ve always left the room whenever you...needed privacy. But...I don’t know. I’m so sorry. The thing is, you’re not quite the child you used to be, and I’m afraid that I...I should’ve intervened much sooner. I know that. I just couldn’t quite force myself...you’re so beautiful, Charlie.”

“Oh, man.”

“Do you hate me?”

She scowled. “No. Don’t be dumb. I could never hate you. But...you let that guy actually...cut me.” She touched the small slit on her nipple and showed Herman the blood on her fingertip. “See?”

“Yes. I see. Can you...will you forgive me?”

She licked the blood off her finger. “Maybe.”

“Please, Charlie.”

“You’ve got to kiss it and make it well,” she said.

Herman hesitated. Then he murmured, “All right.”

At the touch of his lips, Charlie gasped and stiffened. The blood smeared and swirled. Her nipple began to stretch. Trembling, she moaned. She found Herman’s shoulders and held onto them and shuddered.

His mouth went away from her breast.

“How’s that?” he asked.

And she saw his lips move when he asked. Phantom lips, stained by her blood.

“The other,” she said.

“But it’s not cut.”

“I don’t care.”

By the time he finished, she was gasping for breath and she could hardly stay on her feet. She clung to his shoulders.

“I want to see you,” she gasped. “I want to see what you look like.”

“We’ve been through all that, Charlie.”

“I know, I know. You’re naked...wouldn’t be decent. That’s...not hardly a problem anymore, is it? I mean, you let those guys strip me. Now it’s only fair...And anyhow, I love you.”

“You do?”

“Yes. Of course. But I’ve gotta see you. I’ve never seen you.”

“I suppose we could go home and get some makeup.”

“No, now. I’ve gotta see you right now.”

“Ah. But I don’t see how...”

“The knife,” she gasped.

“Huh?”

“Where’d it end up?” She let go of his shoulders and turned around. She glanced at Tom, still sprawled on his back. The mark on his head had become a livid lump. His eyes were still shut. She scanned the floor of the forest beyond his head, then blurted, “There it is.” She ran, crouched, and picked up the knife.

Then she hurried back to Tom.

He opened his eyes as she knelt on the ground above his head.

He opened them very wide.

“Over here, Herman,” she said. “Quick.”

“Hey,” Tom said, his voice groggy.

“Hey yourself,” she told him.

His belly sank and widened when Herman sat on it.

He raised his head off the ground as if he hoped to see who was there. His fat red face dripped sweat...and maybe a few tears. He began to make a high-pitched whimpery sound.

“That’s good,” Charlie said. “You just sit there, honey. I’ll do all the work.”

Tom squealed when she tore open his throat with the knife.

Blood shot high.

Charlie tossed away the knife. She started to splash Herman with the blood. Then she leaned into the gusher herself, grabbed Herman by his red-splattered shoulders and pulled him toward her. She wrapped her arms around him.

Blood hosed his face.

Coated it.

Dripped.

She kissed his slippery lips.

He was slippery all over—massive and gentle and very slippery—as they tumbled off Tom’s body and rolled on the grass and wrestled and kissed and made love in the sunlit clearing.

Soon, the blood began to make them itchy. They licked each other clean.

Then they lay side by side on the grass.

After a while, Charlie said, “I hate it that I can’t see you. I used to think it was great, but now...God, how come you have to be invisible? It isn’t fair. I can’t look at you.”

“It has its advantages,” Herman pointed out.

“I guess so, but...I know we can try make-up on you, and stuff. Paint you.” She wrinkled her nose. “It’s not the same, though. I want to really see you. How will I ever get to see what you’d look like if you were...like real?”

“I am real, Charlie.”

“I know, but...I mean, actual flesh and blood. With skin. What would you look like if you had skin just like...Hey! I’ve got it!”

She gave him a pat, then pushed herself up and crawled toward the knife.

“Wait, now, Charlie.”

“No, this’ll be cool.”

“It’ll be hot. Not to mention messy.”

“Oh, don’t be a spoil sport. It’ll be great.”

Herman groaned. “Besides, I’m bigger than Tom. It’ll never fit.”

“Hey, there’s two of them, only one of you. There’ll be plenty, maybe even some left over for a hat.”

Originally Published in October Dreams, 2000

AST TIME I ever went out trick or treating, it was with my best friend Jimmy and his sisters, Peggy and Donna. Peggy, Jimmy’s kid sister, had a couple of her little friends along, Alice and Olive. There was also Olive’s older brother, Nick. Donna, Jimmy’s older sister, was in charge.

We all wore costumes except Donna.

Being sixteen, Donna thought of herself as too old for dressing up so she went as herself in a plaid chamois shirt, blue jeans and sneakers.

Peggy wore a Peter Pan outfit. When I saw her in the green elf outfit and feathered cap, I said, “Peter Pan!” She corrected me. “Not Peter Pan, Peggy Pan.”

One of her little friends, I don’t remember whether it was Olive or Alice, sported a tutu and a tiara and carried a wand with a star at one end. The other girl wore a store-bought E.T. costume. Or maybe she was Yoda. I’m not sure which.

Nick, I remember. All of fourteen, he was a year older than Jimmy and me. He was supposed to be a Jedi warrior. He wore black coveralls, a black cape and black galoshes. No mask, no helmet. We only knew he was a Jedi warrior because he told us so. And because he carried a “light saber,” pretty much a hollow plastic tube attached to a flashlight.

Jimmy was “the Mummy.” Earlier that night, Donna and I had spent ages wrapping him up in a white bedsheet that we’d cut into narrow strips. We kept pinning the strips to Jimmy’s white longjohns. It took forever. It would’ve driven me nuts except for Donna. Every so often, she gave Jimmy a poke with a pin just to keep things interesting. We finally got it done, though, and Jimmy made a good-looking mummy.

My costume was easy. I was Huck Finn. I wore a straw hat, an old flannel shirt and blue jeans. I had a length of clothesline over one shoulder, tied at the ends to a couple of my belt loops to look like an old rope suspender. As a final touch, I had a corncob pipe that my dad let me borrow for the night.

So that was our group: who we were and how we were dressed that night.

Jimmy and me, Donna and Peggy, Alice and Olive and Nick.

Seven of us.

Except for Donna, we carried paper bags for our treats. Donna carried a flashlight. For the most part, she took up the rear. She usually didn’t even go to the doors with us, but waited on the sidewalk while we rang doorbells, yelled “Trick or treat!” and held out our bags to receive the goodies.

For the first couple of hours that night, everything went along fine. If you don’t count Nick going on occasional rampages, bopping us on the heads or prodding us in the butts with his light saber, proclaiming, “The Dark Side rules!” After a while, Jimmy’s bandages started to come off and droop. At one point, E.T. (or Yoda) fell down and skinned her knee and spent a while bawling. But nothing major went wrong and we kept on collecting loot and roaming further and further into unknown territory.

It was getting very late when we came to a certain house that was not at all like the others on its block. Whereas they were brightly lighted and most had jack-o’-lanterns on their porches, this house was utterly dark. Whereas their shrubbery and lawns were neatly trimmed, this house seemed nearly lost in a jungle of deep grass, wild foliage and brooding trees. It also seemed much older than the other houses on the block. Three stories high (not two like its neighbors) and made of wood (not brick), it looked as if it belonged to a different century.

The houses on both sides of the old one seemed unusually far away from it, as if whoever’d built them had been afraid to get too close.

Though Nick usually ran from house to house without returning to the sidewalk, cutting across lawns and brandishing his light saber with Peggy and Olive and Alice chasing after him, this time he thought better of it. All four of them came back to the sidewalk, where Jimmy and I were walking along with Donna.

“What’s with that house?” Nick asked.

“It’s creepy-eepy-eepy,” said either Olive or Alice, whichever one was the fairy godmother princess ballerina.

“It doesn’t look like anyone lives there,” Donna said.

“Maybe like the Munsters,” I said.

“I think maybe we should skip this one,” Donna said.

“Hey, no,” Jimmy protested. “We can’t skip this one. It’s the best one yet!”

I felt exactly the same way, but I never could’ve forced myself to disagree with Donna.

She shook her head, her bangs swaying across her brow. “I really don’t like the looks of it. Besides, it’d be a waste of time. Nobody’s there. You won’t get any treats. We might as well just...”

“You never know,” Jimmy interrupted. “Maybe they just forgot to turn their lights on.”

“I think Donna’s right,” I said. “I don’t think anyone’s there.”

Jimmy shook his head. By this time, all the “bandages” had slipped off his head. They dangled around his neck like rag necklaces. “If somebody does live in a place like that,” he said, “wouldn’t you wanta meet him? Or her. Maybe it’s a creepy old woman. Just imagine. Like some crazy old witch or hermit or something, you know?”

For a while, we all just stood there and stared at the dark old house—what we could see of it through the bushes and trees, anyway, which wasn’t much.

Looking at it, I felt a little shivery inside.

“I think we should just go on,” Donna said.

“You’re in charge,” Jimmy muttered. He’d been ordered by his parents to obey Donna, but he sounded disappointed.

She took a deep breath and sighed. It felt good to watch her do that.

“It’s probably deserted,” she said. Then she said, “Okay, let’s give it a try.”

“All RIGHT!” Jimmy blurted.

“This time, I’ll lead the way. Who else wants to come?”

The three girls jumped up and down, yelling, “Me! I do! Me! Me-me-me!”

Nick raised his light saber and said, “I’ll come and protect you, Princess Donna.”

“Any trouble,” I told him, “cut ’em to ribbons with your flashlight.”

“Take that!” He jabbed me in the crotch.

He didn’t even do it very hard, but the tube got me in the nuts. I grunted and gritted my teeth and barely managed not to double over.

“Gotcha!” Nick announced.

Donna bounced her flashlight off his head. Not very hard, but the bulb went dark and Nick yelped, “OW!” and dropped his light saber and candy bag and grabbed the top of his head with both hands and hunched over and walked in circles.

“Oh, take it easy,” she told him. “I barely tapped you.”

“I’m gonna tell!” he blurted.

“Tell your little ass off, see if I care.”

The ballerina fairy-godmother princess gasped.

E.T. or Yoda blurted, “Language!”

Little sister Peggy Pan almost split a gut, but seemed to know she shouldn’t laugh at Nick’s misfortune so she clamped a hand across her mouth.

Jimmy, more concerned about my fate than Nick’s, patted me on the back and asked, “You okay, man?”

“Fine,” I squeezed out.

Donna came closer. Looking me in the eyes, she said, “Did he get you bad?”

I grimaced and shrugged.

“Right in the nads,” offered Jimmy.

I gave him a look.

Instead of killing him, as intended, my look seemed to inspire him. “Donna’s a certified life guard, you know. All that first aid training. Want her to take a look?”

“Shut up!” I snapped at him.

“Stop it, Jimmy,” she said.

“How’d you like to have her kiss...”

I punched his arm. He yelled, “Hey!” and grabbed it.

“Okay, okay,” Donna said. “Everybody calm down. No more hitting. How are you doing, Matt?” she asked me.

“Okay, I guess.”

“Nick?” she asked.

He was standing nearby, gently touching the top of his head. “I’ve got a bump.”

“Well, that’s too bad, but you asked for it.”

“Did not.”

Donna said, “You busted my damn flashlight.”

Jimmy and I laughed. So did Peggy Pan.

E.T. or Yoda blurted, “Language!”

“You shouldn’t go around whumping people on the head,” Nick explained. “You can cause ‘em brain damage.”

“Not you!” Jimmy said. “You haven’t got one.”

“That’s enough,” Donna said. “Come on, are we gonna check out this house or aren’t we?” Without even waiting for a response, she stepped off the sidewalk and started trudging toward the creepy old place.

I went after her, hurting. Each step I took, it felt like a little hand was squeezing one of my balls. But I didn’t let it stop me and it seemed to pretty much go away by the time we reached the porch stairs.

Donna stopped and turned around. She still held the flashlight in one hand, though it wasn’t working anymore. With her other hand, she put a finger to her lips.

In a few moments, everyone was standing in front of her, motionless and silent.

Donna took the forefinger away from her lips. She pointed it at each of us, counting heads the way a school bus driver does before bringing a bunch of kids back from a field trip. Done, she whispered, “Okay, six.”

“Seven,” I said.

She turned her head toward me. The moon was full, so I could see her face pretty well. She raised her eyebrows.

“You,” I whispered.

“Ah. Okay. Right.” In a somewhat louder voice, she said, “Okay there’re seven of us right now. Let’s hope and pray there’re still seven when we get back to the street.”

Her words gave me the creeps.

One of the girls made a whiny sound.

“I wanna go back,” said one of them. Maybe the same one who’d whined. I don’t know whether it was Alice or Olive. It wasn’t Peggy Pan, though.

Peggy Pan whispered, “Wussy.”

Jimmy chuckled.

And I saw the look on Donna’s face and realized she was trying to psych us out.

Not us, really. Them.

Nick had made her mad, and she wasn’t exactly tickled by Alice or Olive, either, so she figured to make life a little more interesting for them.

“If anybody wants to go back and wait for us on the sidewalk,” she said, “that’s fine. It’d probably be a good idea. No telling what might happen when we go up and ring the doorbell.”

One of the girls whined again.

“You’re just trying to scare us,” Nick said. In the full moon, I could see the sneer on his face. “Can’t scare a Jedi,” he said.

Donna continued, “I just think...every one needs to know the score. I wasn’t planning to mention it, but...I’ve heard about this house. I know what happened here. And I happen to know it isn’t deserted.”

“Yeah, sure,” Nick said.

Lowering her voice, Donna said, “A crazy man lives here. A crazy man named...Boo. Boo Ripley.”

I almost let out a laugh, but held it in.

“Boo who?” Jimmy asked?

I snorted and gave him my elbow.

“Ow!”

“Shhh!” Donna said. “Want Boo to hear us?” She looked at the others, frowning slightly. “When he was only eight years old, Boo chopped up his mom and dad with a hatchet...and ate ‘em. Gobbled ‘em up! Yum yum!”

“Did not,” Nick said.

“I wanna go home!”

“Shut up,” Nick snapped.

“But Boo was a little boy back then. And his mom and dad were very large. Even though he gobbled them day and night, night and day, there was always more that needed to be eaten. Well, Boo’s mom was a real cat lover. She had about a dozen cats living in the house all the time and stinking it up, so finally Boo started feeding his folks to the cats. Day and night, night and day, Boo and the cats ate and ate and ate. At last, they managed to polish off the last of Boo’s mom and dad. And you know what?”

“What?” asked Peggy Pan. She sounded rather gleeful.

“I don’t wanna hear!” blurted tutu girl.

“Knock it off, pipsqueak,” Nick snapped at her.

“Boo and the cats,” Donna said, “enjoyed eating the mom and dad so much that they lost all interest in any other kind of food. From that time forth, they would only eat people. Raw people. And you know what?”

“What?” asked Peggy Pan and I in unison.

“They still live right here in this house. Every night, they hide in the dark and watch out the windows, waiting for visitors.”

“You’re just making this up,” Nick said.

“Sure I am.”

“She isn’t, man,” said Jimmy.

“They’re probably up in the house right this very minute watching us, licking their lips, just praying we’ll climb the stairs and go across the porch and ring the doorbell. Because they’re very hungry and you know what?”

“WHAT?” asked Peggy Pan, Jimmy and I in unison.

In a low, trembling voice, Donna said, “The food they love most of all is...” Shouting “LITTLE GIRLS LIKE YOU!” she lunged toward Alice and Olive.

They shrieked and whirled around and ran for their lives. Yoda or E.T. waved her little arms overhead as she fled. The fairy dancer whipped her magic wand as if swatting at bats. One of them fell and crashed in the weeds and started to cry.

Nick yelled, “Fuck!” and ran after them, his light saber jumping.

“Language!” Jimmy called after him.

Donna brushed her hands together. “Golly,” she said. “What got into them?

“Can’t imagine,” I said.

“What a bunch of wussies,” said Peggy Pan.

“I can’t stand that Nick,” said Jimmy. “He is such a shit.”

“Language,” Donna told him.

We laughed, all four of us.

Then Donna said, “Come on, gang,” and trotted up the porch stairs. We hurried after her.

And I’ll always remember trotting up those stairs stepping onto the dark porch and walking up to the door. Even while it was happening, I knew I would never forget it. It was just one of those moments when you think, It doesn’t get any better than this.

I was out there in the windy, wonderful October night with cute and spunky little Peggy Pan, with my best buddy Jimmy, and with Donna. I was in love with Donna. I’d fallen in love with her to this day and I’ll love her the rest of my life.

That night, she was sixteen and beautiful and brash and innocent and full of fun and vengeance. She’d trounced Nick and done quite a number on Alice and Olive, too. Now she was about to ring the doorbell of the creepiest house I’d ever seen. I wanted to run away screaming myself. I wanted to yell with joy. I wanted to hug Donna and never let her go. And also I sort of felt like crying.

Crying because it was all so terrifying and glorious and beautiful—and because I knew it wouldn’t last.

All the very best times are like that. They hurt because you know they’ll be left behind.

But I guess that’s partly what makes them special, too.

“Here goes,” Donna whispered.

She raised her hand to knock on the door, but Jimmy grabbed her wrist. “That stuff about Boo and the cats,” he whispered. “You made it up, didn’t you?”

“What do you think?”

“Okay.” He let go of her hand.

She knocked on the door.

Nothing.

I turned halfway around. Beyond the bushes and trees of the front yard, Nick and the two girls were watching us from the sidewalk.

Donna knocked again. Then she whispered, “I really don’t think anyone lives here anymore.”

“I hope not,” I whispered.

Donna reached out and gave the screen door a pull. It swung toward us, hinges squeaking.

“What’re you doing?” Jimmy blurted.

“Nothing,” said Donna. She tried the main door. “Damn,” she muttered.

“What?” I asked.

“Locked.”

Oh, I thought. That’s too bad.

The wooden door had a small window at about face level. Donna leaned forward against the door, cupped her hands by the sides of her eyes, and peered in.

Peered and peered and didn’t say a word.

“Can you see something?” Jimmy asked.

Donna nodded ever so slightly.

“What? What’s in there?”

She stepped back, lowered her arms and turned her back to the door and said very softly, “I think we’d better get out of here.”

Peggy Pan groaned.

Jimmy muttered, “Oh, shit.”

I suddenly felt cold and shrively all over my body.

We let Donna take the lead. Staying close behind her, we quietly descended the porch stairs. At the bottom, I thought she might break into a run. She didn’t, though. She just walked slowly through the high weeds.

I glanced back at the porch a couple of times. It was still dark. Nobody seemed to be coming after us.

Entering the shadows of some trees near the middle of the lawn, Donna almost disappeared. We all hurried toward her. In a hushed voice, Jimmy said, “What did you see?”

“Nothing really,” she said.

“Yes you did,” Peggy Pan insisted.

“No, I mean...” She stopped.

The four of us stood there in the darkness. Though we weren’t far from the sidewalk where Nick and the girls were waiting, a high clump of bushes blocked our view of them.

“Okay,” Donna said. “Look, this is just between us. They ran off, so they’ve got no right to hear about it, okay?”

“Sure.” I said.

Jimmy whispered, “They’ll never hear it from me.”

“Okay,” Donna said. “Here’s the thing. It was really dark in the house. I didn’t see anything at first. But then I could just barely make out a stairway. And something was on the stairway. Sitting on the stairs part-way up, and it seemed to be staring straight at me.”

“What was it?” Peggy Pan whispered.

“I’m not really sure, but I think it was a cat. A white cat.”

“So?” Jimmy asked.

I felt a little letdown, myself.

“I think it was sitting on someone’s lap,” she said.

“Oh, jeez.”

Peggy Pan made a high-pitched whiny noise. Or maybe that was me. Or her. “All I could see was this darkness on the stairs.”

“How do you know it was even there?” Jimmy asked.

“The cat was white.”

“So?”

“Someone was petting it.”

“Let’s get outa here,” Jimmy said.

Donna nodded.

“Remember, not a word to Nick or Alice or Olive. We’ll just say nothing happened.”

We all agreed, and Donna led us through the trees. Out in the moonlight, we walked around the clump of bushes and found Nick and the girls waiting. “So what happened?” Nick asked.

We shrugged and shook our heads. Donna said, “Nothing much. We knocked, but nobody was home.”

Smirking, he said, “You mean Boo and his cats weren’t there?”

Donna grinned. “You didn’t believe that story, did you? It’s Halloween. I made it up.”

Nick scowled. The ballerina fairy godmother princess looked very relieved, and Yoda or E.T. sighed through her mask.

“Good story,” I said.

“Thanks, Matt,” said Donna.

“Can we still trick or treat some more?” Peggy Pan asked.

Donna shrugged. “It’s getting pretty late. And we’re a long way from home.”

“Please?” asked Peggy Pan.

Her little friends started jumping and yelling, “Please? Please-please-please? Oh, please? Pretty please?”

“How about you, Nick?”

“Sure, why not?”

“Guys?” she asked Jimmy and me.

“Yeah!”

“Sure!”

“Okay,” Donna said. “We’ll go a little longer. Maybe just for a couple more blocks.”

“Yayyy!”

The girls led the way, running up the sidewalk to the next house—a normal house—cutting across its front lawn and rushing up half a dozen stairs to its well-lighted porch. Nick chased them up the stairs. Jimmy and I hurried. By the time the door was opened by an elderly man with a tray of candy, Jimmy and I were also on the porch, Donna waiting at the foot of the stairs.

We were back to normal.

Almost.

We hurried from house to house, reached the end of the block, crossed the street and went to the corner house on the next block. It was just after that house, when we met on the sidewalk and headed for the next house, that Donna, lagging behind, called out, “Hang on a minute, okay? Come on back.”

So we all turned around. As we hurried toward the place where Donna was waiting on the sidewalk, she raised her hand, index finger extended, and poked the finger at each of us. Like a school bus driver counting heads before starting home from a field trip.

She finished.

“Seven,” she said.

“That’s right,” I said as I halted in front of her.

“Seven not including me,” she said.

I whirled around and there was Jimmy the woebegone mummy dangling loose strips of sheet, some of which by now were trailing on the sidewalk. There was Nick the Jedi warrior with his light saber. And Peggy Pan and the ballerina fairy princess godmother and Yoda or E.T. and—bringing up the rear but only a few paces behind the girls—someone else.

He carried a grocery bag like any other trick or treater, but he was bigger than the girls, bigger than Nick, bigger than any of us. He wore a dark cowboy hat and a black raincoat and jeans. Underneath his hat was some sort of strange mask. I couldn’t tell what it was at first. When he got closer, though, I saw that it seemed to be made of red bandannas. It covered his entire head and neck. It had ragged round holes over his eyes, a slot over his mouth.

I had no idea where he’d come from.

I had no idea how long he’d been walking along with us, though certainly he’d shown up sometime after we’d left the dark old house.

Is that where he joined us? I wondered.

Speaking in his direction, Donna said, “I don’t think we know you.” Though she sounded friendly and calm, I heard tension in her voice.

The stranger nodded but didn’t speak.

The girls, apparently noticing him for the first time, stepped away from him.

“Where’d you come from?”

He raised an arm. When he pointed, I saw that his hand was covered by a black leather glove.

He pointed behind us. In the direction of the dark old house...and lots of other places.

“Who are you?” Donna asked.

And he said, “Killer Joe.”

Alice and Olive took another step away from him, but Peggy Pan stepped closer. “You aren’t gonna kill us are you?” she asked.

He shook his head.

“Cool costume,” Jimmy said.

“Thanks,” said Killer Joe.

“So who are you really?” Donna asked.

Killer Joe shrugged.

“How about taking off the mask?” she said.

He shook his head.

“Do we know you?” Jimmy asked.

Another shrug.

“You wanta come along trick or treating with us?” Peggy Pan asked.

He nodded. Yes.

Donna shook her head. No. “Not unless we know who you are.” Her voice no longer sounded quite so calm or friendly. She was speaking more loudly than before. And breathing hard.

She’s scared.

And she wasn’t the only one.

“I’m sorry,” she said, “but you’ll either have to let us see who you are or leave. Okay? We’ve got little kids here, and...and we don’t know who you are.”

“He’s Killer Joe,” Nick explained.

“We know,” Jimmy said.

“But he’s all by himself,” Peggy Pan said. “He shouldn’t have to go trick or treating all by himself.” She stepped right up to him and took hold of a sleeve of his raincoat and tilted her head back.

“Peggy,” Donna said. “Get away from him. Right now.”

“No!”

Killer Joe shrugged, then gently pulled his arm out of Peggy’s grip and turned around and began to walk away very slowly, his head down.

And I suddenly figured this was some poor kid—a big and possibly somewhat kid, granted—but a kid nevertheless without any friends, trying his best to have fun on Halloween night, and now he was being shunned by us.

I actually got a tight feeling in my throat.

Peggy Pan, sounding desolate, called out, “Bye, Killer Joe!”

Still walking away, head still down, he raised a hand to acknowledge the girl’s farewell.

“Come on back!” Donna called.

He stopped walking. His head lifted. Slowly, he turned around and pointed to himself with a gloved hand.

“Yeah, you,” Donna said. “It’s all right. You can come with us. But we are almost done for the night.”

Killer Joe came back, a certain spring in his walk.

Though he never removed his strange and rather disturbing bandanna mask and never told us who he was, he stayed with us that night as we went on from house to house, trick or treating.

Before his arrival, we’d been on the verge of quitting and going home. But even though he rarely spoke—mostly just a gruff “Trick or treat” when people answered their doors—he was so strange and friendly and perky, we just couldn’t seem to quit.

This had been going on for a while and I was about to follow the bunch toward another house when Donna called softly, “Matt?”

I turned around and went back to her.

She took hold of my forearm. In a quiet voice, she said, “What do you think of this guy?”

“He’s having a great time.”

“Do you trust him?”

I shrugged.

“I don’t,” Donna said. “I mean, he could be anyone. I think it’s very weird he wouldn’t take off his mask. I’m afraid he might be up to something.”

“Why’d you let him come with us?”

She shrugged. “Guess I felt sorry for him. Anyway, he’s probably fine. But how about helping me keep an eye on him, okay? I mean, he might be after the girls or something. You just never really know.”

“I’ll watch him,” I promised.

“Thanks.” She gave my arm a squeeze. “Not that we’d be able to do anything much about it if he does try something.”

“I don’t know,” I said. “I know one thing, I won’t let him do anything to Peggy. Or you.”

She smiled and squeezed my arm again. “Sure. We’ll let him have Alice and Olive.”

“But we’ll encourage him to take Nick.”

Donna laughed. “You’re terrible.”

“So are you,” I said.

After that, I joined up with the rest of them and kept a close eye on Killer Joe as we hurried from door to door.

Sometimes, he touched us. He gave us friendly pats. But nothing more than what a buddy might do. I started to think of him as a buddy, but warned myself to stay cautious.

Finally, Donna called us all over to her. She said, “It’s really getting late, now. I think we’d better call it quits for the night.”

Sighs, moans.

“Just one more house!” the girls pleaded. “Please, please, just one more house? Pretty please?”

“Well,” said Donna. “Just one more.”

Olive and Alice went, “Yayyyyy!”

Killer Joe bobbed his masked head and clapped his hands, his gloves making heavy whopping sounds.

We all took off for our final house of the night. It was a two-story brick house. Its porch light was off, but one of the upstairs windows glowed brightly.

All of us gathered on the porch except Donna, who waited at the foot of the stairs as she often did.

Peggy Pan rang the doorbell. Olive and Alice stood beside her, and the rest of us stood behind them. I was between Mummy Jimmy and Killer Joe. Nobody came to the door.

Peggy jabbed the button a few more times.

“Guess nobody’s home,” I said.

“Somebody has to be!” said Peggy. “This is the last house. Somebody has to be home.”

Olive and Alice started shouting, “Trick or treat! Trick or treat! Open the door! Trick or treat!”

Killer Joe stood there in silence. He seemed to be swaying slightly as if enjoying some music inside his head.

“Maybe we’d better give it up,” Jimmy said.

“No!” Peggy jabbed the doorbell some more.

Suddenly, the wooden door flew open.

We all shouted: “TRICK OR TREAT!”

An old woman in a bathrobe blinked out at us.

“Don’t any of you kids know what time it is?” she asked. “It’s almost eleven o’clock. Are you out of your minds, ringing people’s doorbells at this hour?”

We all stood there, silent.

I felt a little sick inside.

The old woman had watery eyes and scraggly white hair. She must’ve been eighty. At least.

“Sorry,” I muttered.

“Well, y’oughta be, damn kids.”

“Trick or treat?” asked Peggy Pan in a small, hopeful voice.

‘‘NO! NO FUCKING TRICK OR TREATS FOR ANY OF YOU, YOU BUNCH A FUCKIN’ ASSHOLES! NOW GET THE FUCK OFF MY PORCH!”

That’s when Killer Joe reached inside his rain coat with one hand and jerked open the screen door with his other.

If the door had been locked, the lock didn’t hold.

The woman in the house yelled, “HEY, YOU CAN’T...!”

Killer Joe lurched over the threshold and the woman staggered backward but not fast enough and I glimpsed the hatchet for just a moment clutched in Joe’s black leather glove, and then he swung it forward and down, chopping it deep into the old woman’s forehead.

That’s all I saw.

I think I saw more than most. Then all of us were running.

We were about a block away and still running, some of the girls screaming, when I did a quick head count.

Seven.

Including Donna.

Not including Killer Joe.

Joe had still been in the house when we ran off.

We never saw him again. He was never identified, never apprehended.

That was a long time ago.

I never again went trick or treating after that. Neither did Donna or Jimmy or Peggy. I don’t know about Nick and Alice and Olive, and don’t care.

Now I have a kid of my own. I hate for her to miss out on the strange and wonderful and frightening joys of dressing up and going house to house on Halloween night.

Trick or treating...

Sometimes, what happens on Halloween is as good as it gets. Sometimes not.

Judy agrees.

“What the hell,” she said, “let’s go with her, show her how it’s done.” Judy’s not Donna, but...she’s terrific in her own ways and I have my memories.

Originally Published in Cemetery Dance #34, 2001

re you a good driver?” Malcolm asked.

The girl in the passenger seat gave me a crisp nod. “The best,” she answered.

“The best isn’t required,” he told her. “Adequacy will suffice. All I ask is that you continue to steer a northerly route on this highway and stay in our lane. As you may have noticed, there’s a rather nasty cliff on the left.”

“Nice view,” she said, smiling. She had a fine smile that showed two rows of glossy white teeth. Malcolm, an orthodontist, admired straight teeth. He admired the rest of her, too. Aside from her teeth, he could find a dozen good reasons for offering her the ride.

He continued to drive until he came to a wide dirt shoulder. He swung his old MG onto it. “You go around,” he said. “I’ll climb across.”

She regarded him with wide, questioning eyes. “You won’t go off and leave me, will you?”

“Of course not, Sally. Why should I want to do that?”

“Tired of me.”

“That’s ridiculous.”

“I’ve been put out before, you know. I don’t like it. Not one bit. I got put out just last week, right in the desert. Smack in the middle of nowhere! I could’ve died, you know.”

“Why did he put you out?” Malcolm asked.

“Another hitchhiker, that’s why. We were in a sports car like yours here. He says, ‘So long, Sally. I’ve only got room for one rider, and you’re not it.’”

“He should’ve kept you and left the other one. That would’ve been the honorable way.”

“Honor? What’s he know about honor? He figured he’d have himself a better time with the other gal, that’s all he cared about. So no thank you, Malcolm, I’d rather stay put.”

“You told me you would drive. That was part of the arrangement. I’m tired, now, and I’d like you to do as you promised. It’s only fair.”

“Happy to drive. But you get out and go around, not me. I’ll be the one to climb across.”

“What’s to stop you from taking my car?” Malcolm asked.

“For a rich guy, you’re not too smart. Try taking the keys.”

“Ah.” Malcolm saw no problem with that, so he slipped the key out of the ignition and walked around the rear of the car. By the time he reached the passenger door, Sally was already settled behind the steering wheel. He climbed in and handed the key-ring to her.

The car thundered to life. Sally checked over her shoulder, then shot onto the road.

Malcolm secured his shoulder harness. “There’s no rush,” he told her.

“I never drove a beaut like this.”

“Please, just a trifle more slowly.”

“Sure.”

She slowed down, but not enough to please Malcolm. He gripped the door handle tightly as the car swung around curves, sweeping across the double yellow lines.

“If you slow down,” he said, “you’ll find it easier to remain on our side of the road.”

“It’s all right,” she assured him.

“It isn’t, really. If we should meet another car on one of these curves and...”

It wasn’t a car, but a recreational vehicle the size of a bus, steered by a senior citizen with a ballcap and cigarette. When he saw Sally coming at him, his mouth fell open. The cigarette dropped from his lips.

Not an instant too soon, Sally brought the MG back into its own lane. Malcolm glanced over his shoulder. The RV, thank heavens, was still on the road.

“Now you must drive more carefully!”

“Don’t be mad at me.”

“I’m sorry. But really!”

“I’ll be careful,” she said, and smiled at him, showing those perfectly aligned teeth. “You won’t put me out, will you?”

“Not if you improve your driving.”

“What if we pass another hitchhiker? I been on the Coast Highway plenty of times, and there’s more hitchhikers than you can count. What if...?”

“You were here first,” Malcolm told her.

“Does that mean I can stay?”

“Of course.”

“What if she’s more beautiful than me?”

“I won’t give it a thought.”

“I’ll believe that when I see it.”

“You’ll see,” Malcolm said. “Now please, I would like to get some sleep.”

“You want me to stop talking?”

“If you would.”

“Sure.”

Once Malcolm was confident that Sally had toned down her driving, he allowed himself to shut his eyes. He quickly dozed off.

An awful noise shocked him awake.

The car radio.

“Sally!”

She looked surprised to find him awake. “Oh, too loud?”

“Much too loud.”

“Sorry.” With an apologetic smile, she turned down the volume. Malcolm settled back. As his eyes drifted shut, he saw a young woman ahead, walking backward along the roadside, her thumb out. He considered remarking about her beauty and wondering aloud about her driving ability. He was too much of a gentleman to mock Sally’s fears that way, but he couldn’t resist smiling at the thought of it.

Sally saw the smile. “Oh, no you don’t!” she snapped and suddenly swerved to the right.

The hitchhiker had plenty of time to open her mouth wide, but not enough time to leap out of the way.

Malcolm shut his eyes.

The car jolted violently with the impact, throwing him against his shoulder harness. When he opened his eyes, the windshield was frosted with cracks and sprayed with blood. He looked out the rear window. The woman, now far behind the speeding car, was still tumbling.

“My God!” Malcolm cried out. “My God, you ran her down!”

“Sure.”

“Stop! Stop the car!”

“What for?” Sally appeared terribly calm, even cheerful.

“We can’t simply go off like this! It’s hit and run! That’s a felony! We have to go back! Perhaps we can help her somehow. Stop the car!”

“Can’t.” She smiled at him. “You’ll put me out for sure.”

“I promise I won’t.”

“I don’t believe you.”

Malcolm reached for the ignition key, but Sally jerked the steering wheel. The car swung left toward the precipice and the ocean far below. “No!” Malcolm shrieked, certain that the next moment would find him airborne.

“Then keep your hands to yourself,” Sally warned. She brought the car back into its proper lane. “And don’t do that again.”

“I won’t!” Malcolm gasped.

He paid little attention to the pair of hitchhikers near the bend ahead of them. Not until Sally remarked, “She’s a cutie,” and peeled off the female.

“My God!” Malcolm yelled as the woman thundered against the car.

With a glance out the rear window, he saw the young man standing alone, looking nonplussed.

“Sally, you’ve got to stop!”

“Not till I get where I’m going.”

“Where’s that?”

“San Francisco.”

“That’s two hundred miles!”

“Is that all?” She smiled pleasantly.

Six miles later, they came upon a voluptuous brunette in cut-off jeans and a halter top. She carried a sign that read, “SAN JOSE OR BUST.” Malcolm covered his eyes when it happened.

“This is out and out...” The windshield was gone by now. With air pouring into his mouth at sixty miles per hour, he had difficulty speaking. “Out and out murder!” he managed.

“That’s what you say!” Sally yelled.

“That’s what anyone would say.”

She shook her head. “Not me. I say it’s...self defense.”

“For God’s sake!” Malcolm shouted, and gasped for air. “I’m not going to put you out!” That, he realized, was the honest truth. He couldn’t let her get away from him, not after this. Without Sally, who would believe his story? What policeman? What jury?

Well, he thought, perhaps we’ll be able to find witnesses who saw her driving. Like the young man back there.

But it’s my car. And I gave her permission to drive.

Oh, he thought, this is bad. This is very bad.

“Just stop running over people!” Malcolm shouted. “Please?”

“We’ll see,” Sally said.

Shortly after that, they saw a chubby woman in bib overalls by the side of the road ahead. Her thumb was out.

“Don’t!” Malcolm cried.

He ducked. The big woman dived through the open windshield as if she wanted to hug someone. Luckily, she went for Sally.

Malcolm went for the ignition key and got it.

As he plucked it out, the car swerved and skimmed along the edge of the precipice. With a quick tug at the steering wheel, he brought it back onto the road.

Focused on steering, he was only vaguely aware that Sally’s struggle with the heavy-weight hitchhiker had come to an end. “Got crowded in here for a minute,” she said. “How come we’re slowing down?”

Malcolm jangled the keys in front of her face.

She made a grab to snatch them away, but she wasn’t quick enough. She looked at Malcolm with wide, pleading eyes. “Now you’re gonna put me out! I knew that’s what you wanted! I knew I couldn’t trust you!”

He steered the slowing car onto a gravel shoulder. “Would you mind applying the breaks?” he asked.

“Yes, I mind!”

Twisting awkwardly, Malcolm managed to find the break pedal with his foot. He stopped the car.

“Thanks a heap,” Sally muttered. She flung open her door. “Of all the creeps! Thanks for nothing, creep!” She slammed the door and began walking away.

“Wait!” Malcolm yelled. “Where do you think you’re going?”

“I’m leaving,” she called over her shoulder. “That’s what you wanted, isn’t it?”

“You can’t leave.”

“Just watch me.” She started walking quickly up the roadside.

“Come back here!”

“I’m sure somebody’ll pick me up sooner or later. Maybe he’ll be a gentleman.”

Maybe he’ll be a cop, Malcolm thought.

“Maybe he’ll appreciate a gal for her company and not want to put her outa the car the first chance he gets. Like some people I know.”

“Come back here!” Malcolm demanded as he clambered behind the wheel.

Sally kept walking.

“Get back here!” Malcolm started the car. “You can’t just walk off!” He drove up beside her. “You murdered those people! Get in here. Who do you think they’ll blame if you go wandering off?”

“Not me,” she said. Doing a quick about-face, she walked behind Malcolm’s car and crossed the highway.

“Damn it!”

Smiling, Sally stuck out her thumb.

“You can’t!” Malcolm started to make a U-turn.

“Better not,” Sally called out as he steered across the double yellow lines so fast his tires squealed.

The Lincoln Continental speeding around the bend slammed into his little car and sent it spinning over the cliff.

“He was gonna run me down!” Sally cried.

“Looked that way to me, too. Guess we’d better find us some cops.”

“Why bother?” Sally asked, and climbed in. “He’s water over the dam.” She laughed. “Where you headed?”

“Los Angeles,” the man said.

“Same here. Hey, you aren’t gonna put me out, are you? I been put out before, you know. I don’t like it. Not one bit.”

Originally Published in Cemetery Dance #34, 2001

INVASIONS AND TREPIDATIONS

Asked to join the artist, GAK in covering an independent film shoot for The Midnight Hour, I had mixed feelings. There were good reasons not to do it. For one thing, I don’t like to go anywhere on weekends. Safe at home, I usually turn out lots of pages on Saturdays and Sundays. For another thing, I’m a novelist, not a journalist. I don’t know how to cover real stories. Also, I get nervous about meeting strangers. If that weren’t bad enough, the adventure would require driving for more than two hours on the freeways of Southern California. I like to avoid them. Southern California freeways are nerve-wracking at best, lethal at worst. Finally, it would mean driving into unknown regions of Oxnard, where I was almost certain to get lost. I’m a novelist, not a navigator.

On the other hand, Matt Johnson had asked me to cover the shoot. It’s difficult to say no to Matt. Not only is he a terrific guy, but he’s a publisher. As a writer, it can’t hurt to do favors for a publisher.

Plus, I’d never watched a film being shot. It seemed like a great opportunity. Losing a day of writing would be a small price to pay for all the new material I might gain. Also...who knows?...as a writer, it never hurts to meet film-makers. Usually doesn’t help, but can’t hurt.

To top it all off, I looked forward to spending the time with GAK. I’d enjoyed our occasional encounters at horror conventions and figured this would be a great opportunity to get to know him better.

I was still hesitant about undertaking the journey, however, until my nineteen-year-old daughter, Kelly, agreed to come along and help with the navigation.

All things considered...and various qualms shoved aside, I decided to go for it.

Nor did I back out, even though I was beset by worries that we might crash and get killed on our way to or from the shoot. I mean, more than two hours on the freeways...it could happen. I told myself these were just normal worries, not premonitions...though they felt like premonitions.

OFF WE GO

At nine-thirty on Saturday morning, we climbed into Kelly’s car armed with directions, a note pad, a pen, a couple of cameras with extra film, a micro-cassette recorder, and two bottles of water to ward off dehydration in case we should break down, survive a crash, or become otherwise stranded in the wasteland of the Southern California freeway system. Then, off we went.

Strangely enough, the drive from our place in west Los Angeles to GAK’s place in Northridge went smoothly. The traffic was light and we encountered none of the usual nut cases. Perhaps they were still in bed, sleeping off last night’s drunken rampages. Nor did we get lost, thanks to good directions from GAK, Kelly’s reading of them, and her clever reminders of the difference between right and left: “No, go that way, Dad.”

Having left the house early enough to reach GAK’s place by our scheduled meeting time of ten o’clock, we arrived there at nine-thirty. This happens to me all the time. In my attempts to arrive “on time” even if I should get lost or encounter heavy traffic, I often arrive at my destinations half an hour early.

As we drove by GAK’s place, we saw no sign of him. Of course not. He lives there. Why would he go outside and stand in the sun half an hour early?

Figuring we had a long wait ahead of us, I parked at the curb near the front of GAK’s apartment complex, turned off the engine and turned on the radio.

Over the course of my career, when attempting to rendezvous with various agents, publishers, and writers, I’ve found that one thing or another almost always goes wrong. In several instances, for example, my meetee and I end up waiting simultaneously for each other in slightly different locations. I fret, wondering where he is while thirty feet away, he’s wondering where I am.

Having learned from decades of mistakes, I sat in our car for about ten minutes before saying to Kelly, “Hey, you wanta jump out and make sure GAK isn’t out there someplace?” Being compliant and spry, she hopped out for a look. And quickly reported back, “I don’t know for sure what GAK looks like, but there’s this guy up there.”

The guy was GAK all right, who’d come out to wait for us almost half an hour early! He’d already been waiting a while, but not long.

This was turning out to be a lucky day!

LOST!

With GAK in the passenger seat and Kelly in back, we embarked for the shooting location in Oxnard. The freeway drive, which I’d been dreading, went by without the slightest hitch. In fact, it turned out to be fun. I enjoyed talking with GAK so much that I hardly even noticed the traffic...

Nevertheless, we didn’t crash.

Just so happened, our directions to the shooting location took us past a Barnes & Noble bookstore. The shoot would be continuing all day, so we were in no big hurry to arrive.

“Mind if we stop for a minute at the Barnes & Noble?” I asked. “It’s a bookstore.”

GAK is an artist who loves to read.

So we ran into the Barnes & Noble. I wanted to see if they were carrying my novel, Bite, which had just been released by Leisure Books. So far, I hadn’t seen it in any bookstores except for Dark Delicacies and Borderlands where I’d had signings. Over in the horror section, there was Bite. Face out. Eight copies. It warmed the cockles of my heart.

Next stop, McDonalds. GAK and I had eaten breakfast, but Kelly hadn’t, so she picked up McNuggets and a Coke. Then we were off for the movie shoot.

Which we couldn’t find.

Directions had been sent to me by email. Very specific directions, with street names and everything. We followed them carefully. Only problem, the final street, Martin, didn’t seem to be where it was supposed to be...or anywhere else in the vicinity.

We spent about half an hour looking for Martin, cruising up and down empty streets in an industrial area that seemed to be abandoned for the weekend. This looked like a good place for filming a spooky movie. And a nice day for it. While the valley had been sunny and hot, Oxnard was cool and bleak with fog.

Perhaps the fog had swallowed Martin Street.

From the start, I’d figured that something was sure to go wrong with our little adventure. How about driving all the way to Oxnard and not finding the location of the shoot?

But the email included the director’s cell phone number. In my experience, cell phones rarely work. This was our last chance to achieve our objective, however, so we backtracked to the same shopping center where we’d visited the Barnes & Noble. I went to a public phone, popped in a slew of coins, and dialed the director’s number.

Someone answered!

“Hello,” I said. “Is this Jason Stephens?”

“Yes, it is.”

“This is Richard Laymon. We’re supposed to cover your shoot today for The Midnight Hour magazine, but we can’t seem to find Martin Street.”

“Oh,” he said. “The street’s Walter. Not Martin, Walter.”

“Oh,” I said. “Okay. That explains it. We’ll be there in five minutes.”

FOUND

We’d already been through the area several times, so we had no trouble finding Walter or the proper driveway entrance. We parked at the curb, disembarked, and walked up the driveway. The sky was gray and somber. All around us were parking areas and loading docks and almost no signs of life. If I were a horror writer, I might’ve suspected that a calamity had wiped out everyone. Oh wait...

We spotted a few people. They were milling about a van and a couple of cars near the front of a warehouse. Alive. We approached them.

“Is this where the movie’s being shot?” I asked.

Indeed, it was. The man introduced himself as Jason Stephens. He was young, but not a kid. Cheerful and energetic, but not a flake. Trim and clean-cut. No pony tail. Dressed in a T-shirt and blue jeans. Not in black. Not in leather. No pierced eyebrows or lips. Not what I’d expected.

Meet Jason Stephens. Blond hair, six foot one, 185 pounds. Writer, director and producer of the film, Decay and the film we’d arrived to cover, Vampire Night. Co-producer and director of Merchants of Death. Gaffer of Things 2, grip and assistant cameraman of Haunted, dolly grip on Cyber Wars, etc.

And that’s in his spare time.

Full time, he is a deputy in the Ventura County Sheriff’s Department.

Jason Stephens, independent film maker, cop.

FILM-MAKER WITH A BADGE

I was fascinated to learn of Jason’s “real” job.

Here is a man who makes horror films, but who deals on a daily basis with real-life horrors. What sort of effect, I wondered, did his police work have on his films?

“I see a lot of strange people in my line of work,” Jason said, “and deal with a lot of troubling situations. Sometimes I write characters based a little on someone I’ve dealt with but generally I don’t. You get a lot of life experience being a cop, so I guess it probably does affect me in my film making on an unconscious level. Usually people write about what they know or have experienced.”

Being in law enforcement helps Jason in various areas of film making. “People trust me on their property. I get things donated to me more easily. The cops don’t show up on my locations and tell me to shut it down, because the cops are already there. (I usually have a bunch of cops on my set.) I also think it helps me direct better. In my job, I have to direct people a lot and it’s the type of direction people sometimes don’t want. Directing a film is different. I’m telling a bunch of actors who want to perform well and look good what I need for them to do to achieve their goal, which is also my goal. Much easier...most of the time!”

But what about violence in movies? Whenever real-life acts of violence take place in this country, the news media and politicians are quick to blame various forms of “violent” entertainment—from computer games to music videos to television shows and movies. Horror films are often catching the heat for contributing to juvenile violence. Being a law enforcement professional, Jason’s view on this subject should carry special weight. So I asked him about it.

“I’ve seen some really good kids that are horror movie fans and I see a whole lot of bad kids that aren’t. I really think the problem is in the home. If someone’s kid is being too heavily influenced by violence in the movies or on TV, then the parents need to take action. I’m sure the violence seen today may in some ways desensitize children, but it falls on the part of the parents and teachers to explain human suffering and tragic loss of human life. The news doesn’t always show the massive impact a loss of life in a family brings. The Christmases spent without a loved one, birthdays, waking up and eating breakfast together. On the news it’s just, ‘Two teenagers shot down in an apparent drive-by shooting...more at 11:00.’ If I was watching that news program with my child, I’d be damn sure he knew the impact of that situation. There’s a lot of things that need to be done differently.”

As for his own films, “I don’t glorify violence. I wouldn’t make a film about how great it would be to go into a restaurant and kill a bunch of innocent patrons. Anyone that would make that type of a film is sick. You could make the film with the same situation about the hero that tries to save the patrons. That is the difference.”

THE HORROR, THE HORROR

Why does Jason Stephens focus on making horror films?

Not because they’re the latest fad. He didn’t jump on the ol’ Scream bandwagon. Nope, he’s been a horror fan since he was a little kid.

He says, “I remember seeing horror movies with my dad since age 6 or 7. I guess they all had some type of effect on me. From the bad to the great, Attack of the Killer Tomatoes to The Exorcist. I used to love to get scared at the movies. That doesn’t happen any more really so now I look at the suspense to affect my emotions. Now I watch the horror films that seem possible. Those types are scary to me...If I had the finances to make a Big film, I wouldn’t make a campy horror movie. I’d like to make Jaws or Dead Calm or a suspense horror film like that...something people will remember and really think about.”

Jason started creating his own films when he was 13 years old, making “little Saturday Night Live style video skits...As I got older and started working, I was able to afford nicer equipment and my videos started looking better and better. Then I started taking classes at my local Junior College and some video specific courses in L.A.. When I was 21, I met Dennis Devine, who was teaching a lighting class. I showed him some of my videos...several of them horror genre type stuff. Dennis thought they looked pretty good and asked me if I wanted to help crew a low budget horror movie he was doing. That was Haunted, which ended up taking forever to release. But I did grip work on that and a little camera work. I also took an acting role on, when we needed to fill a scene. From there I worked on a few other films with Dennis who was starting a distribution company called Cinematrix Releasing.”

In 1996, Jason did a part of a trilogy called Merchants of Death. This is “a really campy horror movie which was shot for a REALLY low budget. I took on the lead role in my part of the movie, in which I play a priest who goes crazy because of all the sin in the world and starts to absolve the sexual deviants of the world by killing them off in the name of God. It was a really fun movie to make, although it was difficult playing the lead and directing it.”

At the end of 1997, Jason started working on his first feature film, Decay...“a crime thriller with a horror twist.” He wrote, produced and directed Decay. This was his biggest project yet with a cast of 22 main actors, about 40 extras and 9 locations. It starred action star Robert Z’Dar of Maniac Cop and Cash. Jason tells us that Decay has a lot going on in it, with plenty of plot twists.

On the set of Vampire Night, nearly everyone I encountered had apparently worked on Decay in one capacity or another. They all spoke of the movie with great enthusiasm and smiles on their faces as if they’d had great fun making it. Several times, people said to me, “You’ve gotta see Decay.”

JOHN AND LES

One such person, the cheerful and friendly John Phillip Sousa, Jr. (whose grandfather’s cousin was the legendary composer and bandmaster) played a mobster in Decay and has the role of a homeless alcoholic in Vampire Night.

Another homeless alcoholic in Vampire Night is played by Les Sekely. Unlike John, Les was scheduled to perform on the day of our visit. He’d shown up dressed for action, filthy and wearing a filthy trench coat. He had apparently achieved the desired effect by rolling in some nearby mud.

Les, like so many of the others we met that day, is a man of many talents. When not making films, he is a substitute school teacher. He also hosts a traffic school—for those trying to get moving violations removed from their records. Traffic schools in California often have “themes.” Les runs a hugely popular comedy traffic school, which apparently consists of Les doing stand-up routines. He is funny. At one point, I heard him ask where vampires “buy those old clothes. And where do they get those torches?” (The ones we always find in their lairs.) He wondered if they shop at Vampires R Us.

After talking to Les for a while, I was tempted to go out and run a red light.

But such drastic steps aren’t really necessary. Les can be seen as a homeless man in Vampire Night. He also wrote and directed a film called Vampire Time Travelers and acted in The Man Who Never Calls Back. In addition, he co-produced and acted in Amazon Warrior, in which he plays the blind man.

It may seem as if Vampire Night is mostly about homeless guys. It’s not. I’ve simply told you a few things about John Phillip Sousa, Jr. and Les Sekely because they took the time to talk with me.

VAMPIRE NIGHT

Vampire Night is actually about a young girl named Peggy who, in Jason’s words, “ventured off to Hollywood to become an actress against her brother Carl’s wishes. A no-good agent, Johnny Hollywood, has a deal with a vampire cult to provide runaways for their blood. Johnny sends Peggy to the cult where she is held captive and drained. The vampire cult finances their lifestyle by putting on a play at a small theater. In this play, they actually use their victims and the audience has no idea they are being killed in front of them.

“When Carl doesn’t hear from Peggy,” Jason explains, “he gets worried and comes to L.A. to find his sister. Carl sees through Johnny Hollywood’s lies and eventually finds the theater. Carl, in an attempt to get his sister, is attacked by the vampires and finds himself using his skill as an ex-Navy Seal to fight a different kind of enemy.”

Carl is a kick. Vampire Night would be worth watching if only to see him in action. He is played by actor/stuntman/bartender, Jimmy Jerman. Think Jean-Claude Van Damme, make him an American, add some muscle and wit, and you’ve got Jimmy Jerman.

As we stood around on the concrete floor of the warehouse shortly after arriving, I overheard this muscular guy say, “Not that I have a problem landing on cement—we’ll only have one take that way.”

Later, he said, “I’m like the male Buffy.”

But he looked very believable as an ex-Navy Seal. Dressed in black, he carried a Glock semi-automatic and a wooden stake in holsters on his utility belt. Not to mention a pack of Altoids.

TOOLS OF THE MOVIE TRADE

The Glock was easy to come by, the writer/director/producer being a deputy sheriff.

The stake was a bit more tricky. Apparently, the stakes in Vampire Night were made from the legs of a small table. I know this because a new stake was needed while we were there. A member of the crew walked by, struggling with pliers to remove a screw-like attachment from the thick end of an already-sharpened stake-to-be.

The stake was intended to protrude, point first, from the chest of a female vampire who lay sprawled on the concrete floor. The top she wore was a rather skimpy leather vest with laces up the front. While she squirmed on the floor, the makeup woman crouched over her and attempted to make the stake stand upright by shoving its thick end between the vest’s laces. Unfortunately, it kept tilting and falling over. And the vampire kept complaining about the cold floor. At last, the stake was fixed against her chest with a gob of goo and they shot the scene.

From watching the stake work, I concluded that a well equipped tool box is nearly as essential to film-making as is a camera.

The camera being used in Vampire Night, by the way, was a state-of-the-art digital Panasonic job of the same sort used in making Star Wars: Episode 1: The Phantom Menace. It was being wielded by Dennis Devine, director of photography for this film. Dennis (who had invited us to the shoot) wrote, photographed and directed the Cinematrix film, Vampires of Sorority Row. Also, he wrote and directed, along with Steve Jarvis, the film being made after Vampire Night, called Bloodstream.

Another prominent piece of equipment at the shoot was the fog machine. Nearly every scene required swirling fog, so people were continually fooling with the machine. As it hissed and puffed, crew members fanned its vapors this way and that. Dennis never began shooting a scene until the fog looked right. Seemed like a nuisance. However! They say that every cloud has a silver lining. Well, so does fog. Now and then, they relied on it to hide small problems. “No big deal, the fog’ll cover it.”

A less dramatic but nonetheless fascinating piece of equipment was the Kevlar vest. Meant to stop bullets and likely worn on the job by Jason, it was worn by a stuntman (Jason’s brother) during fights in Vampire Night. To protect him from the concrete floor, more than likely. Fighting with the main vampire (played by Robert Ryan—not the dead Robert Ryan), he was frequently hurled to the floor. Take after take. “We need more of an impact,” he was told at one point. Good thing he was wearing the concrete-resistant vest.

While the stuntman kept being thrown to the floor, the vampire’s job was to leap high above it. He was aided in his leaps by a device that catapulted him into the air. It had to be “armed” before each take. Then, when the fog seemed to be just the right consistency, Robert would go bounding up the ramp, someone would trigger it, and he’d be hurled up, arms out, fangs bared, cape flapping. In true vampire fashion.

ASPIRING FILM-MAKERS PLEASE NOTE

I was fascinated and amused by a lot of this. And also impressed. Here was a small group of film-makers using state-of-the-art equipment...and also throwing stuff together with ingenuity and duct tape. Nearly all of them hold regular jobs outside the movie industry, but get together regularly and frequently to make their films. They take turns as to whose project will be made, and everybody pitches in, performing different duties on different movies. In this way, they have succeeded in making numerous low-budget films.

Films that earn profits for those who make them.

To me, this group seems like a model for small, independent film production.

I asked Jason what advice he might give to aspiring film-makers. He said, “It’s tough, but don’t get discouraged. Do as much work on other projects as you can and make contacts with people that can eventually help you. Plan, plan, plan. It still won’t go as planned, but at least have it all ready. Don’t just use friends and family in your shoots. Go to local drama classes or acting classes and hold auditions for your parts. Your productions will look so much better with a variety of actors in them. Tell everyone upfront that it’s low budget and what you are trying to accomplish. A lot of people will want to help you in front or behind the camera.”

Of course, actually getting a film made is only part of the battle. The other part is distribution.

“Most of our films are made for under 20 thousand,” Jason explained. “Self distribution is a hard thing to do. But Dennis and Steve Jarvis (Cinematrix Releasing founders) were tired of getting ripped off by low budget distribution companies. Going through them, we saw nothing! Even when we’d sell a film to a foreign country, our ‘expenses’ to get the film there outweighed the profits.

“Now that I sell my movies through Cinematrix,” Jason said, “I get actual checks in the mail. Cinematrix markets the films through several Internet sites and also to video stores. Cinematrix also has contacts with cable companies. They are now getting a foreign clientele, but it’s a very slow process. We also sell our films directly through the Cinematrix website at http://unknownproductions.com.”

Jason goes on to say, “For interested film-makers, we can distribute films for you. We don’t make unrealistic guarantees and don’t charge a ton of expenses. You will know exactly how much your boxes cost, your copies cost, and how many tapes were sold and you WILL get your money for the sales.”

For those who might be interested in using the distribution services of Cinematrix, visit the website. Or write for additional information or a catalog at Cinematrix Releasing, 22647 Ventura Boulevard, PMB #352, Woodland Hills, CA 91364.

HOME AGAIN, HOME AGAIN

We pulled off our return from the shoot without a hitch or a crash or a maiming.

I would eventually go on to write this-here article for The Midnight Hour...an article that would hopefully include photos taken of the shoot by GAK and Kelly.

Experiences from our trip to the shoot are sure to turn up in my fiction as time goes by.

GAK will be doing artwork for some of my future special editions.

I’ll be going back to the Cinematrix website and ordering some films—especially Vampire Night when it’s available.

You might want to check it out, yourself. And Decay. And Vampires of Sorority Row...that sounds like a hot one.

Matt Schwartz

Y FIRST LOVE in horror fiction is the short story. While I may read hundreds of short stories a year, there are years where I may only check out a handful of novels. And unfortunately, that can often lead me to coming to an author’s full body of work until late in the game.

Sadly, that’s the case with Richard Laymon. I didn’t read my first Laymon novel until 2004. I had read many of his short stories and loved them—among them two masterpieces—“The Hunt” and “Mess Hall.” But, perhaps daunted by the sheer number of novels to choose from, I had never dived into his full-length work.

In choosing what my first Laymon novel should be, I looked to an author who scares the living hell out of me—Bentley Little. Little had done an introduction for Cemetery Dance’s beautiful hardcover of The Cellar and I figured if Little dug this one, then chances are it would be up my alley.

To say I agreed with Bentley Little is an understatement.

I found The Cellar to be one of the most genuinely shocking, ballsy horror novels I’ve ever read. It’s one of the few books I’ve read—alongside Jack Ketchum’s The Girl Next Door and Little’s own University—where I found myself amazed that the publisher agreed to put it on store shelves given its content. And the horror community is infinitely richer for the publishers having taken that chance.

But that’s not what this essay is about.

After experiencing the mindfuck of The Cellar I found myself craving more Laymon. A lot more. For the next several months, I read Laymon. And that was all I read. The Beast House. The Midnight Tour. One Rainy Night. Midnight’s Lair. The Wilds. Among the Missing. Beware. Night in the Lonesome October. And that was just in the first month.

Laymon was my crack cocaine. And barring A&E sending in a camera crew for “Intervention,” I wasn’t about to stop.

It had been a long time since I developed such a fast addiction to something in entertainment. Ten years in fact. In other words, I didn’t think Richard Laymon wasn’t just good. He was “Melrose Place” good.

I know what you’re thinking. But let me tell you—they’re not as different as it may seem. Let me clarify it a bit.

First of all, when I’m talking about “Melrose Place” I’m not talking “Billy and Allison move in as roommates, determined to remain platonic friends, and wacky hijinx ensue.”

I’m talking “Kimberly (played by “Desperate Housewives’” Marcia Cross, by the way) is plotting to murder everyone who is responsible for her losing most of her scalp (and brain) in a car accident, with special plans to torture amateur call-girl Sidney, who’s busy planning to shove her wheelchair-bound sister Jane in front of a truck so she can sleep with Jane’s husband, who’s not above altering medical records if it means it gives him a shot at sleeping with Heather Locklear.”

Good stuff, good stuff.

But schizophrenic psychopaths aren’t the only parallels between the two. There’s more to their common appeal than meets the eye.

Over the years of selling horror books, I’ve had many customers email me their thoughts on various authors and books, eager to discuss my own thoughts on the matter. Several customers have told me that they feel that Laymon’s regular descriptions of women as gorgeous and perfect are misogynistic.

Man, I think they’re missing the point. Big time.

One of the things that instantly pulled me into Laymon’s works is quite the opposite. He’s one of the very few authors I’ve read who provides eye candy for everyone in many of his novels. Now, if you’re not a straight woman or gay male, you may not notice it in his text—but for every female character with great breasts and luscious hair, Laymon had no problems offering up male characters with power pecs or bulging biceps. In fact, it was particularly nice to see that by The Midnight Tour it’s clear that the Beast swings both ways. (Sorry fellas—that excellent “Y” chromosome ain’t saving you from this horror.)

That said, it may beg the question—why have so many gorgeous people at all?

Well, that brings us back to “Melrose Place.”

Here’s the thing—the stuff that goes down in Laymon’s books is sick shit. Really sick. People are put through the ringer in terrifying, disturbing ways, and when it comes to trying to think up new ways to shock the reader, Laymon is a master of rising to the occasion.

And I think having that sick stuff happen to impossibly gorgeous people actually is a brilliant maneuver.

Having these violent, sick, terrifying acts happen to us “normal” folk would risk making the books downright unpleasant to read. Life is already often full of sorrow and pain, and having one of us go through the wonderfully twisted horrors presented in such books as The Cellar or One Rainy Night would cause such pity for the main characters as to be nearly unbearable.

But let’s face it. If someone has to go through unbelievably sick and twisted crap—wouldn’t we all rather see it happen to someone who is impossibly good-looking, and whose life has undoubtedly, up to this point, been full of a level of happiness, sex, and love that the rest of us mortals only dream about?

Not that we necessarily take pleasure out of seeing bad things happen to gorgeous people. But if it’s going to happen—and let’s face it, if it wasn’t going to happen, it wouldn’t make much of a horror book—isn’t it better to happen to someone who’s already been sickeningly fortunate in life so far?

Or maybe that’s just me. I’m perfectly comfortable acknowledging my Schadenfreude-prone personality.

To quote “Melrose Place”’s Sydney: (referring to psycho Kimberly) “What’s happening in her world is not exactly what’s happening in ours.”

Now, of course, Laymon isn’t the first author to have his main characters step out of an Abercrombie & Fitch catalog. And it definitely doesn’t apply to all of Laymon’s novels. In fact, when you start looking at many brilliant works like The Traveling Vampire Show and Night in Lonesome October you’ll see quite a different Laymon, albeit one that’s no less essential to read.

After that initial burst of devouring a minimum of one Laymon novel a week, I slowed down a bit. Not because I got bored, but because the author’s untimely passing has left me with a finite amount of his work that I’ll ever be able to read—and I want to be able to get the thrill of reading “new” Laymon (new to me, anyway) for years to come. Right now, I’m feeding my Laymon lust with Island—which is blowing me away.

Nothing excites me in horror fiction like reading someone whom is unlike anyone else I’ve stumbled across, or reading a novel that goes in a direction which I never could have believed possible.

If you had asked me five years ago what a collaboration between David Cronenberg and Aaron Spelling would be like in novel form, I couldn’t have told you. After reading The Beast House series, I think I have a pretty damn good idea. And that knowledge has made me happier than I ever would have imagined.

Steve Gerlach

ICHARD LAYMON CARRIED my business cards around in his wallet.

He told me the whole family did.

And that made me proud.

Here was a guy who was willing to help out others, even while he was out and about every day, promoting his own works. Sure, I ran his official website, but that doesn’t matter. Dick was proud of what I’d achieved and he didn’t stop telling people about it.

I shipped hundreds of the cards over to Dick. And he kept running out of them.

Here’s a guy who took time out from his busy schedule to email his latest news, to talk to his fans or reply on his message board. Here’s a guy who told me if I needed anything, ANYTHING to help with RLK!, just let him know. Here’s a guy who took time to read my own novels and provide cover quotes for them.

Here was a guy, a true and honest guy, who always had a laugh, a smile and a joke for whoever he met.

Here was a real guy. The best darn guy on the planet.

I hope some day to be like him. I hope to follow his lead. And if I learn to practice just 10% of what Richard Laymon taught me, that will be a fine effort indeed.

This story is dedicated to Richard Laymon.

Steve Gerlach

ID YOU SEE THAT?”

“What?”

“Out there, in the bushes?”

“Out where?”

“I’m not sure, I thought I saw something.”

Andrew sat back in the driver’s seat and looked through the windshield, out into the dark night.

“There’s nothing out there,” he said.

“I’m sure I saw something,” Fiona whispered as she pointed out in front of them.

Andrew narrowed his eyes and focused outside the car. It was so dark he was only just able to make out the bushes and trees that surrounded the car park. He turned to look out the side window, but he could see no one at all. The car park was empty—exactly why he chose it—and secluded as well. He didn’t think they would be disturbed here, halfway up a mountain in the middle of the night.

“It’s just your imagination,” he said as he turned and leaned back over to Fiona. His eyes dropped back down to her exposed breasts. Even in the half-light, he could make out the beautiful white skin and the dark dollops in the middle of each.

He ran his tongue across her left nipple, which was colder now, having lost the warmth from his mouth. But the nipple was rigid. She was scared, he could tell, but maybe that was part of the fun.

Andrew could hear the wind blowing through the trees outside in a slow ebb and flow, like deep breathing.

This place is perfect, he thought to himself. Just right.

He noticed then that Fiona was still and unmoving, her hands no longer danced along his naked back or ran through his hair. He took one last lick of her nipple and then pulled away, his eyes rising to face hers.

She looked scared.

“What is it?” he asked.

“I’m telling you I saw someone out there.” Her eyes locked on his.

“There’s no one out there!”

“There is!”

“I just checked, honey,” he said in a quiet voice. He smiled at her and his hand reached up to brush the blonde locks away from her forehead. “There’s no one out there. There never is this time of night.”

“I know what I saw.” Her voice became cold and hard.

Like her body, he thought.

“Don’t worry about it,” he said as he reached forward to kiss her.

Fiona pushed him away. “No!”

“Come on,” he continued, fighting with her.

“NO!” she yelled, pushing harder.

Shit.

Andrew gave in and let her have her way. He slumped back into the driver’s seat and sighed deeply.

Fiona covered up her breasts with both hands.

Together, they sat in silence, staring out into the night.

Andrew watched the trees and bushes directly in front of the car. There was very little distance between the hood of the car and the tree line, and no one in their right mind would be out there at this time of night.

She’s imagined it, he thought. It’s that simple. Imagined it all. And now we’re sitting here doing nothing.

The silence stretched.

Come on, he thought. Do something!

The wind rustled through the trees and the limbs danced together in one fluid movement.

Andrew turned to stare out the driver’s window. His eyes darted in the night, checking out the empty car park, looking for anything that might be out of the ordinary.

No one.

Nothing.

He looked up into the sky and watched the heavy clouds move overhead, skirting across the moon and obscuring the moonlight.

We can’t sit here all night, he thought. Although it would serve her right if we did!

He knew he had to do something, he had to break the silence somehow.

I’ve got to have her!

He turned to face Fiona again.

She was still staring out through the windshield.

“Do you see anyone, honey?” he asked in a soft voice.

She shook her head, not taking her eyes off the trees in front of the car. “Well, maybe they’ve gone,” he suggested.

She didn’t move.

“I mean, if you can’t see them now, they must’ve gone, right?”

Fiona nodded and slowly turned to face him.

“What if it’s him?” she whispered.

“Who?”

“You know, the Mountainside Murderer.”

Andrew rolled his eyes.

“You’re not serious?” he asked.

“He’s killed five people.” Her eyes burnt into his. “It’s been in all the papers and on the TV news. Five people he’s killed. Stabbed them all to death on nights just like this. Five in two months.”

“Honey, he’s not out there.”

“He could be.”

“Trust me, he isn’t,” Andrew smiled.

She paused and then worriedly smiled back.

“You know I’ll take care of you, don’t you?” he asked in a soft voice.

“I’m sorry,” she muttered. “I’ve ruined everything, haven’t I?”

Andrew leaned closer and reached out to place a finger on her lips.

“Sssh,” he said. “You haven’t ruined a thing. Everything is still fine.”

“Really?” she smiled more.

“Really.”

He reached forward and removed her hands from her breasts. “Everything will be fine,” he whispered as he took her left breast back into his mouth. He leaned closer and let his left hand slip down her thin, smooth stomach to her jeans.

He sucked long and hard and her nipple rose with his tongue. He undid the button on her jeans and undid the zip.

He could hear her breathing quicken, become deeper and more rhythmic, and she moaned out loud as he slipped his fingers into her warm, tight, wet pussy.

Her arms surrounded him and he felt her hands slide up his back once more, rising and combing through his hair. He bit down hard on her nipple and heard her gasp in surprise.

Yes, he thought. Yes, finally.

His fingers slid in and out of her easily, her wetness all the lubrication he needed.

She wants it too. Shes so horny she’s wetting herself.

He pulled away from her left breast, his mouth leaving her skin with a slurp, and he pushed the breast to the side. Tracing up to her neck with his tongue, he bit her chin before continuing upwards and kissing her hard on the lips. Her tongue danced with his. Her breathing joined his deeper and faster now. She was squirming underneath him, pushing her body hard against his.

She wanted it. He could tell.

He pulled away from her kiss and climbed closer, keeping his fingers pumping inside her wet folds, rubbing her clit and feeling it swell as he did so. He licked at her right breast, biting at her nipple, before continuing down her so soft and gorgeous belly. He circled her belly button with his tongue a few times, teasing her as his fingers pumped faster and deeper below.

She was rising and falling with his rhythm, letting out soft groans and whispering his name.

He could smell her juices now, rising from her and mixing with their breath and sweat. She smelled good.

Good and ready.

He lowered his head more, his tongue skirting her pubic hair and his nose taking in her scent. His fingers were sticky and wet, but he didn’t care. He couldn’t wait to taste her. He couldn’t wait to be in her, so tight and ready.

His eyes traveled down her jeans and long legs to the white cowboy boots she was wearing. They were white embossed leather with silver frills and they stretched halfway up her calves.

Man, those boots are sexy, he thought.

His tongue cut down through her pubic hair and headed straight for the beautiful folds of her pussy.

That’s when she yelped.

That’s when her hands clawed his back and started pushing him away!

“No!” she cried. “No no! Nonono!”

Andrew fought her off as he was pushed back into the driver’s seat.

“Hey, hey,” he yelled as his back hit the driver’s door, “calm down! What the fuck’s the matter with you?”

Fiona was staring out the windshield and into the night again. One hand covered her breasts, the other was zipping up her jeans.

Andrew followed her gaze, but the night was too dark and he couldn’t see anyone.

“What?” he asked.

“I saw him again,” she whispered.

“Huh?” Andrew couldn’t believe what he was hearing.

“I saw him again,” Fiona repeated. “The Mountainside Murderer!”

“What? You’re not serious?”

Fiona’s eyes darted to him. “I’m very serious. I know what I saw.”

Andrew ran a hand through his hair.

What game is she playing? There’s no one out there!

He turned and looked out each car window.

No one.

Nobody.

Zilch.

“I don’t want to stay here any longer,” she whispered as her eyes moved back to the front of the car.

Andrew stared at her. He couldn’t believe what he was hearing.

“Please?” she asked again. “Can we go?”

I know, he thought. I know exactly what she’s playing at! Get me all the way up here, get me hard and horny for a fuck, and she thinks she can just go all frigid on me? She thinks she can lead me on and then just say no right when we’re finally about to do it? She knows we came here to fuck. Why else would we leave the nightclub so early? She knows that! I made it perfectly clear to her earlier tonight. Hell, she’s horny too! She’s leaking juice everywhere! She’s not gonna fuck with my emotions like this.

He stared out the front windshield again. Then he turned and checked every window one more time. Just for her benefit.

Were not leaving here that easily, Fiona, he thought. Not until I’ve finally got inside you and cum.

“Honey,” he said in a calm voice. “I can’t see anyone.”

“Well, I can,” she replied.

“Where?”

“Out there, between those two trees.” She pointed straight in front of the car.

Andrew craned his neck, playing her game, and focused on where she was pointing.

“I don’t see anyone there,” he replied, trying to stay calm.

“Well, he’s not there now,” she replied. “He’s gone.”

“Oh.” Andrew nodded his head.

Bitch. Fucking with my mind when I should be fucking with her pussy.

“Well, if he’s gone, he won’t—”

“He came back after disappearing the first time,” she interrupted him.

“I don’t think he’ll come back again,” Andrew replied as calmly as possible.

“How can you be so sure?”

“Well, I can’t.”

“It’s the Mountainside Murderer.”

“No, it’s not.” He shook his head. “Anyway, he’s only ever struck on the Westside. Nowhere near here.”

“I want to leave,” she whispered.

He sighed.

Not that easy, Fiona. Not yet, anyway.

“Please?” she asked as she turned to face him.

God, she’s beautiful, he thought.

He didn’t want to say no to her. But he deserved something. Something in return. He was hard and ready to explode, and he wanted to explode in her.

Gotta call her bluff, he thought. Make her stupid excuse go away. I can’t let her win this one. I have to prove to her she’s wrong and then I can get what I deserve. I can’t let her win like this.

“No,” he replied. “Let’s stay.”

Her face fell and suddenly she looked very scared.

Quite the little actress...

“Please, Andrew. I want to leave.”

“There’s no one out there!” he heard his voice rise.

“There is! I saw him!” Fiona repeated, staring back at the spot she had pointed out.

“Well, I don’t see him!” Andrew couldn’t stop himself, he was yelling now. “There’s no one out there. You just said that yourself! There’s no one there so there’s nothing to worry about.”

“I want to go.” Fiona began to cry.

“We’re not going anywhere until we’re finished here!”

She turned to stare at him, the tears starting to fall from her eyes.

“Please,” she whispered one more time. “We can go anywhere else. Anywhere! Just not here. He’s out there and he’s watching. He’ll kill us!”

Fucking Jesus H fucking Christ, Andrew thought. She’s not gonna drop this story! She’s gonna stick with it no matter what!

“Fine,” he said as he sat back in his seat and picked up his shirt from the floor of the car. “If this is how you want to play it.”

He climbed back into his shirt and began rebuttoning it. He looked out the driver’s window as he did so. He couldn’t look at her right now. He didn’t want to, anyway.

I warned you. I fucking warned you.

He could hear her sobbing begin to slow and she blew her snuffled nose. As he finished with his top button, he could still smell her juices on his fingers. He wished he was tasting them right now.

Then he felt her hand on his shoulder and he turned to look at her. She was kneeling on the seat and smiling at him. The tears had made her mascara run and her wet cheeks glistened, but she still looked beautiful to Andrew.

“Thank you,” she whispered. “For understanding.”

“Oh, I understand alright,” Andrew replied.

“I don’t care where we go, just not here.”

“We’re not going anywhere,” he said in a level voice. “I already told you that, we’re staying right here!”

Her face fell and she sat back in the seat. Her eyes darted back out through the windshield before returning to stare at him. Her mouth opened, but she didn’t say anything. Suddenly, tears began to fall once more as she shook her head back and forth.

“Please,” she whispered. “Let’s leave.”

“No, Fiona, I’ve already told you. NO!”

He reached forward, shoving her further into the seat. She squealed and grabbed at him, but he pushed past her and reached down to the glove compartment. His fingers slipped under the flap—

—they were slipping into HER flaps just a few minutes ago

—and he pulled hard. The glove compartment sprang open and the light inside illuminated the contents.

She screamed as soon as she saw the revolver.

He grabbed it with one hand and slammed the glove compartment with the other. Slowly, he climbed back into his seat, making sure the gun was in view at all times. Not that he had to bother, as Fiona’s eyes never left the gun for even a second.

She was shaking more now, cowering back in her seat, trying to get as far away from him as possible.

He reached forward, his free hand out, trying to calm her down, but she wouldn’t listen.

“No, no, no, no no no” she was saying over and over again.

“Hey,” he kept his voice calm and level, “don’t worry. Calm down. Hey, calm the fuck down!”

It didn’t work.

She was becoming hysterical.

“Don’t, please, just don’t hurt me. Please, no!”

“QUIET!” he yelled at the top of his voice.

That got her attention. She quickly shut up.

He waited a few seconds for Fiona to regain some control. He watched her, stared at her, counting to ten to give her time to get a grip.

“There’s no need to panic,” he finally said, making sure he sounded calm and level headed. “I’m not going to hurt you.”

“Please don’t,” she whispered.

“You’ve got nothing to fear,” he continued. “I guess I just have to prove something to you.”

He dropped his eyes from hers and opened the revolver.

Yep, full. Good.

“Just be a good girl,” he whispered. “And no one will get hurt, okay?” Fiona nodded her head as she began to chew her bottom lip.

Andrew smiled and leaned towards her. She still cowered in the seat, but he managed to kiss her hard on the lips anyway.

Her eyes never left his as he leaned back into his seat.

She smiled a nervous smile at him.

I’ll show her, he thought. Fucking bitch playing head games with me.

His finger curled around the cold, hard metal.

He smiled as he watched her.

Then he pulled hard and fast.

She screamed.

And he pushed open the door and climbed from the car.

Fiona’s scream cut off abruptly.

Andrew let go of the car door handle and bent down to look at her again.

“Don’t go anywhere,” he told her.

“What?” She looked surprised.

“I said, don’t go anywhere.”

“Where are you going?”

“To see if there really is someone out here,” Andrew replied.

Fiona’s face changed from surprise to terror. “No!

“I’ll only be gone a minute,” he replied.

“No!” She climbed over into the driver’s seat and stared up at him. “Don’t go, don’t leave me here all alone.”

“You’ll be fine. Just lock all the doors. I’ll only be gone for a minute.”

“No, Andrew, please! It could be dangerous out there! He’ll get you!”

Andrew smiled down at her. “Don’t worry, I’ve got this, remember?” He pointed to the revolver.

But it wasn’t enough. Fiona was shaking again now, the tears beginning once more. “Please, Andy, let’s just leave here. Let’s go anywhere else and we’ll be safe and fine. Please!

She was begging him.

She looked cute when she begged.

No way, sweetheart. You’ve played this hand and we’ll see it all the way through. I’ll prove to you no one’s out here and then I’ll come back and take what I deserve.

“It’ll be fine,” he said as he reached down and kissed her. “Back in a minute.”

He turned and walked away from her.

“No, Andy!” she called after him. “No, please! Don’t leave me here alone! I’ve got no protection! What if he comes for me while you’re gone? What if he kills me while you’re gone?”

Andrew stopped in his tracks and stared into the dark woods. He smiled. Gotta give her credit, she almost got me there!

He wiped the smile from his face, turned around and walked back to her.

“You’re right,” he said. “I should’ve thought of that.”

He held out the gun to her.

“Here, take it.”

“What?

“Take it for protection. If he comes for you, you’ll have some protection. Just pull the trigger and I’ll come running.”

After all, I won’t be needing it. There’s no one out here anyway. But I’ll play your little game, darlin’.

“You can’t be serious?” she said as she eyed the gun being handed to her.

“Of course I am! I’ll only be gone for a minute or so anyway,” he replied. “Here, take it.”

Fiona reached out and took the revolver.

“Good, now shut the door and make sure every door is locked. I’ll be right back.”

Andrew turned from her and walked to the front of the car. He looked over his shoulder just long enough to see Fiona scrambling back into the car and reaching over the seats to lock all the doors.

Ha, he thought. I’ll show her who’s the master of games around here. He stopped in his tracks and looked through the trees in the direction where she had pointed. He crouched slightly and then tilted his head, as if he’d heard something.

This’ll be scaring the shit out of her, he thought. Serves her right. I’ll fuck her juicy pussy yet.

Then, slowly, he marched through the trees and into the darkness.

It was hard to keep the smile from his face as he counted the fifty steps he had decided to pace out.

When he got to fifty, he stopped, turned around and leaned against the nearest tree. He was far enough from the car that he couldn’t see it.

And that means the stupid bitch can’t see me either.

He placed his hands in his pockets and waited.

The cold settled in all around him. As did the darkness of the night.

I wonder how long I should wait? he thought.

And then he smiled as he felt the car keys in his right pocket.

I can wait a while. She’s not going anywhere tonight.

He crouched down at the base of the tree and closed his eyes.

His smile widened as he thought about how wet Fiona’s pussy was and how easily his fingers had slid right inside her.

Andrew felt himself growing hard again as he thought about going back to the car and sliding his cock deep inside her.

Inside her wet, tight, warm pussy. It’ll be the best orgasm ever.

And he told himself that he would have to thank Fiona for this little game. Because this was like nothing else he’d ever experienced.

He knew one thing for certain.

They’d never forget this night for as long as they lived.

Fiona stared out into the night.

She was sure it was getting darker out there. The more she stared into the area where Andrew had disappeared, the less she could see.

Her hands held the gun tight. She knew she was shaking, but there was nothing she could do about it.

Her eyes double- and triple-checked the locks on all the doors. She was safe.

For now...she thought. Could get risky later, though.

She stared back through the windshield.

Come on, come on...come back, Andy. I need you here.

She wanted to do something. She needed to. But she had no idea what. She didn’t want to get out of the car—too risky—-but she didn’t want to just sit here either. The night seemed to be getting colder, and that made her shake even more.

She continued to stare through the trees where Andy had disappeared. She focused her eyes, praying they would discern something new.

Nothing.

Dark. Blackness. Nothing.

She realized she was biting at her lip.

Come on, come back.

She stared down at the gun in her hands.

“Just pull the trigger and I’ll come running.” That’s what Andrew said. If I fire the gun, he’ll come back.

She smiled and nodded to herself.

Yeah. He’ll come back.

She reached for the door.

Slowly unlocked it.

Pull the trigger.

Opened it carefully.

He’ll come running.

And then she saw the movement.

She let out a short, sharp scream as she slammed the door and locked it fast.

Fiona looked out through the window again, her breath fogging the glass, but she could see no one.

I know what I saw, she thought. It was out of the corner of my eye, but it was a movement, I’m sure of it.

She stared off to the right of the car, where she was sure she’d glimpsed something.

Or someone.

I’m sure of it.

And so she sat and waited.

And waited.

Too scared to move. Too scared to do anything.

Waited in the dark. In the night.

Gotta wait this out.

Just gotta.

Please, Andrew, please just come back.

Please let there be no one else out there. Don’t let tonight turn out all wrong and bad. Not tonight. Please.

She sat.

The wind blew through the trees. It was getting stronger, she was sure of it.

I can’t sit here all night. He has to come back soon.

Turning her neck, Fiona checked out the back windows of the car. Nothing.

No movement. No life.

Maybe it’s just the wind. Maybe I am just making it up. I’m too nervous, maybe that’s it. I need to calm down and try not to panic.

Sitting still and holding her breath for what seemed like ages, Fiona strained her eyes, darting from the front of the car to the side, looking for anything or anyone to prove she was right.

Nothing.

No one.

Shit.

She ran a hand through her hair and rested the gun on her lap.

Why’s he taking so long? Why hasn’t he come back?

And then she realized. Realized exactly why Andrew hadn’t returned.

No, no! I won’t believe it!

But she knew she was right. Andrew should’ve been back by now. It wouldn’t take long to scout in the bushes and come back to the car.

Unless...

Unless whoever was out there got to him first.

Fiona felt the fear spread down her spine.

Fuck. I knew he shouldn’t’ve gone. He should’ve stayed here. We should’ve stayed together!

She placed the revolver on the driver’s seat only long enough to button up her jeans and check her boots were on. Grabbing the revolver again, she unlocked the door and opened it quickly.

I can’t stay here by myself any longer. I can’t just wait for him to come and get me. I have to try and save Andy. I have to stop whoever is out there!

She climbed from the car and stood in the cold night. A shiver passed through her as she turned her head and checked to the side of the car once more.

Slowly, Fiona took a step towards the front of the car, closer to the trees.

Her boots sunk slightly in the wet underbrush.

They’ll get all muddy and need to be cleaned again. I should never have bought a white pair, she thought. Still, as long as they’re comfortable and functional.

Her eyes tried to slice through the darkness, but she couldn’t see anyone or anything.

The trees moved in the night, swaying with the wind.

Fiona listened carefully for any sound, any hint as to where Andrew was, but the wind swallowed it all.

“Hello?” It came out in a whisper, so she tried again, louder this time. “Hello? Andy?”

Nothing.

“Andy? You out here?”

She knew it was a stupid question, but she didn’t know what else to say.

She walked to the front of the car and leaned on the cold hood.

“Andrew? Where are you?”

Her voice disappeared into the night.

She tore her eyes away from the trees for a few seconds to check she still had the revolver in her right hand. She could feel her fingers gripping the handle, but she had to make sure with her own eyes.

She shivered again. The wind messed her hair.

I should never have agreed to come up here. I don’t know this area too well. It was a stupid, stupid idea.

Bitch!

She jumped at the voice. It was close. Somewhere in front of her. Somewhere just on the other side of the trees.

Fiona’s eyes darted from side to side. Her mouth opened to say something, but nothing came out.

“You fucking lying bitch.”

It was a deep, hate-filled voice and it filled her with total fear.

“I’m going to make you pay for all the fucking lies and the games you play. I’m going to cut you deep, cut you and make you hurt.”

Fiona wanted to run, but she was frozen to the spot. Only her eyes moved back and forth, trying to pinpoint the voice in front of her.

“I’ll cut the ears, cut the nose, and cut the tits off your body. I’ll make you beg for mercy and make you wish for death. I’ll gut you wide and slice right through that sexy little cunt of yours.”

“No,” she whispered first. And then her voice rose with her panic. “No, no, please no! Don’t hurt me, leave me alone! DON’T HURT ME PLEASE!”

Her whole body was shaking, her eyes darted in the darkness, the wind blew and the trees swayed. She tried to move, but couldn’t. She wanted to, but couldn’t.

“Then, just before you die, I’ll cut out your clit and make you eat it.”

And then he was laughing at her. She could hear it loud above the wind, a guttural, deep, manic laugh that didn’t stop. It seemed to be all around her now, surrounding her on all sides.

Stop it, stop! Leave me alone!

Fiona put her hands to her ears and closed her eyes, willing and praying for the sound to stop.

But the laughter continued, as did the wind and the sound of the trees all around her.

“Time to die, bitch!”

She opened her eyes just in time and saw him running towards her, out of the darkness from between the trees.

She fumbled with the revolver, took aim and squeezed the trigger.

The sound was loud and shattered the night.

She watched him jerk to a stop and then stagger slowly backwards, as the blood quickly grew on his chest. Her eyes met his as he reached out to her before falling backwards onto the ground.

Andrew hit the ground hard, partly disappearing back into the darkness between the trees.

No!

Fiona dropped the gun.

Oh, Andrew! Oh fuck! No! Please no!

The silence returned to the night. The wind continued its dance with the trees.

And Andrew lay dead in front of her.

All she could see were his feet and legs. The rest of him disappeared into the darkness.

What have I done? Andrew, oh shit, I didn’t know it was you. I thought it was him, I thought it was the person I saw out in the night. I didn’t know it would be you! I didn’t know. I’m so sorry! I didn’t want it to happen like this. Oh, Andrew, I’m so fucking sorry.

She found herself standing, no longer leaning on the hood of the car. Slowly, she took a step closer towards him. Carefully, she moved further into the night.

Andrew’s body jerked for a second.

Fiona let out a short shriek and stopped in her tracks, but Andrew lay still again.

Oh Jesus, what have I done? It can’t have happened like this!

She crept forward another step, and then another.

No no! Please no, don’t let this happen. No!

With every step, she could see more of Andrew. His hips, his blood-soaked shirt covering his stomach and chest, his arms flung out to the side of his body.

Tears filled Fiona’s eyes as she crept closer. She was shivering more now, the cold night making her teeth clatter, the trees swaying over Andrew’s body.

She fell to her knees by his side.

“No,” she whispered as she reached out to try and stop the blood pumping from his chest.

She leaned forward to kiss him on the lips. But his blank expression stared unmoving back at her. She couldn’t kiss him. She just couldn’t do it.

Fiona threw herself backward, away from the corpse and tried to stand, but her legs just wouldn’t work, none of her limbs would work.

She filled her lungs to scream, but a hand slammed across her mouth and cut off any chance.

She was pulled backwards by her hair and dragged until she could stand. She was leaning against someone, she could feel the body behind her, hear his breathing and feel the rise and fall of his chest against her back. She could also feel the large erection digging into her from behind.

“I told you I’d gut you wide and slice right through your little cunt,” the voice whispered in her ear.

She tried to struggle, but he was too strong.

“And your little hero boyfriend isn’t gonna stop me now.”

She wanted to turn around and look into the eyes of the man who held her, but he wouldn’t let her. He was too strong.

His left hand was still across her mouth. She had to breathe through her nose to remain conscious.

His right hand appeared from behind her.

It was holding a large hunting knife. Blood smeared and dripped from the blade as he brought it closer to her, running its edge down and through her cheek, deeply slicing it in two.

She tried to scream through the pain, but his hand wouldn’t let her.

“Time to die, princess,” he whispered.

And she knew he was right.

The knife traveled down her body, slicing her shirt in two and quickly sawing through her jeans. She tried to struggle, but it was no good. In what seemed like only seconds, he cut the jeans away from her legs and tore her panties from her hips.

“Now, if you scream, I’ll slice the skin from your body, piece by piece before I plunge this knife right through the back of your skull,” he whispered. “If you don’t scream, you’ll only feel my cock, and then I promise I’ll kill you quickly and with little pain. Deal?”

Fiona nodded her head slowly, trying not to cry.

Slowly, he removed his hand from her mouth.

Fiona gulped in the air, forcing herself to think clearly and not to panic.

His hand traced down the side of her body, feeling her soft, cold flesh.

“Mmm,” he continued. “You’ll be a fine fuck tonight. I’m going to enjoy this.”

He bent her slowly forward. There was nothing she could do. She could feel the bouncing head of his cock between her butt cheeks.

He pushed her down and kept one hand on her back, making sure she stayed folded in two. She grabbed her ankles for balance as blood trickled from the stinging wound in her cheek.

“Who are you?” she whispered.

“Who do you think, bitch?” he asked as the tip of his penis rubbed against her anus. “I’m the Mountainside Murderer.”

Fear spread through Fiona’s body.

“You would’ve heard about me,” he continued as his cock began to force its way into her anus. “I’ve killed five people.”

“Nine,” Fiona whispered, grabbing her ankles tighter and readying herself for the pain.

“Huh?”

“You’ve killed nine people,” she said again.

His low, guttural laugh filled her ears. “You’re wrong, girlie. The newspapers say five.”

“They haven’t found the other four yet,” Fiona replied, her right hand slipping into her right cowboy boot.

“Shut the fuck up and stop trying to confuse me!” he said as his cock slid inside her. “I’m the Mountainside Murderer, so I should fucking well know!”

“No, you’re not,” Fiona said, her fingers sliding around the knife handle held snug inside her right boot. She lunged away from him in one movement. His cock slipped from her with a slurp as she spun around quickly, diving forward and burying the blade of the knife deep into his right eye.

She smiled as he fell to his knees screaming and clawing at his face, blood and white-milky eye juice flowing from around the knife blade imbedded in his skull.

“You’re not the Mountainside Murderer,” she whispered. “I am.”

James Futch

FIRST DISCOVERED Richard Laymon through his short stories. They were realistic, brutal, fast-moving, unflinching, assaults on the senses. Descriptions that made me shake my head and think, “This dude is doing it right!” And like the very best short stories, most of them cut in on the action and never let up, never got dull, right down to the surprise ending, the prose so smooth and clear, you could skip stones off it.

Throughout his long career, he wrote tons of short stories and it’s always a treat to stumble across one of them. Their frequent appearances in the magazines and anthologies kept the horror genre jumping with fresh new ideas and new spins on old ones. Among the first I read was the zombie gore-fest “Mess Hall” from the Book of the Dead anthology. I remember it as being the best of two worlds, with Richard Laymon blending serial killers with zombies in one totally gross-out story. I really admired that.

His influence on my writing has been tremendous and continues to this very day.

James Futch

HE ZOMBIES WERE on the move. Aimless yet relentless, they shuffled onward until one of them would trip and fall to the street. Advancing zombies then stumbled over the fallen, groaning incoherently as they writhed in a heap of soft decay.

Lyle Benning took advantage of these collapses to rest. He learned to snooze amid the slowly rocking pile of animated cadavers. It was like drifting on a gentle ocean, rotting corpses for waves. Eventually, the pile would begin to separate as the zombies, along with Benning, clambered to their feet and resumed the shuffling walk of the dead.

The masquerade was actually quite easy. He kept his facial features as emotionless as possible. With his mouth hanging slightly agape, he sporadically rolled his eyes around or crossed them. His arms hung limply at his sides. He occasionally let out a moan of agony. He shuffled about as though intoxicated. With the make-up, the disguise was complete. Benning had successfully walked undetected among the dead for a month now, maybe more. He had lost track of the time.

At first, Benning was dubious about pulling off the trick of fooling the zombies. But he soon concluded that it was only a matter of time before he was found and eaten. There were simply too many of them in the city and nowhere left to hide. So one night, he used the cosmetics in a dilapidated pharmacy to turn his face and hands the bluish green pallor that characterized some of the “fresher” zombies.

Benning had waited in the alley beside the pharmacy and when a group of the corpses walked by, he shambled forward and joined the procession. It was just that simple. And it proved that the zombies hunted by sight. They went after anything that looked alive, anything animated.

The sight of a fast moving human being had a dramatic effect on the sluggish zombies. For a bunch of dead bodies, they could move.

Two things posed a problem for Benning. First was his need to eat. So far, he had been lucky enough to periodically break away from the zombie parade to forage for food and drink. He would then either catch up with the group or wait for another. The risks were high, chief among them being eaten himself.

The second problem was tolerating his rather odious company. Nearly all the zombies he had encountered were in advanced stages of decay and they stank to high heaven. Benning had only thrown up a few times (the vomit on his shirt actually enhanced his disguise) and by now he had learned to suppress the urge.

In addition to the smells were the sights. Here was a zombie dragging most of its bowels behind it, the intestine trailing like a slimy tail from its rectum. There was one with a gaping hole in its chest, the lungs exposed and overflowing with writhing maggots. Beside him was a female zombie with what appeared to be her entire uterus swaying from her vagina like a swollen oriole’s nest.

Worst of all, he was forced to touch these hideous beings. He walked shoulder to shoulder with them. He fell down into their fetid heaps, losing himself in a tangle of rotting limbs. As he jostled and rubbed against the cold flesh, he battled revulsion, doing everything to keep from screaming. From showing emotion.

To do so would be to blow his cover. And until he got out of the city, that was his goal: to keep from blowing his cover.

The sun was hot on this particular morning. Benning wanted badly to remove his jacket, but did not dare. This was the suit he had been wearing when he descended the front steps of his girlfriend’s apartment and saw the first of the zombies. By the time he made it back up to her room, more of them were already there. That fateful morning seemed like such a long time ago, his girlfriend eaten by corpses, his old life gone forever. Now there was only horror...and survival.

He moved along with the procession, dead bodies that for reasons unknown refused to stay dead. It was this mystery that Benning pondered as they inched, moaning and groaning down the street.

He felt a shiver go through the loose cavalcade. The dead began to moan excitedly and their torpor vanished. He was pushed forward as they lurched into faster motion. He rolled his eyes forward and saw the cause for their agitation. A second later, he heard the scream.

People! Living people!

A young man and a woman were running up the street, away from the zombies. The woman appeared to be injured. She fell twice and each time the man had to double back to help her. The third time, he was too late. The first of the zombies to grab her was pulled to the ground by her struggles. It held fast to one of her ankles and sank its teeth into her calf.

The woman let out a long wail filled with the despair of the hunted.

More zombies took hold of her arms and another grabbed the remaining leg. They each began to feast hungrily on the girl’s limbs, ripping away small chunks of flesh. Blood gushed from the mouth-shaped wounds. Her companion was waging his own futile struggle with the decaying eating machines. A symphony of screams echoed off the empty buildings.

Benning was shoved forward. His feet tangled with fallen zombies and he fell face first on top of the girl. She gasped from the impact. The zombies looked up drunkenly from their feast. One of them continued to gnaw feverishly on the man’s left hand, his fingers nothing but glistening bones now.

Benning and the girl stared at each other and she felt his warmth. Her eyes widened in horrified comprehension.

“You!” she shrieked. “You—you’re alive!”

Benning did not answer. He lowered his head and sank his teeth into her throat. He bit down on her larynx and tore out the entire works, reducing her screams to a wet gargle, blood bubbling forth in a small, red fountain. Benning chewed and swallowed. It was a close call, he thought, taking another bite.

She nearly blew his cover.

Michael Oliveri

REQUENT VISITORS TO Dick’s message board on the old Masters of Terror may recall how he closed most, if not all, of his posts with “The Dick is pleased.” Attendees of the 2001 Bram Stoker Awards banquet may also recall Kelly Laymon closing her acceptance speech for The Traveling Vampire Show with the same quote.

Now you know where that started. I’m not ashamed to admit I used to grin like an idiot every time I read or heard that phrase.

I read this story during “KeeneCon” when a bunch of us met at Brian Keene’s place in Baltimore in late 2000. The Laymons were there, and I read this story. When I introduced the Dick character, Dick Laymon chuckled. Knowing what was coming, I stopped to assure Dick there was no relation between him and this character.

There was a lot of laughter when I read the rape scene. When I finished the story, Keene, loaded with sarcasm, asked, “So what did you think, Dick?”

Dick merely nodded, looked at me, and said, “The Dick is pleased.”

Michael Oliveri

DAM TEARFULLY EXAMINED the glossy photo of the slaughtered woman as it rested on the edge of the desk. The photo of his dear wife Ellen, the only woman to love him despite his multiple personalities.

“Please...why are you doing this to me?” he asked with a sob. He struggled to turn away, but the restraints held him firmly to the chair.

Doctor Locke peered through his steepled fingers at the simple brown book he habitually carried around. “How many personalities do you have, Mister Lewis? Do you remember?”

“Thirteen.” And he knew all of them intimately.

“You have fourteen, Mister Lewis.”

At least, for the past fifteen years he thought he knew all of them.

“Fourteen distinct personalities,” Locke said, picking up his book and tapping its edge on the desk. “Including Jude, who we need to talk to. Jude the killer. That’s why we’re showing you this picture.”

Adam cried heavily. He tried to suppress the memory of that day, coming to and finding himself bathed in blood, with an unfamiliar knife in one hand and gobbets of flesh in the other. Ellen lay on the floor at his feet...and in the kitchen sink...and on the counter...and on the table. The photo brought it all back.

“There is no Jude!” It had become a mantra for him. He said it over and over: in his lawyer’s interviews, in the initial psychiatric evaluations, even on the witness stand. But the police talked to Jude.

And recorded him.

They recorded his confession, complete with his savoring of every gruesome detail of his actions. It made the insanity plea an unshakeable defense, guaranteeing Adam an extended stay at St. Dymphna Psychiatric Hospital.

Locke sighed. He turned the cover of his book toward Adam. “Do you know what this is?” Adam shook his head and sniffled. “This is the American Psychiatric Association’s fourth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, or simply the DSM IV. It’s the Bible of psychology, if you will. It tells me you have a problem, Mister Lewis. A serious problem your medications can no longer control. And that is why we have to talk to Jude.”

“There is no Jude,” Adam whispered. “There is no Jude...”

“Look at the picture, Mister Lewis!” Locke shouted, jabbing a finger angrily at the photo. “Look at it! Do you want this to happen again? Do you want to harm another innocent woman? You fed her fucking toes to the dog, for Christ’s sake!”

Adam threw his head back as the sudden shock took its toll on his mind, just as Locke hoped. Though his eyes were still moist and his face red, an entirely new expression unfurled on Adam Lewis’s face.

Jude grinned like a shark, his eyes narrow and cold. “Doctor Locke. So nice to see you again. How’s the orderly doing?”

“He’s fine but he’s tendered his resignation.”

“That’s too bad. I rather liked his voice. His scream was divine.”

Locke shrugged, refusing to play along. He would not allow himself to be manipulated again. “It happens. So tell me about yourself, Jude. What makes you tick?”

“I’m not exactly sure, Doc. That’s why I zipped Ellen open. To see what makes us all tick.”

“I see. Did you—”

“You got a smoke, Doc?”

“Mister Lewis doesn’t smoke.”

“That’s his problem.”

Locke drummed his fingers on his book. “Very well. I’ll trade you. One cigarette for five cooperative answers.”

Jude tilted his head, considering. “Okay, Doc. Deal.”

Locke pulled a pack of Marlboros from his center desk drawer. It struck him that he only ever offered a cigarette to Adam. Therefore, Jude must be aware of the other personalities’ experiences. Not uncommon in patients with multiple personality disorder, but interesting to note for the future. He leaned across the desk to place a cigarette between Jude’s lips and light it for him. “I’m sorry, but you understand we will not be able to release your arms. One of the orderlies will help you with the ashes.”

“Whatever you say, Doc.” He dragged hard on the cigarette.

“Now tell me, Jude. How long have you been aware of Mister Lewis’s other personalities?”

“Too fucking long, Doc.” Again, a long, hard drag. One of the two orderlies standing near the door walked over.

“You agreed to cooperate, Jude. How long?”

The orderly reached for the cigarette, and Jude turned his head sharply and thrust his chin forward. He puffed as he did so, and the flaring embers sizzled into the orderly’s palm. The orderly cried out and leapt away, while the other ran forward and stamped out the cigarette.

Locke jumped out of his seat. “Get him out of here! Now!”

Jude roared with laughter as they dragged him out of the room.

After several attempts at conversation, the surly orderly with the bandaged hand finally told Adam that St. Dymphna was the patron saint of the mentally afflicted. Hearing that, Adam sincerely doubted she would approve of the asylum’s deplorable conditions. Underfunded and understaffed, the place was overloaded with the products of an ever more unforgiving and uncaring society. The halls were dirty, much of the staff did little more than stand around and collect a paycheck, and patients were often forgotten for hours at a time.

He spent many sleepless nights staring at the ceiling. At times he was Adam, at others he was Steven or Dennis or Jack, or even the one whom Ellen had dubbed “the other Adam.” Regardless of who he was at the time, he always listened to the screams and wondered when he would be allowed out of this Godforsaken place.

Because of overcrowding, many of the patients were forced to share their rooms. Once Locke felt confident Jude would not surface in the middle of the night to wreak havoc upon a helpless roommate, an extra bed was put in Adam’s room.

Its occupant was a guy with long, oily hair and perpetual stubble. He had this creepy habit of staring at people through his bangs for long periods at a time. The orderlies always addressed him as Richard, but he frequently insisted on being called Dick. They refused to tell Adam what Richard had done to be locked up, but from snippets of conversation he gathered that Richard had not been very cooperative with his previous roommate.

The first night went smoothly, but in the middle of the second Adam awoke and heard a peculiar shuffling noise from the opposite bed. A shaft of hallway light slanted in through the door window to illuminate Richard’s bed, and Adam saw Richard’s hand moving swiftly back and forth beneath the bedsheets.

Adam winced and glanced toward the head of Richard’s bed. To his considerable surprise and discomfort he found Richard staring back at him, eyes wide as he licked his lips.

Adam—or Dennis? He suddenly couldn’t be sure—blinked beneath the hallway lights as he came to. His body rocked and shuddered on a Gurney being rushed down a corridor by an orderly and a nurse. They whipped around corners and dodged patients, and Locke jogged along behind them, his ever-present book bouncing in his hip pocket.

Adam groaned. The last thing he remembered was sitting in front of Locke’s desk, trying to shut the doctor out. Apparently Jude came forward again. This could not be a good thing.

“What’s happening?” Adam demanded. He tried to sit up, but straps across his chest, waist, and legs held him flat to the Gurney. More straps bound his wrists to side rails.

“Behavior like that will not be tolerated any longer!” Locke snapped. “You’ve got this coming!”

“What are you going to do?” he asked, growing more alarmed as they entered a room filled with a humming sound.

“We’re ready to go,” a nurse informed the doctor as they entered. She held a rubber headband with several wires running to it in her hand. The Gurney came to an abrupt halt, and the nurse stepped forward and wrapped the band around Adam’s head.

“What is this? What’s happening? Let me go!”

Locke grabbed Adam tightly by the jaw and flashed a penlight into his eyes. “Are you back with us, Mister Lewis?”

“Yes! Yes, it’s me!” he said urgently. “Please! It’s Adam!”

“Pity,” Locke said as he returned his penlight to his pocket. “I’m sorry, Mister Lewis. This is for your own good.” He nodded to the nurse, who stood in front of a small console.

“No, wait—”

A burst of high voltage surged through his skull, and his mind and body went numb.

He didn’t know who he was. They checked his vitals and reflexes, then sat him down on the threadbare couch in the rec room. With a total lack of understanding, he watched as Tom built a better mousetrap to ensnare Jerry, botched the plans, and fell victim to it himself.

A religious commercial followed. When he saw the pretty young woman displaying a nondescript brown book, a nervous tic tugged at the corner of his mouth.

Lunchtime came. The other patients milled about with their trays of dry chicken and mushy potatoes. He remained on the couch as the next set of cartoons started. A dumpy dog in a brown cape flexed tiny muscles.

“Never fear, Underdog is here!” echoed a fat woman as she took a seat beside Adam. The couch cushions gave way beneath her, tilting him sideways to lean into her shoulder. He barely noticed it, and she made no move to correct the situation.

Fifteen minutes into the program she froze, her fork halfway to her mouth. She looked at Adam, eyes wild, as if noticing him for the first time. “Are you watching my show?” she demanded. “Are you watching my show?”

A nurse and two orderlies came running, and had they been paying attention in the first place they would have taken Adam away from Alice to avoid trouble—she did this at least once a week. Before they could do anything about it, she dumped her plate on the floor and swung her tray like a club. The corner smacked into the bridge of Adam’s nose and he saw stars.

She managed to break the tray in half on the back of Adam’s head before the orderlies dragged her away. He passed out as the nurse tended to his broken nose.

Locke did not acknowledge the bandage on Adam’s nose or the dark purple bruises that surrounded his eyes. He flipped the DSM IV closed and clasped his hands over it.

“Good morning. Who am I speaking with this morning?” Locke asked. Adam pouted and did his best to avoid eye contact. “Ronnie,” he replied in a soft voice.

“We haven’t spoken in some time, Ronnie. It’s good to see you again.” Ronnie squirmed in his seat.

“How old are you, Ronnie?”

“Seven.”

Locke nodded, mostly to himself. Ronnie rarely surfaced, even in records by Adam’s previous doctors. He jotted a quick note on a Post-it, then pasted it onto the inside cover of his book.

“Ronnie, may I speak to Adam?”

Ronnie slowly shook his head.

“Why not?”

“Adam is angry with you. He doesn’t want to speak with you.”

“Why is Adam angry?”

“He hates it here. We all hate it here. We just want to go home.”

Locke sighed. “I’m sorry, Ronnie, but you can’t go home yet.”

Ronnie’s face crumpled, and he started to cry. “Why not? I don’t understand.”

“You’re still very ill, Ron—Mister Lewis. We have to be certain Jude will not harm anybody again.”

“Adam, he—he—” His breath came in hitches as he sobbed. “He says Jude is gone. That Jude won’t come around anymore.”

Locke shook his head. “I’m sorry, Mister Lewis. But we have to be sure. The book says you may still be very sick. Very dangerous. In our sessions with Jude, he’s failed to respond to various forms of behavior therapy. And now he’s...hiding, for lack of a better word. I’m afraid we can’t let you leave until Jude is rehabilitated.”

Ronnie cried harder. “No!” he shouted. “Stop it!”

“Stop what? What is it?” Locke asked. He leaned closer.

“It’s Jude. He’s laughing at you!”

A heavy weight came down on Adam’s back, startling him into wakefulness. He tried to push himself out of bed, but someone painfully twisted his arms behind his back. He cried out in pain, only to have his face shoved into his pillow to stifle him.

“Ssshhh...” The voice came harsh and hot in his ear. “The Dick is here...”

“What do you want?” Adam cried. “Get off me! Go back to your own fucking bed!”

Richard shoved his face back into the pillow, then used one hand to pin Adam’s wrists to the small of his back. Adam struggled and thrashed but could not break the hold.

“Fucking...yes, that is what the Dick wants.” Richard shifted his weight, and his free hand hooked into Adam’s waistband. A few quick tugs and his pants were down around his thighs. Adam shouted for help, but the pillow swallowed his pleas. Within seconds it became hard to breathe.

“Ssshh...” Richard said, attempting to soothe him. His saliva-moistened fingers explored the cleft in Adam’s rump. “Yes, so smooth...The Dick will be pleased.”

“No! Noooo!” Adam screamed.

He felt a tentative probing at his anus, followed by swift penetration. His flesh tore and warm blood trickled between his legs. Richard’s hips bounced against his ass, making rhythmic slapping noises and sickening squelches.

Adam tried not to throw up as his personalities cycled through his brain. Dennis screamed and shouted. Steven begged for it to stop. Jack cursed and threatened, but the few that made it past the pillow were lost amongst the constant screams of the other inmates.

Richard shuddered and groaned, and “the other Adam” surfaced just in time to feel Richard climax into him. This time he did throw up, and thankfully Richard climbed off him before he could drown in the soaked pillow.

Richard returned to his bed and laid on his back, mumbling “the Dick is pleased, yes, the Dick is pleased” over and over.

Ronnie curled into a fetal position and cried through the rest of the night.

Two weeks following the assault, they brought Adam to Locke’s office for another evaluation. He placed his inflatable donut on the chair and winced as he sat down. He popped a few stitches once already, and did not want to deal with it again.

To his surprise, the orderlies did not shackle him to the chair.

“How are you today, Mister Lewis?” Locke asked, drumming his fingers on the DSM IV.

Adam was calm but unfocused. He stared through Locke and through the walls at some indeterminate point a thousand yards away.

“Mister Lewis?” Locke paused to wave a hand in front of Adam’s face. “Who am I speaking with, Mister Lewis?”

Adam blinked and made eye contact. “We’ve been thinking.”

“We? Who’s we?”

“All of us. We’ve been thinking about what you said. About behavior therapy.”

“And exactly what have you been thinking about it?”

“Quite a bit, actually. This whole ordeal has been a real learning experience. Very enlightening, in fact.”

Locke nodded slowly. “That’s great, Mister Lewis. I’m glad to see we’re making progress toward your rehabilitation.”

“Progress? Ha! It’s much better than that.”

“Mister Lewis, surely you can’t believe we’ve already cured you of your ills! Therapy is a very long process. We have to be sure you’re healthy before we release you into functional society!”

He grinned, a hideous leer instantly recognizable to Locke. “Jude says it worked. We’ve been rehabilitated.”

“Is that so.”

“Oh yeah. And he told us exactly how to thank you for him.”

Adam leapt out of the chair and climbed across the desk. He snatched an envelope knife from a “The Doctor is In” mug full of pens and pencils and grabbed the DSM IV off the ink blotter. Locke loosed a hoarse, pitiful scream as Adam tackled him and jabbed the envelope knife into the corner of his eye. Wielding the DSM IV like a hammer, Adam drove the knife in to the handle before the orderlies could drag him away.

Rain Graves

ILD CARD” WAS the hardest story I’ve ever set out to write. It had to be worthy of a friend I both respected and loved, worthy of his genuine heart and incredible impact that he had on my life as a writer. Richard Laymon was more than an author; he was an amazing man that I feel lucky to have known.

Dick is responsible for hours of long joy, sorrow, and interest in my life—time well spent with his books. He is responsible for giving me some of the best advice I’ve received in the business, mentoring me, and encouraging me to develop and push my base talents to their limits and beyond. Never to settle for less than what I want out of my career as a writer. I’m still working on that last part.

Without his influence, I would not be the writer I am today. Or the writer I will be tomorrow. Or the writer I hope the people I help, will become. I miss him greatly. “Wild Card” had to be something worthy of Dick’s memory, and something he would have expected from me...Even now, he challenges and humbles my abilities. I am nervous to send it off to his friends and colleagues to judge. Most of all, I am nervous for his fans to read it. Oddly enough, I would not have been nervous for Dick to read it.

Rain Graves

IVE BODIES LAY nude and glistening on a tiny, maggot-infested sand clot that gently tugged at polluted fingers of the Potomac River. Four were nondescript men of equal size and height, blonde hair and complexions, with fine manicured hands that bore no callus, no strain or blisters. The fifth man was tall and handsome, black hair and bronze skin with the hands of a man who worked wood and steel for long hours under a hot sun. His hand was outstretched, pointing east, and his jaw was open, suggesting a word or phrase had caught him just before death.

There was no evidence of a fight, and the bodies had not been tossed carelessly over the Maryland cliffside to land haphazard on the small inlet. They had been carried in the rough current by some water vehicle that was careful enough to navigate the rocks and treacherous current. It seemed almost impossible, since rowboats would not have borne the weight of five men, six including the killer, or seven if he had help.

Kayakers seemed the only ones able to navigate the current at that part of the river, and it had been a kayaker that had found them. Not without a handful of horrified people at the top of the cliff on the Virginia side of the river. Firemen in training, ready to reppel down the rocky sides.

The bodies had been arranged like mocking dolls, heads bent raggedly on each other’s shoulders, arms creatively posed so that rigor mortis would keep them up, down, offering like mannequins, for at least forty-eight hours in the early morning humidity. Each had an erection, seemingly an afterthought—but it was the erection that had gotten them into the predicament of death. That much was clear. What wasn’t clear, was why...or even how, when, and where. Or the offset of the fifth man...about a foot-and-a-half away from the others, merely holding hands with the nearest blonde victim .

There were neatly stitched wounds over each man’s heart, and a strong settling of blood along the lower half of the testicles, suggesting each had worn a cock ring well into death. The rings had to have been cut somehow. There were tearing signs of intercourse, possibly rape, in each anus, but no blood, nor semen other than the victim’s own had been found within the orifice. Almost as if it had been smeared there as a joke.

A check into their histories showed they were all affluent businessmen with somewhat seedy or perverted pasts. Nothing out of the ordinary...except...the fifth man did not fit the profile of the others. He’d been a carpenter working on the restoration of the Capitol building. Almost an afterthought.

The coroner held up something that looked flat, plastic, and flexible, covered in postmortem slime.

“Will you look at that?” he said, turning it over in his hands.

“What is it, Harry?” Nick said, eyebrows arched inquisitively.

“It’s a playing card,” Harry said, flipping it over to show him the picture.

“An Ace,” said Nick. “Where’d you find it?”

“It was attached to the heart of the first one, with a fishing hook.” Harry picked up the bloodied hook, and simulated how it may have been inserted and attached, while holding it up in the air.

“Well,” Nick sighed, “better open up the other ones. See what else we got.”

“Allrighty. This may take a while. I’ll give you a call when I’m finished, with the results.”

“Ok. I’ll be following up on some stuff—maybe get a line on where the hook was purchased, so if you get the machine, ring the cell phone.”

“Got it.”

Nick held up the plastic playing card, turning it over several times in the light to catch the leering face of the Joker, over and over again. There were too many variables to make sense, he thought, looking over the coroner’s report, wondering what the significance was. Each blond man had an Ace from a single playing deck fish-hooked to his heart, but that hadn’t been all of it. The sex angle was disturbing, but not enough of a lead to go on. It was almost haphazard, this killing...He’d scoured the Block in Baltimore, looking for a sex club that might somehow give him a connection among the four men. Nothing came up. They’d each visited every strip club in the city, and were repeat customers, though neither business nor friendship connected them.

It had to be the sex, he thought, over and over, but fingering the Joker he knew he was dealing with a lot more. He was sitting at the LuckyLust, a strip joint near the harbor, watching the happy-hour crowd leer at a less-than-attractive blonde woman gyrating onstage. She had frizzy, bleached hair, and the same blank stare as the rest of them, cellulite lining her legs and buttocks. The men were glassy-eyed, sipping over-priced beers and waiting for the right moment to let her know they were thinking about her. The floor was sticky. He felt a little sick, and a little embarrassed when his cellular phone rang. It only generated a handful of stares.

“Yeah,” Nick said.

“Another five bodies were found at Seven Locks. You’d better come down.” Officer Briggs had a rough voice, and even Nick could tell he was nervous.

“Anything different?”

“You could say that...”

“Same guy?”

“Definitely—but he’s building an interesting M.O.”

“What do you mean?”

“We’ve got a problem...”

“What kind of problem?”

“I can’t really talk about it on this line. You really should come down.”

“I’m on it...One question—”

“Yeah?”

“Did he do them on the river?”

“Yep.”

“I’m on my way. Make sure the news doesn’t get ahold of it.”

“I don’t think it’s the news we’ve got to worry about, this time.” The phone gurgled static and went dead. Nick took a last glance at the woman dancing, before leaving. He knew the only kind of trouble that wasn’t the press, had to be the Feds.

Mara kept digging into the meat of the fish with her thumbs and a sharp cleaning knife as the talk radio crooned on in tones of monotony, various political issues flooding her small barn in Frederick, Maryland with background noise. The pond had been good to her today. Her hands were tired and her fingers were sore, blisters forming where there once were calluses to mark her lily white hands, now darkened with a day’s tan, mingling with bits of blood and fish gristle...tainted. She clawed with her fingernails, scraping at the sinewy fibers, pulling out guts and innards much more anxious than she had been angry before—always angry in the beginning.

Cleaning fish reminded her of the government, and the game laws. Her muscles flexed, and she wiped the sweat off her brow with the back of her oversized hands. She was proud of them, what they could do for her. How they could feed her.

Mara was hungry...hungry for attention, hungry for validation, vindication, vestal purpose. Most of all, she was hungry for the truth.

She found her way in beneath the bone. Her diligent scraping had paid off, and she smiled wildly at her success—a smooth pocket engulfed her index finger, rubbery and slick. The tail still twitched, and the head still moped with a mouth that opened and closed, even though it had been removed from the body already. Catfish were so damned hard to kill, she thought.

The feeling of warm fish-skin along her arm was warm like the sun on her face when she woke up for the first time, realizing the entire corruption, all at once. It was symbolic and frightening—the awesome plan that had been in motion for more years than she cared to admit, far beyond her study at the University of Maryland, or Johns Hopkins. It was American University that really stimulated her appetite for knowledge...her appetite for politics. But to become a senator or a house official was not enough; she could not waste her time that way. She was far more intelligent than that, and country folk at heart—she had to be true to her roots. Keep your friends close, and your enemies closer, Mara thought. In the end, it was better to keep her enemies as far from her as possible. She couldn’t get herself killed. Not early on, anyway. She was still flying above the radar, unsuspected and uncorrupt in the eyes of the American Government.

Mara paused, listening to the radio.

The Cold River Killer is still at large today. Authorities have not released the details of the latest deaths...The suspect is believed to be a white male, roughly six feet tall, one hundred and eighty pounds...

She wondered for a moment, fingers lodged behind the horns of the second catfish she’d been working on cleaning, paused only with interest in the poisonous ability these simple, bottom-feeding fish possessed. A pang of fear stabbed at the back of her throat for just a moment. She dismissed it as soon as she felt it, picking up her favorite knife and chopping off the head of the fish. Mara shrugged, knowing the news never reported the truth. The truth was too important for the masses, she thought, smiling into the blood and guts of her work. She had just enough time to finish cleaning the last fish, cook up the filets in a cornmeal batter, before heading off to work.

It’s advised that if you must fish, to take extreme caution fishing in the Potomac, and report any strange activity to the police as quickly as possible...

“They don’t even know what they’re looking for,” Mara mumbled. “Idiots.”

Nick sat at his desk in northwest D.C. He stared hard at the evidence, each Ace with a name, brief description, and a profession etched onto a piece of note paper and taped to the back of the colored card. There were three sets of four, each from a cheap playing deck, and each with a card slightly to the side that bore a painted, leering Joker staring right back at him. The Joker mocked him. It was the wild card. The variable...but the picture the killer painted was a different story. It was the most important clue in the puzzle. The part that didn’t fit the profile.

The second set of bodies had been found at Seven Locks, more blatantly displayed along a river inlet that opened gently onto a quaint picnic area, not far from a pedestrian path, or a park house. The killer had to work fast arranging the bodies, that much was certain. Even in not doing the killing there on the embankment, he’d left few footprints and little time to waste in getting the bodies arranged and upright. Their cocks were fully erect much like the first set. If time had run out on the rigor mortis, his work would have been nullified before they could be found.

Each blond businessman was arranged again in a doll-like fashion that he’d now come to know as “puppeted,” when the papers printed it incorrectly the first time. The killer had left rough twine nailed to each finger and toe, hammering in his point, the ends of the string crudely stapled to blunt driftwood fashioned like a puppeteer’s tool for maneuvering.

It had been the dark-haired working man, slightly offset from the rest that caught his attention the most, however. The wild card. He’d cradled a book in his arms, titled Behold a Pale Horse by William Cooper, and the clues with the twine and reading didn’t befuddle him. He knew he was dealing with something big, perhaps even smarter than your average Serial Killer—which was pretty damn smart. The difference was in the motive...Why kill a bunch of people just to prove a crazy-man’s point, if the answer was in the book; not even a self-absorbed point? He put Briggs on reading duty.

It was hard to keep the murders under the radar of the FBI, and leaking false information to the press was the key to getting the job to get the attention and terror of the public quicker than the attention of the government. It was inevitable, of course...he knew that. Why they hadn’t jumped in yet, he didn’t quite understand...They had to know. Perhaps they only knew as much as he did, and were waiting for someone to come up with more information before they took over his jurisdiction, or were waiting for someone to “get it.” A conspiracy is only a conspiracy theory when facts and evidence are produced to dispute a claim. Thus far, he had only symbols.

The last group of bodies was perhaps the most disturbing. They fit the M.O. perfectly, just like the last group—four blondes of varying shapes and sizes, but they were not all businessmen. They were all fathers. The killer had gone to great lengths to make sure that was the only thing they had in common, and Nick had been the one to deliver the news to each sobbing wife, sometimes with children clinging to her legs. The embarrassment of how they were found, cocks erect, was enough to cause family shame for years. It didn’t seem random that way. It hadn’t been...but the point was not the erection, or the sex. It had been a way to lure the killer’s victims, and that was all. An underlying factor to contend a build up to the rest. Sex was a key. Conspiracy was a key. A game was being played...but who were the players? What was at stake?

The third group was more than just Aces, more than just a wild card. Each body had been scrubbed raw, again, facing east, but posed as if they were praying, in various forms of recital: one man’s arms were outstretched, heavenward. One man was kneeling, hands pressed in a steeple, clouded eyes glazed empty at the sky. Another man’s forehead was pressed to the dirt.

The last man had a screaming, tortured, twisted mouth, eyes profoundly expressive in their cataracts, a delicate weave of snail-slime etching down each cheek pronounced—as if Nick would not have known the man had been crying without it. They suffered this time, thought Nick. Their tongues had been sewn to the roofs of their mouths, holding in a glutton of thick, rich oil that had been filled from the belly all the way up the esophagus. He wondered if the point of death had been choking on the stuff, but it seemed to fit a statement more than a cruel death. It was almost a work of political art.

The Joker held a different book this time. It had been a composition journal, with the word “Jihad” burned into the cover, and the names of dead children printed upon each page, he’d later found out from a friend who was able to translate the Middle-Eastern dialect. There was not a fingerprint, side-print, or other indicator to go on. The evidence was clean.

The Aces had names and dates scribbled onto the face of each card with a nursery rhyme. They mocked:

George, George

George of the Jungle

Strong as he can be!

George, George—George of the Jungle...

Nick didn’t have to guess that the Joker would be etched with “Watch out for that tree” and fish-hooked to the last victim. It was this clue that truly scared him. He knew the Feds would be looking for him soon. He was saddened, thinking of the men the killer chose to be the Jokers. They were the everyday man. The worker bees. The most important men in any society that worked...The clues were thicker, but his brain felt like molasses. He had four dead businessmen every time—the government? A working class man pointing...showing the way: East. Showing Conspiracy. Showing the President...No, he thought. The President’s Father...That could have been the key with the father connection. But why the oil? Why the holy war? What was the killer getting at? Who were the dead children to him? If it really had to do with Bush Senior, why bring it into the light now?

Mara finished her shift at the Dime Dame and headed over to Big Al’s Big Tattoos. She didn’t look back at the place, knowing it would be her last night stripping, knowing she’d never have to work another day in her life. The feeling was uplifting—almost as uplifting as she felt the day she’d gotten the job. The thought of cheating the system, stripping to pay for college had amused her to no end, and being a perpetual student gave her great joy in not ever having to venture into modern society. She never had to become a card-carrying citizen. She got around taxes, didn’t own anything—save the little barn her father had left her in Frederick—and squandered her money as she pleased.

The tattoo was the final straw, though, and she knew after getting it she couldn’t go back to work. The artwork spanned her entire body, grand finale right on her shoulder blades in the form of two upside down flags. It didn’t matter, Mara thought to herself. She’d be dead in a few weeks. They were on to her. Tonight Al would finish her up, and all she had to do was lay low and heal...That, and pay Gun his money. Gun was just that...a gun. He didn’t come cheap, but he was stupid enough to get involved for the right sum, hidden in a secure safe deposit box. The key had already been placed in an envelope, ready to mail.

“Are you sure this is what you want?” Al said, looking at her skeptically.

“Yes,” she snapped. “It’s a little late to change my mind—you’ve done most of the work!”

“But the flags—I mean—it’s too fucking patriotic...or activist or something.”

“I’m not paying you for your opinion, Al. Just do the goddamn flags, ok?” He shrugged under her glare, and finished the coloring.

It took much longer for the flags to heal than the rest of her body. The lettering had been easy to take, no extra shadowing or fancy stuff that would bleed for several weeks, but when she turned around and looked over her shoulder at the waving wings of distress, she smiled more widely than ever. It was perfect, she thought. I’m an angel of liberty.

She looked down at her list of phone calls to make. There were five names, and she began with the blonds first:

“Hi, this is Mara. From the Dime Dame? I remember you too...Do you remember what we talked about? Right. 7 o’clock—and don’t be late, or I won’t be there.” She hung up the phone and dialed the second number, changing the time to 7:30, giving herself just enough time to kill the first one and hide him before her next guest arrived.

When she got to the last name on the list, she felt an adrenaline rush blushing her cheeks. Gun was it: the last one. The hard part was over. The killing and cleaning of the fish was just another chore that her medical classes at Johns Hopkins University gave her the grace to finish, and finish well. Daddy would be proud of all I’ve learned, she thought.

Mara scattered kitty litter about the barn to soak up the blood, got her rusty Ford truck ready for hauling, and tied the wagon-cap tarp down, fastening the flap to either side of the rear of the pickup. She’d close it up later, once the bodies were all inside, and in the boat. Mara and Gun would have to make quick work of things later, and she hoped he had the sense to make arrangements on vacating the scene. Once they’d backed her Ford into the river, there would be no turning back, and they would only have a twenty-minute window to work with before the next patrol would be by along that stretch of river.

Nick stared at the scene in awe. He was humbled by it, enraged by it, and completely gutted of all emotion, much like the four men littered about the crude rowboat that had long-since lost its oars, long since lost its purpose in the modern world.

He watched the photographer taking his pictures, pausing grimly when they lifted the soft white linen of the woman’s gown, fashioned like the statue of liberty—only her crown was a crown of thorns that had been wedged into her head-skin long before death, then wrapped in a head piece that looked distinctly Middle Eastern. The boat had drifted about a mile down the Potomac before landing on an inlet quite fitting of the killer’s plans—a small inlet near the Mall, where the Washington Monument stood only several hundred yards away.

As before, the four blond businessmen had been murdered, and Nick suspected the Aces would be fish-hooked to their hearts too, but their heads had been shaved in a priest-like way, and they were cloaked in the fashion of Middle Eastern women. They were positioned like anchors on each side of the dead girl, Mara Benton, but their legs were shackled to her own. They had been killed almost twenty-four hours before her death. She’d been shackled to four dead men while she was still alive...and for a moment, he thought she might have been a victim.

The thing that disturbed Nick the most had been the tattoos. He’d been looking at them when the Feds circled like cockroaches or vultures—he couldn’t think of which—to scoop up their jurisdiction and tell his boys to back off, and get the hell out. How many people have seen the body of the girl, they’d asked. What are their names, what positions do they hold...Give us more to file. We’ll be watching.

The case had been closed immediately and dismissed when they picked up Samuel “The Gun” Johnson, a petty theft and arsonist who was a paid hit man on the side for local gangs and drug runners that didn’t want to get their hands on the dirtier, lower scum of the pond.

He knew the truth, however, when he read the name that had been etched onto the prow of the boat, like something out of a Tennyson myth. It said, Shenandoah, the Indian translation of which was Daughter of the Stars. As if that weren’t enough, he’d gotten a look at the names she’d tattooed all over the front of her body—a blatant cry of anarchy summed up in one giant pentagon: every congressman and woman was listed. Every single one of the same that had stood on the steps of the Capitol Building and sung American anthems after the Twin Towers collapsed and the fires weren’t even out in their own offices...It was funny, he thought, how they were all on the other side of the building at the time of the crash. None of them died.

Like The Lady of Shalott in Tennyson’s tale—Mara Benton had an abnormally potent way of letting Camelot know it was going to fall...When he’d gone to discuss the body with Harry, the coroner had only looked down at his shoes.

“I can’t let you see it. Body’s been sealed off to everyone without an FBI badge,” he said, looking at Nick with a pale face.

“What did she do?” Harry finally asked.

“What do you mean?” Nick said.

“They skinned her before they brought her in. That’s what I mean. The whole front side of her. They had me leave that part of it out of the report.” Harry was fascinated by it.

“I figured as much,” Nick said.

“They left the upside down flags on her back, though—it was an interesting tattoo. Might be because of where the blood from the original shooting had settled, and needing that for the forged record. That Gun kid still saying he didn’t do it?”

“Yep.”

“Such a shame. Not like he didn’t deserve to go to jail. I’ve seen plenty of his handiwork, but a trigger guy like him just wasn’t smart enough to pull off these murders, if you ask me.”

“No, he wasn’t.”

When he’d gotten back to his office, Nick was still worrying over the clues Mara had left, wondering what her culmination of it all had been. He knew the conspiracy theory was pointing the finger at Congress now—but was Mara Benton just some radical obsessed with the War, or did she have a point? And why hadn’t she left a Wild Card in her grand finale? Maybe because she’d done the cutting, fish-hooking, and sewing.

The mail was waiting for him when he sat down. He thumbed through it, pausing at a small white envelope addressed in neat but angry upstrokes, flourished with bubbly cursive mixed in with print. It had been mailed from Maryland. He opened that envelope first, and in it was a single playing card with a leering jester’s grin, his heart carved out to leave a little hole, and as he held it up to the light, he read the message that had been drawn in with permanent marker. It read: 911.

Nick sat back in his chair, wondering how the piece of mail had slipped through the eyes and ears of the FBI. He turned over the envelope again and looked at the date of the postmark—exactly the date the last set of bodies had been found. The Feds had their killer, all right. Skinned and on a cold slab in a sealed morgue drawer. What Nick had was anger...Was it the truth? He didn’t know.

He only knew that Mara Benton had something to say, and she said it with her life, and felt the lives of others were less important than the message. There was a War going on, that he felt was entirely senseless. A wild goose chase that led all public perception far away from what Mara implicated: that Congress was ultimately responsible for all the lives lost on 9-11, that perhaps they’d allowed it to happen knowing it would ignite a fire. Setting something into motion that went all the way back to the first Bush regime.

For the first time in his life, he truly felt like a puppet and a terrorist all at once. He didn’t need a fishhook through the heart for the pain of thousands of lives lost to sink in. He dug Mara’s photo out of a file in a pile on his desk. It’s a shame, he thought. She was so smart, and so pretty. So very alive and dead, all at once in his heart.

John Pelan

RITING A FEW words about Dick Laymon and what he meant to this genre is a fairly easy proposition. There’s a huge shelf of books, most of which have been perpetually in print in the United Kingdom and are now being issued in the US. There’s a whole shelf of Laymon novels and collections to look at. It’s a monument to being true to yourself and writing what you want to write.

Back in the late eighties as the bottom fell out of the horror market and a lot of folks either stopped writing horror or stopped writing altogether, Dick bucked the trend and kept turning out good books that weren’t hidden behind the labels of “suspense” or “thriller” or some other euphemism. The books were unabashedly horror novels and they pulled no punches. Dick proved that as a writer you could write what you want and be successful at it.

Writing about what Dick Laymon meant to HWA is still relatively easy to assess. Dick brought his experience from MWA and a strong set of principles to the table and set about moving the organization forward and trying to provide tangible benefits to all of our members. These efforts are already starting to pay dividends for all of us and will continue into the foreseeable future.

Writing about what Dick Laymon meant to me as a friend is a damn sight harder. I’m still having difficulty coming to terms with the fact that there won’t be any more two-hour phone calls chatting about Gold Medal novels, classic horror fiction, politics, travel, the business of writing, or any of the other things we used to chat about so frequently. Kathy and I have only known Dick, Ann, and Kelly for a few years, but they had become good friends that we didn’t see nearly often enough. We met at a World Horror Convention and hit it off immediately. Some months later Alan Beatts had a reading scheduled before the World Fantasy Convention in Monterey and had scheduled Norm Partridge, Dick, and myself to read. Kathy and I, with our abysmal knowledge of California geography, had assumed Monterey was just outside of the San Francisco city limits and that it would be easy to rent a car and drive down for the convention. As it developed, we didn’t need to drive as the Laymons graciously offered to let us ride to the convention with them. I learned an awful lot from Dick on that drive, a lot about writing, a lot about how to go about this business of the writing life, and I got to see him demonstrate in a quiet, unassuming way how to give back to the field some of what you’ve been given. Since then we got to spend a few other conventions hanging out, and as I’ve said, a lot of hours on the phone. And I got to watch Dick show by example how we’re supposed to do this life thing, by constantly and consistently taking time to be kind to our fellows.

The dividends of Dick’s encouragement to other writers will be showing up for years to come. There are a lot of published authors that he helped, and there are a lot of people yet to be published who received constructive encouragement from Richard Laymon that you’ll be reading in the years to come. Someone who’s done that much for so many could be excused for having a sense of self-importance, but Dick Laymon wasn’t that sort of guy...One of my favorite recollections of Dick is tied into a photograph taken by James Futch at the World Horror Convention in Denver. After the Stoker Awards, the Gothic.net crew and Bereshith Publishing threw one hell of a party, and at some point the regulars from the old Horrornet Chat Room gathered for a group photograph. There were a few of the regulars who didn’t make the convention, but the group gathered together was certainly the majority of the gang, a fairly impressive representation of a group of young writers who are individually and collectively starting to make a splash in the sea of publishing. Before the picture was snapped, Dick Laymon came up and asked if he might be included in the shot...

I have to smile when I think about the collective jaw-dropping as those words registered. Richard Laymon, one of the legends in the field, wanted to be included in the group photo of the Horrornet gang...I look at this photo today, at the two dozen or so of us standing with the man who inspired and encouraged so many of us, and I realize that Dick’s legacy extends far beyond his published books and well into the future of our genre. Of course the Horrornet gang was delighted to have Dick in the group photo. After all, he was one of the main reasons that most of us were there...

I’ll remember the stuff I learned about the writing business from Dick; and we’re all fortunate that he recorded a good bit of sound professional advice in A Writer’s Tale, a book that anyone who takes this profession seriously can profit by. What I’ll remember even more fondly are his many acts of kindness...I’ve always been a believer in the karmic equation of giving back something to the field that you’ve been successful in; in the case of Richard Laymon, I think the balance is tipped far in the other direction. It will be a long, long time before the field of horror pays back the debt it owes Dick Laymon...Thanks for everything, my friend.

John Pelan

ENT ROLLED OFF THE mattress and got to his feet, scuffing one foot through the red-chalk pentagram surrounding the mattress. The girl was still asleep, Jeannie, Jenny, whatever...A pentagram, for fuck’s sake...Some of the shit you had to play along with just for a piece of ass...

Lighting a cigarette he looked around the warehouse’s dirty-gray concrete floor, chipped and yellowed plaster walls decorated with posters affixed with Scotch tape, refrigerator in the corner next to the half-bathroom. Posters of musicians mostly, Siouxsie, Sisters, and of course, Johnny Algiers...What a fuckin’ dump...He’d had no idea that she’d lived in a place like this; hell, she had enough money to go clubbing, you’d think she could spend a few bucks on a real place to live...

Kent looked down at the girl, sleeping soundly after their energetic sex (or ritual, as she kept insisting), weird bitch...Kent had run into women who liked getting slapped around, but this was the first one who had asked him to cut her with a razor while he was fucking her. Just another kink, Kent had no problem with that as long as she was buying the X and had beer in the fridge...The fact that she’d left her purse in plain sight was an added bonus.

At the Cafe Sepulchre, he’d spotted her immediately, low-cut blouse showing the intricate spiderweb tattoo on her back and black jeans that looked to be painted on the shapely long legs. That got his attention...What held his attention was the roll of bills she’d extracted from her purse when she went to pay for a drink. He’d brushed into her and made a comment on her silver jewelry and spiderweb tat and had started spinning a web of his own...

She cut him off quick. “Look, I know you just wanna fuck me; that’s okay, I can be into that if you’re willing to help me with something...”

Kent looked her over. “Help” could mean just about anything: money, drugs, protection from a violent ex-boyfriend, whatever...“Help you with what, exactly? Not that I’m saying ‘no,’ but I wanna know just what you’ve got in mind.”

“It’s not money or anything like that, if that’s what you’re thinking, I’ve got money; here, let me get us a couple of drinks and I’ll explain, then if you’re up for it, we can go over to my place...” With that she vanished into the crowd in the direction of the bar...

Pretty brassy, he thought. At least he wouldn’t have to waste time talking about relationships or any of that shit. She was probably a rich girl from the Eastside out playing Goth so she’d have something to brag about with her girlfriends...Fine, she had money and she had a place; it would be almost too easy.

“Chartreuse!” she announced, plunking two glasses of green liquid onto the table. “Really strong, but great stuff. Here!”

That was impressive. They charged something like seven bucks a shot for that stuff here...Yeah, she had money, or at least was trying to convince him that she did. That was kind of puzzling; she was good-looking, not the type who had to get attention from guys by buying them booze; that made the angle about “help” all the more interesting...

“What do you know about Magick?” She pronounced the word with an emphasis on the last syllable, leaving no doubt that she was talking about Magick with a “k” as opposed to magic...

“You mean Crowley and Satanism and stuff like that? A little, I guess...Why?”

“I’ve found something, something that was in an old book. It’s an incantation for raising a demon...I want to try it, and I need help for it to work...”

“Bullshit, even if that stuff worked you think that real spells are going to be in a book that you can buy off of Amazon?”

She took a long pull of her drink. “No, it’s not like that, not like that at all...I got this book from an Estate. You ever heard of Brentwood Grey?”

“The millionaire? The guy who disappeared a couple of years ago to beat a murder rap? Sure, I’ve heard of him, there was a bit on America’s Most Wanted or something. What’s that got to do with your spell?”

“Grey was a Magus, he was an adept of the highest possible degree. Yeah, he was about to be charged with murder, but it wasn’t really murder. He was engaged in sacrifices. Grey was the real deal, and I found this incantation on a sheet of paper folded up inside a book from his collection!”

Kent took another long look at her over the rim of his glass, feeling the fiery bite of the liqueur working its way into his bloodstream. Maybe this would be more interesting than he’d thought...

“So, how did you wind up with a book from Grey’s collection? Somehow, I don’t picture you hanging out at Estate sales...”

“The book was in a used bookstore. I don’t know how it got there, maybe his maid ripped it off and sold it or something, but the book had his bookplate in it, and about halfway through there was a paper with the directions and words to this spell. He must’ve stuck it in as a bookmark and forgotten about it. It’s gotta be the real thing, I mean, we’re talking about Brentwood Grey...”

She ordered more drinks, several more drinks. She was obviously getting hot just talking about this stuff. Kent thought about dragging her into a stall in the men’s room for a quick suck and fuck, but there was more at stake here than just getting a nut off.

She had to be getting ripped, slamming shots of chartreuse as though they were water, and the shit she was talking about...Tantric sex, demonology, all kinds of weird stuff. Apparently this spell required that she say “words of power” at the moment of orgasm.

The night shifted and faded into a green-tinted haze of chartreuse and X; he was struggling to maintain, to keep focused on what he needed...

She’d wasted no time in stripping out of her clothes. Damn, she was hot...Perfectly formed, pert breasts, marred only by a poorly-done spider tattoo on the left. She had some other tattoos: a serpent wound its way up her back, tail disappearing into the cleft of her ass. He sat patiently watching her breasts bob as she traced a pentagram around the mattress on the floor. This was goofy as hell, but it might turn out to be worth it.

She started babbling about “heightened awareness” or somesuch as she drew out two long thin lines of coke on a small pocket mirror; from somewhere a couple of small glasses had appeared with a cloudy green liquid inside. Kent didn’t even have to ask if it was absinthe, at this point it just seemed to fit. He just wished she’d shut up for a minute and let him enjoy the buzz.

It was worth being patient; the sex had been great, she liked it rough, really rough, and he didn’t mind hurting her...Once he was able to tune out all the weird shit she kept saying as he thrust into her. She’d come the first time just as he cut her with the razor, screaming out some sort of gibberish and then biting his shoulder hard enough to draw blood. The cut he’d made wasn’t deep, just enough to draw blood like she’d asked...Moments later she’d howled out the same gibberish and bit him again.

They lay there for some minutes, listening carefully. Sirens wailed outside; in this part of town that could mean anything from an OD to a knife-fight or a drive-by. The warehouse made the furtive creaking noises that were common to all old buildings; somewhere outside a car door was slammed. Nothing, at least nothing that needed a chalk pentagram to keep it at bay...

The combination of booze and drugs coupled with their energetic sex was starting to work on her. She mumbled something and began to doze off. Kent pretended to do the same as he let his eyes adjust to the darkness, taking in important details like the door and the broken-down dresser where she’d left her purse...

Kent lay there with her for a few minutes, then carefully extricated himself from her embrace, being very careful not to wake her. He’d remembered where the small refrigerator was and he helped himself to one of the three remaining beers. Kent dressed quickly, quietly so as not to wake her. He’d need to avoid the club for a few weeks—never a good idea to shit where you eat...Fortunately, Seattle had lots of clubs and they were all filled with women stupid enough to let Kent into their homes. He’d run into a few of his previous conquests on the street before and most of the time had been able to convince them they must have just lost their money the night before. Making sure they got good and drunk was the key. One girl even fell for his line about getting sick in the middle of the night and walking to the hospital rather than waking her. She was so impressed with this self-sacrificing bit of gallantry that she brought him home again, and this time he got her jewelry too...

He finished the beer and looked around for the bottle of absinthe, no sense in letting it go to waste...Nowhere to be found, maybe she’d put it under the pillow; now that was just too risky...After a couple of minutes he gave up the search and went on to more important matters, like her purse.

Moving quickly to the wooden dresser, he picked up the purse, a trendy designer brand. He wondered briefly where she got her money. Jeanne, Jenny, or whatever her name was might have actually been interesting to get to know under other circumstances, maybe there would be a next time...After all, she’d had an awful lot to drink as well as the coke and X. Just might be worth trying again...He quickly rifled through the purse. Hey! A vial of white powder, an unexpected bonus! That along with nearly a hundred dollars. Kent left a ten-dollar bill and pocketed the rest...Leave her enough to buy a bottle of something to take the edge off when she woke up.

Looking at her again, as she stretched in her sleep, he almost felt bad about ripping her off...almost...But hell, anyone stupid enough to think that they can summon a demon by making weird noises while being fucked deserves to be ripped off.

Kent helped himself to another of the beers in the fridge and headed for the door. There was enough money to make a score before he went home, and he’d gotten laid; not a bad Saturday night, all things considered. He wished she hadn’t been a biter and that he’d been able to find the rest of the absinthe, but what the hell, you can’t have everything...He headed past the stairwell to the door.

The sound was so soft that at first he thought she was mumbling in her sleep, then it came again, a low rumble like something very heavy being dragged. Kent looked at the corner by the stairs as the sound came again, a sound that had in it an eternity of cruelty, a sound of rocks grinding ponderously together. He stared in the dim light and saw something very large with far too many limbs slowly raise up to its full height, its massive antlers scraping the ceiling as it did so.

Kent’s last thought before the iron pincers encircled him and began to squeeze was that maybe there was something to that sex-magic stuff...

Robert Freese

AVE YOU EVER been inspired by a book? It is a power certain books have. The words within, seemingly chosen by the author especially for you, strike a chord and really talk to you. As you read further, your juices begin to flow and you suddenly find yourself challenged and the words stick with you, swirl around in your head a while until you too are creating. You are setting goals and striving to achieve them.

For me, Dick Laymon’s A Writer’s Tale was an incredible inspiration and a significant guidebook in my development as a writer.

Part autobiography, part writer’s guide, A Writer’s Tale was no self-indulgent memoirs collection, or stuffy, condescending “Writing for Dummies” how-to guide cranked out to prey upon the dollars of fans and aspiring writers. For the Laymon fan it offered everything you could possibly ever want to know about Richard Laymon, man and author, and for the aspiring writer it offered a plethora of useful info and a straight-faced look at the rigorous road all writers eventually travel.

A Writer’s Tale offered some of the most useful chapters on writing I had ever read. For example, I used to think rejection letters were just a way editors tried to break the spirits of hopeful writers. It was Dick who explained why rejection letters were so essential, calling them the “receipts you get in the mail each time you paid your dues.” That is brilliant and incredibly uplifting to a writer who has kept his dues paid-in-full for some time.

Dick related the wisdom he had accumulated over his career with a humorous candor and sly wink. It was less a reading experience and more of a sit down with a friend to listen to a tale or two. The chapters dedicated to writing were the chapters that most made an impression on me, and I gleaned a little more knowledge each time I read them.

After a while, I found myself going to the book from time to time, just to find a couple encouraging words to serve as the inspiration needed to help me through whatever project I was working.

After referring back to A Writer’s Tale enough times, I suddenly realized the profound effect that book had on me. It dawned on me that if its words had such an influence on me, there was a good chance other people could also benefit from them. I got the idea that I needed to help spread the word about A Writer’s Tale, to let other writers know about it. I was excited, and I became wildly determined to get the word out.

I had been writing video movie reviews for various publications for some time so I figured the best way to help generate some attention to A Writer’s Tale was to try my hand at a book review.

I looked around at all the magazines that focused on horror entertainment (flicks, TV, and books) to find a suitable pulpit to do my lauding. Of all the magazines I considered, trying to find one in which Dick’s name would be familiar to the readership only made sense. Only one had a huge, worldwide readership that would reach tens of thousands of readers. Hundreds of fans who had turned horror pros had grown up reading the magazine, so I knew the review would get to the people I intended it to reach. Unfortunately, there was a bucket of bad blood between the magazine I chose and Dick Laymon.

I felt that a positive review for A Writer’s Tale in Fangoria magazine would definitely bring the book the attention it deserved. I thought those who would benefit the most from the book would read the review, then decide for themselves whether or not they wanted to pick up a copy. I felt that if I could just do that, make these good people aware of this wonderful book, then my job would be done.

All I could think of was the effect A Writer’s Tale might have. When I was a kid, Fangoria had touted makeup effects wizard Tom Savini’s similar autobiography/splatter effects “how-to” book Grande Illusions. Within months of Fangoria’s praise of Savini’s book, dozens of little gory independent horror flicks with spectacular splatter effects were popping up all over the place, and the filmmakers were all citing Savini’s book as their inspiration to finally make a splatter movie of their own.

I felt (and still feel) that A Writer’s Tale could have had the same effect on aspiring writers in the horror field, both in fiction and screenwriting.

It all made perfect sense to me. Get a great review for A Writer’s Tale in Fangoria, the most read horror magazine in existence, and the people who would utilize the book most would more than likely find it there.

But Dick and Fangoria were not the best of friends. I had that “hurdle” of hostility Fangoria seemingly felt toward Dick Laymon to overcome. Plus, I’m not completely stupid. I read A Writer’s Tale cover to cover, and I was well aware of the chapter dealing with critics in general, and Fangoria critics in particular. That chapter reprinted Dick’s article “The Lizzie Borden Syndrome Or Vicious Hacks With A Lust For Chopping Other People’s Wood, Fiction, And Necks”. The piece had caused quite a stir when it originally appeared in the horror newsletter Afraid in April 1993.

In the article Dick vented on some of the harsh criticism dealt to his work, especially from the Fangoria reviewers, and shed some light onto why his work may have been so viciously handled.

It was safe to assume that Fangoria had been made aware of Dick’s article at some point. To my thinking, I felt that their printing a positive review for A Writer’s Tale could serve as an overdue hatchet burying, an attempt to mop up some of the bad blood that had spilled over the years.

Surely, I convinced myself, a magazine that prided itself on helping aspiring fans break into the horror biz would not allow some sour sentiments to keep this wonderful book from being discovered by the people it would do the most good.

Man, was I wrong.

Because I was wrong, I will now admit my ulterior motive.

Betting that no one on the Fangoria staff had read A Writer’s Tale, I thought there was a good chance they would not know the book contained a reprint of “The Lizzie Borden Syndrome.” How funny it would be, I thought, to get a great review of a book into Fangoria—written by an author they did not support—in which a chapter of the hailed book was dedicated to attacking and trash talking Fangoria magazine!

For me, there was something wonderfully Andy Kaufman-esque about getting the review published in Fangoria. My intentions were honorable, if not a little misguided. It just seemed funny to me and a bit clever. Cleverly sinister, in fact. The prospect of my plan coming together made me feel like a James Bond villain. I did not see where it would hurt anyone. Besides, it was a joke only a handful of people would get. But it was worth it for just that handful.

Determined to achieve my goal, I got busy writing the review. I am no book reviewer, but the short write-up I concocted said what I wanted it to say, and I felt it would do the job it was conceived to do.

Then I sent it off and waited for a response. Months later, my response arrived.

From the biggest horror magazine in the world, you would expect a fancy rejection letter. Maybe blood-red rivulets dripping from the top of the page, maybe a decapitated head or plucked out eyeball in one of the bottom corners. Or maybe a bloody knife or machete encompassing the letterhead.

Well, the Fangoria rejection letter fell way short of my expectations. Actually, it was no more than a crappy, grainy form letter, photocopied off-center and devoid totally of any personality.

For that completely impersonal touch, the letter began with “Dear,” but no one bothered to fill in the blank. No “Dear Robert” or “Dear Writer” or even “Dear Dweeboid”. Simply “Dear”.

The form letter that followed was short and sweet. And under thirty-five words. It ended with a heart-tugging, “Sincerely, THE EDITORS”. In bold print like that, I imagined a godlike editing committee sitting at a long wooden table in the Fangoria office, laying down judgments and deciding the fate of freelance submissions from early in the morning to very late at night.

Folded over the rejection letter was my two-page review. This, I have found, is common practice for many editors, returning the submitted manuscript.

Although disappointed, I felt pretty good for trying. That was the whole point of A Writer’s Tale to begin with, to try. To persist and prevail.

Before filing the rejection letter away and stamping “Paid” on this particular due, I noticed something not at all common in the getting-a-rejection-letter business. It was something totally uncalled for and completely insulting. To my horror, the two-page review for A Writer’s Tale that I had submitted to Fangoria had been returned to me mutilated!

That’s right friends, you read that correctly—mutilated! It was carved like a paper turkey, sliced like a virgin sacrifice, and slashed like the victim of an unstable madman.

A third of the way down, both pages of the manuscript were slit nearly from side to side. It was with a crazed surgeon’s precision that the review was cut, left dangling with barely an inch of margin keeping the pages connected.

Never had anything like this ever happened to me. I’m sure that at some time I had submitted something so wretched it deserved to be cut up, but it had never happened. I’m sure editors face the urge to chop up submitted manuscripts and return them to the writer all the time, but out of courtesy they do not act upon this urge, regardless of how scissor-worthy a particular submission may be.

At first, I did not know how to take this. Was this an attack on me, on my review? Was my write-up that horrible? Or was it an underhanded attack on Dick? Did they really despise his work and efforts that much? Surely these Fangoria guys did not hold that kind of psychotic grudge against someone just for expressing their opinion? (Maybe watching tons of horror movies all the time really can warp your mind!) Or, maybe it was a warning. But warning me of what? Warning me that there was to be no happy book reviews in Fangoria magazine?

I read what I had submitted to Fangoria a couple times, but could never pinpoint what THE EDITORS found so disturbing that their only reaction was to slice my manuscript nearly in half.

In a matter of minutes I went from shocked to scared to amused to pretty darn mad.

Who were these guys to cut up my manuscript? Was their magazine so conceited they would not accept favorable reviews on books written by authors they did not support? If it is like that, fine. But what was this cutting up stuff?

I sent a fresh copy to David Silva at Hellnotes. I had hoped he might have been able to use it, so then I could be vindicated a bit over the Fangoria mutilation. While Dave could not use the review, he offered his honest thoughts, but was also unable to find the reason for the mutilation.

Figuring I would just learn from the experience, I made a copy of the mutilated review (the paper slashed open like the jugular of a Friday the 13th victim) and sent it to Dick with a letter detailing my efforts to spread the word.

In our correspondence I found that Dick was highly amused by the situation. He commented that it would seem that I was not too well-liked by the Fangoria folks either. So it ended up being a joke for two guys instead of ten or eleven. It was still worth it.

Honestly, I believe the manuscript mutilation of my A Writer’s Tale review could have simply been a mistake. Maybe someone was cutting an envelope open with a razor knife and my manuscript was underneath. It happens. But whoever did it never bothered to write “Sorry” or “Oops” on the cut pages to let me know it was nothing more than an accident, that it was nothing personal.

Since no attempt or effort was made to let me know it was just an accident, it is more fun to imagine THE EDITORS at Fangoria attacking my review with shiny scalpels and twisted grins.

I hope that one day A Writer’s Tale gets the attention it deserves, and is discovered by the battalions of aspiring writers it was written for and dedicated to.

Thanks, Dick, for a wonderful book that has helped many a mile down my own rigorous road. And thanks Fangoria, for a great story to tell.

Donn Gash

OME PEOPLE JUST don’t get it.

A while back, I was reading a review of a Richard Laymon novel. Which novel isn’t all that important. While I’m at it, I’ll leave out the name of the reviewer too. As much as he might deserve it, I’m not going to embarrass him. Besides, I can almost guarantee you’ve never heard of him.

It seems Mr. Reviewer had taken an extreme and personal disliking to this particular Laymon offering. Mr. Reviewer was offended. Hell, he had bypassed offended and gone straight to royally pissed. The novel in question wasn’t just bad in his estimation; it was a personal attack against himself, and any other reader of high moral character.

The review started off nasty and proceeded to get nastier. The first portion consisted mostly of vague gripes and non-specific moaning. As I read along, I wondered what was wrong with this guy. He wasn’t bashing Richard Laymon’s prose or style. He didn’t have anything nasty to say about the author’s technique. Most of his bitching seemed to be of the personal variety, aimed squarely at Laymon. I became more and more puzzled.

Finally, about halfway through the review, he spelled it out. His beef was with the behavior of the characters in the novel. Not just a few of the characters, mind you, but all of them. He had come to the conclusion that real people would never act the way these characters did. He illustrated his point by listing some of the characters’ offending behaviors. As he did so, I couldn’t help but smile.

His argument boiled down to this: Richard Laymon was a terrible writer and a terrible person because his characters engaged in sexual behavior that made Mr. Reviewer uncomfortable. Worse yet, the novel contained passages in which the female protagonist was victimized by men.

Holy crap! You mean women aren’t victims of violence in real life? Richard Laymon is just making this stuff up to make women look weak and powerless? Gee, all those statistics you hear about rape and domestic violence on the news must be fake.

And the sexual behavior exhibited by the characters? That was all wrong because they allowed their hormones to influence their decisions, usually yielding a bad result. Well, hey, that doesn’t happen in real life either. Lord knows, I’ve never let sex cloud my judgment.

What a bonehead. Mr. Reviewer, in all his infinite wisdom, had decided Laymon’s work lacked value, simply because it did what it set out to do, which was make him, the reader, squirm. This moron, in all his uppity, politically-correct glory, had never allowed himself to enjoy the unique ride that a Laymon novel provides.

One of Richard Laymon’s gifts as an author was the ability to create flawed, identifiable, intensely human characters. Naturally, as a horror writer, he places these flawed, but essentially good people in the most dire of circumstances. We’re talking life and death stuff here, folks. Very often, these are characters at a crossroads in their life, at a point when they are perhaps least prepared to make decisions which carry heavy implications. In many cases, these vulnerable characters are asked to choose between desire and what society deems proper.

So you have these extremely human protagonists facing not only external conflicts like deranged hitchhikers, serial killers, and the occasional beast, but they’re also battling their own inner conflicts. Conflict, as you know, is what drives the tale. If everybody in a story makes the right decisions, and they all get along, it’s not very interesting, is it? Frankly, it’s not a story at all.

But here’s where Laymon really gets you. This is where his work grabs you by the throat and takes you in a direction most wouldn’t dare. He forces you, the unsuspecting reader, to face those same moral dilemmas as the protagonist. Oh, he’s sneaky about it to be sure. You don’t realize it until you’re too far into the story to stop.

Would you accept the Master of Games’s money and play the game, even if at each new step his game grew more and more dangerous? If your boyfriend went to the corner store and never came back, would you go out looking for him or remain in the safety of your apartment? Tough decisions. And Richard Laymon places you in the middle of it. You can’t help but ask yourself, “What would I do?”

We all have our moral convictions. We also have our weaknesses. What would it take for you to turn your back on those convictions? We like to think of ourselves as righteous people with values we would never lay by the wayside. But hey, people do it every day. Affairs, murder, thefts, kidnap, rape, and all manner of wicked deeds are committed at an alarming rate. I’d be willing to bet a large portion of the perpetrators considered themselves good folks. Chances are, they felt their acts were justified, at least to some degree. Maybe they did it for love. Or maybe they were caught up in a moment of uncharacteristic greed. Or even good old-fashioned revenge. You can bet they rationalized it somehow.

You’d never do that though. Or would you? That’s the brilliance of Richard Laymon’s work. Time and time again, he asks you, the reader, to examine yourself, your own beliefs. Sometimes that’s not easy. Hell, some people don’t want to look deep inside themselves and see the things they would never admit to anyone. It’s easier to say, “No way. I’m one of the good guys. I’d never do anything like that.”

I tend to believe dear Mr. Reviewer falls into that category. It’s too difficult for him to admit that under the right circumstances he might do something shady or even terrible. It’s simply not okay for him to contemplate a scenario whereby his clean, tidy view of the world is disturbed.

Sadly, he’s missing the whole point. Horror is about holding a mirror up to the face of humanity and taking notice of the scars and blemishes, the darkness that bubbles just below the surface. Horror shouldn’t make us feel all warm and snugly. We’re supposed to be shocked, and yes, sometimes even offended. And while we ought to be scared of what’s out there, lurking in the shadows, waiting to grab us, ghoulies and creepy-crawlies aren’t what we should be most afraid of. The most terrifying thing is what’s inside of us, lurking in the shadows of our own souls. The monster within is always more frightening than the one “out there.”

Mr. Reviewer just doesn’t get it. Most of his fellow reviewers and critics don’t get it either.

You and I do though, don’t we? Richard Laymon sure as hell did, and for that we can all be grateful.

William D. Carl

WASN’T LUCKY ENOUGH to ever meet Richard Laymon, as he died before I started scribbling words on paper and attending conventions. I discovered his writing by chance when I purchased a used copy of In the Dark at a local store. It wasn’t long before I was racing to my local chain and eBay and buying all the rest. I was hooked. This occurred at the same time I took up writing short stories, tired of having all these ideas bouncing around in my head, pleading to be set free. One of Laymon’s books was on my bedside table the whole first six months, and I know he was influencing me. From beyond, as it were. With his story structure, his fast pacing, and, especially, with his female protagonists (women who went through hell but fought it the whole way, kicking ass like it was nobody’s business), he guided my hand, helping another new writer through those difficult early times.

William D. Carl

IG.”

The word was like a bullet to her head. It was strange how a single word could affect her, make her break into a cold sweat in the middle of a July heat wave. Still, here she was, shovel in hand, and he’d just told her to “Dig.”

If only her car hadn’t broken down. If only she hadn’t thumbed a ride with this particular man, a character the newspapers had labeled “The Digger.” If only she’d not been looking out the window when she should have been watching him, when he’d whacked her over the head with something.

There were a hell of a lot of “if only”s.

She’d read about The Digger in all the newspapers. Who hadn’t heard about him since the first body had turned up in Yosemite nearly a year ago? The M.O. was always the same. Young women who had been reported as missing were discovered buried in five-foot graves trapped within cardboard refrigerator boxes. Upon closer examination, the coroners had discovered huge, broken blisters on their hands, and the police had come to the conclusion that these women had been forced to dig their own graves, then buried alive. They had been left to suffocate in cardboard boxes. In all, twelve bodies had been discovered by various park rangers and tourists in the past year, all of them young, beautiful women. Women who had once had lives filled with promise. Women who had gasped their final breaths, lungs full of dirt and dust, their broken hands pounding against the earthen walls that surrounded them. No clues had been found as to the identity of the “The Digger,” the man who now held a shotgun on Maura Kennedy. If they ever got to ask her, though, she could supply plenty of details.

He had brown hair, softened by prolonged exposure to sunlight, that swept down over his eyes in a rakish fashion. The nose on his face seemed large, Roman, but it didn’t dominate his other features. His eyes were a deep blue, as though someone had picked a piece of sky and hidden it behind them. In fact, his eyes were what had first attracted Maura to him, what had given her the courage to accept a ride from a stranger. With eyes like that, he couldn’t be dangerous. Could he?

“I said to dig, goddamnit,” he shouted in his rasping voice. “If I have to tell you again, I’m just going to shoot.”

She was still grasping the handle of the shovel when she looked him in the eye. “Well, then go ahead and shoot me. I know who you are, and it’ll be easier if you just kill me now.”

“Ah,” he grinned. “My fame precedes me. Still, wouldn’t you like the chance to survive? What if I change my mind? What if you manage to scratch your way out of the box? What if someone comes along in time to discover you? If I just shoot you now, you’ll never know, will you? You willing to take a chance like that?”

Begrudgingly, she knew he was right. There was always a possibility of escape, a chance that he might let his guard down for long enough to get away. Somehow, she knew that this was how he got his rocks off, the gamble that one of his victims would manage to escape. He probably sat in the bed of that truck on a lawn chair and just waited, watching the newly-dug grave, hoping one of those women would actually manage to get out.

And she didn’t want to die. As long as there was some fighting chance, no matter how absurd the odds, she was going to fight for her life. Maura had always been a fighter. Orphaned at a young age, she had been passed from foster family to foster family, each becoming successively worse in its abuse of her. Her body was a roadmap of scars, belying her past injuries at the hands of her so-called families. Still. She had maintained good grades in school, and she soon found herself in college on a full scholarship, where she had met the man of her dreams. Soon after college, she was a woman in a top position at her law firm, respected by her peers and desperately loved by her adoring husband.

She had endured the worst that men had been able to throw at her, physical and sexual abuse that endured for years, misogynistic remarks from other lawyers, the toughest tests her chauvinistic professors could give her. She’d passed through them all, and no single man with a shotgun was going to beat her now. No psycho bastard would manage what so many others had failed at accomplishing.

“Now...” he said. “Dig.”

“What if I scream?”

“Go ahead,” he said, sitting down. “Scream all you want. Nobody’ll hear you out here.”

“It’s a National Park. Someone might.”

“Baby, there ain’t nobody out here but me, you, and the bears. By the way, don’t feed them. There’s signs posted all over the place.”

Indignantly, holding the shovel in both hands, she began to dig a hole, the earth fairly soft beneath the steel blade. The sun was very hot, and she had to stop several times to wipe the sweat out of her eyes. All the while, the bastard sat on a stump, the shotgun aimed at her, a half-smile on his perfectly formed lips.

Determination gripped her, and she began to dig faster. All those years of working out at the gym were going to pay off. In college, she’d started working out to get rid of the tension that always gripped her around the neck and shoulders. Afterwards, Maura had paid a top personal trainer to whip her body into the kind of shape that women desired and men ogled, a very useful tool in a courtroom. She could feel the muscles in her arms, already tired, straining to keep up, burning with the same intensity that she strived to attain with dumbbells. She was strong, and she was going to use this to her advantage.

She would dig the grave and let herself be buried. Inside a box that size, there was probably at least two hours of air left to breathe, and she was sure she was strong enough to rip open the cardboard and paw her way through four or five feet of loose dirt.

She would survive this ordeal.

And when she got out, she was going to make the bastard pay.

“All those signs about the bears,” he muttered, more to himself than for her advantage. “And I read somewhere that the bears were starving out here, that they’d relied on people to feed them for so long, they didn’t know how to hunt. You ever heard about that?”

She had heard about it, read something in Discover magazine, but she refused to answer him. He grinned, unable to sulk on such a pretty day.

The sun moved its position, but The Digger never once budged an inch. He watched her, sometimes asking her stupid questions, which she ignored.

“You feeling that sun?”

“Damn it’s hot! You going to faint? You look like you’re going to faint.”

“Those blisters bleeding yet? Yep, looks like they are.”

Her hands had erupted into blisters ten minutes after she’d started digging the hole, and now they had burst, oozing blood and pus down her arms. The shovel was growing slippery.

She wondered how long it had been since she’d started. By the looks of the sun’s position in the sky, it was probably at least three hours. Shoveling out more dirt, she saw that she was standing more than waist deep in the grave she was creating. When had she done all of that? Where had those piles of earth come from? Had she been at it for that long?

She focused on her task, channeling her hatred into thoughts of revenge, of all the pain she would heap upon this son of a bitch when she got out of this grave. And she would get out. The thoughts of her escape fuelled her weary arms, and she stopped thinking about the ache in her arms and back for a while.

“That’s enough,” he said, rising and walking to his truck. His eyes never left her, and the sights of the shotgun didn’t waver for a second.

She was breathing hard, her lungs searing. Now that she had stopped, she could really feel the throbbing of her muscles, the terrible pounding of her heart in her ears. Faltering, she fell against the side of the newly-dug grave. It took every ounce of her concentration just to keep her eyes open and lean against the side of the hole. It would be so easy to simply fall, to let the exhaustion possess her entirely. It would be so easy to give in.

But, she knew that she would never give in to the pain or the weariness. Her heart, pounding so loudly now, was hardened with disgust for this man, for the things he had done to her and to those other women. How many had there been? Twelve? Thirteen? All buried in state parks, all discovered too late. Idly, she wondered if any of them had found this hatred inside themselves, this desire to live and to kill this freak who had tortured them.

They probably had felt as she did.

And they had been able to do nothing about it.

They had all died, slowly and horribly.

Just as she was going to.

Goosebumps raised on her arms, as though a cold breeze had blown over her. It was really the first time she had been afraid since The Digger had kidnapped her, and she sank to her knees, bowing her head into the soft, cool earth wall of the grave. Her bloody hands lay useless in her lap, her arms too tired to support them.

Of course those other women had wanted to escape. Of course, they’d wanted to live, to get revenge. They had been motivated by the same riotous anger that had propelled her into digging her own grave. And they had all perished, suffocated.

Hearing a noise, she glanced up at the edge of the hole. It seemed to be miles away from her. The Digger was standing there, towering over her like some wicked giant in a fairy tale. In his left hand, he held the huge cardboard box. In his right, he pointed the shotgun at her.

“You did a good job,” he said. “A nice squared grave. Now, it’s time.”

Pooling all of her resolve, she grunted back at him, “You’ll have to come down here and get me, you bastard. I’m not fucking helping you anymore.” He laughed, and shot her through her left leg. The buckshot sprayed, penetrating her flesh in more than a dozen areas, more than a dozen receptacles of pain. She cried out, falling backwards, and she heard the shotgun go off again, heard his high-pitched laughing. Although she didn’t feel anymore pain this time, she still felt something dig into her other leg. Then, there was only merciful blackness.

She awoke with a scream of agony, and the realization that some time had passed. Blinded by darkness, she pushed her hands against the walls of her coffin, felt the smoothness of the cardboard beneath her fingers. She choked back a cry, tried to move her legs. Lightning pain shot through her right leg, and she knew that it was broken, useless. Her left leg hurt like a motherfucker, but it moved with relative ease compared to her right one. Shoving with that foot, she felt the barrier of the box and the solidness of the dirt behind it. There was a sticky wet pool beneath her entire body, and she knew that she was lying in her own blood.

How long had she been there? How much blood had she lost? How much air remained for her to attempt her escape?

Moving around, she discovered that the box was a very tight fit. He’d had to bend her legs to fit her inside of it, and she kicked a bit with her good leg to see just how solid the walls were with the dirt piled around her. It seemed like she was kicking rock, not loose soil.

The darkness was almost overwhelming. It made her want to scream out, to curse at the total lack of any kind of light.

She thought she felt something move on her arm, insects or worms, and she imagined her entire body covered with crawling bugs. She brushed at her arms, feeling a piece of skin tear away from the palm of her right hand. The hand was so numb that she wasn’t sure if she felt something on her or not. It would be just like The Digger to toss in a bagful of maggots when he buried her.

She hoped he had blisters the size of quarters on his hands from the shoveling he would have had to do to bury her.

She hoped that his truck would be spotted by the police, and that they would haul him in, and that he would be sentenced to life in prison with a serial rapist for a cellmate.

She hoped that he would howl in agony as he was repeatedly penetrated by the imaginary cellmate, the tissue of his anus torn and bloody.

And she suddenly remembered that she had to escape, to claw her way out of this cardboard prison so that she could stand and accuse the bastard in court. She had to be the one to put him away before he did this to another woman.

All those years working out in the gym...the personal trainer...

Choking on sobs, she pushed her fingernails at the cardboard until they punched through the top of the box. She changed the angle of the fingernails and mentally thanked her manicurist, who had suggested coating them with a strengthening liquid. Pulling towards herself, she stripped away a few small teardrops of the box. Loose dirt fell into her mouth and eyes, and she spat, sobbed some more.

She thought that she heard something, a noise from above her. Was it The Digger? Was he still lurking around, waiting for her last breath to die on her lips?

She’d have to take the chance that it was someone else, someone who’d spotted them or had seen the freshly-dug grave site. She screamed, “Hey! I’m in here! I’m still alive!”

She felt a fingernail break as she tore more of the cardboard away. Dirt was sifting into the box at a fairly steady rate now. She stopped for a moment, heard the noise again...a very distinct digging sound.

Someone was digging their way down.

She knew that her oxygen was going fast, so she gulped a very deep breath and pulled against the top of the box as hard as she could. Then, she raised her arms above her head as the dirt poured down around her body. It was heavy, much heavier than she had thought, but with her arms in position, she crooked her fingers and began to pull her way to the surface.

All the while, the digging sounds continued.

Praying to a God she’d nearly forgotten, she pulled herself up inch by inch, aiming for the same place where she heard the other scuffling sounds. She kept her mouth tightly closed, knowing that if she opened it, the dirt would pour into her throat and fill her lungs. She just had to reach the person who was digging on the other side.

Her fingers broke the surface, curled down, and shoved the dirt away from her. The digging sounds had ceased, but she heard a “Humph” sound, the sound of satisfaction. No hands reached for her to help in any way, and she was almost angry at this savior who had dug down at least two feet towards her, saving her half of the distance that she needed to crawl.

Wriggling, she moved the dirt from her face, seeing her blood-encrusted hands in the sunlight. Opening her mouth, she filled her lungs with good, clean air, and it had never tasted so good. Her sobs were coming, despite the sunlight that warmed her shoulders.

She was alive. She was alive, goddamit, and The Digger was going to pay.

She turned to thank her savior.

All she saw was the gaping maw of the grizzly bear, the strings of saliva dripping from its jaws, before its teeth crushed her skull and sank into her brain. As it pulled her from the earth like a weed from a garden, her last ironic thought was that today, at least, despite all the signs, she would be feeding the bears.

Holly Newstein

DIDN’T DISCOVER THE guilty pleasures of Richard Laymon’s books until a few years ago. Most of my genre reading was confined to the marquee names, as I struggled to learn the craft of writing horror. Then I had the privilege of meeting Dick at KeeneCon 2000—a charming, funny man with an equally charming family. I saw fans with boxloads of books lining up reverently to have Dick sign their collections. I was much intrigued, and decided I had better read something of his. I began with The Stake, and I haven’t stopped since.

Dick’s books are terrifying, bloody and gruesome, but they are also darkly, laugh-out-loud funny. No one will ever mistake his work for “lit’ra-chure,” but they leave the reader thoroughly entertained. Which is, after all, what a writer is supposed to do.

Dick understood the bargain between reader and writer—if the reader is willing to invest hard-earned money and precious time on the writer’s work, he or she is entitled to a rockin’ good time. And he consistently delivers just that. When I sit down to read The Traveling Vampire Show, or In The Dark, or anything else by Dick, I know I am going to get everything I want and nothing I don’t.

Ralph Bieber and I have tried to remember his legacy as we pursue our own writing careers.

Holly Newstein & Ralph Bieber II

OUR PRAYERS CAN be answered, my friends. Your fondest dreams, your heart’s true desires can be yours,” said the white-haired, well-dressed man on the TV screen. His sonorous, seductive baritone voice dropped, becoming lower and more intense. “He is all-powerful. He can make it happen for you, and I can help Him help you. I, the Reverend Paul Swann, will personally deliver your plea to Him. Just send a letter and your contribution to...”

“Yeah, right,” Ernie said from his battered recliner. He scratched the stubble on his chin and yawned. “Jesus, there’s nothing on at this hour but crazies and salesmen.” As he reached for the remote, Reverend Swann leaned forward into the camera. His eyes, dark and compelling, stared intently. Ernie’s hand froze in midair, his fingers hovering over the remote.

“What have you got to lose, friend? Your loneliness? Your illnesses? Your powerlessness? Your poverty? All it takes is a few minutes of your time and a modest contribution, and you’ll be well on the way to the life you deserve. What is the price of success, love, and peace of mind? You can have it all, right now. Right now, Ernie. Send your contribution to the address on the screen...”

“I need more coffee. I swear that guy just said my name,” Ernie muttered. But instead of getting up and refilling his cup, Ernie found himself scribbling the address on the back of a week-old TV Guide.

Then he got up and stumbled to the bathroom. The dawn streaked the sky with pink and purple bands of light. He flipped the light switch, and the harsh fluorescent bulbs popped and hummed before they flared with their greenish white light. A thirtyish, balding man with a nondescript face stared back at him from the mirror. His skin was gray and his eyes ringed with shadows—a side effect of stress-induced insomnia. His body was soft and paunchy. He saw a corporate drone that worked twelve-hour days for a soulless conglomerate that barely knew he existed, and did slave labor for a supervisor who chewed on his ass just for fun. He hadn’t had a date in eight months, and the woman of his dreams barely acknowledged his existence.

“What the hell have I got to lose?” he said to himself, frowning at his reflection. “Man, I am fucking sick and tired of waking up at three in the goddamn a.m. I am sick of chewing antacids like they’re breath mints. I’m sick of that asswipe Witkowski. And most of all I want Beth to...” He sighed. “I just want Beth.”

He wandered out into his dreary apartment and rummaged around until he found a pen and a legal pad. He put them on the kitchen table, poured himself a bowl of cornflakes, and began to write.

“Okay, Mr. Preacher Man, let’s see what you can do.” He wrote down everything he wanted—from the material to the carnal—and wrote out a check to Paul Swann, Inc. for a thousand dollars. Then, before he could think too much about it, he showered, shaved and dressed, and dropped the letter and the check into the mailbox on his way to work.

“Well, Davis, there goes your hard-earned money. Might as well have bought beer with it—then you’d have at least enjoyed pissing it away.” He shook his head at his own idiocy. Still, a sense of expectation filled him. He got into his ten-year-old Honda Civic and turned up the radio. “Hotel California” was playing, and Ernie sang along with Don Henley:

“You can check out anytime you like

But you can never leave.”

In spite of his early start, the morning’s commute was even worse than usual. Along with the roads choked with trucks and school buses picking up kids, there was the added attraction of an accident on the expressway. Ernie was ten minutes late for work by the time he pulled into the parking lot of Bardwell Foods Corporation. He had to park at the far end of the lot and sprint through the rows and rows of cars toward the employees’ entrance. The security guard didn’t even look at him as he threw the door open and ran, gasping as he took the stairs up to the Customer Service Department.

He pushed open the door, hoping to slide unnoticed into his cubicle. But Witkowski was waiting for him.

“Glad you could join us, Davis,” he said with a sneer.

The Reverend’s voice echoed in Ernie’s head. You can have it all, right now, Ernie...

Two weeks passed, and nothing much changed. Witkowski was still an asshole, and Ernie still went home alone every night to his ugly little apartment. He searched for the Reverend Swann on early morning TV once or twice when he couldn’t sleep but never found the program again. He told himself he’d been monumentally stupid and tried to forget the whole thing. Yet, the feeling that something was about to change persisted.

One morning, late again, he tiptoed through the maze of beige cloth cubicles that made up the Customer Service Department, expecting to hear Witkowski bellowing for him at any moment. As he approached his own cramped cube, he saw the CEO of Bardwell Foods—Walter E. Bardwell himself—standing by his cubicle. Ernie had never seen Bardwell and recognized him only by photos he’d seen in the glossy business magazines. Witkowski stood next to Bardwell. Ernie noticed that Witkowski looked very unhappy. His face was pasty, nearly green, and he was sweating profusely.

Oh God, I’m fired, Ernie thought. I must have screwed up totally and now I’m roadkill.

“Can I help you with something, sirs?” he asked, his voice trembling.

“Ernest Davis? Walt Bardwell.” Walter extended his hand, and a dumbfounded Ernie shook it. “I’ve been hearing about what a great job you’ve been doing for the company, so I decided to come and congratulate you personally.”

“Thank you, sir. Congratulate me for what, sir?”

Bardwell grinned, his teeth large and white. He reminded Ernie of a shark, pitiless and cold-blooded. “Why, Ernie, we’ve decided to offer you the position of Customer Service Manager for the Northeast.” Bardwell gave Witkowski a look that could have withered a saguaro. “It was brought to my attention that Witkowski here has been taking credit for your hard work and brilliant ideas, Ernie—may I call you Ernie?”

Witkowski’s face crumpled like a baby’s. Ernie nodded, too stunned to speak. Bardwell handed him an envelope.

“Here’s my letter spelling out the terms of Bardwell Foods’ offer to you. But I was sure that you, with your devotion to the company, would accept the position. So I’ve taken the liberty of having your things moved into the corner office over there.”

Ernie made a conscious effort to close his gaping jaw. Faces began peering out of cubicles. Bardwell turned on Witkowski.

“Now get out of here, you damned idiot, before I call security.”

“Please don’t fire me,” blubbered Witkowski. “Ernie—Mr. Davis—I’m really sorry. Let me have your old job. I’ll make it up to you, I swear...”

“Well, Ernie, what do you say? Your first executive decision...Do you keep Witkowski on, or do you fire him?” Bardwell gazed intently at Ernie. This is happening...This is really happening to me, Ernie thought. “Security!” he barked.

In an instant, two security guards were dragging Witkowski down the hall.

“Pleeeease, Ernieeee...” The voice echoed and faded as the guards took him away.

“Let me show you to your new office, Ernie. We’ll discuss some of your brilliant ideas.”

“Yes, sir—I mean, Walt.”

He settled back into the buttery soft leather chair. His head was still spinning as he stared at the letter. Walter Bardwell—oops, it was Walt now—had tripled his salary and given him a company car. An Acura, no less. Leather and a sunroof.

Jesus, now I can move out of that crummy shithole apartment. Take a real vacation. Start building a portfolio.

How the fuck did this happen?

The words he’d written a couple of weeks ago rose in his memory. His hopes and dreams that he’d sent to the Reverend Swann. I want a promotion. I want a decent raise. I want to see my boss get his ass fired.

“Holy shit,” he said to himself.

“I’ll take that as a compliment,” came a feminine voice. Beth Arnold, Witkowski’s secretary, came into his office.

Wait, no, she’s my secretary now—not to mention the woman of my dreams.

She closed the door and smiled at him. She was a beauty, with red hair and blue eyes and fine pale skin just the way he liked it.

She’s never smiled at me before. She’s never even acknowledged my existence before. Now, here she is. Smiling. At me. And all I can do is stare at her like a moron.

Her smile widened.

“I hear you’re my boss now, Mr. Davis.” She came around the desk and stood behind him. He could smell her perfume, warm and musky.

“Call me Ernest. Please.” His voice was thick.

“All right, Ernest.” Her hands came down on his shoulders. She leaned forward and pressed her breasts against the back of his neck. “What can I do for you?” she purred.

Her face, with its luscious full lips, was inches from his.

“Go out with me sometime,” he managed to stammer.

“How about tonight?” She pressed more tightly against him.

Jesus, all I want to do is whirl around and tear off her blouse, fill my hands with those ripe, full breasts. I want her right here, right now, on the carpet. But, after all, today is my first day on the job. Maybe I’d better not try to do everything at once.

“Sure,” he said. “After work? T.G.I. Friday’s, maybe?” He was pleased that his voice was almost normal.

“Sounds yummy,” she breathed into his ear. She slid her hand slowly down over his chest to his crotch and gave him a squeeze that nearly made his eyes pop out of his head.

Then she stood up and walked out, leaving his office door open.

Everyone in the department heard him moan.

A month passed. Every morning he saw the same old Ernie in the mirror—well, maybe there was a little more hair and a little less flab. But then, he would drive his new Acura to work. He had his own parking space near the front door of the office building. He was Walt Bardwell’s new protege, golf partner, and best friend. Everyone knew who he was now, even the security guard at the employees’ entrance. “Hello, Mr. Davis,” he’d say every morning.

Everything he did at work was pure gold. When he sat down in that big leather chair in his office, it was as if he became a business genius. His ideas boosted productivity and sales by 32% in two weeks. The Wall Street Journal ran a feature piece on him as Bardwell Foods’ new wunderkind.

And almost every night he had the beautiful Beth with him. Just thinking about her—the way her face lit up when she laughed, the way she nestled up beside him when they watched television, the way her mouth tasted when he kissed her—made him dizzy with desire.

One night, in his new king-sized bed, she curled up against him, her fine white skin smooth as silk, and said, “Have you ever heard of Paul Swann?”

“What?” he said absently. His hand was tangled in her fiery red hair, and he breathed in her fragrance. He really didn’t feel like talking.

“Paul Swann, the evangelist. He’s on TV early in the morning.” Suddenly the memory of that fateful decision six weeks ago came rushing back. The hair on the back of Ernie’s neck prickled.

“Yeah, I’ve heard of him.”

“He’s coining to the Civic Arena tomorrow night. I have tickets for us.”

“Bethy, I can think of better things to do tomorrow night than go and see some TV preacher. Like maybe we could look at a couple of houses.” He slid his hand down her smooth, flat belly. “Besides, how do you know about this guy? He’s on at three-thirty in the morning. Sometimes, anyway. I’d think you’d be getting your beauty sleep at that hour.” He chuckled at his own joke.

“Please, Ernie. I really think we should go.” Her full lips pouted prettily even as her legs parted under his touch.

He felt a twinge of guilt. As much as he wanted to deny it, part of him suspected that if it weren’t for Swann, he would not have Beth, or the job, or the car. The world would still be ignoring him, even the goddamn security guard—except for Witkowski, of course. That asshole would still be torturing him. The least he could do would be to go with Beth, maybe give the guy some more money. He could certainly afford to.

“Oh, all right. For you, honey.” He buried his face against her breasts, kissing her perfect pink nipples. His fingers found her hot, velvety center further down. He moaned in delight, wanting nothing more than Beth...Beth all the time. He kissed his way down her belly, and she stretched out like a cat on the rumpled sheets.

“Mmmmm,” she said, purring like a feral animal.

Ernie looked around the Civic Arena. The place was filled to capacity.

“Wow, there’s a shitload of insomniacs in this town,” he muttered.

“What’s that, honey?” Beth looked over at him. Her face glowed with excitement, and Ernie decided that she was more gorgeous than ever.

“I said, are you having fun yet?”

The crowd burst into wild applause when Paul Swann swept onto the stage and strode over to the microphone. He was handsome and elegantly dressed, his white hair perfectly arranged. A few of the women in the audience screamed as though he were a rock star.

“Good evening, ladies and gentlemen.” He leaned forward, scanning the crowd. “Are we ready to have our prayers answered?”

“Yes!” came a responsive roar.

As the Reverend Swann charmed the crowd with his promises of hopes realized and dreams made real, Ernie watched the crowd fall under the spell of the seductive voice that had convinced him to part with a thousand dollars. He glanced at Beth. She was on the edge of her seat, completely in Swann’s thrall. Her lips parted, and her eyes shone when Swann’s voice boomed, “I will personally deliver your prayers to Him, and I guarantee an answer.”

Ernie was struck by something. Not once had Swann said the words “God,” or “Lord Jesus,” like the other TV preachers did. It was always “Him,” or “The Mighty One.” Ernie looked at the crowd, their faces utterly and intensely focused on Swann.

If he told them to jump off a cliff, they would, he thought.

Suddenly it occurred to him that he was probably the only person in the arena not affected by Swann, and that things were getting way too creepy. Maybe he should leave before someone noticed.

“Hey, Beth, I’m going outside for some air,” he whispered, trying to sound casual.

“No, honey. You have to stay here with me,” she whispered fiercely. Ernie was taken aback at the commanding tone of her voice.

Just then Swann looked up, right at him. His eyes met Ernie’s. Swann paused for a moment, and then his voice boomed out, “Ernie Davis, come down and bear witness to the power of the Mighty One.”

“Oh, Ernie, he’s called you!” Beth said, her voice filled with delight.

“Beth, I...” His voice trailed off. The urge to get out of this place, to run away, was overwhelming.

“Ernie Davis, come down!”

Ernie’s eyes locked with Swann’s. Every face in the crowd was turned toward him, staring expectantly.

“Ernie, go to him,” Beth hissed. Her eyes were narrowed with anger, and Ernie thought they looked yellow and strange. He blinked at her stupidly.

“He’s called you to witness, to tell everyone all the things he’s done for you. Now GO!” she said, her voice rising. She shoved at his arm.

Ernie found his own voice. “No way,” he said.

Beth stood up. “You will if you want to see these again,” she said furiously. She tore open her blouse, exposing herself. She grabbed his hands and pressed them hard against her naked breasts. He could feel the nipples harden against his palms.

“Beth, stop it. This is crazy. He’s crazy. You’re crazy.” He struggled to pull his hands away. Then he screamed. Beth abruptly released his hands. He looked at his palms and saw deep bite wounds in them, blood running down over his wrists.

He stared in horror at Beth’s chest. Where Beth’s nipples had been there were two vicious little mouths with needlelike teeth, biting at the air. His blood smeared her white flesh. He moved his eyes up to her face. It wasn’t Beth anymore. It was a demon with red and yellow eyes and a full, toothy mouth that was a larger version of the two on her chest. She stepped away from him, yanked up her skirt, and stood with her legs spread apart. She wore no underpants. From between her legs, a long, scaly green tongue thrust out, flicking around his waist like a serpent’s. It traveled down his body and tangled around his ankles, pulling him off balance.

Ernie screamed again and scrambled backward in panic.

“Come down, Ernie Davis, and bear witness!” Swann’s voice filled the arena. The Beth-demon laughed as he stumbled away.

“Bear witness!” echoed the crowd. Hands reached out, grabbing at Ernie as he backed down the aisle, his eyes shifting wildly from Swann to Beth and back. Swann’s eyes glowed with unholy yellow flame, the pupils narrow and reptilian.

“Has your new life been so disappointing that you would turn your back on me?” Swann’s voice was suddenly low and intimate, speaking only to Ernie. “I gave you everything you wanted and more, for the paltry sum of a thousand dollars. Now when I call you, you run from me?” The sorrow in the voice was heart-rending. But still Ernie moved toward the exit, pulling back from the grasping hands. His breath came in ragged sobs.

A big, hairy arm shot out and jerked Ernie backward and lifted him off the floor by the neck.

“Let me go!” Ernie shrieked.

“The hell I will, you miserable little dick!” It was Witkowski. “YOU did this to me, didn’t you, asshole? I came here tonight to get a few of my own prayers answered, and damn if one of them isn’t answered already!”

Witkowski smelled as if he’d been living in a brewery and sleeping in a sewer. His breath was hot and foul. “I’m going to tear your pointy head off, you fucking weasel,” he hissed.

Ernie looked at the Reverend Swann, who was watching him intently. He looked at Beth, who was demurely buttoning her blouse. Her face was normal and lovely again, but she shot him a hate-filled glance.

I’ve been sleeping with a demon from hell, he thought, and shuddered.

Witkowski’s fingers tightened on his throat, and he gagged. The crowd was hushed in anticipation.

“Well, Ernie...? Shall I let you go back to being a nobody? Shall I let my friend here be avenged on you? Or will you come to me?”

Ernie flexed his hands and felt the bites bleed afresh. He flung his arms behind him and crashed his fists against Witkowski’s eyes. The pain and blood blinded Witkowski and with a piercing howl he loosened his grip on Ernie, who spun away from him.

“Fuck you all!” he screamed.

At once the crowd rose and turned, ripping the arms off the seats and brandishing them as they closed in. Ernie raised his arms in weak defense as they prepared to beat him to death.

“God, I’m so sorry. Please God, no,” he screamed.

The crowd drew back and roared as one, a surge of rage reaching a crescendo that rolled over Ernie like a wave. He fell to his knees. “Forgive me,” he cried. Then he knew no more.

When Ernie came to, he was in the parking lot of the Civic Arena. He raised his head and looked around. Dawn was just breaking. The lot was empty except for an old Honda Civic. With a start, he recognized it as his own.

“I’d have thought you’d be scrap metal by now,” he said. He felt dazed, as if he’d just awakened from a deep sleep.

Beth, Swann, Witkowski—where were they? Where was his Acura?

He got slowly to his feet and walked to his battered old car. He still had a key to it on his keyring. He got in and started it.

The palms of Ernie’s hands burned painfully. He turned them up and looked at them. The bite wounds were still there, shaped like the mouths that had been Beth’s nipples.

“Oh, my God,” he groaned.

And he watched as the little mouths slowly curled into smiles.

Mark Justice

NEVER MET DICK LAYMON.

I did interview him twice for my radio show. The first coincided with the Leisure release of Bite.

The first Laymon I read had been The Stake, which I found in the Greenup (KY) County Public Library, in hardcover. I read the book in a few hours, certain that I’d found a new favorite author.

From this point, the story will be familiar to Laymon fans in the United States. No new books. No old books to be found at the flea markets and secondhand stores. No Internet access to find out more about this mystery author and where he disappeared.

Flash-forward about five years. I’m on the ’net. I’m frequenting the horror chat rooms. And I start to hear about this Laymon guy. Something about his books being huge in England, yet he can’t get arrested over here. I find a U.K. bookseller and order The Cellar and The Beast House. I discovered that The Stake wasn’t a fluke. This guy was great.

I ran up my Visa bill ordering Laymon books. Then came the Leisure news. And my opportunity to talk to The Man.

During the course of my broadcasting career, I’ve interviewed a lot of celebrities. I’ve never gotten nervous. Until I talked to Dick Laymon. Over the course of a couple of years, this guy had become a hero of mine. What if he’s a jerk? That was my fear.

He turned out to be one of the kindest people I’ve ever interviewed.

A few days after the interview I received a package with Laymon’s return address on it. Inside was an autographed copy of the U.K. edition of One Rainy Night, his next release from Leisure.

During my second interview with him, a few months later, I commented that reading a Laymon book brought back the thrill I got from seeing those great B-movies at the drive-in as a kid. I immediately regretted the words, afraid that he would take it as an insult.

Before I could apologize, he chuckled and said, “Great! That’s exactly the mood I’m going for.”

That’s the same mood I’ve attempted with “The Red Kingdom”. I hope Dick Laymon would have approved.

Mark Justice

1.

It started out to be a great night. Maybe the best night ever.

It was the kind of party he’d never been invited to in high school. Back then, he was the fat bookworm with the thick glasses and out-of-date clothing.

Now he was different. Better. Eighteen months of diet and exercise, contacts, and some new duds made all the difference.

“Hey, Bishop, this party gonna be a booty convention,” Greg said from the front seat. “Maybe you’ll finally get laid.”

Okay, some things hadn’t changed. Mike Bishop was a Nineteen-year-old virgin. But he was going to a big party with two of the coolest guys at UCLA. Chances were good that this would be the night. Hell, he didn’t even care how hot the girl was. He’d take the spillover from Greg and Duncan. Gladly.

His stomach was twisting nervously. That was okay. He had a good feeling about tonight.

For the first time, all the pieces were in place.

No one at the party would know him. He was a clean slate. All the nerd-dom of his past had been erased. All he had to do was relax, be cool, and let the party come to him. He was smart. He could be funny.

On paper, anyway.

Ten years of scribbling stories had taught him how powerful words could be. They were his only weapon and his only salvation in school. Words got him into college.

And, through words, he hooked up with Duncan and Greg.

Two star basketball players.

Who never missed a party.

They couldn’t say the same thing about classes, though. That’s where Mike came in. A simple recommendation from an instructor and he was tutor to the stars. The boys got to stay on the team and Mike Bishop moved up several social levels.

“Yo, Bishop, you bring any rubbers?” Duncan said, from the driver’s seat. He brayed like a donkey and gave Greg a high-five.

“‘S’okay, bro. We got extra.”

Mike felt his face grow warm. He was glad it was too dark for them to see him blush.

They hadn’t told him where the party was, just that it was going to be the hottest gathering in Southern California. They’d been in traffic for about thirty minutes when Duncan took an exit and began climbing.

The road ended at the biggest house Mike had ever seen. There must have been fifty rooms in the mansion, and it looked to be made mostly of glass. Duncan gave the keys to his SUV to a casually dressed valet at the front door. He looked like a bodybuilder. When Mike climbed out of the truck, he smelled the ocean. He’d bet the rear of the house overlooked the Pacific.

He thought it was the most amazing house he had ever seen, and he hadn’t gone inside yet.

As they stepped to the front door, Mike could hear the thump of loud music and the buzzing of conversation from within. Greg clamped a big hand on Mike’s shoulder.

“Nervous, bro?”

“Naw.” Mike’s mouth was so dry, it made a clicking sound when he talked.

Greg smiled. “Of course not. Anyway, we owe you. Just stick with us and it’ll be a night that will change your life forever.”

“’Sides,” Duncan said. “Just bein’ seen with us ought to guarantee you at least a blow job.”

“Yeah,” Greg said. “From Duncan.”

“Dickhead,” Duncan said. He took a playful swing at Greg.

They all laughed.

It’ll be a night that will change your life forever.

Mike wiped his sweaty palms on his Dockers.

They went in.

2.

It all happened pretty fast.

The party was going full tilt when they entered. The music was cranked so high he felt the thump of the bass deep in his chest. The smell of pot permeated the place.

People were everywhere. On the stairs. Making out on the furniture. Dancing in the huge ballroom. Mike didn’t really notice the men. The women, however, were the most beautiful he had ever seen in person. He was sure some of them had to be models. And the incredible thing was, there were far more girls than guys in the house.

It seemed everybody knew Greg and Duncan. They were getting high-fives and knocking fists with dozens of guys. And they were kissing and hugging as many women. He saw Duncan grab the asses of a couple of them and give long squeezes. The chicks just laughed.

Mike was amazed. I’ll never be that cool.

But Greg and Duncan were cool. And they introduced him to everybody. He couldn’t care less about the guys. The incredible thing was the way the women reacted. He was getting hugs and kisses just like Greg and Duncan did.

He was really part of their circle.

One gorgeous redhead (Greg introduced her as Mandy) pulled him close with her left hand. She pressed her breasts against his chest.

They felt like soft pillows. She smelled like roses.

Then, with no warning, she rubbed her other hand up and down the front of Mike’s pants.

That had never happened to him before. Involuntarily, he jumped back.

The redhead gave him a wicked little smile and walked away.

His penis began to stiffen.

I can’t get a hard-on now, not in front of everyone.

He tried to take a deep breath and calm down, but the thought wouldn’t go away.

She actually rubbed my dick.

He was suddenly sure she thought he was a dick after the way he reacted.

I’m acting like a virgin.

He was determined not to blow it. He didn’t want to embarrass himself in front of Greg and Duncan.

“Mandy’s hot, huh?” Greg was right behind him. Did he see what happened?

“Uh, yeah. You, uh, know her pretty well?”

Greg just smiled. “Would you like to get to know her better?”

Mike swallowed and thought about the beautiful redhead rubbing his crotch. “Yeah.”

“Then I’d turn around.”

He whirled about and found Mandy standing behind him. She was smiling and holding two cups of beer.

“I sort of got the impression you might be getting thirsty,” she said. She handed him one of the beers.

He knew he should say something. He didn’t trust himself to speak. Instead, he lifted the cup to his lips and drained it.

“I guess I was right.” She drank her own beer in one long swallow. He watched her long, slender neck ripple.

She licked foam from her lips, sat her cup on an end table next to a vase of flowers, and took his hand. “I want to go for a walk.”

Mike knew he was about to become an ex-virgin.

3.

They went out one of the back doors and stepped onto an immaculately maintained lawn. It was small. As Mandy led him to the edge, he saw why. The garden ended at the top of a steep slope that led down to the beach. He could hear the ocean’s rumble and see the occasional white-capped wave.

He didn’t see any steps. A place like this surely had steps down to the beach. But if she wanted to do it on the sand, he would gladly risk the climb down.

That wasn’t what she had in mind.

She pushed him down on the soft grass at the edge of the garden.

“What are you—”

“Shhhh.” She pressed a finger to his lips. She worked the finger between his lips and slowly inserted the tip. He began to suck on it. She withdrew her finger and leaned over him, pressing her own lips to his. She replaced her finger with her tongue. She straddled him and began to slowly grind herself against him.

He was harder than he’d ever been.

She finished the kiss and sat up. She pulled her sweater over her head. She wasn’t wearing a bra. She took his hands and put them on her breasts.

She moaned and thrust against him harder.

She backed away from him and he lost his grip on her breasts.

She worked her way down to his jeans and unfastened them. She pulled them down past his erection. He was so stunned it took him a moment to realize he needed to lift his butt off the ground to help her.

When he was exposed to the night air, she took him into her mouth. He was sure he was going to explode right there. Fortunately (or unfortunately), she stopped.

She stood up, smiling down at him, her gorgeous breasts seeming to glow in the moonlight. She reached under her skirt and removed her panties. She tossed them to the side and, leaving her skirt on, she straddled him again and put him inside her.

In all the stories he had read, in all the fantasies he had, he never imagined it would feel this good. He wanted to make it last, to not appear to be a virgin.

He started reciting the titles of Raymond Chandler novels in his mind to postpone his orgasm.

The Big Sleep. Farewell, My Lovely. The High Window. The Lady In The Lake. The Little

Mandy’s soft moans became louder and she started saying, “Yes. Yes. Yes.”

That did it. He spurted deep inside her and officially lost his virginity. She fell forward until her head rested on his chest.

I can’t believe that just happened.

“Mmmmm.”

“Does that mean it was okay?”

She raised her head and smiled at him. Her eyes looked sleepy and content.

That was when they heard the first gunshot.

4.

“What the hell was that?” Mandy jumped up. Their genitals separated with a wet popping sound.

Mike knew it was a gunshot, yet he said, “Firecrackers?”

There was a second gunshot. It came from the house and was followed by screams.

“Firecrackers, my ass.” Mandy pulled her sweater on as she headed for the house.

“Wait.” He grabbed her arms. “We don’t know what’s gong on. We have to be careful.”

“I have friends in there!” She pulled free of his grip. She turned back to face him. “You have friends in there.”

Great. I just had sex with a beautiful girl and now she thinks I’m a coward.

Truth was, Mike was pretty sure he was a coward. Which made him determined not to act scared in front of her.

“Okay. Let’s go. But be quiet. We don’t have to announce ourselves.” He pulled his pants up.

They crept up to the back of the house and around to the large window that looked in on the ballroom. They crouched behind a row of shrubbery. Mandy peeked over the top of the bushes.

“Can you see anything?”

She gasped and said, “Oh my God.”

He looked for himself.

The ballroom had become a slaughterhouse. The music still thumped. But nobody was dancing.

Bodies were stacked everywhere. Men and women, splayed in unnatural poses and covered with blood.

But how? They had only heard two shots. There must have been sixty or seventy people at the party.

There was movement in the back of the room. And Mike understood.

He saw several women walking through the room. They carried what looked like long daggers or short swords. At first he thought they must have been wearing some kind of skintight outfits, like red spandex. As they came closer, he saw he was wrong.

They were naked. And covered in blood.

The women were amazons, muscular, statuesque, and incredibly beautiful. Despite the carnage in front of him, Mike was getting aroused. He backed away from Mandy. He didn’t want her to notice.

“Look,” she whispered.

The blood-drenched women were kicking the bodies. Looking for survivors. Another figure stepped into the room. It was a man, also splattered in blood, though not as much as the women. He, too, was nude and covered with black, coarse hair. He carried two old-fashioned silver-plated .45 automatics.

Like The Shadow.

A body on the floor moved. An arm lifted and waved feebly.

Two of the women literally ran across the other corpses to reach the survivor. Their swords hacked into the flesh, sending fresh sprays of gore into the air. The hand that had been moving was sliced from the wrist and flew across the room, smacking into the glass just a few feet from Mandy. She and Mike backed away into darkness and hoped they hadn’t been seen.

“Oh, no,” she whispered. She sounded like she was going to be sick.

Mike crept back to the window. One of the amazons approached the man with the guns. She lifted the sword to her mouth and licked away the blood. She kissed the man and Mike could see their tongues touching, mingling the blood between them.

The man’s erection was huge and it jutted straight out from his body. The woman grabbed it with her blood-soaked hand and stroked it. The man smiled at her. He rubbed the barrel of one automatic across her left nipple, streaking the blood in the shape of a scimitar. There was a commotion on one side of the room, out of Mike’s line of sight. He couldn’t hear what they were saying. Only the steady thump of the dance music.

Another amazon was dragging a man into view.

He must have been hiding.

Mike recognized him. It was Greg.

He heard a whimper from Mandy. She was standing next to him again.

That’s right. They knew each other.

Mike wondered how well Greg knew her.

Mandy gasped and Mike saw two of the women holding Greg while a third prepared to run him through with her short sword. But Greg fell forward, throwing both of the women off balance. He managed to pull free and immediately ran away.

Right for the big window. Right at Mike and Mandy.

Mike didn’t know what Greg had in mind. Was he going to try to break through the window? It seemed pretty thick. He was probably running in a blind panic.

As he neared them, Greg’s eyes widened in recognition just as the man calmly raised one of his .45s and fired. The impact lifted Greg and threw him forward against the glass. It didn’t break.

Greg hung there for a second, long enough for Mike and Mandy to realize most of his face was now splattered on the glass, inches in front of them. Greg slowly began to slide down the window. He left a trail of blood and brains and bone.

Mandy lost it. She screamed and pounded her fists against the glass.

Mike tried to pull her away.

Too late. The man and his amazons had spotted them and were running toward the door.

5.

“Run!” He tugged her arm, hard. They both took off for the garden.

He had to restrain himself from running away from her. Running was all he wanted to do.

Part of him screamed: Let her take care of herself.

He took her hand. They ran to the edge of the garden and looked over the hill, to the steep drop to the beach.

“We have to jump,” Mandy said.

Mike hesitated. “It’ll be a long roll. Lots of rocks and stuff.”

She shook her head. “Worse than guns and swords?”

She was right. They had no choice. He took a tighter grip on her hand.

She was jerked violently away.

Mike spun around. One of the amazons held Mandy with an arm (a bloody arm) around her throat and the tip of a short sword at her cheek. The other women were almost there.

How did they get here so fast? He realized the woman holding Mandy was not part of the crew they had seen inside the ballroom. They must’ve been outside the house.

“Mandy!”

“Run, go!” she said before her air was cut off by the muscular red arm.

And he did want to run, to roll down that hill and try to escape across the beach.

Instead, he took a halting step toward her.

Strong arms grabbed him. His throat was squeezed hard. He could feel wetness and smelled a metallic odor. Blood. He couldn’t turn his head. The tip of a sword touched his face and pierced the soft skin.

Great. I lose my virginity and get killed on the same night.

But the sword didn’t slice any deeper. Not yet.

He heard the amazon’s breath, steady and slow.

The tip of the sword was removed from his cheek and was replaced by a strange sensation.

She’s licking me. She’s licking the blood off my cheek.

Mike tried to squirm free. That only resulted in the arm circling his neck even tighter, choking him.

“There you are.”

The naked man stepped between Mike and Mandy. He still held the twin .45s. He was still erect.

He stroked Mandy’s cheek with the barrel of the same gun he’d used on the breast of the amazon inside the house. It left of smear of blood on her face.

“Amanda, Amanda,” he said. “Our long lost child. We’ve come to take you home.”

Mike stared at them in disbelief.

She knew him? This maniac who had just shot their friend?

“Greta, bring her back to us.”

The amazon grabbed Mandy’s sweater and ripped it from the collar to her waist, then tossed it aside. She then jerked the skirt down Mandy’s legs and lifted her out of it.

Mandy didn’t struggle. She looked at the ground.

“Ladies,” he said, looking at two of the amazons. “Paint her.”

Greta released Mandy. The other two caressed their own bodies then rubbed those hands across Mandy’s face, breasts, and legs, smearing her with wide swaths of crimson.

When they finished, Mandy was motionless, arms at her sides, eyes cast downward.

“You have come back to us at the perfect moment,” he said.

His eyes were wide and unfocused, like those of a person burning up with fever.

“It is almost time. We have much work to complete. We must bring forth the Red Kingdom, for, soon, Our Nameless Lord returns to this veil.”

A sigh came from the amazon holding Mike.

“So you see, Amanda, we could not abandon you now, so close to Ascendance.”

He stepped close enough to lay his lips against her cheek. Mike saw his massive penis brush against her stomach. He felt jealousy rise in his gut.

The man softly kissed Mandy’s face. “We forgive you.”

He leaned back, presumably to drink in her enormous relief at his generosity.

Instead, she spit in his face.

With her saliva dripping down his shocked face, Mandy said, “Fuck you, Roger.”

He gasped. Greta grabbed her again and Mandy tried a kick at Roger’s balls. He danced back and she missed.

She snarled at him.

Roger pointed one of his guns at her. “Ares!” he shouted. “I am High Priest Ares.”

Mandy laughed. “You’re a porno actor who couldn’t get work once every producer figured out you couldn’t get it up unless you were hurting somebody.”

They all looked at Roger’s shriveling erection.

“Even the junkies stopped doing scenes with you. And those chicks would fuck a dead guy for a fix.”

Roger smashed the barrel of the gun across her mouth. Mike saw a tooth fly out, along with a lot of blood.

But Mandy was smiling when she looked at Roger. Her remaining teeth were red and blood dripped from her lower lip. “Better than Viagra,” she said.

Roger’s cock was hard again. Now he smiled.

“It seems you won’t be sticking around to greet Our Nameless Lord.” He put one of his guns against her forehead. “I’ll pass along your regrets.”

6.

The amazons brought Mandy and Mike to the edge of the lawn. They were pushed down to a kneeling position, facing the house. An amazon stood behind each of them. The remaining four women stood a few feet away with Roger. They had their hands raised to the sky and were chanting in a language that Mike didn’t recognize.

“It’s made up,” Mandy said. She spit out another glob of blood. “Roger invented the ‘Nameless Lord’ language one night after snorting a bunch of coke. And these steroid lesbians will do anything he tells them.”

The amazon behind Mandy smacked her in the back of the head.

“Ow!” Mandy turned her head as much as she could. “Lisa, you are such a bitch.”

The big woman said nothing.

“How do you know them?” Mike’s teeth were chattering from fear. He felt as if he were trapped in a drive-in movie.

First the teenage guy gets laid, then killed.

“The Wonder Women? We all went to the same gym. I met Roger at UCLA. We shared an acting class. I wanted to do theater. He had his sights set on Behind the Green Door, Part 12.”

“You, uh, dated?”

I’m pathetic, he thought. I’m about to die and I want to find out if she was screwing him.

“For a while,” she laughed. “Until I realized what a twisted nutjob he really was.”

Lisa smacked her head again.

“Shit! Lisa, you know where he got all this Nameless Lord stuff? You’re following a guy who found his religion in a goddamn comic book.”

Lisa hit Mandy a third time, then resumed staring at the other women and Roger.

The chanting had stopped.

Roger walked over to Mike and Mandy, his large erection bobbing up and down.

He was smiling.

“Our Nameless Lord has asked me to give you one final chance to come back to us.”

From her kneeling position, Mandy looked up at Roger, her gaze defiant.

“Okey-doke,” Roger said. He pointed one of the silver-plated .45s at Mike’s head. “Say good night to the boyfriend.”

Mike couldn’t breathe. He was going to die. Just like Duncan and Greg. Please don’t let me piss myself, he thought.

“Wait,” Mandy said. “Okay, Roger. I’ll come back. I’ll go to the meetings.”

“The services.”

“Right. I’ll do the chant. Whatever you want. Just don’t kill us. Let the kid go.”

Who’s the kid? Then realization struck. Me? She called me the kid?

“He’s not your boyfriend?”

Mandy snorted. “Get real. His pals told me what a little loser he was. I felt sorry for him. Doesn’t mean he deserves this.”

Mike felt the disappointment and the humiliation like a blow to his stomach.

Little loser. I felt sorry for him.

Just like high school.

Nothing had changed.

Roger considered her words.

“Sorry. He’s a witness. He has to die.”

Fine, Mike thought. Just get it over with.

“But,” Roger added, “you may decide how quickly it happens. One shot, boom, and it’s over. Or, I can give him to the girls.”

The naked, blood-soaked females behind Roger smiled and raised their swords. Suddenly, Mike very much wanted to live.

“What do you want?” Mandy said.

Roger inched closer to Mandy. He moved his hips until the head of his penis was in front of her mouth.

“I want you to worship the holy staff of High Priest Ares,” he said. The .45 in his left hand was still centered on Mike’s forehead. “And you better make it good.”

7.

Mandy’s face went through a number of changes very quickly. Shock. Disgust. Anger.

Resignation. When she looked at Mike, he saw sadness.

“Sorry about all this,” she said.

He tried to smile at her, to be brave in the face of certain death and all that Indiana Jones crap. But he knew if he tried to smile she would see how much his lower lip was trembling.

She turned back to Roger and took his erection into her mouth.

She went to work on it like an expert, sliding her lips up and down the shaft, the blood from the penis mixing with the blood from her mouth.

Roger closed his eyes and rocked his head in ecstasy.

Then Mandy bit off the end of his cock.

Roger screamed and pulled away. His finger jerked spasmodically on the trigger of the gun in his left hand. He was falling backward and the shot went high, hitting the amazon who held Mike.

Mandy leapt forward and grabbed for the pistol in his right hand. Roger screamed again but would not let go of the gun. The barrel was slick with blood and Mandy lost her grip. She fell back into Lisa and they both tumbled off the edge of the lawn and rolled down the slope.

Stunned, Mike knelt staring at the flopping, twitching body of Roger. He had clasped both hands to his groin. Blood was gushing from between his fingers. The remaining amazons were just standing there, too shocked to move.

The other pistol lay a few feet from Roger.

Mike dove for it. He picked it up and pointed it at the amazons.

They didn’t even notice him.

“Hey,” he said.

The one on the far right looked down at him.

Mike fired a round into the center of her face. The back of her skull exploded in a blossom of scarlet.

He had been aiming for her chest.

The amazon next to the one he had shot started to raise her sword. Mike aimed at the belly this time. The round drilled her in the center of her left breast.

The other two started forward, stepping over the still-screaming Roger. Mike stood up to get a better aim.

He tripped over the body of the amazon Roger had shot.

He fell on his back and went tumbling over the slope.

8.

He tried to use his arms and legs to slow his descent. All he succeeded in doing was getting banged up by a number of small rocks and plants. Finally he somersaulted once more and landed in soft sand.

He had managed to hold on to the gun.

A hand grabbed his arm and pulled him up.

It was Mandy. She was bleeding from dozens of small cuts. Beneath the blood—both her own and that which the amazons had spread on her—she was covered with bruises.

She spit out something. It landed on the sand with a faint squishing sound.

There was enough moonlight to clearly see the head of Roger’s penis.

She wiped the back of one hand across her mouth. “Got any Listerine?”

“What happened to Lisa?”

“Hit her head on a big rock. She’s dead.”

“I shot two of them. I think they’re dead, too. Roger accidentally shot the one holding me. That leaves two of the women and Roger.”

“He won’t be a problem. Give me that.”

She took the gun from Mike, ejected the magazine and emptied it.

“Three rounds left. We must not have heard all of the shots.” She loaded the magazine again and slapped it into the gun.

Mike stared at her.

She shrugged. “My dad’s a cop. He taught me to handle a gun when I was about five.”

A sound came from up the slope. Footfalls. Very fast. Soft grunts.

Mandy shoved him to the sand. She fell next to him.

An amazon stopped about ten feet above them. She hadn’t spotted them. Mandy raised the pistol in a two-handed grip, like the cops on TV.

The amazon saw the movement. “Here they—”

The shot blew a hole in her chest. She fell back against the hill then started sliding toward them, feet first.

The final amazon surprised them. She was already on the beach, coming from their left. It was Greta.

Mandy rolled on her side, took a shot, missed. She tried to correct her aim and fire again but the woman was too close. Greta struck Mandy’s hand with the flat of her sword. The .45 discharged, missing Greta and flying out of Mandy’s grip. She raised her sword again and brought the blade down. Mandy rolled and the sword sank into the sand. The amazon grunted, slightly off balance. Mandy grabbed a wrist and pulled Greta to the sand. Mandy climbed on the amazon’s back and wrapped her arms around her neck. With a roar Greta rose up and fell backward, pinning Mandy to the sand. Despite the weight of the woman, Mandy tightened her grip on the amazon’s neck. She had wrapped her legs around Greta’s waist, as well.

The amazon grunted and strained, muscles and tendons standing out on her body.

“H-help.”

Mandy’s voice was weak.

Mike picked up the sword. He stood over the amazon. Her eyes were wide with steroid-fueled hate.

Mike stabbed the tip of the sword into the woman between her breasts. He pulled it down, slicing her open down to her crotch. Grey, ropy strands of intestine spilled from the wound.

Greta stopped struggling. Mike grabbed her hair and rolled the body off Mandy.

Mandy drew in great, rasping gulps of air. She was covered in blood and sand.

And she looked beautiful.

He dropped the sword and helped Mandy up.

She pressed her naked body against him. He held her tight.

Finally, he said, “So I’m a little loser?”

“I had to say that,” she said, her voice muffled by his chest. “I was trying to save your life.”

They heard the sound of sirens in the distance.

She looked up at him. “Do you feel like a swim?”

He smiled and took her hand and they walked into the ocean.

Bryan Smith

HERE AREN’T MANY writers I can point to whose influence on me in my formative years shaped me and made me the writer I am today. Stephen King is obviously one of them. And Hunter S. Thompson warped my fragile little mind at an impressionable age, too. There are a few others whose influence I regard as seminal, but Richard Laymon holds a special place on that short list.

A quote from an ad in an early issue of Fangoria resonates in my memory to this day: “Laymon is like Stephen King without a conscience.” While I think the truth is more complex than that, the quote hints at what makes Laymon’s books so compelling: that anything can, and probably will, happen to just about anybody.

Nobody is safe in Laymon’s world.

The boogeymen and monsters are always out to get you.

And anybody, even the good guys, can die.

Laymon taught me to be merciless in my fiction.

He also showed me the value of stripped down, minimalist prose. A lot of my early efforts at constructing horror tales were crippled by efforts at emulating the sweeping, lyrically poetic styles of the old masters. Laymon’s prose showed me another way, a way that felt like liberation. I learned to make my sentences lean, mean, and efficient. It’s a style favored by some of our best writers, from the booze-soaked ruminations of Ernest Hemingway to the hard-hitting crime fiction of people like Jim Thompson and Elmore Leonard.

Like them, Laymon was a true master.

Bryan Smith

ILL HOPKINS, PIZZA delivery guy extraordinaire, was on his last run of the night. He’d hit two of the three houses on the run already, and the last came into view as he rounded a bend on a residential road.

Hot damn, he thought, almost quittin’ time.

He was already considering the array of post-work activities that awaited him upon his return to Casa Hopkins. First, and this was absolutely non-negotiable, he’d pop open a cold Old Milwaukee. Then he’d turn on the tube and hunt down something good and sleazy. Jerry Springer, maybe. Or maybe some soft-core porn on Skin-e-max.

Oooh, yeah...

But first he had to take care of business.

Will drove past the house, made a wide, looping turn in the dark cul-de-sac just past the house, and pulled to a stop at the curb next to the mailbox.

His headlights briefly illumined the back of a van before he clicked them off.

The house was the only one on the street with lit windows. Not too many people were up late in a neighborhood like this. These were working-class people. Responsible people with mortgages and bills to pay. Will supposed he was doomed to one day inhabit a house just like this one. He would have a non-exciting job that required him to get up at an ungodly hour. He would have a reasonably attractive—but not beautiful—wife and a kid or two.

Will sighed.

It was depressing.

He didn’t want to be an “average Joe.”

He lifted the pizza off the passenger seat, swung the driver’s side door open, and got out. The strap-on Pizza Zone sign glowed dimly atop the roof of his Toyota hatchback. The cool night air felt good. A gentle breeze ruffled his shaggy hair as he walked down the driveway toward the house.

He ascended some steps to the front porch, jabbed the doorbell, stepped back, and waited for the door to open.

He heard muffled movement beyond the door. A clomp of footsteps, something that sounded like a beanbag hitting a floor, and a metallic rattle that might have been keys rattling on a ring. Or a big pile of dishes shifting in a sink. Or cutlery clinking in a tray. Knives and forks and spoons.

Will frowned.

He took an unconscious, shuffling step back to the edge of the porch. His stomach had that funny, fluttery feeling he got when something didn’t feel right. But he was in a nice neighborhood. Some boozed-up redneck wasn’t about to open the door and start giving him shit. This wasn’t a goddamn trailer park. Nor were there any predators prowling the well-lighted streets.

Well, probably not.

Shit, definitely not—there were too many other neighborhoods more conducive to the activities of petty criminals. Neighborhoods that Pizza Zone, thank God on His almighty fucking throne in Heaven, didn’t service.

He heard more movement from inside the house.

The footsteps again, booted feet, getting louder for a moment, then receding, followed by a dimmer sound of something sliding across a floor.

Will breathed an exasperated sigh. “Jesus,” he muttered. “What are they doing in there, moving furniture? Come on, peeps, I wanna go home.”

The door stayed shut.

His mind turned again to the entertainment he had planned for the evening. He was pretty sure Skin-e-max was showing a double feature of Shannon Tweed psycho-slut-from-hell movies. Thinking about Shannon Tweed’s breasts fueled his impatience, and he stepped forward to jab the doorbell again.

Then, for good measure, he banged on the door with the base of a fist.

Tell me you didn’t hear that, fuckers.

The entreaty escalation produced immediate results.

Will heard the unmistakable sound of a deadbolt being thrown back. Then there was a slow grinding sound—metal sliding against metal—as the brass doorknob turned to the left. The doorknob stopped turning, there was a freeze-frame moment of stillness, then the door edged away from the doorjamb.

Will summoned forth his brightest customer-kiss-ass smile and said, “Pizza Zone!”

But the door only opened a crack. The minute opening revealed only darkness. Someone had turned the lights out. He experienced a recurrence of the fluttery feeling in his stomach. Something funny was going on here.

Hushed voices emanated from the other side.

A guy and a gal.

Will grinned.

Because suddenly he knew what the deal was. What we have here, pimps ’n’ bitches, is a classic case of coitus interruptus.

He grinned, suddenly feeling a need to make mischief.

I’m a naughty boy.

“Yo, what’s up in there? Didn’t you hear me? Your. Pizza. Is. Here.” Will said the last bit slowly, as if he were addressing an assembly of special-needs children. “Hell-low-oh?”

The door edged another inch away from the frame. An eye appeared through the crack. The eye was blue and belonged to a girl. He didn’t need to see the rest of her to deduce that. The subtle smudge of eye shadow gave that away.

Then he heard the girl’s voice, a sibilant whisper: “Go away!”

The door creaked.

It was closing.

Will acted without thinking. He jammed a foot through the narrow opening before the door could finish closing. The girl continued to apply pressure to the door, compressing the white Reebok and making his foot hurt. Balancing the pizza on the upraised palm of his left hand, he halted the door’s progress with the splayed palm of his right hand.

The girl’s voice came again: “Go away!”

Louder now, exuding frustration and...what?...fear?

Of what?

“Hey, chill, okay? I’m not a robber. I’m not a rapist. I’m not any kind of bad guy. I’m just a dude with a job to do.”

The girl breathed a sigh of surrender. “I gave you a chance, mister. It ain’t my fault, ya hear?”

Will’s brow furrowed.

Well, this is odd.

“What’s not your fault, baby doll?”

A man’s voice spoke next. “This, motherfucker.”

Then the door was standing open, and a behemoth of a man filled the doorframe. Two beefy hands seized handfuls of Will’s Pizza Zone golf shirt and pulled him inside. His assailant spun around, planted his feet, and launched him into the air.

The pizza box flew away from him, a colorful blip winking in the darkness.

Will glimpsed a blur of motion behind the hulking shape of the man.

The girl, a slender babe with dark hair and big boobs, was closing the front door.

It slammed shut at the exact moment Will’s back collided with an ornate grandfather clock. The collision hurt like a mofo. Clattering chimes filled his head with dissonant, anarchic music, little clusterbombs of sound that blotted out any capacity for coherent thought for several moments.

He tumbled away from the clock, then pitched forward with his hands outstretched. His hands met resistance, something solid—the glass door of a curio cabinet that stood opposite the still-reverberating grandfather clock. He experienced a moment of perfect clarity, a nanosecond during which his brain analyzed the situation, came to a conclusion about what was going to happen, and informed him there was nothing he could do about it.

His hands pushed through the glass.

He cried out as broken shards sliced up his forearms.

And he kept falling, still powerless to halt his body’s momentum. He plunged through the curio cabinet, his shoulder struck a shelf, and he dropped to his knees.

Blood rolled in rivulets down his arms.

Fragments of glass tumbled off his back and cracked on the floor.

Will wanted to cry.

The pain was immense.

He was reminded, however, of what his mother used to say in times of great stress (such as when the cocaine fund ran low and she was forced to replenish it with money diverted from his college fund): Be thankful for the little things, sonny.

Will heeded his mother’s words now.

He was thankful for the moment of stillness. He was certain it was to be short-lived, but he was thankful nonetheless. His breath was coming in ragged gasps. A drop of something that might have been sweat—but was probably blood—swelled at the tip of his nose. He watched it fall away and hit the hardwood floor with a wet plip.

Yep, he thought, that’s blood.

He looked up to see his attacker looming over him.

The man was enormous, but that wasn’t the most disconcerting element of his appearance. He wore shiny leather pants, black combat boots, and nothing else. His thighs were as big around as oak trees. He was bald, bare-chested, and more muscular than anyone Will had seen outside of a wrestling arena. A big, distended belly drooped over his belt. A powerfully-built, beer-guzzling psycho motherfucker from hell.

Will felt his balls shrivel.

But the most surreal aspect of the man’s countenance was his well-tended Fu Manchu mustache—well, that or his lack of eyebrows.

Goddamn, Will thought, what kind of freak shaves his eyebrows?

But he didn’t have time to ponder the question any further. Chrome Dome again seized handfuls of his shirt and yanked him to his feet.

Will’s head flopped about on his shoulders.

He didn’t know what the dude had in mind, but he was pretty sure it wouldn’t be pleasant. He mentally braced himself to board another flight of Air Hopkins.

But that didn’t happen.

Instead, the man relinquished his hold on Will’s shirt. “Goddamn.” He looked Will up and down. “What kinda get-up is that?”

Will blinked moisture out of his eyes, and his head stopped spinning long enough to allow his brain to compose coherent sentences. “It’s a Pizza Zone get-up. I work for Pizza Zone. I deliver pizzas. That’s my job. I take pizzas to people who want pizzas. So, look, if you changed your mind about the pizza, you could’ve just said so.”

Chrome Dome was still scowling. “And what’s that on the end of your nose?” He squinted and leaned closer. Then he burst out laughing. “It’s a zit.”

Will frowned. “Is not.”

Chrome Dome cackled some more. “It’s a giant, malignant-looking blackhead.” Tears of hilarity leaked from the corners of his eyes. “Ha-ha! The pizza geek has a pizza face.”

Will couldn’t see his nose, of course, but he knew there was no zit there. “It’s not a zit. It’s blood. Are you blind?”

He heard the girl chuckle.

She sidled up next to the big guy.

Despite the direness of his predicament, Will was unable to resist the opportunity to ogle the girl. She was a curvy little thing. She wore tight blue jean cutoffs, a little half-shirt that just covered her jutting breasts, and nothing else. Will saw himself running a hand up a tawny thigh, up higher, moving outward with the sweet swell of her hip, then stopping to cup a handful of that delectable ass.

She was the most mouth-watering piece of girl-candy he’d laid his eyes on in some time.

Her full, pouting lips looked custom-made to provide oral pleasure.

The lips turned up a barely perceptible notch. “He’s sorta cute, Hank.”

Hank scowled. “Shut up, you horny slut.” He clubbed Will upside the head. “Stop checkin’ out my bitch, asshole.”

A fresh blast of agony squashed Will’s libido.

The world went away for a moment, then came back blurry.

“Oh...” He groaned, feeling a tickle of bile at the back of his throat. “Oh, man...I think I’m gonna be sick.”

Hank laughed. “That’s the least of your worries, pizza face. And it is too a zit. Looks ready to burst.” His face screwed up in disgust. “Dude, it’s pretty gross.”

Will opened his mouth to retort, but Hank was done arguing—he pushed Will through an archway into the home’s living room.

The lights were out here, too, but the flickering screen of a large television provided some illumination. Enough illumination to confirm Will’s darkest fears. The room was tastefully decorated. There were two plush sofas, a big recliner, and an oak coffee table with glass insets. Real Martha Stewart stuff. Two hairy guys who looked like bikers occupied one of the sofas. They wore leather chaps over blue jeans, big shitkicker boots, and denim vests over black T-shirts. Their bulging biceps and forearms were profusely tattooed.

Another girl was curled up in a recliner. A blonde babe every bit as tasty as Hank’s girl—in that cheap slut sort of way.

Will was sure these people were not the legal residents of the house.

They fell into a category one might generously label “uninvited guests.”

The people who called this once-idyllic slice of suburbia home were present, though. To Will’s left was a kitchen with a long, white-tiled island and an L-shaped counter with a gas-powered stove. A man’s severed head sat in a pan atop a burner. A headless body lay sprawled next to the island. It wore a robe that hung open to reveal a torso punctured by numerous knife thrusts. The TV screen glowed brighter for a moment, and Will saw that there was a tremendous amount of blood.

Splashes of coagulating crimson on the island tiles.

Dark pools of deep red on the floor.

The woman of the house was still alive. Will got a good look at her when he jerked his gaze away from the grisly tableau. She was a good-looking brunette in her late-thirties. A sexy silk nightie that barely reached the tops of her thighs made her look like a Victoria’s Secret model. She was prone on the floor in front of the TV, with a gag in her mouth and her hands and feet bound with duct tape.

Hank slammed the base of a palm into Will’s back, driving him farther into the room.

“Have a seat, pizza face, so’s we can sort this out.”

Will stumbled forward on legs that felt shot full of Novocain. He stepped past the smirking bikers and settled into the empty sofa. Hank stepped into the middle of the room, impeding the view of the TV.

One of the bikers groaned. “Aw, Hank, you’re blockin’ our view of the fat lesbos on Jerry Springer.”

Hank directed a malevolent glare at the insolent biker. “Shut up, Spike. We’ve got some serious business to discuss.” He eyed each of the assembled scumbags in turn, allowing them long moments to feel the fury emanating from him.

They squirmed.

Hank was the obvious leader of this gaggle of wackos.

They feared him.

Will felt a mad impulse to laugh.

Shit, you’d have to be a goddamn moron not to fear Hank.

That, or the Terminator.

“I’m gonna ask a question, and I don’t want any bullshit. Which one of you stupid meth-heads thought it’d be a good idea to order a pizza right smack in the middle of a home invasion?”

Silence.

The bikers and the blonde girl squirmed some more, fearing the sure-to-be-terrible wrath of their inquisitor.

Hank was seething. “Answer. Me. Now.” The veins on his bald scalp stood out, his eyes bulged, and his nostrils flared. His voice was low and hoarse, almost demonic. “I’m going to kill all of you if I don’t get an answer.” The blonde girl huffed. “J-Dog did it.”

“J-Dog” was apparently the other biker. He shot an angry glare at the blonde. “You lying bitch!” He jabbed a forefinger in her direction and turned his distraught face up toward Hank. “She did it, man! I swear ta fuckin’ God, Hank!”

Hank shook his head. “You idiots.” He put a hand to his temple, closed his eyes, and appeared to work at summoning a level of calm. His eyes snapped open again. “I guess I don’t care who did it. What’s done is done. However, we’re left with a dilemma.”

Spike frowned. He looked confused. “Whuh...what’s a duh...duh-lemmer?”

Hank said, “A conundrum.”

Spike’s frown deepened. “A condom...drum?” Then his face brightened, and he smiled. “Like a barrel o’ rubbers, huh?”

Hank lifted Spike off the sofa, placed him in a headlock, and laughed as the biker thrashed uselessly in his grip.

The blonde shrieked. “Don’t hurt my baby!”

Hank snapped the biker’s neck.

The body tumbled to the floor, where it twitched a time or two before going still.

The blonde squealed.

She slid off the recliner, knelt over the dead biker, and turned a tear-streaked, beseeching face up toward Hank. “Whuh-whuh...why?”

Hank shrugged. “Nobody that stupid deserves to live.”

Will thought, This is one harsh dude.

His gaze went to the woman in the nightie.

She was looking at him, her eyes wide and full of terror.

Eyes that communicated desperation.

Supplication eyes.

Will looked away, unable to bear the woman’s imploring gaze a moment longer.

Hell, what could he do for her?

He couldn’t even help himself.

Hank seized a fistful of the blonde’s hair, hauled her to her feet, and dumped her back in the recliner. “As I was saying, we’re faced with a dilemma. Pizza face has seen some shit we can’t let him talk about.”

J-Dog said, “So? We just waste his ass, right?”

Will gulped.

Hank’s girl entered the living room.

She was carrying the pizza box.

She caught Will’s eye, smiled, and walked over to him.

Will liked the way her hips moved.

She sat down next to him, folded her legs beneath her, and leaned toward him. “Want a slice?”

She opened the box.

The top flap covered his lap.

Which was good, because he didn’t want Hank to get a glimpse of the woody he was sporting. The girl’s bare knees were pressed against his thigh, and his vantage point allowed him an unobstructed view of the tops of her breasts. The plunging neckline of the half-shirt displayed them in a way that made his mouth go dry.

She removed a slice of pizza from the box.

Wedged it into her open mouth.

She chewed lustily, slurping in dangling strands of cheese like noodles.

Hank helped himself to a piece, too. “Yeah, we could waste him.” He wolfed down the slice like a starving animal in the wild. He smacked his lips and belched. “But then he’d never get back to the pizza place. The other pizza bitches would start worrying about him. Pretty soon we’d be ass-deep in cops.”

Nobody said anything for a while. Will surreptitiously scanned their faces. They all seemed to be deep in thought, a process that looked more problematic and painful for J-Dog and the blonde. Hank was the only one who maybe had an IQ beyond the double-digit range. And he was pure-ass crazy.

For the first time, Will began to consider the prospect of his death as an imminent event. He supposed that’d been the case from the beginning, but he was only now fully conscious of the reality of it. There’d just been too much else going on, too many grotesque revelations for his brain to process.

Now, however, the likelihood of his own death displaced all other concerns.

What would it be like?

Would it hurt?

He considered the severed head in the frying pan, then willed the vision away, because the answer to his question was plainer than a blackhead on a teenager’s nose: Yep, it’s gonna hurt. It’s gonna hurt like a sumbitch.

He realized he was shaking, but he was powerless to quell his body’s involuntary reaction to possible death by dismemberment.

And what did it really matter?

Shit, he wasn’t supposed to show fear?

He could only hope they wouldn’t take their time snuffing him.

Better to die fast and relatively easy.

A litany of prayers started running through his head: Please, God, forgive me for my sins. I haven’t been such a bad guy. Sorry I knocked over my goldfish bowl that time I was stoned. I loved that fish, man. I didn’t mean to kill him. And I’m sorry about the porn. I know I watch a lot of it. I know it’s sinful. There’s just something about lesbian porn, ya know? But I’m sorry, I know it was wrong. The body is a temple. I shoulda been more respectful of the holy creation that is Woman. Ahh...oh, hell, I’m just sorry, sorry as can be, God.

Hank was scowling at him.

Will blinked. “Uh...was I saying any of that out loud?”

His girl giggled. “I like all-girl porn, too.”

Will’s face reddened. “Er...”

Hank made a noise of disgust. “Stop flirting with the dead-meat, Starlene.”

Starlene mimicked the noise he’d made. “I ain’t flirtin’ with the boy, Hank. I’m just havin’ some fun with him. I like messin’ with ’em before you kill ’em, you know that.”

Some of the tension drained out of Hank’s face. He nodded. “Yeah, I know you do, hon. You just get a little too into it sometimes, worries me.”

Her lower lip puffed out. “Baby, you know I only got eyes for you.” She spoke in a tone of mock-hurt. “Don’t you know how much I love you?”

Hank grinned. “Shit, yeah, I know that.”

He reached into a pocket of his leather pants, removed a long folding knife, and snapped open a gleaming blade. Will’s shaking worsened as the big man approached the sofa.

This is it, he thought.

He pictured the blade punching into his throat.

Pictured blood jetting out of the opening.

But Hank didn’t stab him.

He took hold of one of Starlene’s hands, folded the knife handle into it, and kissed the back of the hand. “You keep an eye on pizza face, baby. I gotta take me a shit.”

Starlene’s eyelids fluttered. “Baby, you’re so romantic.”

He smiled, then he kissed her on the mouth and was gone.

The room’s occupants remained silent until they heard a door close in another room.

The blonde let out a big breath. “He’s outta control, Star.”

Will watched the good humor seep out of Starlene’s face. “I know, y’all.”

J-Dog said, “I hate to speak ill of ol’ Hank, but he’s scarin’ me. The way he killed Spike...” He shook his head. “That was plain uncalled for.”

Will wanted to say, “Oh, yeah? Unlike the guy with no head, eh?”

But he kept his mouth shut.

The blonde said, “So whatta we do about it?”

Starlene sighed. “Dunno. I’m thinkin’.”

Well, this was an interesting development. Hank didn’t have his followers as cowed as they allowed him to believe. He was just a room away, and they were in here plotting his undoing. A flicker of hope flared to life inside him.

“Um...why...” He paused to clear his throat. “Sorry, I’m scared shitless. Why don’t you guys just ditch him?”

They seemed to roll their eyes as one.

Starlene said, “Because he wouldn’t rest until he’d tracked us down and killed us. He is absolutely unrelenting, a fucking human killing machine.”

Will’s eyes became narrow slits. “Say...what happened to the cornpone accent?”

She grunted. “An act. I want him to underestimate me.”

“I’ll be damned.”

The blonde chuckled. “Her name ain’t Starlene, either.”

“Starlene” glared at her. “Too much information, Crystal.”

“Sorry.”

The muffled sound of a toilet flush emanated from the distant bathroom. The brunette said, “Hush, everybody.”

Hank ambled back into the room. He seemed more relaxed, less manic than he’d been prior to moving his bowels. He rubbed a hand over his crotch. “I don’t know about you, J-Dog, but my tractor’s about ready to plow some new fields.”

J-Dog chuckled.

The chuckle sounded forced to Will’s ears; then again, Hank hadn’t been privy to the mutinous conversation, so he probably didn’t pick up on the subtlety of tone.

The brunette said, “Hank, goddammit, I thought you was my man. Now you’re gonna fuck that wrinkly ol’ wifey-poo bitch.” She harrumphed. “Ain’t right, baby, ain’t right at all.”

Hank stared at her.

The stern expression on her face wilted.

“No more lip from you tonight, Starlene. I’m warning you.”

He lifted the bound woman off the floor.

“Excuse me, girls, I’ve got business to attend to.” He leered at the brunette, then his gaze slid toward J-Dog. “Come on, J, let’s show this hoochie mama a good time.”

J-Dog rose slowly from the sofa. “Sure thing, Hank.”

There wasn’t much enthusiasm in his voice.

Hank glared at his girl again. “You and Crystal watch the pizza bitch whilst me and my amigo make proper use of the master bedroom.”

Hank took their silence for acquiescence.

He walked past the sofa on his way out of the room.

Later, when the burst of adrenaline had faded and the violence of the moment was over, Will would try to remember whether there’d been any conscious formulation of a plan on his part.

Not that it mattered.

Only the results were important.

What he did was simple—he extended a foot as Hank walked by, and the big man pitched forward, the nightgown-clad woman spilling out of his arms. It was an awesome sight, like watching a mountain collapse.

Will liberated the knife from the brunette’s hand before she knew what was happening. He moved with a speed surpassing anything in his experience.

One moment he was on the sofa.

The next moment the knife was in his hand and he had a knee planted squarely in the middle of Hank’s back.

A fraction of a moment later the blade was buried to the hilt in Hank’s neck.

Hank spasmed.

Tried to rise.

Will yanked the knife out and put it in him again, this time through the ear.

He gave it a twist and yanked it out again.

The knife rose and fell several more times. Hank was dead after the first few thrusts, but Will wasn’t inclined to stop butchering the behemoth’s body. Adrenaline was part of it, but the murderous fury was also fueled by paranoia, by a conviction instilled by a lifetime of watching bad movies on late night TV.

He imagined Hank rising from the dead like Jason Voorhees.

Crazy.

Thing was, Will could just see it.

It would be a defiance of reality every bit as absurd as the notion that he’d managed to successfully vanquish the monster that was Hank.

So he kept stabbing him.

After a while, he rolled the big body over and stared at the dead man’s unseeing eyes.

A chilling sight.

But then Will experienced another flash of inspiration.

He grinned. And he started cutting again.

Daylight.

The house and immediate vicinity was crawling with cops and evidence techs. The authorities had been summoned by the concerned night manager of a Pizza Zone restaurant. One of their delivery boys had gone out on a run last night and never returned.

Detective Mitch Roth suspected no one would ever see the pizza boy again. He was officially missing, but he had a feeling his body would be discovered in a ditch or ravine sometime in the coming hours.

He leaned against the archway leading into the blood-splattered living room.

He was trying to stay out of the way of the evidence techs—Lord knew they had their hands full with this one.

He heard footsteps on the hardwood floor behind him.

Detective Cooper moved into his field of vision. “Looks like some shit out of The Texas Chainsaw Massacre.”

Roth nodded. “Yeah, what they did to the one guy, the big one in the leather pants...you just don’t want to believe people capable of sick shit like that are out there.”

Cooper grunted. “You know they are, Mitch. The world’s fulla scum.”

One of the evidence techs gagged behind his mask.

Another tech leaned over his shoulder, grimaced at what he saw, and looked at the detectives. “You guys should see this.”

Roth and Cooper exchanged wary glances.

Both men started moving toward the techs.

The first tech said, “Careful where you step. Stay off the marked areas.” Roth said, “So what is it?”

They were looking at a pizza box.

The lid was emblazoned with the familiar red and green Pizza Zone logo. Someone had scrawled PEEK-A-BOO across it in big letters with a marker.

A tech lifted the lid.

Cooper shuddered.

Roth could barely breathe. “Oh...Jesus...”

The remains of a barely-eaten pizza were at the bottom of the box. Stretched from crust to crust was something that resembled a mask.

Except it wasn’t.

Cooper said, “It’s the big guy’s face.”

There was more.

Two bloody orbs that had to be eyeballs had rolled into the corners of the box.

Roth couldn’t suppress what happened next. He upchucked all over the box and coffee table, tainting a shitload of evidence and soiling his new suit. He tendered his resignation later that afternoon.

Will Hopkins’ body wasn’t discovered in a ditch or ravine.

He was very much alive—more alive than ever, in fact.

He rode off into the night with “Starlene” (whose real name turned out to be Nicole), Crystal, J-Dog, and a woman in a nightgown they jokingly renamed Patty.

As in Patty Hearst.

The gang had many adventures together in the coming years.

Will avoided the dreaded fate of a life in mundane suburbia.

And they all lived happily ever after.

The same could not be said for some of the people they encountered on the endless highways and byways of the land of the free.

Kimberley Hill

HO KNEW THAT Richard Laymon would become an intricate part of my life? The first time I saw one of his books was in junior high school. It was a worn and battered copy of The Cellar and I didn’t own it. After reading the back, I coveted that book until I could obtain my own. I don’t remember much after that since I never did get a chance to get my own copy. Years later I met my future husband, Richard. Imagine my delight when I found out that he owned the book and had, in fact, done a book report on it in high school. Albeit, a much edited book report!

Both of us ended up being huge Richard Laymon fans. We sought out used bookstores and anywhere else we could find to complete our ever-growing collection of Laymon titles. Then, the magic of the Internet entered our lives. Richard Laymon was one of the first names I looked up on the information highway and the Richard Laymon Kills site was a jewel of a find. Through the sites, the Laymon e-mail list, eBay, and some other bookstores, we were able to get our beloved collection to the point it is today.

I’ve met some wonderful people that are also Laymon fans and will now be friends of mine for life. On top of that, I’ve spoken to Mr. Laymon himself via e-mail. It was so electrifying to be actually corresponding with such a talented and undeniably nice person. At first, I couldn’t believe that he would want to write me back, but over time (and a short time at that) I found out what a truly amazing person he was.

In August of 1999, I was hospitalized for a while and was very sick. After my return home, I got a card one day with no return address. It was very odd because it was a solid black envelope with a Dracula stamp. When I opened it I almost fell off of the sofa because inside was a card from none other than Richard Laymon himself. The card was fashioned like a book cover of The Stake, one of my favorite books. Inside it read, “Dear Kim, Paul Legerski told me you recently had an operation. I hope it all went well and that you’re feeling a lot better now. I don’t like it when my loyal readers get cut up...that’s only fun for make-believe characters in the books. All my best to you and Richard. Sincerely, Richard Laymon.” That card has been framed ever since and hangs in our dining room with our most special sentimental items.

On February 14th I was having a bad day already. I’d gotten a nasty e-mail from a professor and was just having a hard day overall. When I opened my e-mail, my day got worse. I read how Richard Laymon had died of a massive heart attack. I couldn’t believe someone so kind and wonderful had been taken from us so soon and without a warning at all.

I will never forget what a special person Richard Laymon was. He’s still in my heart and the hearts of all his fans. One day I hope to meet him in person.

Brett McBean

N THE NIGHT IT BEGAN...

I was sitting at my computer, nothing but a basic idea, a novice seeing if he could actually write a full-length novel.

About two hours later I saved what I had written, turned off the computer and grinned like a nymphomaniac at a fifty-percent-off sale at a brothel.

I learned two things that night.

1. That I loved writing. More than anything I had previously undertaken. I decided I wanted to make it my career. Well, have a bloody good try at it. And—

2. That I owed it all to Richard Laymon. I found out that not only was I emulating (badly) his unique style of writing, his freakish ability to get inside a character’s head, and his stark black humor, but that the reason why I even attempted to write a novel that night, over two years ago, was because of the way his had affected me.

From the very first novel I read—Beware!—right up until No Sanctuary, no author has made reading so damn exciting. But by helping me choose my career goal to be a published author, Richard Laymon has become more than just a great author. He is responsible for my current path of life. I have never felt so fulfilled, happy and excited as I am when creating. And like many people have said before me—I owe it all to Dick.

Thanks mate.

Brett McBean

IMON SLIPPED THE key in the front door. It was his fourth attempt. “There! Finally got it.”

Sherry chuckled behind him. “About time, darling.”

Simon pushed open the door and stepped inside. The house was in total darkness, so he slammed his hand to the left of the doorway and ran it clumsily along the wall until he found the light switch. He flicked it and the hallway lit up.

Sherry slipped past him, and Simon watched her ass as she walked down the hallway. The slim, tight blue dress hugged her round behind perfectly.

Feeling himself begin to go hard, Simon broke his gaze and slammed the door shut. He wandered down the hall and stumbled into the bedroom, where Sherry was sitting on the bed, taking off her shoes.

Simon smiled and threw the keys onto the mattress. “I’ll be right back,” he said. “Make sure you’re naked when I return.”

Sherry giggled as she flung the second shoe to the ground. “What makes you think you’re getting any, mister?”

“Two reasons. One, we’re both drunk. And two, I don’t know about you, but I’m horny.”

Sherry laughed. “Where’re you going?” she said.

“To take a leak. Where else?” Simon turned and left the bedroom. He walked slowly down the hall and headed for the bathroom. His bladder was full with so much bourbon. He had lost count how many he’d downed after the fifth drink.

Great restaurant, though, he thought.

And it had also been a great surprise. Sherry had met him at his work and had taken him to a new restaurant, an Indian place not too far from the city, where they ate divinely, and, of course, had a little too much to drink. He had initially been worried that he’d forgotten their wedding anniversary, or perhaps Sherry’s birthday. But she had smiled and reassured him that it was simply because she wanted to. Simon had left it at that.

Simon switched on the bathroom light. The bright glare hurt his eyes. He squinted and soon got used to the harsh glow. Simon staggered over to the toilet and lifted the lid. He urinated forever, flushed the toilet, then turned to his left and headed into the small laundry room. He flipped on the switch and staggered over to the deep stainless steel basin.

“Fuck!” he screamed.

He stumbled back and fell over his legs. Simon crashed to the hard floor, knocking his head on the tiles with a dull thud. A sharp explosion shot through his skull and he saw flashes of bright light dance before his eyes.

Sherry came dashing in, wearing only her bra and panties. “Simon, what happened?”

She hurried over and helped Simon to his feet. Still dazed and clutching the back of his head, Simon gingerly pointed to the washbasin.

“Are you okay? Go on out to the lounge and sit down on the couch.”

But as soon as Sherry let go of Simon’s hand, his legs buckled and he fell on his behind. Sherry gasped and struggled to get him back on his feet. “I’m sorry, darling. I thought you could stand by yourself.”

She finally managed to get Simon to his feet. This time, with her right arm around his waist and her left hand holding on to Simon’s, she walked him into the lounge room and over to the leather couch. She carefully sat him down.

“How are you feeling?”

He moaned.

Sherry straightened up. Simon didn’t collapse into a heap on the floor—he stayed sitting up, his hand resting at the back of his head.

“It better have not been a damn spider,” Sherry mumbled, grinning slightly. Knowing Simon’s severe arachnophobia, she wouldn’t have been the least bit surprised to find a big, hairy spider perched inside the sink.

Leaving Simon, Sherry hurried into the laundry room and over to the basin. She was shivering and had goose bumps all over her tanned body. She stepped up to the sink and peered down. What she saw was a severed head. It was staring right up at Sherry, its eyes partially open. It had longish hair and its mouth was locked in a grotesque gape, as if about to speak.

Sherry backed out of the laundry, out of the bathroom. It was only when she was out in the hallway that she screamed. She turned and ran into the lounge. Simon was trying to stand up. “Simon! Oh my God, Simon! There’s a fucking head in our sink!”

Simon nodded slightly as he finally managed to stand upright all by himself.

“So I noticed,” he sighed. Simon shook his head and craned his neck. “Damn that hurt.”

“We have to call the police,” Sherry said quickly. She hurried over to the phone and stopped. Stuck on the handle was a small piece of paper. “Simon, there’s a note.”

Simon staggered over to Sherry. “Well, read it.”

She bent down and lifted the note off the phone. It was folded in half. She opened the note and read it out loud.

Like your present? Ha Ha. Oh, if you don’t know what I’m talking about, look in your laundry sink...Done it?

Now, I’m sorry I couldn’t be there to meet you, but I had other things to do. You understand.

I’ll make this short and sweet. Go into the kitchen and open the fridge. There you’ll find another present. One I think you’ll like more than the other one. And don’t think about calling the cops...I’ve cut the phone line and I know where you live, remember!!!

That’s all for now. See you in the kitchen.

Ciao.

P.S. don’t put any clothes on, darling. I like you just the way you are...

Sherry looked up at Simon, tears in her eyes. “Oh my God. How did he know I wasn’t going to be wearing any clothes?”

Simon was bewildered. “I don’t know what the fuck is going on. Think we should call the cops?”

Sherry shook her head. “No. I mean, he warned us not to. Besides, if he knows I’m not wearing any clothes...” Sherry threw down the note and picked up the phone receiver. She placed it to her ear and heard nothing. No static; just dead air. “He’s cut the phone.”

“Shit!” Simon spat. “What are we going to do?”

“Go into the kitchen,” Sherry shrugged.

They both hurried down the hall and entered the dark kitchen. Sherry turned on the lights and they both scanned the room. There was no sign of any intruders.

“How did he get in?” Simon whispered.

Sherry shook her head. She began walking towards the fridge.

“No, hey!” Simon called. “I’ll look.”

Sherry turned around. “And bang your head again? You stay there.” She approached the large fridge. Taking a deep breath, she gripped the handle.

“Be careful, darling,” Simon said, his voice quivering.

Grinding her teeth together, Sherry flung open the door; and saw, resting on the top shelf, a large, bloody machete.

“What is it?”

“It’s a machete,” Sherry said.

Simon hurried over and peered inside. He reached in and took the large machete out. The blade was grimy with both wet and dry blood, and there was another note attached to its handle.

Sherry grabbed the note off the machete. She opened it and, again, read it aloud.

It’s me again. You get the idea how this works. This was the weapon used to kill the poor person.

Now, my love, take off your bra and go into your bedroom. Look in the closet.

If you both don’t do what I say, well, you don’t wanna know. Believe me.

Ciao.

Sherry scrunched up the note and threw it down to the kitchen floor. “I don’t believe this. I’m not going to take off my goddamn bra for some sick weirdo.”

Simon was still holding the machete. “I think you’d better,” he said. “Who knows what kind of psycho we’re dealing with.”

“He’s not watching,” Sherry whined.

“How do we know?” Simon said.

Sherry looked at him hard, as if this were all his fault. She quickly unfastened the bra and let it fall to the ground.

Simon gazed at the perfect curves of her small breasts. Her nipples were hard and they were covered in goose bumps. His penis began to stiffen.

“Oh God,” Sherry groaned. “You’re sick.”

Simon’s face went hot, and he could tell that he was blushing. “Sorry,” he shrugged.

“Come on,” Sherry said sharply. “What are you going to do with that?” She nodded towards the machete.

“Take it with us. You never know,” he said.

Sherry turned around and hurried out of the kitchen, Simon following close behind. They arrived at their bedroom, and Sherry went over to the closet.

“Wait!” Simon said. “This time I look. I’m the one with the machete. Okay?”

Sherry nodded. Simon strode up to the closet and took a hold of the knob. “I can’t believe this is happening,” he muttered.

“Just hurry up and do it,” Sherry told him.

Holding the machete firmly in his left hand, Simon flung the closet door open. He was ready to strike, but frowned and lowered the machete when he saw nothing in there. “Can’t see anything,” Simon said.

Sherry joined Simon and studied the dim closet. She squatted down and saw blood on the carpet. “Simon! There’s blood.”

“What?” Simon crouched down and saw a small pool of blood seeping into the carpet.

They both flinched when a drop of blood fell from the bunch of clothes and landed on the floor.

They both stood up. Before Sherry had a chance to do it, Simon flung the hanging clothes to the side and gasped.

When Sherry saw the headless body hanging by a thick hook, she jumped back and began crying.

Simon stepped closer and studied the corpse. He guessed that the head in the sink belonged to this body. It was a woman, and judging by the flat stomach and long slender legs, used to be a young woman. One that had been about the same age as Sherry. Blood sheathed the lifeless body like a can of paint had been tipped over it.

“Is there a note?” Sherry said from behind.

“Jesus, do I have to look?”

Sherry huffed. “Fuck! I’ll do...”

“No,” Simon said. “You wait there.” There wasn’t much of a stink, so the body couldn’t have been dead for long. Still, Simon held his breath and stepped into the closet. He wrapped his arm around the body and searched for the note. The skin felt icy cold and sticky due to the blood. He could feel himself wanting to gag, but he swallowed and continued the grotesque hunt. “I can’t feel anything,” he called back. “Maybe it’s...” He stopped. He closed his eyes and tried hard not to puke.

“What? What is it? You find the note?”

Simon nodded slowly. “Sure did. It’s up her...bottom.”

Sherry couldn’t help but snigger when Simon said that word. It sounded strange for a grown man to call it a bottom.

“You wanna take the note,” Simon barked.

“No no, I’m sorry, Simon.”

Simon took a deep breath and gripped the note with the tip of his fingers. He pulled it out with care, he wasn’t sure why, and let his breath out when he had fished it from between her cheeks. He jumped back from the body and threw the note down. It fluttered to the floor. “I can’t believe this is happening,” Simon panted.

Sherry bent down and picked up the note.

“Don’t touch...” Simon began.

Sherry straightened up and looked at him. “We have to, Simon.” She unfolded the blood-stained note.

Greetings and salutations! If you are reading this it means you have found the lovely lass. And yes, to answer your question, her head is currently sitting in your laundry sink. Now, take off your panties, dear.

And sir, can you please...

Sherry stopped reading and looked up. Simon had his mouth gaping, panting hard. “What is it?”

Without uttering a word, Sherry continued to read.

...can you please close your mouth. You look like a goddamn fish.

“It doesn’t say that. Give me the note.” He snatched the note off Sherry and scanned down the page. His face drained of color. “This isn’t right. How can he know that!”

“I don’t know,” Sherry muttered. She started to take off her silk panties.

“What are you doing?”

“Have to do what he says.” She tossed them onto the bed.

Simon gazed at her nakedness. “Why? Why the fuck do we have to play his fucking game?”

“Do I need to answer that for you?” Sherry said. “I’m not sure what kind of freaky nut we’re dealing with, but I’m sure as hell not going to take any chances. We might just get out of this alive if we obey what the note says.”

Simon didn’t know what to say. He simply held up the note and continued to read.

Good. Now, both of you go back into the lounge. Behind the T.V. is another surprise. I know it’s hard, sir, but don’t fuck her just yet.

But she does look good, doesn’t she?

Remember, don’t call the cops. Or else I’ll gut you both.

Ciao.

P.S. I want sir to read the next note.

Simon threw the paper down. “What do we do?”

Sherry shrugged. “Let’s fuck. He might enjoy it.”

Simon blinked. “What? Are you kidding? You wanna have sex?”

Sherry strolled up to Simon and draped her arms around him. Her breath still smelled faintly of sweet bourbon. “So, do you want to?”

Simon could sense the body strung up behind him in the closet. But, despite that and what was happening, he still felt a stir of arousal. Sherry looked and smelled so damn good.

He cupped his hands on her buttocks and squeezed. “Let’s do it,” he said, not really believing he had just said that.

“You would want to,” she sighed. “You sick pervert.”

She pushed him with a generous amount of force. He almost toppled over into the closet. “What’s the matter with you?”

She was heading out the bedroom door. She turned around and said, “I was just testing you. I wanted to see what you’d do. I guessed right.” She shook her head and marched out the door.

“Hey!” Simon called. “I’m sorry, dear. I don’t know what I was thinking.” He jogged out of the bedroom, muttering, “Shit.”

He joined Sherry and grabbed her and spun her around. “I’m really sorry, Sherry. It’s just, all this shit. It all seems so surreal. I lost my head.”

Sherry gave him a scowl. “Let’s just get into the lounge and see what the sick fuck wants next, okay?”

Simon nodded and let go. He felt rotten.

They headed into the lounge without speaking. Sherry was already at the television set by the time Simon entered the lounge. He saw Sherry bending over the set, searching for whatever grotesque object was hidden there.

He couldn’t help but stare at her. The way she was bent over, her smooth round buttocks...

“Holy shit,” Sherry gasped and straightened up.

Simon managed to avert his eyes just as Sherry turned around. He couldn’t imagine what she would’ve done if she’d caught him.

But what she might’ve done completely left his brain the moment he saw the large handgun Sherry was holding. “He gave us a gun?” Simon said. He just about laughed.

“And a fucking big one at that. I don’t know much about guns, but this one looks pretty damn powerful to me.”

Simon stepped forward. “Here, let me have a look at it.”

Sherry threw a piece of paper at him. It bounced off his chest and landed on the floor. “You’d better read that first.”

Nodding, Simon snatched the note off the floor and opened it out. This note was typed, just like the rest of them. Simon began:

I cannot keep this lie going any longer. If Sherry ever found out about her and I, it would break her heart. I love Sherry but I cannot do this to her anymore. I hate myself and what I have become. Please let the Lord forgive me.

I bid the world farewell...

Simon Gerty.

He looked up at Sherry. “What’s this?” he whispered.

“Your suicide note,” Sherry said with little emotion.

Simon found he couldn’t swallow. Tears fell from his widened eyes. Sherry stepped up to him, a ghastly grin on her usually exquisite face.

“You think I didn’t know about her,” Sherry told him. “I’ve followed you two around for months. Watched you two kiss, hold hands...hell, I even watched you two fuck behind that bush in the park last week. That really pissed me off. That’s when I got the idea.”

The sudden urge to urinate overwhelmed Simon again. He tried desperately to control his bladder, but the need was too strong.

“Oh my God,” Sherry said when she noticed the spreading wet patch on Simon’s pants. She shook her head and smirked.

Soon hot urine dribbled down his legs and onto the carpet. Simon wanted to move his hands, to try to fight with her. But his arms wouldn’t comply with his brain. Instead, he whimpered.

“I hoped that you wouldn’t recognize her face,” Sherry continued. “But I really messed her face good, so I didn’t think there was any chance of that. Same with her body...Lord knows you got to know that well.”

“W...why,” he breathed. He wanted to say more, but didn’t have the air in his lungs.

Still, she knew what he had meant.

“I just wanted to have fun. Play a game with you. Some might call it sick. I call it genius. I can’t believe you fell for the notes. I mean, who the fuck would know what I was going to wear before I was going to do it?” She chuckled. “Me! That’s who.”

Sherry looked him deep in the eyes. “Plus I wanted you to see just what sort of woman you cheated on. What sort of body you gave up. All for that...that whore. And the best part is, it looks like it was all you. Your fingerprints and yours only are on the murder weapon. Your fingerprints are all over the dead woman’s body. And your fingerprints are all over the suicide note.”

In a flash of movement so sudden that Simon didn’t see before it was too late, Sherry stuffed the barrel into his mouth.

“Not to mention you have reason to kill yourself.” She then blew his brains out through his head.

As the machete fell to the floor and Simon was sent flying backwards, Sherry laughed. “Didn’t I tell you to close your fucking mouth?”

She watched as Simon crashed to the lounge room floor, then hurried into the bedroom. She had to act quickly.

The first thing she did was to slip on the black gloves that she had hidden inside the bedside drawer. Then she had the freedom to get dressed and gather up her bag. She picked up the rumpled note and stuffed it into her bag. Then she closed the closet door, grinning as she did, and dashed out the room. Running through the kitchen, Sherry stopped to collect the second note, then hurried into the lounge.

She rubbed the gun thoroughly before wrapping Simon’s right hand around the handle, then placed it where she guessed the gun would’ve dropped if Simon had been holding it. The last thing she did was to place the suicide note on the coffee table. She wandered over to Simon and crouched down.

“May God have mercy on your pitiful soul,” Sherry said. “You pervert.”

She stood up, took off the gloves and shoved them into her bag, along with the first note. She threw the bag to the couch then rushed to the phone.

She plugged the cord back into the socket, then picked up the receiver and called the police.

Sebastien Pharand

EN YEARS AGO, I found an old tattered copy of a book called The Cellar in a used bookstore. I had never heard of Richard Laymon, but was intrigued by the cover. I got home, sat down in my reading chair and began reading the book. To my complete surprise, five or six hours later, I had completely finished it and was amazed at the slur of emotions it made me feel. The book was scary, bold, bloody, violent, and darkly funny. It gave me a whole new perspective on horror fiction.

It is Richard Laymon who made me want to become a horror writer. I have been a constant reader of his ever since that long-ago evening and I know that I’ll keep coming back to his stories the moment I need a good scare. Richard Laymon is a writer who will greatly be missed by me, by his fans, and (maybe most importantly) by the horror genre itself.

Sebastien Pharand

HE MAN STOOD AT his window, his shotgun pointing at nothing into the moonlit night. He couldn’t see them just yet. But they were out there, hiding from him, playing with him. He kept his gun aimed toward the forest that besieged his house, waiting for them to show their ugly little faces. He’d be ready for them this time. Ready to shoot every single last one of those little fuckers. And then maybe, if he was able to get every single last one of them, he’d finally be able to get some shut-eye. He would sleep without troubles for the first time in months.

As he kept his gun erected toward the dark lawn below him, the man actually did smile, sensing that the freedom he had sought for such a long time was just around the corner.

Mark pulled on his brother’s arm. “Come on, squirt! Hurry it up, will ya! We don’t got all night.”

“I’m tired, Mark. Why do you want to go to the woods for?”

“’Cause we can.” He let go of his brother’s arm and accelerated his pace, hoping that Billy would hurry along and follow him.

They were supposed to be back home, sleeping in their tree house like they often did when the summer nights got too hot and the air inside the house became stale to the point of suffocation. The moment the light in their mother’s bedroom had been turned off, Mark had roused his brother and forced him down the tree to bring him into the dark forest where they now stood. If their mother knew what they were up to, she’d surely ground them for a week and serve their heads on a silver platter with tomorrow’s diner. They had to be careful not to wake her up. They had to be as quiet as they possibly could.

He permitted himself to speak only once the house was far behind them, hidden by the tall oak trees of the dense forest.

“Come on, Billy. We don’t want to be gone too long.”

“I told you I’m tired. Where’re we going anyways?”

“Old man Bradley’s farm,” Mark replied with a grin on his face.

At that, his little brother stopped dead in his tracks and stared back at him with a glimmer of fear in his eyes. Slowly, he shook his head.

“Nah-ah. I’m not going out there. Mom says that man’s crazy.”

“What’s gonna happen, huh? Tommy told me that he found old bones in Bradley’s barn and I want to see them for myself.”

“Tommy’s a big fat liar, and you know it!”

“Yeah, well, I just wanna see things out for myself. If you don’t wanna come, fine, turn around. But you’ll have to walk back by yourself.”

Mark turned around and resumed his walking. He knew Billy would follow him. His little brother would never venture through the forest at night on his own. He wouldn’t even enter the woods on his own during daytime. After a few seconds of walking, he shot a quick glance over his shoulder to see Billy closely following him, his tiny legs trotting quickly on the dirt trail to keep up with him. They didn’t utter another word as they made their way through the maze of trees and shrubs until finally, the old house appeared before their eyes.

Everything around the farmhouse was dark and still. Even the gentle summer breeze seemed to disappear as they reached the house in which old man Bradley had barricaded himself for the last decade or so. Folks in town said the old man would only come out of that house to hunt for food or to fetch his mail from the mailbox he had planted at the side of the road nearly a quarter of a mile away from the house. At least, that’s how the story went.

“We’ll just take a quick peek into the barn and then we’ll both be able to prove that Tommy’s a liar. We’ll be quick. Promise.” Billy didn’t answer him, too stricken with fear to say anything.

He gave his brother a quick playful punch on the arm and snorted at him before returning his eyes toward the dark house that loomed before them.

He could see them now, those little creatures. They were coming for him. But he’d have the last laugh this time. He’d get those little bastards good. They wouldn’t come around these parts again once he was finished with them.

The creatures had first showed themselves a few months ago, after those strange bright lights had appeared in the sky. That night, they had swarmed his land, knocking on the walls of his house and making the dirty windows rattle as they tried to find a way to seep into his home. And they’d come back many nights after that. Not every night, though just often enough to annoy and scare the hell out of him.

He pumped the shotgun, loading a shell into the barrel, ready to fire the moment they’d show their ugly faces.

He could see them crawl through the woods now, making the leaves shudder and cracking branches under their weight. They were inching quickly toward his house, unknowingly creeping ever so close to their eventual death.

A smile grew on his lips as he cocked the gun toward the movements in the woods. He could practically see those horrible green eyes glowing in the darkness. He imagined their little clawed toes digging into the wet earth as they took another step in his direction. He heard their laughter as they cut their way through the night.

“Come on. Show your faces,” he said through gritted teeth as he caressed his shotgun with the tips of his fingers. “Show your ugly little faces.”

“Mark, I don’t think we should be out here.”

“Stop being such a baby. We’ll just be a minute is all.”

He stepped out of the bushes in which they were hiding to find himself standing on the wet overgrown grass. The dew felt cold on his ankles. His socks were quickly dampened as the water seeped through the leather of his sandals. Billy’s tiny hand grabbed his as they walked toward the decrepit barn that stood about a hundred feet to the right side of the house.

They had made it halfway there when a sudden blast echoed through the night. Something whirred past his ear to land on the ground a few feet in front of him, causing a small explosion of earth and grass to somersault high in the air.

“Jesus! Someone’s shooting at us!”

Mark pulled hard on his brother’s arm, all but dragging him toward the barn.

He heard what could only be laughter coming from somewhere within the house as another shot blasted through the night. He didn’t stop to see where the bullet landed. He eased the two large sliding barn doors open and pushed himself inside, still clutching on to his brother’s trembling body. He then pulled the doors shut as fast as he could as another blast burst into the night, to find himself standing in the blueish darkness of the barn.

Those bastards! They had made it to his barn. As he saw the little monsters disappear within the old building, seeking shelter from his bullets, he couldn’t help the irritation that seeped through his veins. The anger was boiling deep inside him by then, like an overflowing witch’s brew ready to explode. They wouldn’t get away from him. Not this time. He was done with those little things. He would put an end to all of this nonsense right this minute.

Tonight, it all ended.

Placing his gun over his shoulder, he walked out of his room, ran down the stairs and walked out of the house.

They wouldn’t get away from him this time around.

Mark looked at his brother’s terrified face with concern. “You okay, squirt? You hurt?”

Slowly, Billy shook his head no. Tears welled in his brother’s frightened eyes, forming two large pools of salty water that were just about ready to overflow. A confused expression shrouded his face.

“I want to go home, Mark.”

“So do I. But that crazy man’s out there and he’s shooting at us. We’ll just have to wait in here for a little while.”

“What if he comes here to get us?”

That question was the only thing on his mind as he placed a hand on his younger brother’s shoulder, a desperate attempt at bringing him comfort. It is hard, however, to console someone when you’re in desperate need of it yourself. As he sat next to Billy, his body mimicking his brother’s trembling, Mark feared that he’d never get out of this place alive. This barn, this—

For the first time, he willed himself to look at the things that surrounded him. The old barn was nearly in ruins; the wood had rotted through in various places, creating tiny fissures through which the moonlight seeped in. And thanks to those rays of soft blue light, he could see all the small things that sullied the cracked cement floor. They looked to him like minute white sticks at first, though the more he looked at them, the more his opinion changed. These weren’t sticks. Through the shadows, he recognized their shape: not sticks, but bones. Hundreds of small, white bones.

For a brief moment, the fear that swooned within him was so great that he thought his heart had stopped beating. A swelling shiver of terror swept through his whole body. Tears stung his eyes once more. So Tommy had told him the truth after all. Tommy and his big mouth! He was the reason they were trapped in here with this madman shooting at them. He hadn’t believed his friend’s story since Tommy was prone to embellish the truth a little to entertain his friends with his wild stories. Everything that flowed out of that boy’s mouth was colored with lies. The desire to prove his friend a liar had been too great to ignore, though now that he was faced with the brutal truth, now that he found himself surrounded with all those chalky-white bones, Mark wished Tommy would have kept his big trap shut. If he had, then none of this would have happened. They’d be back home, in their tree house, far away from this place, happily dreaming the night away.

A part of him wanted to get up and walk to those bones to take a better look at them. He needed to know if they were human or if they were animal. He knew little about bones and didn’t know if he’d really be able to differentiate the two. But he needed to try nonetheless.

Billy turned around and looked at him straight in the eyes, compelling him to remember that he wasn’t alone in this place. He couldn’t let his brother see those bones. He wouldn’t let his brother get even more frightened.

“What’s wrong, Mark?”

“Nothing at all. Everything’s fine. Just fine.” Although his own mouth had spoken those words, he found it very hard to believe them. Things weren’t fine. They were both drowning with fear, terrified by what they had just gone through and even more frightened of what was to come.

He could hear them in there. Those little bastards. They could try to hide, but they wouldn’t get away. Not this time. He was curious about them; if he only knew what they truly were, then maybe he’d have a better chance at getting rid of them once and for all. They had appeared out of nowhere, after that bright flash in the night sky, and had started tormenting him on that very night. He had killed his share of them, too, which had inevitably led him into getting a good look at them. Those large gray-green eyes full of emptiness, those tiny legs and arms, those long rubbery fingers...They all looked the same to him, none much taller than five feet high, all of them as naked as the day they were born. He had no idea how many of those things hid in the woods. He couldn’t even remember how many he’d killed. But no matter how many of them he destroyed, no matter how many of those dead little bodies he’d thrown into that barn, they kept coming back. Nothing would keep them away.

Tonight had been the last straw. He had declared war on the little monsters, whether they knew it or not.

The barn appeared through the darkness. He smiled to himself. They wouldn’t get away. Not this time. Those two little monsters hiding in his barn were as good as dead.

The silence crushed them with its weight. The waiting game had become unbearable for the both of them. Maybe the man had left or gone to sleep? Maybe the coast was clear?

Mark’s questions were quickly answered by the sound of heavy, drunken footsteps nearing the barn. Bradley! He was coming to get them and they had nowhere to run to, nowhere to hide. They were trapped in this horrible place like two caged animals.

Billy must have heard the steps too as his hand squeezed his brother’s and his whole body bolted upward from where he had lain on the floor.

Their eyes met. For a brief second, their fears became one, as though their bodies were linked together by a strange electric current. There was nothing they could do against this man, especially if he had his gun with him. Mark scanned the room around him yet again, hoping that a hiding place would magically unveil itself to him.

The walking stopped. A thick silence quickly enveloped them to the point of strangulation. He could feel the night air thickening all around them. The only thing he could hear now was the sound of their own hearts pulsating in a rhythmic cadence. A sudden wave of dizziness marauded his body, making him realize that he’d been holding back his breath for far too long. He exhaled as silently as he possibly could, a long soft hiss that felt shatteringly loud to him as it sliced through the silence.

“I can hear you in there,” the man’s voice blasted through the rotted wood of the two sliding doors. “I’ll get ya. Oh, this time you’re mine!” The voice was a strange mix of pleasure and anger. Bradley teased them with his laughter. Billy looked at him with terrified eyes that were filled with tears. Mark pressed his index finger against his lips, hoping that his brother wouldn’t give in to crying. Maybe if they kept silent, the man would just turn around and go away.

He slowly hoisted his body upward. Billy grabbed him by the ankle and shot a terrified look up at him. “I’m not going anywhere,” he whispered as softly as he could. His eyes scanned the barn quickly. If there was nowhere to hide, then there had to be something he could use as a weapon against that man. He searched through the darkness as best as he could. He saw nothing but hundreds of those bones scattered amongst the old rotting hay on the ground. There were holes in the walls of the barn, though none of them big enough for either of them to fit through.

More hay, more dirt, more darkness.

And more bones.

There was no way out. No weapons. The only escape route was through those two sliding doors, behind which the man undoubtedly waited for them. If they tried to run past him, he’d kill them for sure.

A loud bang echoed all around them, followed by a deep, hearty laugh. The man kicked at the door again, playing with their fears, trying to torment them as much as he could before he killed them.

Billy’s body shifted on the floor at his feet. His brother’s finger tightened around his ankle, digging deep into his skin.

“Get up.”

“Mark, I—”

“Get up!”

Reluctantly, his brother followed the order and stood on his two shaky legs.

“When the man opens the door, I’ll distract him and you run. Don’t stop running until you get home and tell mom and dad what happened. Tell them to call the police.”

“I can’t, Mark...”

“No time to be a shithead, Billy.” Shithead was the name his brother hated the most, the worst insult anyone could think of calling him. Something sparked in his eyes. For a second or so, his legs stopped wobbling and something resembling bravery illuminated his entire face.

“But he’ll get you!”

“I can take care of myself. You just run as fast as you can. You stop for nothing. Nothing. Understood?”

Billy slowly nodded his head. Mark hoped his brother would do as he was told. That frightened little boy was his only hope.

They both stood in the center of the barn, amongst the bones and the crawling shadows, waiting for the man to open the doors and join them.

He kicked at the doors again and laughed, hoping he was scaring them good. When they were in a group, they were as vicious as a pack of wolves. But there were only two of them in that barn. And he had his gun. They wouldn’t escape him this time.

He pumped the shotgun and heard the bullet enter the chamber. He smiled, feeling the heat of the metal against his skin. The gun almost seemed to throb in his hands, begging to be allowed to fire again.

He listened to the silence for a brief moment more before placing one hand on the handle. He had to do it right this time. There was no room for mistakes.

The doors slid open very easily. As he stepped into the barn, he thought for a brief moment that he’d somehow been blinded, as everything around him turned pitch black. But eventually, the shadows began to move and the darkness parted, creating a pathway for him to walk through. He laughed again as he stepped further into the darkness.

Mark and Billy stood at opposite ends of the building, each of them trembling with fright.

The man took a few more steps, stopping only when he reached the center of the room. In his head, Mark prayed everything would go as planned.

Mark coughed, giving the signal for Billy to get ready to run. As expected, the man turned to face the direction of the noise.

To face him.

Mark coughed again, just as the man drew his shotgun and pointed it toward him. The man never saw Billy run out behind him and escape through the opened sliding doors. The man’s eyes were fixated on Mark, a horrible grin of pleasure drawing on his lips.

There was little he could do. At least Billy had escaped. And maybe, by some twist of fate, he’d reach his parents in time for them to save him.

He took one long look at the shotgun’s barrel facing him. Hoping to be saved was wishful thinking. He could see the man’s thirst for blood in his eyes. And he could see the menacing barrel of the shotgun grinning back at him through the night as Bradley pushed it even closer to his face.

“You little bastard,” the man said through gritted teeth. “Got you this time.”

He wanted to plead and beg, ask for the man’s mercy. The words wouldn’t reach his lips. Like every other part of his body, his throat was frozen shut. He couldn’t take his eyes away from the barrel that winked back at him.

He couldn’t take his eyes away from his eventual death.

Bradley would savor this moment for a very long time. He could see the fear in the thing’s large oval eyes. He could see its pencil-thin arms and three long fingers trembling with fear. The thing was facing death and it knew it.

It was payback time.

He’d need to get closer if he wanted to shoot straight. His eyes weren’t as good as they used to be and he couldn’t afford to miss this one. And when he was done with it, he’d start looking for that other one and finish it off.

“I’ll teach ya a lesson ya’ll never forget, you little bastard.”

He took another step forward. All of a sudden, the world around him turned upside down as his body flew up in the air. He had just enough time to look down and see two small bones rolling on the ground where his feet had been seconds before. His whole body collided hard against the floor, sending a long, arrowing rebound of pain throughout his body.

Old man Bradley slipped on the small bones Mark had gathered and placed on the ground a few feet away from where he was standing. The man’s fat body went flying wildly in the air. His shotgun soon followed, pirouetting in the air above him and landing only a few feet away from the man’s body.

The panic that had seized his body quickly dissipated as this new glimmer of hope registered in his mind.

To his left were the doors, though in order to reach them, he’d have to step over Bradley’s fat body, something he wasn’t too keen on doing. To his right was the shotgun, which now rested on the ground with the bones and the rotting hay.

It only took one look at the man lying at his feet for Mark to make up his mind.

That little thing ran toward his shotgun, its gaunt little legs scurrying quickly away from him. It couldn’t end like this. He couldn’t let that thing win. Not again.

He willed the pain out of his mind and pulled his body upward, clawing at the ground beneath him as he tried to regain his balance. The world around him lurched. He closed his eyes and inhaled deeply, trying once again to drive the pain as far away as he could.

When he reopened his eyes, he found himself standing, searching the darkness for that damn thing which had made his life miserable for much too long. Soon enough, he’d make it join its friends. He’d kill it and leave it there for a few days. Then he’d boil it to make sure it was really dead, just like he had with the others. Then he’d bring the remains here and throw them with the others where it would remain forever.

No, that thing couldn’t live. Not if it was going to keep on tormenting him the way it had for so long now.

But then, the world toppled again and he found himself fighting the small dots of darkness that threatened to overtake his vision. His legs gave out from under him and his body met with the ground for a second time.

It couldn’t live. It couldn’t live. It...

He clawed at the ground, pulling his whole body toward that thing. He clawed and clawed until he felt the blood flowing from his breaking fingernails. He was only inches away from its leg now, only one more push forward and—

Just as he leaned down to pick up the shotgun, something grabbed his leg and pulled him backward. Mark felt his whole body plunge to the ground. A shot of dizzying pain scurried through his body as his whole body collided with the cement floor beneath him. Tears welled in his eyes as another bolt of pain shot down his spine.

He turned to see Bradley clawing at his ankle, a wild grin covering his lips. There was very little that was still human in that face. His every feature had been replaced by something animal, something rabid and thirsty for blood.

Mark turned to look at the gun. It was so close to him! Just a few feet or so and he’d be able to grab it and blast Bradley back to hell. He kicked at the man with his free leg. The first kick went wild, hitting nothing but empty air. He kicked again. This time, to his complete surprise, the kick did collide with the man, hitting him straight on the forehead. A loud scream of pain erupted from the man’s lips. The fingers gripping Mark’s ankle loosened, giving him just enough leeway to be able to push his body forward. The tips of his fingers kissed the end of the barrel. He kicked at the man again and pushed his body forth.

His palm searched the wet floor. When his fingers finally found the hard, circular shape of the barrel, Mark brought his whole body upward and stood over the man. This time, he was the one grinning as he brought the gun in front of him and pointed it at the man who lay moaning at his feet.

Only, the thing in his hand wasn’t the shotgun. He felt a deep-sinking sensation as he realized that he was holding a long, white bone, a bone to which dried little pieces of flesh still clung.

When the thing pointed the bone at him, a loud, happy laugh rose from his throat and burst through his lips. So those things were as dumb as they looked!

He got up from the ground to stand a few feet away from the thing.

Both their heads turned to look at the shotgun that reposed only inches away from them.

Time froze as they both stared at each other, each waiting for the other to make his move. Bradley wasn’t about to make another mistake. He’d play his cards right this time and win the hand fate had dealt him.

Their eyes locked. They both shared a strange rush of anger and fear as they each waited for the other to make his move. The air stood still and heavy and silent around them. Except for the two of them, nothing else lived in their world.

It didn’t surprise Bradley one bit to see that little monster make the first move. Something sparkled in its eyes and a strange grin covered its thin, nearly non-existent lips as its tiny body lunged sideways toward the gun. A faint animal screech burst out of its mouth.

He followed it in its dive, his arms extended in front of him, reaching for the thing’s legs. His fingers clasped around its ankles as they both hit the ground beneath them.

Billy heard the first gunshot echo through the woods and knew too well where it had come from.

Mark!

A shudder of fear sent his body into a stream of panic. His every muscle clenched to render him motionless. He waited, listening to the thick silence of the forest, hoping that what he thought he’d heard had only been the product of his imagination.

But then, another shot exploded through the night and the fear he had been able to drive away for the time being came back to haunt him with a newfound voracity.

“Mark. Jesus, Mark!” Tears welled in his eyes, burning the already irritated flesh of his face. He couldn’t go home now. He couldn’t leave Mark back there on his own. He had to go back and help his brother out.

He turned around and ran in the opposite direction, toward that house, toward that barn, toward that horrible man and his gun.

Blood flowed from the man’s stomach. A large puddle was quickly forming on the floor under him, tainting the bones and the rotting hay with its redness. The man held his stomach with one hand and one of those long bones with the other. Blood seeped out of his mouth as he looked up at Mark with a dazed expression.

“You fucking little bastard,” he said, followed by a long howl of pain. “You damn bastard! You fucking shot me.” Bradley coughed, letting a small rivulet of blood escape through his parted lips.

Mark didn’t respond. He stared back at the man with a horrible sense of fear. He had actually shot the man. He had made the man bleed. As his fingers clutched to the shotgun, his whole body trembled.

Bradley clawed toward him, gritting his teeth with pain. “I’m gonna kill you now,” he moaned as he heaved his body forward, inching ever so close to where he stood.

Mark lifted the gun and pointed it down at the man, his trembling hands sending the barrel into a quivering fit.

The man laughed. “Oh, I’m gonna git you now.”

His fingers were barely a few inches away from Mark’s feet. The man laughed again, blood flowing out of his mouth in great streams, an effervescent glint of madness glowing brightly in his eyes.

Mark closed his eyes and fired the shotgun for a third time. In the darkness of his mind, the thick silence melted with the stinging stench of gunpowder to leave him feeling dizzy and numb with terror.

When the third shot came bursting through the night, Billy felt everything inside him sink. Mark couldn’t be alive, not after the shotgun had been fired three times. He stopped running again, one part of his mind telling him to turn around and run home to his parents, the other part, the one that was shouting at him and which refused to remain unheard, telling him to go and save his brother from that horrible man.

There wasn’t much he’d be able to do against Bradley. Not with that gun of his. But that was his brother back there. Mark had always been there for him and would never have left him alone with that man had the situation been reversed. The fact that he’d run away from his brother, the fact that he’d left Mark there to die in order to save his own life, was swallowing him whole with guilt.

All the fear he had felt dissipated. He couldn’t leave Mark to die like that. He had to try to help him.

He had to save his brother.

He didn’t want to step over that man’s body. Bradley was clearly dead, his whole body covered with a very thick film of rust-colored blood. He could see the large hole the last bullet had made in the middle of his forehead. But the corpse lay between the door and the place where he stood, turning him into an unwilling prisoner of this dark, damp place. If he wanted to escape, if he wanted to get out of there, he’d have to step over that body.

He threw the gun away from him and heard it land on the cement floor with a loud thud somewhere to his left. He didn’t care about prints. He didn’t care about what the police called damning evidence on those TV cop shows he liked to watch with Billy. He was too afraid to think rationally, too shocked by what he had done to make sense of things.

He took one step toward the body and waited. The man didn’t move, didn’t even seem to be breathing. He took another step, and then another, feeling more and more confident with each step that the man was truly dead and that he wouldn’t grab at his leg the moment he tried to step over him. And with all that blood seeping through the cracked cement floor, like tiny red veins, Bradley couldn’t be alive.

The toe of his sandals touched the man’s body. He gave it a little kick, just to make sure Bradley was very well dead. When the body didn’t move, Mark took it as a good sign and stepped over the body. His foot was about to touch the ground on the other side of the body when he felt his foot slip forward in the growing pool of blood. He lost his balance and fell, landing hard on the ground next to Bradley’s dead body. His head slammed against the floor. A trail of shooting stars dashed all across his field of vision. Warm blood instantly covered his whole body, though he didn’t know if it was his or Bradley’s.

His world went gray before turning black as the pain in his head turned from a distant hum into an unbearable hiss.

A lightning of pain shot through his body. For a brief moment, the whole world went white, then green, then blue, like some strange fireworks show played out for his own entertainment.

When the world came back to him, Mark found himself lying against Bradley’s body. He tried to stand up, very slowly at first, unsure that his legs would support him after the fall he’d just taken. He went on his hands and knees first, then pushed himself upward, very slowly, keeping one hand safely on the ground for balance, just in case his legs would suddenly decide to give out.

His vision was blurry, his head was hurting like hell and the fireworks still exploded in front of his eyes. But he was up. He was up and free to leave this horrible place forever.

Billy could see the outline of the barn through the tall trees of the forest. At some point during the night, thick clouds had crept over the forest, shrouding the earth from the bluish glow it had once been cloaked with. Even the moon was gone, completely hidden behind the thick rain clouds.

Something moved in the bushes in front of him. Billy stopped his running and pricked his ears. He was close to the old man’s house now.

He had to be careful. Maybe Bradley had finished Mark off and was now looking for him.

He listened to the forest. Somewhere in front of him, a branch cracked and leaves were being spurred.

Someone was coming towards him.

Before he had time to even think about it, his whole body jumped to the side and crouched behind a large tree trunk. From this vantage point, he could clearly see the trail. He made himself as small as he could, trying hard to blend with his surroundings as he waited for whoever was on the trail to show himself.

Another twig cracked, the noise only a few feet in front of him.

And then, through the shadows and the mist, Mark appeared. His body was covered in blood and his face was cloaked by pain, but it was Mark all right. A great wave of relief swarmed through him. Mark was okay! He was alive!

As a grin widened on his lips, Billy stepped out of his hiding place to meet up with his brother. Everything would be all right.

Everything would be just fine.

With every step he took, the forest seemed to thicken. The trees were looming over him, hitting him with their branches, causing even more pain to his already aching body. He could barely see through the thick darkness of the blood that kept flowing in front of his eyes. If he could just get home, if he could just make sure that Billy was all right, then all of this would be done and over with. He’d crawl into bed and close his eyes and hopefully sleep for a very long time.

If he wanted to do that, however, he’d have to push his body even harder instead of listening to that little voice in his mind which told him he should just lie down right here, on the damp ground in the middle of this dark forest, and sleep for a little while before going home.

Then, just as he thought his legs wouldn’t support him any longer, just had he thought he’d finally give in and let his body fall to the ground beneath him and succumb to the darkness that threatened to invade his mind, something jumped out of the darkness. He blinked and rubbed his eyes as hard as he could, thinking he was dreaming what he was seeing. There, on the path in front of him, stood a tiny creature like he’d never seen before in his life. It had large oval eyes in which a strange green-gray glow swam, thin lips and long, bony arms that were attached to a three-fingered hand. The creature didn’t even look like it had a nose, only a small little hole in the centre of its elongated and triangular face.

Its faint lips parted and a low, guttural snarl escaped through its mouth.

Slowly, Mark felt himself bending down to the ground. His eyes never strayed from the thing that stood in front of him. Mark searched the ground with his hand until he found what he was looking for: a long, thick piece of wood. The thing took a step in his direction just as he brought his body back up, holding the stick strongly between his fingers.

Smiling now, feeling as though this horrible night would never end, Mark ran toward the thing as fast as his legs would let him. He screamed with all his might as he brought the branch down hard against the side of the thing’s head. It never even tried to coil back or run away from him. It just stared back at him with those big lidless eyes and took the blow without even as much as a grunt.

Its body fell to the ground at his feet, motionless, very much dead. A greenish substance seeped from the wound on its head. Blood.

Forgetting all about his pains and his fears and his angst, forgetting all about that man and that horrible thing which he had just killed, Mark ran down the pathway and returned to the soothing darkness of the woods. He ran until he couldn’t breathe anymore. He ran until the world blurred and his breath threatened to leave him forever.

And finally, there it was. His home. A safe place where everything would be all right again. Where everything would be normal and where that little monster would never be able to get to him.

Billy’s body was found three days later, by a search party led by the missing boy’s father. No one knew what had happened to the boy, not even Mark, who had trouble remembering the events of that night. The only thing he could remember was that thing he had seen in the woods. The very morning after that night, Mark had returned to the woods in the hopes of finding that thing’s body, just to reassure himself that he hadn’t gone completely insane, that what he had seen had in fact been very real and not some horrible concoction of his overactive imagination. But the moment he neared the Bradley place, a strange fear seized his whole body. He found himself unable to walk down that path. The fireworks began to detonate in front of his eyes and that searing pain returned in his head.

And then, on the next day, when he walked by the town’s playground with his mother after returning from the Sheriff’s office, Mark saw half a dozen of those little monsters playing in the sand and on the swings where children should have been. They all looked back at him, grinning with hunger, laughing at him through their large eyes. The nightmare was far from over. It was just beginning.

Jonathan Torres

ROUND 1999 I discovered Dick’s novel, Funland. That will always be one of my favorites. It was such a kick to read despite, or maybe because of, the nasty things that happened within. Ever since then, I have devoured every Laymon book I got my hands on.

During the same time period, I had just started writing “seriously.” Richard Laymon jump-started my writing. His novels provided the spark that made me passionate about writing. His novels have also been the standard I measure my writing against. I don’t think I’ll ever come close, but I still try.

After seeing and talking to Dick at a few signings, I realized something; he truly had a blast with his writing. It came through in his writing and when you talked to him. You can’t separate one from the other. His personality and writing are interrelated.

Dick was the real deal. As much as any of us try to emulate him, none of us will ever match him. But one thing I can take from him and make my own is this: I can enjoy the hell out of what I do. If I enjoy it, maybe others will feel the same way.

I think that’s something Dick would agree with.

Jonathan Torres

HE UNMARKED, WHITE-PANELED van sidled up to the front of the driveway and lurched to a stop.

“Why’d we stop?” Henry righted himself in the cracked, avocado-green passenger seat.

David pointed out the passenger-side window. “I thought I saw one run into that garage.”

Henry turned and studied the open two-car garage. As he expected, nothing moved within the gray-shadowed maw.

“It’s amazing how you can see one every few hours.”

“What the hell are you trying to imply? Do you think I like going home with their smell all over me? But you wouldn’t know anything about that since you never get close enough to one!”

Henry turned and tuned him out. Well, you wouldn’t get their smell on you if you didn’t-—

Something jabbed him in the head. “Are you listening to me in there?”

“Don’t touch me!” Henry slapped David’s hand away. “Fine, let’s go snipe hunting.”

Doors slid back and they jumped out. Henry opened the utility compartment on his side of the van. He pulled out a four-foot long aluminum pole with a loop of reinforced nylon cord hanging out the end and handed it to David. He stuck his hand back into the compartment and took out a stun gun. He wrapped his hand around the stock and pressed the button. A streak of blue-white electricity crackled across the metal contacts.

David snatched the stun gun out of his hands. “What the hell do you think you’re doing? No one uses this except me. You are not properly trained to use such a dangerous device.”

David slipped the stun gun into the waist of his pants, metal contacts down.

Henry put his hand back into the compartment and pulled out a chain-linked leash. He closed the compartment door and looped the leash around his hand.

Henry started up the driveway when a hand on his shoulder pulled him back.

“Now Henry,” there was that tone: soft, almost lyrical. He sensed what was coming. It made his stomach gurgle like snails frothing into nothingness after a salt shower. If he turned around he was sure he would see white bubbles slipping down David’s mouth.

“You got to try and be more aggressive in there. Don’t be afraid to manhandle them if you have to. Don’t worry, I won’t tell.” Henry turned. David’s lips were stretched too high and too tight for a friendly grin.

Henry pulled himself from David’s grip and started up the driveway. “I’ll try to remember that.”

“Henry!” David’s voice plummeted an octave. “Don’t go pussyfooting around anymore.”

As they strode up the driveway with David jockeying to get ahead, the front door opened and out stepped a short, balding man wearing a T-shirt and khaki shorts.

“God damn,” David whispered as he stopped next to Henry. “Don’t people work around here?

“Sir,” David said, adopting a professional tone, “get back in your house.” The man froze and stared, surprised to see them standing midway in his driveway. “We have the situation under control.”

“Situation?”

Henry felt the quiet, exasperated breath before David tried to explain as succinctly as possible what they were doing.

“We’re with the Department of Health, O.V.M. Division.”

The man blanched and backed toward the door.

“Good idea, sir.”

They waited until the man disappeared inside the house.

“Damn residents,” David said. “Between them and your snipes, I’d take the snipes. There’s no law against killing snipes.”

They separated upon entering the garage; Henry took the left side. He was deliberate, looking under the car and behind boxes. In his three months working this job, he had seen strays hiding in the most unusual places, sometimes folded so tight they had to be cut out of their hiding place.

“God, look at this one!”

Damn, Henry thought. He was right.

The animal cowered in the corner, curled like a fetus, knees drawn up against its naked chest.

It lifted its head. From beneath grime-coated knots of hair glowed large, translucent, green eyes that seemed to light up its face.

“Look at the tits on this one.” David adjusted the crotch of his jeans. “It’s giving me the wiggles.”

“Save it,” Henry said. “Let’s finish this.”

“Don’t be getting Puritanical on me. People might get the idea that you care. Just do your job and shut up.”

Henry ignored him and let the leash unravel. He dragged it along the floor, drawing the animal’s attention.

He flicked the leash.

It hit the animal’s ear. The animal instinctively tried to grab the leash. It uncurled, leaving itself open. David rushed in, slipped the loop over the animal’s head and pulled it tight. The stray struggled and batted at the pole.

“Let’s get this thing into the van!” David fought as the animal tried to yank the pole out of his hands.

Henry ran and opened the door to the back of the van while David dragged the animal down the driveway. The asphalt scoured off skin from its hands and knees as it pushed back against David.

David climbed into the back of the van and pulled the stray up. It floundered at the end of the pole, blindly trying to step on the bumper to keep from choking. It found a foothold and clambered inside.

David bent down, took a temporary chain leash anchored to a metal ring on the floor and secured it around the animal’s head. He removed the loop and handed the pole to Henry. David ducked back into the van and began to close the door.

Henry stopped the door. “David, not now. If the lab guys find out—”

“Forget the lab guys! Just get into the van and drive!” David turned and headed back toward the animal.

Henry swung the door; before it shut he saw David’s pants fall and heard the clack of the stun gun hitting the floor. Door locked, he put the pole back in its compartment. He hurried to the driver’s seat, anxious to be underway. Plans had changed. They were now bound for their private dumping hole.

The engine grumbled to life. He put the van into gear and lurched into the street.

Thunder reverberated within the van as the thin sheet-metal walls were struck. The animal barked and mewled in the back.

This was one of the best specimens they had ever captured; it was obvious that underneath all that dirt and grime was a sleek and flawless creature.

And those green eyes. They threatened to hypnotize him if he stared too long.

Henry tingled as he imagined the animal hunkered down on its knees while its head whipped back and forth against David’s thrusts. His heart raced at the thought of watching those moist green eyes flare as David ripped into it.

It would be a shame to waste such a creature on science. An animal like that was good for one thing: enjoyment.

Henry shuddered and shook his head. “Damn, I’m starting to think like David.” He squeezed his legs together, shoving his erection against the unyielding denim of his jeans.

But those eyes called to him from the back of his mind; they flared with each heartbeat. He squeezed his eyes shut, trying to shatter the images with an explosion of gritty afterimage pinpricks. He clenched the steering wheel harder, trying to resist his thoughts.

Henry stopped the van, jumped out and ran to the back. He unlocked the door and opened it.

David’s head twisted around at the sudden brightness. His body faced forward, hiding the animal except for its feet poking out on either side of his knees.

“What the hell do you think you’re doing? I told you to drive the fucking van!”

Henry climbed into the back and kicked the stun gun.

They both looked down at it. Henry had totally forgotten about the stun gun; its placement seemed almost divine. David immediately understood the spreading grin on Henry’s face.

They both went for the stun gun, but it was no contest. Even now, David didn’t want to relinquish the animal.

Henry stood above David.

“No more pussyfooting around.”

He shoved the metal contacts into David’s neck and pressed the button.

The animal barked. David tensed and fell to the floor in spasms. He floundered a little before going limp.

Henry dragged David next to the stray and wrapped a chain around his neck. He dug into his pocket and pulled out a couple of plastic ties to bind David’s hands and feet.

He looked over at the stray; it was at the end of its chain trying to keep as far from them as possible.

“Time for some manhandling.” He closed the door, knelt down and dragged the stray into position.

David began to come out of his stupor as Henry settled into a silken rhythm. He turned on his side and moaned at Henry.

“Shut up.” Henry leaned over and slid the contacts against David’s testicles.

The rear of the van echoed the crackle of one hundred thousand volts of electricity. David banged his head against the floor and went into spasms again.

Henry held the stun gun before him and drooled over it like a prospector finding a boulder of gold. The specs on the device stated that it was powerful enough to bring down a five hundred pound man.

What kind of effect would it have on something a little more fragile?

He teased the animal’s erect nipples with the metal contacts of the stun gun. The specs also stated that the electricity wouldn’t loop back to the user. It was time to test that theory.

The animal barked. For a split second all its muscles contracted. As the electricity dissipated it fell to the floor head first, its limbs splayed out as Henry collapsed on top of it in pure pleasure.

A few moments later Henry pushed himself up. “God damn! That was incredible.” He cupped his red, deflated penis.

He looked over at David, then back to the rolling hills and valleys of the animal’s sleek body.

Henry stroked the stock of the stun gun with his thumb. At one hundred thousand volts of electricity per shock, he hoped the batteries would outlive both David and the stray.

He slid back into the animal. It didn’t matter if the stray was still weak, the stun gun would ignite its muscles again and send him to heaven.

“Don’t fail me.” He pressed the contacts against the animal’s flank, closed his eyes and pressed the button.

Ron R. Clinton

Y INFANT SON DIED seven years ago.

When grief of such unexpected and electrifying power strikes you, it instantly sears many of your casual assumptions: that bad things only happen to other people, that life is ultimately fair and just. One is then left with the chilling and numbing understanding that the world can be—and often is—undependable, hazardous, and filled with sudden pain.

Kind of like a Laymon story, actually.

On March 28th, 1999, at 5:20pm, much of the burning pleasure in activities I had previously enjoyed was instantly smothered. For the next several years, a dark and deafening emotional maelstrom drowned out any whisper of writing creative fiction.

Until In Laymon’s Terms.

Richard Laymon has contributed much to my life for which I will always be grateful: an expansion of my reading and personal involvement in the horror genre; the acquaintance of individuals who share my macabre leanings; and, of course, countless hours of breathless reading that infused me with chills and thrills and an instinctive understanding of the mechanics of a well-told story.

Dick’s final gift came about through In Laymon’s Terms: the need to honor all that he has given me became the unexpected impetus to write this tale, my first story since my son’s death three years earlier. And, in turn, helped me regain at least a small bit from all that I’d lost.

Hey, Dick, how about reading my son The Halloween Mouse up there? I think he’d like that.

Ron R. Clinton

VENING. WHAT CAN I get for you?”

Gary Bardun looked up from his papers and saw the waitress standing at his table holding a steaming coffeepot, a welcome sight at one a.m. on such a cold evening. He had been driving home late on Highway 1 after an exhausting three-day corporate-security convention down in San Jose, when his headlights had chanced upon an old sign on the side of the highway. Handpainted and faded by the elements, it read simply “DINER...OPEN LATE!” with a red arrow bleached to pink pointing to a narrow road on the left. Chilled and tired, he pulled off the main road and found the nondescript small diner tucked away deep in the woods. A good half-mile off the coastal highway, it sat at the end of a terminally rutted road under a tightly woven canopy of moonlight-frosted fir trees. No signs, no neon, just warm light spilling from two large windows into the night’s biting chill and the words DINER painted haphazardly upon its shadowed frontage, with taloned fir branches obscuring much of the lettering. He was lucky to have stumbled upon it at all.

“Hm? Oh, uh, black. Just black,” he said, absently wagging a finger at the empty cup on the table.

The waitress smiled and carefully poured the hot coffee.

“Great. That’s fine, miss. Thanks.” Gary ran his eyes down the rounded contours of her short-skirted uniform as she drifted back to the diner’s counter. He blew on the steaming, oily coffee and took a tentative sip. He felt a tingling warmth flood his chest and mused whether it was the coffee or the stirring curves of the waitress.

He suddenly remembered he had forgotten to get his wife a gift this trip. A “just a little something” item, something to suggest that, as always, he was still at least trying. For close to two years now he’d been trying. Trying to chip away at the icy distance between them that had grown as frigid as the night air outside. Trying to get her to love him again.

He tried to push her from his mind. Wasn’t as though she was likely to think much of a gift from him anyhow, being too busy lately to give a damn about him or his firm, a wildly successful defense and security firm that had paid her ass through law school. Seemed like these days Linda always had more important things on her mind, and her law partner Richard was probably pretty damn high and cozy on that list. Still, he wished he’d remembered something for their little girl, Kelly. Their only child, the love of his life. Just three years old now and cute as hell. Well, maybe there’ll be something down the road a bit that’s still open. Or there’s always the next trip.

“Not bad, huh?”

Gary turned his head to the booth behind his. A young man in his early twenties wearing a black T-shirt and timeworn leather jacket sat grinning at him. A cigarette lay smoldering in an ashtray on the table by his hand. His other arm was draped loosely around the shoulders of a girl who looked sixteen going on thirty: blonde and pretty, but with ashen smudges under her hooded eyes and drawn cheeks pinching into the corners of her mouth. The girl sat mute, staring vacuously at the vein-work map of scratches and stains on the white Formica table.

“Sorry?”

“The waitress, man.” The man’s eyes flicked hungrily over to the waitress. “You know, the chick with the coffee. She’s really somethin’, huh?”

Gary glanced over at the woman. She stood in front of a waist-high counter, past which could be seen a brightly-lit but apparently empty kitchen. She was leaning across the counter, her arms folded beneath her chest and resting on the counter as she talked cozily to another customer, an older bearded man who sat on one of the red stools with the familiarity and assurance of a regular to the diner. The waitress’ heavy breasts threatened to spill from the top of her simple but low-cut dress. A good way to ensure a tip, Gary figured. Her eyes caught Gary’s gaze and she whispered something to the customer. Chuckling, the bearded man looked over at him. And winked.

Gary turned back around on the red bench-cushion. Feeling like a ten-year-old boy caught looking at his dad’s Playboys, his temples drummed hot with embarrassment. Was it his imagination or were the diner’s only other patrons, a couple of big guys in long-sleeved flannel shirts and suspenders sitting across from him in a booth near the door, also shooting glances in his direction? Was he the show tonight? The out-of-towner the locals can get a few chuckles from?

He spoke over his shoulder. “Yeah, I guess she’s something all right.” He shuffled his papers and spread them out upon the table. He lifted his cup to his lips and savored the hot bitterness on his tongue and the cup’s warmth on his hands. He set it back onto the table and, picking up his pen, tried to focus on his work.

“Something else I can get for you?”

Startled, Gary looked up from his note-taking and saw the waitress standing at his booth again. She was holding her order pad in one hand, a pen in the other. Gary’s eyes flicked to her chest. With a red flush he felt wash across his face, he struggled to keep his eyes fixed on her face. “Oh. Sorry,” he said quickly, “I’m not looking to order much tonight. Just the coffee, all right? Thanks.”

The waitress shrugged and, slipping both pad and pen in her dress pocket, strolled back to the counter.

“I’m tellin’ ya, man, that’s some prime backwoods ass. And, lemme tell ya, Randy knows prime ass when he sees it. Sure, maybe she’s a little on the ripe side, damn near old enough to be my Mom, but shit, you catch those titties on her? Goddamn!”

Gary sighed, put his pen on the table and twisted around. “Look, pal, I’m not—”

“Sherri here,” Randy said, shaking the quiescent young girl’s shoulder, “well, she’s alright in the tittie department, I guess, but Christ did you check out hers, man?” He shook his head, his longish black hair wagging from side to side across his pale face. “I mean, fuck me—those’re some serious tits, you know what I’m sayin’?”

Gary felt his cheeks go warm. He patted the air and said, “Look, just keep your voice down, all right?”

“Sure, man. Chill out, it’s cool. ’Sides, screw her—me and Sherri, we’re gonna be seein’ lots of titties tomorrow, ain’t we, baby? Hm?” Randy stretched his arm further over the girl’s shoulder and roughly squeezed her right breast through her jacket. A soft moan, almost a whimper, escaped her tightly-pressed lips. Gary tensed. He noted the grinning young man either didn’t hear the poor kid or simply didn’t care.

“Yeah man, we’ve been thumbin’ rides for more than a week. Got our last one from those two guys over there,” Randy said, pointing at the two men at the table by the door. “Came here to tour that old house up the road where all them murders are s’posed to have been done. Where all them bitches got ripped and chewed up good. And got the fuckin’ of their lives, from what I hear.” His eyes sparkling with feverish excitement, he patted his jacket with his left hand. “Here, I know I got somethin’ about it in here somewhere...”

“Look, that’s all right, I’m not really—”

“Nah, man, I just gotta—yeah, here it is!” Randy pulled out a worn and folded-up sheet of green paper. “Here, you gotta check this shit out.” He leaned over the table and tossed the flyer. It spun and fluttered down over Gary’s shoulder and onto his worksheets. “Hell, we came all the way up from L.A. for this. Check it out, man,” he said, pointing at Gary’s table, “it’s wild.”

“Yeah, uh, all right. Thanks,” he said, turning around in his seat. His stomach was tense and knotted and, God, he was tired. He hoped he was done with this psycho-wannabe, though he felt sorry for the girl. A real shame, seemed like a nice kid.

Gary took a sip of coffee. Barely warm.

“Uh, excuse me, miss?” The waitress grabbed the coffeepot and walked back over to his table. “Could I get some...?” He nodded distractedly at his half-empty cup as he swept up the mess of papers on the table into a pile away from his cup, keeping them safe from any spattering of coffee.

“You sure you want a warm-up?” She glanced at her watch. “Getting kinda late.”

Gary looked up. “What?”

“Just that it’s getting kind of late and we should’ve been closed by now.”

“Look, miss,” Gary said patiently, “I’m not trying to be rude here, but you were open and, yes, I know full well how late it is. That’s actually the reason I need the coffee. So, if you wouldn’t mind...?”

She shrugged. “Suit yourself.” She bent over and slowly, carefully poured the steaming coffee. The tops of her large breasts strained at the thin material of her dress top, the ribbing of her neckline gently cutting into her full, spongy flesh.

Gary forced his eyes back onto his paperwork. “Thanks,” he said to the table as she finished pouring, not daring to look up again until she’d gone. He could feel Randy’s lewd grin boring into the back of his head.

Gary took a sip of his hot coffee; the burnt acrid taste was jolting and wonderful. His eyes strayed to the rumpled sheet of green paper that stood out like a green beacon in a sea of white. Knowing Randy wouldn’t let him alone until he looked at it, he plucked it from his reports, unfolded it and began to read:

THE BEAST HOUSE

invites you to come and visit

...if you dare!!

Since 1932, Malcasa Point’s Beast House on California’s coast has offered visitors from around the world the opportunity to experience firsthand the horrific exploits of the legendary giant Beast!

Come join us and:

*    WITNESS the blood-soaked recreations from more than a dozen true monstrous butcheries of sexual savagery that have occurred within these very walls!

*    SEE lifelike wax figures of all the Beast’s ravaged victims painstakingly-recreated as they were found—in the very setting and shredded clothing in which they met their violent death!

*    EXPERIENCE the legendary horror & FEEL the horror that is...The Beast House!

Admission: $15.00 per person. Includes equipment rental for self-guided audio tour. Tour includes some nudity. Special Midnight Tours given each Saturday night at midnight, $100.00 per person (18 & over).

*** Present this flyer and receive 20% off your total dining bill at the newly expanded Snack Shop

...now offering a full line of gourmet and vegetarian meals at reasonable prices!!

*** 10 Front Street, Malcasa Point, CA (approximately 150 miles North of San Francisco on the coast’s Highway 1)

“So?”

Gary tore his eyes from the flyer and looked back over his shoulder. “What?”

“The Beast House, man,” said Randy, rolling his eyes. “The House. What’dya think?”

Gary reached over and handed it back to him. “Sorry. Not my kind of thing.”

Randy shook his head in disgusted disbelief and folded the green flyer back in his jacket. “Fuck, shoulda guessed.” He whispered something in Sherri’s ear and then said, “Oh, hey—by the way, is that your Volvo out there, the gray one?”

“Yeah, that’s mine. Why?”

“Your tires. Got a look at ’em on the way in, and it looks like at least a couple of ’em are flat.”

“What? What are you talking about? They were fine when I pulled in.”

“I dunno, man,” he chuckled. “Just tellin’ ya what I saw.”

“Terrific.” Gary fought the burning impulse to leap over his bench and wipe the punk’s smirk off his face, demand to know what the hell he did to his car.

“Hey, I’d give ya a lift, but since I got none...” He shrugged. “’Sides, I know a proper guy like you ain’t lookin’ at going where we’re headed anyhow.” He put his arm around Sherri again and shook her. “Right, baby?”

The young girl’s eyelids fluttered. She slowly lifted her head...and smiled, her dull gaze suddenly sharpening. “Right, lover,” Sherri purred, her horrible grin cutting itself into her gaunt cheeks while she stared at Gary and whimpered with pleasure under Randy’s hands.

“Damn, girl, ’bout time you stopped tripping on me. Good shit, huh?”

Gary shook his head, chiding himself for being naive and misreading the girl. He decided it was time to go and just forget it, they weren’t worth the trouble. If his business taught him nothing else, it was that drug-addled kids like these are often the most unpredictable and dangerous.

Gary turned around and carelessly gathered up his reports. He snapped open his briefcase, tossing in the paperwork before quickly closing it and clasping it shut again.

“Hey now, where you off to?”

“What?” he asked, not turning around.

“I asked you where you were off to, dude.” Randy’s voice had suddenly grown dark and menacing, his words clipped to a razor’s sharpness.

Gary’s back tensed. “Just got to start heading home. You know, the wife and kid and all.”

“Uh huh. Yeah, must be a bitch.” Rancor dripped off Randy’s words. Sherri lapped it up and began snickering.

Gary stood and grabbed the briefcase off the table. Randy’s eyes widened at the sound of something shifting with a soft, muffled thud.

“Ooo, what’cha got in there?”

He looked over at Randy. “Nothing much. Just sales samples.”

“A salesman, huh?” Randy’s mouth curled up into a sneer.

“Kind of. So, the tires. You recall which ones they were?”

“Nah. Shit, coulda been all four for all I know.” Sherri grabbed Randy’s arm and buried her giggling face in the shoulder of his leather jacket.

“I see.” Gary spied a phone on the back wall behind the counter and started toward it.

“Take it easy, sales-dude.” Gary could hear both of them laughing behind him as he walked away.

He reached the counter and asked the waitress if he could use the phone. “Seems I have some flat tires on my car outside,” he explained.

“Oh yeah?”

“Yeah. Or so I hear, anyway,” he sighed. He placed his briefcase carefully on the counter next to the cash register. “Any towing outfit nearby?”

“Sure, I guess so.” She looked across the counter to the seated older man with whom she’d been speaking earlier. “Bert, you think—”

“Nah, don’t sweat it, friend,” Bert said, shaking his balding head. “I already called and gotcha all taken care of.”

“You did? But how’d you know my tires were flat?”

“Saw them on my way in.”

“Oh.” Gary was puzzled. Hadn’t the man been in the diner the entire time?

“Yep. Well, whattya know—in fact, there’s Bobby now. Looks like he’s getting you all squared away.”

Gary turned his head to the front window and saw his car hitched to the back of a departing tow truck, the truck’s red taillights growing smaller and dimmer as it bounced down the dark, rutted road with his car in tow.

“Wh-what the—” sputtered Gary. He spun around to Bert. “What the hell’s he doing?”

“Told you, friend. Just getting you taken care of.”

“But I didn’t ask for it to be towed away without me! Where the hell’s he taking it? For that matter, how the hell am I supposed to hook up with my car again at this time of night with no ride?”

“Yeah, guess that there might be a bit of a problem, huh?”

“Christ yeah, that’s a problem!” He heard Randy and Sherri’s laughter and the deep mutterings of the diner’s two other patrons rise up behind him. Not wanting to make any more of a scene, he took a deep breath and ran his hand down his face. “Fine, fine. Just tell me what I owe,” he said to the waitress, “and call me a cab, all right?” He pulled out his wallet and thumbed through his cash.

Damn, hardly enough to buy anything for Kelly after the cab and the tow-yard. And Linda’s going to jump all over me for getting home even later and

“Uh uh. Can’t do that,” said Bert.

Gary looked up, blood beginning to roar angrily in his ears. “Oh? And why’s that?”

“Too late. All the cabs around here are shut down for the night.”

“Great. That’s just great. Now what the hell am I supposed to do?”

Bert shrugged. “Don’t know. Catch a ride?”

Gary glanced over his shoulder at the two scowling men in suspenders. Uh uh, no wayI’d rather walk. He turned back and shook his head, defeated. “Forget it, I’ll walk. Just give me the bill and point me in the direction of the towing yard.”

“Afraid I can’t do that either, friend.”

Shaking with anger and frustration, Gary opened his mouth when suddenly the sharp screech of a rusty deadbolt lock sliding home cut through the buzzing din in his head. He spun around and a brilliant shower of hot, white light suddenly burst in his skull and he rode its falling, sputtering twinkles to the black-and-white checkered floor.

Gary awoke to the screams of an animal in pain.

He forced his eyes open and blinked through a wet, red haze. He lay on the black-and-white checkered floor, a small pool of sticky blood sandwiched between his cheek and the scarred linoleum. His head felt as though it was tightly swathed in a bandage soaked in liquid pain. Gritting his teeth, he slowly peeled his face from the gummy floor and looked up.

Randy was the animal. High-pitched and piercing, his pain-filled screeches seared the air in the small diner. A heavily muscled and completely naked young man towering perhaps seven feet tall thrust himself in and out of Randy as he lay bent over one of the diner’s tables, his pants torn away and lying tattered about his ankles. Dark, clotted blood coated Randy’s thighs and legs.

The two suspender-clad men stood on each side of the naked man, the shotguns in their arms trained on the back of Randy’s head. Suddenly one of the men plucked an object from a nearby table and handed the enormous, naked man a large garden claw. He smiled and, reaching around with his powerful sinewy arm, raked Randy’s upturned throat with the sharp, glinting tines. A thick ruby mist burst from his neck and sprayed the wall next to the booth. All three men stepped back. His screams suddenly cut short, Randy slid from the table and dropped loosely to the floor, leaving a long, red-wine smear on the booth’s white table.

Awash in a sheen of blood and sweat, the naked man twisted his head and looked at Gary, a wide smile cutting his large wide face in two. The harsh fluorescent lighting of the diner painted his shining bald head in a dirty brilliance. His heart hammering wildly, Gary’s horrified eyes dropped to the inhumanly-massive erect dildo the man sported, a crudely hand-carved baseball bat with Louisville Slugger still emblazoned in black on the side. Gary saw with an icy shudder that it glistened with dark blood and ragged bits of Randy’s flesh. Held on by leather straps looped around his waist and between his legs, it wobbled ponderously as the large man turned to face him.

“About time you woke up, friend. Hell, you missed all the fun,” Bert said. “Well,” he chuckled, “most of it, anyhow.”

Gary raised himself up on his elbows, his arms quivering with the strain. He lifted his shell-shocked eyes up to Bert. The bearded man swam in and out of focus. Gary squeezed his rheumy eyes shut, trying to clear his vision. He tried to speak but quickly clamped his mouth shut. His teeth had nearly severed his tongue in the fall; red-hot shards rushed in and stabbed his tongue with each breath. He felt the warm, coppery blood begin to well inside his mouth and leak from his pursed lips.

Turning to the waitress who now sat beside him on one of the counter’s stools, Bert frowned and asked, “Ooo, Mary, he doesn’t look so good, does he?”

She looked down at Gary. “Hm? Oh. No, I don’t suppose he does at that, Bert.”

“Shouldn’t have hit him that hard with the skillet.”

“Well, you see what he did, Bert? Tried to stiff me on my tip. You see him leave anything? I sure didn’t.”

“I’ll give you that one, Mary. That wasn’t the proper thing to do, no sir.”

“I mean, I work hard for my money. I shouldn’t be treated like that.” Bert looked back down at Gary, his bushy eyebrows furrowed in thought as he studied him. “She got herself a point there, friend. Should’ve tipped her, no two ways about it.”

“Damn straight,” Mary said, crossing her arms.

“You know,” Bert said, fingering his beard, “seeing as how he’s probably learned his lesson and all, maybe we should just get him cleaned up and let him go.”

“You think?”

“Well, I don’t suppose he’ll forget to tip again, do you?”

“No, I don’t guess he will. Still, it’s the principle of the thing.”

Bert shook his head. “No time to stand on principles, Mary. After all, running a restaurant’s a cutthroat business.”

The two locked eyes. Their mock frowns suddenly slipped from their faces and they burst out in laughter. “Oh Bert,” Mary said, gasping for breath, “you’re one wicked, wicked fella.” She leaned over and wrapped her fingers in his beard, pulling him toward her and kissing him long and hungrily on the mouth.

Gary’s eyes shot to the counter above him, searching desperately for any sign of his briefcase. There it was—a brass-gilded corner jutting out from the edge!

“Uh, Bert? Mary?” one of the men in suspenders called out. “You want us to...?”

Bert tilted back in his stool and patted Mary’s thigh. “All right, all right. Yeah, Leo, take him into the back. The smell’s starting to get to me anyhow. Junior, you keep an eye on the gal there,” he said, nodding to the young girl as she sat curled up in a corner booth, her horrified gaze frozen on the pantless corpse of her boyfriend. “And don’t touch her yet, you hear?”

“Don’t forget, Bert,” said Leo, “you promised to send your boy over to our place tomorrow night.”

Bert nodded. “Yeah, yeah, I know.”

The two men handed their shotguns to the large naked man and dragged Randy’s body into the rear kitchen.

Bert looked back down at Gary. “Sorry, friend,” he said, “looks like you’re gonna be keeping that date with Junior there, after all.”

“Damnit, Daddy,” the bloody, naked man growled, “I told ya not to call me that no more.”

Mary shot up from her stool. “Hey! Don’t you dare talk to your father like that, young man!”

“Sorry, Ma.”

“Wait—” The word gurgled in Gary’s throat. He knew he had to hurry and try for the briefcase, but strength was only now beginning to return and prickle in his arms and legs.

“Hey, I tried,” Bert said, throwing up his hands. “You heard me plead your case to Mary here, right? Right? Besides, now let me tell you the good news: you’re gonna be downright famous. Isn’t that the shits—famous and not even being around to enjoy it? So I’d like to thank you now, friend, for helping to soon make my little diner joint here the most famous restaurant in these parts. Least, that’s how me and the boy here have it figured,” he said with a proud smile.

Bert stood up off the stool and walked to the front windows of the diner, the rubber soles of his shoes squeaking on the wet floor. He looked out into the frosted darkness with his hands clasped behind his back and shook his head. “You should see how much traffic that old rickety house up the road gets. Thousands of folks traipsing up and down that highway from all parts, every day of the week, every damn week of the year. And you know how much of that business we get lately? Hm? Any idea? Well, let me tell you, it ain’t much, it ain’t much at all.”

“Amen to that,” Mary said.

Confident that her attention was fastened on Bert, Gary slowly and quietly drew his knees up and off to the side. His arms and legs felt like coiled springs lubed by nervous sweat.

“Now all them folks are eating at the new fancy-shmancy cafe they got set up there, or else they come away too damn sick from the tour to do any eating at all. Hell, we’re lucky if we get much out of the Beast House at all anymore. Sure not like it used to be.” He turned around and walked over to his son and clapped him on his broad back. “It was Junior here, bless him, that came up with the fix—well, the idea, at least—to get us back on the map.” The large nude man blushed.

Jesus, Gary thought, guy tears apart Randy and stands there naked in a two-foot strap-on wooden penis and he’s blushing? This is insane, unreal...I’ve got to act, get out of here, get home and Linda will be bitching at me that I’m late again and Kelly will hug me with her small arms and everything’ll be fine and normal again and

“Boy came up to me one day,” Bert continued, “and said, ‘Daddy, sure is a damn shame none of them Beast killin’s weren’t done here at our place, get some of those folks spendin’ the big bucks here ’stead of that eyesore up north. Then we could set up our own wax dummies right here in the diner. Tourists love that shit.’ You hear that? My boy!” Beaming, he clapped him on the back again.

Mary shifted on her stool and smoothed her skirt. Gary tensed. Waited for Junior to look away.

“And don’t forget this here Beast outfit I made, Daddy, to fool all them—”

“Shut up, boy—Daddy’s talking now.”

The young man lowered his cowed eyes. “Sorry, Daddy.”

Gary steeled himself. He had to do it. No choice.

Bert went on: “Sounded so damn good some friends of mine wanted in, too. Leo and his brother in the back there for their feed store that’s ready to go under. And Bobby, well, his towing company’s doing just fine—I think he’s just a little tweaked in the head myself.”

Gary shot from the floor with a stumbling lurch, his arms outstretched and flailing. His fingertips brushed the corner of his briefcase. It tipped and slid off the counter even as his legs gave way beneath him and he crashed to his knees beside it. His sweaty fingers fumbled at the locks and the latches snicked open and he thrust his hand in to grab the small Glock 36 .45 that’ll blast these maniacs to hell and—

His hand closed on nothing but brittle sheets of paper.

“About done there, friend?” said Bert, still standing in place and looking bemused. “Jeez, what do you think we are—stupid? Mary, show him just how stupid we are.”

Gary craned his neck up and felt a fresh wave of hopelessness and despair roll over him as he stared into the deep, black O of his gun’s barrel projecting from Mary’s steady hand.

“C’mon, Daddy, c’mon,” Junior whined. “Let me do ’im.”

“Damnit, Junior—”

“Junior’s right, Bert,” Mary cut in. “You’re talking too damn much. Let’s just get it done, all right? We been lucky so far, but someone might drive up.”

“Nah, not this late.”

“Damnit, Bert,” she said angrily, “this fella on the floor did. Who’s to say someone else won’t?”

Bert nodded. “Okay, Mary. You’re probably right. Just so damn proud of Junior I’m letting my mouth run off. Boy never had a lick of sense, and then comes up with something like this out of the clear blue...” Bert sniffed and wiped his eyes. “Damn allergies.”

“Uh huh,” said Mary with a smile.

Bert walked over to Gary and crouched down beside him. “Don’t worry, friend, even though I didn’t much appreciate you giving my wife the eye a while back, I’ll have Junior here make it pretty quick for you. Not like that other fella. Leo got lucky on that one; hated that little shitwad the moment he came in. And her, too,” he said, looking over at Sherri. His voice grew husky and tight. “You can take your time with that sweet thing, Junior. Oh yeah, take all the time with her you need.”

“Bert...”

“Shut up, Mary.”

“But I haf a wife,” Gary managed, his tongue flopping uselessly in the puddle of blood that had gathered in his mouth, “and a daugh’fer. Puh-p’ease...”

“Yeah, kids,” Bert said with a wide smile, “ain’t they just the best?” He stood up and stepped back. “Speaking of which...Junior?”

The hulking young man set the two shotguns in the booth next to Sherri’s and began to lumber towards Gary, the bare soles of his feet slapping the floor that lay wet and tacky with Randy’s blood. His face was twisted with unbridled glee. His massive wooden penis wagged obscenely from side to side, cutting a nightmarish smile in the air.

Gary’s wide eyes shot to the abandoned guns and then to Sherri. Grab them damnit grab them grab them now save us his eyes screamed but Sherri didn’t see. She was rocking on the cushioned bench, keening softly as she hugged her knees to her chest, her downcast eyes wild with panic and flittering like the beating wings of a tiny, caged bird.

The last thought Gary had before the steel talons of Junior’s garden claw caved in his skull and ended all his thoughts forever was his wife, and what Linda would say to their daughter in the years to come about him, about her dead father kneeling and screaming in waxy enshrinement in a rundown California diner.

Or if, unlike the coffee-and-pie crowd, she’d even care enough about him to bother saying anything at all.

Troy Taylor

HERE ARE THREE moments in my life that I will never forget. One is reading my first Laymon book. Another was finishing my first novel. The third was finding a little message board hidden in the deep dark (bloody) corners of the Internet where Dick actually posted. I watched for a little and then I left a post. I remember coming home one day and finding a response from him. I was gob smacked. In his reply he laughed and joked and he spoke (or wrote) to me as if I was his best friend. He was just that kind of guy. Anyone who has ever spoken with him will agree with me. Not only was he a fantastic writer but he was a fantastic human being. We didn’t know each other personally; we never spoke on the phone; we never met each other, but for some reason I felt like we were pals from way back.

The news of his death hit me like a brick wall. I cried for hours and I’ve never really stopped being sad about it, even when I think about it now.

I don’t think I ever really got around to telling him, but he was the one and only inspiration for my writing. I wish I had.

If there hadn’t been a Dick Laymon, then this story wouldn’t have existed.

Without his books I never would have started writing.

Dick, you died too soon. I miss chatting with you on the message board. I miss your friendliness and your great sense of humor. Most of all though, I miss just knowing that you’re out there.

Troy Taylor

HE FIRST NIGHT HE saw her he knew he had to have her. There was something about her, something unique. Her beauty called to his attention through the crowded nightclub floor. She was stunning.

He spent the night watching her, intrigued by everything about her.

She was different than all the rest.

Usually, anyone would satisfy him. Not that night, however. That night, not one woman in the entire place interested him. Except for her.

There were offers from plenty, drinks or dances. But he didn’t care. He didn’t even answer them. His mind was focused on one thing.

Her.

He wanted to go up to her, but he knew he couldn’t. What would he say? All he could do was just sit there and watch; wait for her to leave.

So he could follow.

He sat on one stool for almost two hours, not taking his eyes off her for a moment, before she finally made her way to the door.

Alone.

He was sure that she would have been with someone, even a girlfriend, but she was completely alone.

Which made things even easier for him.

Usually, if there was a friend or a boyfriend, he would just kill them. Cut a slice right up the middle of their body. One swipe did it almost every time. Then to watch the woman scream, to see the pure terror in her eyes, was an untellable pleasure.

There would be no need for that on this night. He could follow her, all the way back to her place, and quietly make his move.

He didn’t feel the same about her as he did the others. He didn’t want to hurt her at all. He wanted to love her; to have her love him. The others, they just didn’t matter. Hurting them had been fun; killing them even better. But not with this one. This one was special. This one was going to be the one.

He wouldn’t kill her. He wouldn’t even hurt her.

No, this one he would keep.

He had been looking, all these years, for the one he was going to keep. The one he was going to truly treasure. And now he had found her. Tonight was going to be the most magical night of his life. Love had finally found its way to him.

He stood from his stool, throwing down a five-dollar bill to pay for the drink he had ordered, and raced toward the exit, not caring who the hell he was knocking over in the process. He couldn’t let her get away—it would be the end of him.

Just the thought of it was making him feel funny inside. He was sure it was love. He got the same sort of feeling just looking at her; beautiful black hair flowing down her shoulders, a perfect face—something designed by God Himself. And God had sent her down, just for him.

As he neared the door, he knocked into some blonde-haired college idiot. He tried to keep walking, but the guy grabbed him by the arm and turned him around.

“What the fuck...” the college kid started.

He just didn’t have time for this. He reached into his pocket and pulled out the switchblade knife, flicking out the blade as he did. In one swift movement, the college kid’s insides fell to the floor.

He turned, hearing a mass of screaming behind him and getting a little excited, and raced out the door, hoping that he hadn’t already lost her. He got outside just in time to see her turn the corner into the main street.

Wondering why she had parked so far away from the club, he put on the pace, starting a brisk walk.

She wouldn’t get away. There was no way she could; he was right behind her now.

But she did.

When he turned the corner, she was gone. He felt like crying, but wouldn’t allow it. She was around somewhere—she had to be. She couldn’t have just disappeared.

He had spent three hours searching street after street for her. He didn’t find her in any of them. She was gone for good and the thought that he would never see her again ripped him up inside.

What sort of God would do a thing like that? Dangle love in front of someone, only to snatch it away at the last minute.

He was angry. He had thought, by that stage, that God would know not to make him angry. There were some serious repercussions.

He visited another nightclub later that night and spent a little time trying to pick out his next victim. There were two girls he was trying to choose from. One of them had been dancing by herself up on a podium to his left the whole night. She hadn’t spoken to anyone at all and Robert figured that she was probably on drugs, which helped him out. She seemed pretty, but it could have been the bad lighting. Her hair reached half way down her back and seemed to be a light brown with small streaks of red. She wore a skimpy white top that showed her belly button, but was cut low enough at the top for him to see her tight cleavage. Her pants were tight blue jeans with an oversized black belt and a big silver buckle. He couldn’t stop himself from staring at her ass. She seemed like quite a party girl.

The other girl was much different. She was a lot more reserved, and actually seemed a little out of place in a nightclub like this one. She had short blonde hair down to her shoulders and she wore a skirt that came down just below her knees. She had a light blue shirt top on with the top two buttons open, just enough to show the top of her breasts if you were looking on the right angle. She had been sitting at the end of the bar all night, sipping on a strawberry daiquiri. She, like the other one, hadn’t spoken to anyone at all. She looked around at the crowd a lot and had positioned herself so she was facing the door. Robert guessed she was waiting for someone.

She had a beautiful face with nice blue eyes, hidden only slightly behind her thin-framed glasses. She seemed innocent and Robert loved that.

He looked back at the podium girl, then to the bar girl again.

He thought about it for a few minutes, then he decided to go for the bar girl. If it didn’t work out or something went wrong, he could always come back for the podium girl. She looked like she was going to be up there all night.

Taking his beer in hand he stood from his seat and made his way over to the girl, trying to squeeze his way through all of the people. By the time he actually reached her he felt like he could have killed someone. Everyone seemed to be in his way, and no one heard him when he asked them to move. A few times he had thought about pulling out his knife, but he resisted the temptation.

As he stepped up to her she looked a little weary, but she smiled all the same. Robert smiled back at her. He could be quite attractive when he wanted to, and now he really wanted to.

He sat on the seat next to her.

“Hi, how are you?” he asked, putting on all his charm.

“Good.” She smiled.

“Can I get you a drink?”

She looked down at her three-quarter full daiquiri then looked back at him.

“I’m fine thanks.”

“Ok. I’m Patrick by the way.” Robert said, holding out his hand.

“Jenny.” She replied, shaking it lightly.

Robert felt a stir in his pants at the touch of her skin.

“Nice to meet you,” he said. “Are you waiting for someone?”

Jenny glanced at her watch and grimaced.

“Not anymore. I was supposed to meet someone here an hour ago, but they didn’t show.”

“Your boyfriend?”

“Something like that,” she told him, taking another sip of her daiquiri.

“He’s missing out, that’s for sure. Leaving a special gal like you sitting alone at a bar.”

That one always got them.

Jenny looked at him and smiled a little. Robert could tell that she was cracking. She was starting to like him, which meant she was starting to trust him.

“You wanna get out of here?” she asked, surprising Robert.

“I’d love to.”

Robert opened the door and walked into his apartment, Jenny in tow. They had been to a burger place just down the street, where they had gotten to know each other a little better. Robert had learned that Jenny was eighteen, just out of high school. She hadn’t started college yet but was preparing for her course, which started in about a month. She was going to be studying forensic science, which Robert found very interesting. One day, if she had never run into Robert, this girl would have been working with the cops, probably trying to catch him.

“Nice place you’ve got here,” Jenny said, taking a seat on the couch.

“Thanks,” Robert replied, knowing full well that she was lying.

His apartment looked like a dump. There were bottles and pizza boxes everywhere and the dishes hadn’t been done in about three weeks. He had never seen the point, seeing as he hardly even used them. If he wanted a plate, he would just wash it. If he wanted a knife or fork he’d just do without.

He led Jenny into the lounge and told her to have a seat. She smiled at him, such a sweet and innocent smile, and he returned it.

“Would you like a drink?” he asked.

“Sure.”

“Right back,” he said, turning and heading for the kitchen.

He had to find the right instrument. He needed to silence her, at least until he got her hooked up to the bed, but he didn’t want to damage her yet. Well, not where he could see anyway. She was too good-looking for that.

He searched through the drawers and on the bench until he came across a rolling pin. It seemed perfect.

He grinned at his discovery and headed back into the lounge, creeping silently with the rolling pin behind his back in case Jenny decided to turn around.

She didn’t seem to even notice him until he was right behind her. She must have got that feeling that you always get, when you know someone is looking at you. She turned to face him just as he was bringing the rolling pin down. It hit her on the side of the head instead of the back. She passed out instantly.

Robert grinned as he picked her up under the armpits and started dragging her into the bedroom. She was awfully heavy for someone who looked so slim.

As he laid her on the bed he started to worry that he may have hit her too hard on the head. Maybe, since he hit her right on the temple instead of the back, she was already dead. The thought pissed him off and made him want to rip her up right then, but he held back his anger. He could wait a little while for her to wake.

He rolled her over so she was lying on her back. At the head of the bed he took the leather cuffs that were hooked to the headboard and cuffed her wrists, then proceeded to do her ankles.

Now, she was lying spread-eagled on the bed.

He took a step back and admired the look of her lying there, looking so at peace. That wouldn’t last for long.

Robert reached into his pocket, pulled out his switchblade and flicked the blade up. This was one of the fun parts. He slid the blade under the waistband of her skirt and brought it down, cutting a slit straight down the front. Giving a tug, it slipped out from underneath her. Her panties were a plain light pink color. From the way they went down the back he could tell that she was wearing a thong. All of a sudden he got an urge to flip her over and cursed himself for cuffing her too soon.

It was too late now.

He slid the blade under the waistband of her panties and removed them too. That was too bad, because they looked expensive.

He removed the rest of her clothes with his knife and then started taking off her rings and bracelets. There was a small silver anklet around her left ankle that he left on. He wasn’t really sure why, but the look of it made him hard.

He stared at her for a while, admiring her nakedness. She looked good. Better than good. Her breasts were perfectly rounded. Between her legs, there was a thin, light thatch of golden hair.

“So you are a real blond,” he said to himself and laughed.

He sat on the bed next to her and looked up. She looked fantastic in the mirrors that lined the ceiling. He couldn’t wait to be on top of her, doing things as he watched in the mirrors. It was going to be fun.

He took Jenny’s thong from the ground and stuffed it into her mouth, letting out a grunt of laughter as he did, and then stuck a small strip of duct tape over her mouth.

“That oughta hold you for a while,” he said as he lay down next to her and closed his eyes.

In his mind he started to imagine what he was going to do to Jenny when she woke. He was on top of her, feeling himself slide in and out of her hugging warmth and squeezing her breasts with his hands. He pushed himself deeper and deeper inside of her, until he felt like he was going to explode. He looked up to the mirrors and saw that it wasn’t Jenny anymore. It was the girl he had first seen at the bar. His gift from God; his keepsake. She was underneath him, naked and groaning as he slammed into her. She wasn’t cuffed to the bed anymore. Now, her hands were clutching his butt cheeks, trying to pull him in even deeper.

Her eyelids slowly opened, except there was something wrong. Her eye sockets looked completely dark and Robert realized that she didn’t have any eyes. Suddenly, her hand shot up and grabbed his head, pulling his mouth down to meet the empty black hole.

Robert screamed and opened his eyes.

He was covered in sweat. The room seemed to be a lot darker than it had been when he had closed his eyes. Wiping the sweat off his forehead he turned and saw that Jenny was awake. Her eyes were wide with fear and it was obvious that she had been crying. He stared at her for a moment before grinning.

“Hi,” he said. “Ready for the fun to start?”

A tear rolled out of her eye as he leaned forward and slid his tongue around the duct tape on her mouth.

The second time he saw her, he was having coffee in one of the ritzy coffee bars on Sunset. She was there when he arrived, sitting in a corner, sipping her coffee slowly, looking at nothing in particular. He felt that feeling again when he spotted her. A cross between nauseousness and ecstasy. Like there were hundreds of little butterflies, fluttering around in his stomach.

He wouldn’t let her go this time. He would stay right behind her until she got home.

Nothing was going to get in his way.

He watched her as she slowly sipped her coffee. He didn’t take his eyes off her. His own coffee sat in front of him, getting cold. He couldn’t drink it. He couldn’t do a thing but sit in awe and amazement of the girl. When a waitress came along and asked if he wanted another coffee he just gave her a look. The same sort of look a lion must give its prey just before devouring it. She knew what the look meant and didn’t say another word as she turned and walked off.

When he looked back to where the girl was sitting, she was gone. He turned his head toward the door just fast enough to see her black hair flail in the wind as the door closed behind her.

His stomach clenched up.

“Fuck!” he screamed as he jumped from his seat, only half aware that every single set of eyes in the shop were on him, and raced for the door.

This was not supposed to happen. This time he was not supposed to take his eyes off her for a minute. He had broken his own main rule.

Outside, the streets were empty. Rain poured from the skies as if God felt his pain and cried tears for him. He ran, as fast as he could, looking down every alley, any way she may have gone.

She was nowhere.

Once again, he had lost her. The pain inside him was unbearable.

At home, things seemed bleak and dreary. He didn’t even feel like going out and finding more women. All he wanted to do was sit at home and sulk. Cry about opportunities lost. He sat in the rocking chair in his lounge room, closing his eyes and trying to picture her face, trying to capture her true beauty in his mind. Nothing he could see came anywhere close. Even his imagination couldn’t compare to her. She was one of a kind. Something special.

And he had lost her.

He was in bed that night, still trying to come up with a picture of her in his head, when the doorbell rang. A jolt ran through his body as he wondered if this was it—if he had finally been caught. He thought about climbing out the window and down the fire escape, but he just couldn’t be bothered. He had lost the only thing that had ever mattered to him that day, for the second time, and he was just tired. They could take him in if they wanted to. He would find a way to escape.

He had before.

Climbing out of bed he reached for his shirt, then decided against it.

Let them find me naked, he thought, letting out a laugh.

He walked over to the door and took one last look around his apartment before unlatching and opening it.

It wasn’t the police, as he had thought.

It was her.

Standing there in all her beauty. In his hallway. His keepsake.

She said nothing. She just looked at him, her mouth perfectly straight. Her eyes glowed. They had a depth to them that just sucked him right in.

He stared at her, unsure of what to do or say.

The moment he had been waiting for had arrived. And she had come to him.

He didn’t even think about how it had happened. He didn’t even care. All that mattered was that she was standing right in front of him, staring into his eyes.

She stepped inside, still not saying a word, and grabbed his hand. She led him to the bedroom, taking all the right turns as if she had lived in the apartment for years.

He felt the excitement well up inside him as she pushed him onto the bed. He suddenly felt a little strange, realizing that he was naked, but she acted as if she hadn’t even noticed.

“Hello, Robert,” she said to him.

“Hi,” he managed.

She reached up to her top and unbuttoned it, letting it fall to the floor. Her breasts were more perfect than he ever could have imagined. They seemed so full and round, the nipples jutting straight up in perfect symmetry.

Her hand lowered to her skirt and popped the buttons open, one by one as if to torture Robert. Soon, the skirt joined her top on the floor.

She stood completely naked in front of him and smiled. Her body was the image of perfection. Nothing could ever top this for him. Nothing could ever be as perfect.

She climbed onto the bed and strapped his wrists with the leather cuffs. He gave her a grin and she winked before cuffing his ankles.

“Now you’re not going anywhere.”

“I wouldn’t want to,” Robert said, his throat feeling a little dry.

He closed his eyes as she started to kiss his chest. Groaning, he squirmed under her, wishing that she would just move down a little. As if she could read his mind, she stopped kissing him and went straight for his hard penis. She took him into her mouth and began rhythmically pumping. It was the most amazing thing he had ever felt. She ran her tongue across his head and he started to feel himself building. He let out a loud groan as he felt it slowly creep up his shaft. He opened his eyes, just as he released himself into her mouth, and looked at the mirrors.

His penis softened straightaway. All of the pleasure disappeared in that same instant and all he felt was fear. He could still feel her mouth on him, but he couldn’t see her. She wasn’t in the mirror. All he could see was his own naked body sprawled out on the bed. He lifted his head and looked down at her. She had finished on his penis and started kissing her way back up to his face.

“Do you like a girl who swallows, Robert?”

He couldn’t answer her. He couldn’t speak at all. All he did was stare at her, trying to understand what the hell was going on. Why the hell couldn’t he see her in the mirror?

“I swallow. Wanna see?” she said, grinning.

Robert noticed something he hadn’t seen before. Something more unsettling than anything he had ever seen before. Something that seemed too out of place for her innocent beauty.

Her teeth.

Two at either side of her mouth. Long, sharp, and pointy.

“What the fuck?” he asked, trying to shake her off. She wouldn’t budge, even when he put all his strength into it. She didn’t move an inch.

“Don’t you want me to swallow you, Robert?” She laughed as she lowered her mouth to his neck.

He screamed in pain as her teeth ripped into his flesh and penetrated his jugular. All he could do was watch as his blood squirted intermittently into her mouth.

She lifted her teeth away from his neck and let him get one last look at her beautiful face. The last thing he heard before everything went black scared him more than anything ever had. She spoke to him, whispered in his ear, in a voice that was so fitting to her beauty.

“You were wrong, Robert, I’m not from heaven. I’m from hell.”

Brent Zirnheld

Y FIRST INTRODUCTION TO Richard Laymon was in The Book of the Dead. I instantly went searching for his books and found The Cellar—a book that shocked the hell out of me, as much for what Laymon did as didn’t do. Sure, the characters were well realized, the pacing swift, the plotting tight, and the style smooth, but there was something else of even greater note—the fantastic resolution! Laymon didn’t end it the way so many authors end their novels because Laymon didn’t do what was expected, something that continued throughout his career. That is one of the things that made his books so suspenseful—as the horror mounted you couldn’t relax knowing the characters you loved were going to find a way to overcome their adversity and survive. Sometimes they did, sometimes they didn’t, but you never really knew how the next book or story would end. You could be reading your second, fifth, or twentieth Laymon novel, but your mind goes back to the one with the ending you didn’t expect and you remember and you know and you can’t tell yourself “Everything’s going to be all right,” and that is as it should be for therein is where the suspense really lies.

So when I reach that critical juncture in my own work where I wonder if I should be merciful with a beloved character, I simply ask “What Would Laymon Do?” and I let my hand be guided.

Brent Zirnheld

HE OLD MERCEDES had seemingly come out of nowhere. Its sleek, black form cut through the humid air as its tires threw a mist of water into the air. It was too wet to be taking curves so fast, but Jim Black wasn’t about to let the reckless driving dissuade him from hitching a ride.

Jim threw out an arm with an extended thumb. He’d been headed the other direction, but what the hell? It was about to rain again and with barely anyone cruising the small, two-lane coastal highway, matters of direction were relative.

Realistically, Jim figured he didn’t have a chance in hell of getting a ride this time. Not from someone in a Mercedes who appeared to be hell-bent on getting where he or she was going. He’d probably have to wait for the next car.

Jim showed his best smile anyway; he always prepared for the worst even as he hoped for the best.

The Mercedes slowed, but then picked up speed when the driver got a better look at Jim. It was then that Jim saw the driver’s distinctively feminine features. If it had been a man second-guessing Jim’s bedraggled appearance he would have been the recipient of Jim’s best one-finger salute, but for the blonde’s benefit Jim continued smiling and even offered a nonchalant shrug as if he understood the bitch’s hesitation. Less than a second later, the brake lights came on and the car slowed to a stop.

Jim picked up his bag and trotted the twenty or thirty feet to the stopped Mercedes. When he got a good look at the driver he wondered if he wasn’t the luckiest bastard on Earth.

He opened the back door, tossed his bag to the floor and then hopped into the front seat.

“Thanks for the lift. Where you headed?” he asked, raking a hand through his wet, black hair. His clothes were very damp from the rain, but if she didn’t give a shit about the car’s interior, why should he?

The young lady shrugged. She was a hot little thing, far too young to be the owner of the vehicle. She’d taken daddy’s classic out for a spin and had done the forbidden: picked up a stranger on a deserted stretch of highway. Daddy would be so upset when he discovered her indiscretion.

Without so much as a glance to check for traffic, she darted back onto the highway. Blondie clearly liked living on the edge, or at least what she thought of as the edge. Sure it was a huge drop from the cliffs to the coast below, but she wasn’t really taking much of a chance—not when the vehicle was designed with control and handling in mind. If she really wanted to tempt fate she’d have to add some force to the gas pedal.

Jim eased back in the seat and stretched his legs.

“The name’s Jim Black. And my savior is...” Jim offered his right hand so he’d know what a willing touch felt like.

She eyed him and his hand and then gave her own. It was warm and soft, just as Jim suspected it would be. So was her smile. She’d be so easy to charm. The pragmatism of age hadn’t yet hardened her; viewing the world through reason-tinted glasses was a few years away yet.

“My name is Celeste White.”

“Black and White? You are kidding, right?”

She laughed, shaking her head. “Nope.”

In an instant, her guard had fallen.

“Where you headed?” she asked. Her hair was pulled back so tightly Jim could hear the follicles screaming for mercy.

“Anywhere.”

Jim stared at her delicate face, with its soft, smooth skin and upper class features as if she’d been genetically altered to appeal. However, there was something he’d just noticed in her eyes—they were a bit bloodshot and glassy. She’d recently been crying.

“What?” She had noticed Jim’s smile from the corner of her eye.

“Just admiring your facial structure. You’re very beautiful. Oh, forgive me, I’m an artist; I sometimes notice these things and spout off without realizing it sounds like a lame attempt at a pick-up,” Jim said.

Celeste’s hair was the color of straw, but looked more like dyed silk than dried grass. Now that she knew he was eyeing her, he let his eyes wander along her curves. He followed the jut of her breasts against the tight fabric of her white blouse. Long, tan legs projected from an aqua-colored skirt that fell halfway to her knees.

She gave him a glance, as if to survey his face, too, but then flicked her eyes back to the road so she could make another sharp turn. Though she had caught him staring at her legs, she gave no sign that she might be uncomfortable. She continued to surprise.

Another curve. Celeste took this one at a more conservative speed; maybe she’d decided to be more mindful of the cliffs now that she had a passenger.

“Deserted out here today. Guess everyone is at work,” Celeste said.

“Or school.”

She raised her brows, but didn’t glance his way. “Yeah. That, too.”

“You headed anyplace in particular?” she asked. Her eyes looked furtively in his direction as if his staring was beginning to unnerve her.

Jim breathed in deeply. “Wherever you take me. Ecstasy, perhaps?”

Celeste’s mouth twitched and she looked at Jim longer this time.

“Excuse me?”

Jim smiled. He could have played the game a little longer, made her feel more comfortable and then begun to strip her of her guard, slowly watching her unease grow until fear gave way to terror. But the need was overpowering. He could almost taste her fear; it was like a magnet drawing his libido.

“You heard me.”

With a weak laugh, as though she were acting like she got the “joke,” Celeste tightened her grip on the steering wheel until the color drained from her knuckles. Jim had seen the same reaction so many times before. They always fooled themselves into thinking it was some kind of joke. A trick played by a stranger who lacked social grace.

Jim lifted the right leg of his jeans and pulled out his boot knife.

“What are you doing?” she asked, her voice quavering.

“Just drive, babe.”

“OhmyGod.”

“What did you expect picking up a total stranger on the side of the road? Geesh, you’re lucky I’m not some kind of psychotic killer.”

She swallowed audibly, her grip still tight on the steering wheel.

“I just want to have a little fun, and if you cooperate daddy’s car won’t get so much as a scratch on it. Who knows? You might not, either.”

She took the next curve even slower than the last.

“You can go the speed limit. Ahead about four or five miles is an access road off to the right. Take it.”

Jim’s left hand took the knife and he touched it to the thing binding her hair. It was a frilly, aqua-colored hair band. She jerked as he sliced into it, nearly causing him to cut her scalp.

“Careful, I don’t want to hurt you.” Yet.

He sliced through the band and her hair burst free. With his left hand, he worked the hair loose. It fell to her shoulders and looked much better.

“How could you think with your hair pulled so tight?”

She said nothing.

“Hair that beautiful shouldn’t be bound.”

Silence. Her face was the level of fear they always had just before they broke into tears and started pleading for their lives. The feminine face of terror was ravishing. Especially when they had such pretty eyes. Sometimes he removed an eye and held it in his mouth so he could fondle it with his tongue. There was nothing quite like a victim seeing Jim’s lips part only to find herself staring into her other eye.

“You’re going to kill me, aren’t you?”

“No, I just want to have you for a little while. Enjoy you. Then you can go on your way.”

“How do you know about this road ahead? Have you been there before? With other women?”

“Just drive.”

Jim slipped the knife between two buttons on her blouse. With a quick motion, he popped them off.

“You’re going to kill me.”

There were tears dripping from her eyes. Tears were good. They were inevitable.

He couldn’t wait to get her to the secluded spot he had used just last night. Of course, his previous victim wasn’t there any longer. He seldom left victims where he killed them. Why make things easier on the authorities?

Jim cut open her bra. Small breasts were freed, but the terror on her face was so distracting. Her breath hitched when she felt the blade trace the contour of her right nipple.

“Cold blade, warm heart,” he whispered.

Celeste was driving faster now. About a mile ahead, just before another curve, was the access road. Jim’s heart beat a frantic rhythm at the thought of getting her out of the car.

“It’s up there on the right, do you see it?” Jim asked.

“Yeah.”

“Slow down a little. If you pass it up, I’ll cut your face. You don’t want a scar for the rest of your life, do you?”

She shook her head.

“Daddy has the money to get a little scar fixed, so I’ll have to make it really nasty,” Jim said as he ran the blade lightly down the side of her face.

“Think daddy would have the money to fix a gash that goes clear to the bone?”

“You do this a lot,” she told him, her tears now ended.

“Enough to know what women don’t like.”

Sometimes a woman got this strange notion that if she did what he wanted and presented herself as being cooperative he might be easier on her. Celeste had gotten to this point rather quickly; Jim had expected a little more pleading, perhaps the offer of daddy’s money.

Jim scooted close to her and cupped her left breast with his right hand as he held the knife to her cheek.

“Thank you,” she whispered.

That was a new one.

“Thank you?” Jim asked.

“For giving me the courage.”

“What? Slow down, you’re going to pass the turn-off, bitch!”

Jim grabbed her smooth leg and lifted her foot from the accelerator. She slammed it back down and turned the steering wheel to the left. The car shot across the southbound lane and then off the shoulder.

“What the fuck are you doing!”

The car barely missed a portion of guardrail that started before the curve. It shot off the edge of the cliff unhindered.

The ocean loomed large. Jim’s heart seized in his chest as if it knew the futility of continuing to beat. He glanced at Celeste, suddenly knowing he’d hitched a ride with the wrong girl—one who’d been contemplating suicide.

Celeste smiled.

Nicole Cushing

FOUND THE TRAVELING VAMPIRE SHOW so riveting that I wanted to explore similar themes, only from a woman’s point of view. I wanted to examine, as Laymon had, both the tender and dark sides of adolescent loss of innocence. As a newer writer of mostly surreal and quiet fiction, I thought it might be fun to play in Mr. Laymon’s backyard for a change.

Apologies ahead of time to the ladies at church, who will likely snub me at bunco night after reading this tale. To the rest of my readers: I hope you enjoy the following hike through my id—an appreciative homage to one of Laymon’s finest works.

Nicole Cushing

E MADE YOUR NIPPLES...scabby?” Deadweight gasped in disbelief, missing the toenail and instead landing a splotch of candy apple red on the nearly vestigial little toe.

“He nibbled on me a lot.”

Her belly rolled as she cackled. “Ewwww...you know, I bet that’s how he’ll remember you. In his little black book of girls, he won’t even remember your name, you’ll always just be ‘Scabby Nipples’ to him.”

Angie’s doe-like brown eyes rolled. “I could say something...”

A flicker of recognition signaled in Deadweight’s eyes when she realized that Deadweight sounded at least as derogatory as Scabby Nipples. But if it had worked, at least Angie would have had a label, too. Angie realized the awkwardness and changed the subject. “You’re so fucking predictable. Get the dirt, then knock my tits.”

Deadweight stopped smiling, and gazed at her behind the glare of what had to be one of the few remaining pairs of coke bottle glasses in existence. “Seriously, you need a friend like me, to keep an eye on you.” Angie noted a creepy defensiveness, combined with almost-maternal condescension. “That guy looked a little rough to be hanging out on under-twenty-one night.”

“Mmm hmm, he was.” Angie closed her eyes, pursed her glossy pink lips into a tight, tiny smile, and remembered. “And more than a little.”

Deadweight finished, scrubbed off the smudge of polish on Angie’s toe, then admired her work. Her eyes lifted from Angie’s toes, up two marble sculpture legs, to curvy thighs wrapped like a package in snug, ragged-fringed jean shorts. Then up to the Kid Rock tee shirt covering the bountiful home of the scabby nipples, and finally to her face. Deadweight envied those big eyes, high cheekbones, and the two tiny arcs of jawbone that met at her dainty chin. “You look hagged out. Were you out all night?”

“Hell yeah.”

“Tired?”

“Gettin’ there.”

“Hickey check before you crash.”

“Oh, shit, I would have forgotten it.”

“I’ve been doing hickey check on you since we were in eighth grade. What are you going to do without me at college?”

Angie’s first thought: Lose Deadweight.

“Reel in Alpha Male.”

“Oh please, a campus full of sensitive poets, and here you go already with your fucking Alpha Males.”

“J.D., the guy last night, he was Alpha Male, and let me tell you...”

“Yeah, yeah. Big dick, monosyllabic. This is Mickey Rivera all over again. Now, stay still.”

Deadweight studied her face. “Hmmm...this guy...kind of weird. Makes your tits all scabby but leaves no trail anywhere else. Leave it to you to find a freaky guy like that. I bet he still lives with his mother, and still sucks on her each night to satiate his titty fetish. I wonder if he makes his mommy’s titties all scabby.” She grinned with teeth that weren’t quite crooked, or quite straight.

Angie sighed. “You just wish some guy, any guy would bother making your tits scabby.”

Deadweight glared. “That was uncalled for.” Her eyes flinched in their sockets the way they had when Angie would pull a pigtail when they were little.

“Ummm...wait, before we get into this...You’re the one who’s been ragging on me. I just say one thing and...”

“I was kidding; that wasn’t kidding.”

“Relax, kidding is in the eye of the beholder. Okay?”

Her glare relaxed, but her mouth still tensed. “Just because I don’t have a different guy each week doesn’t mean I’m ugly.”

Angie looked up at Deadweight. Her cousin, underling, and sometimes-confidante oozed a broken-spiritedness that hadn’t been in since the days of grunge and heroin chic. Only, she couldn’t possibly pull off the waif look until she dropped a hundred pounds. Beyond her size and her despondence, there were other things. Those thick glasses caked with smudges. The acne which, even at eighteen, clustered in colonies on her forehead and chin. Deadweight’s attempts to match Angie’s fashion sense slammed against the reality of the girls’ disproportionate family incomes.

To see the two of them together served as a compelling testament to the power of nurture over nature. The defining features of their matrilineal clan lingered over both. Each had wide hips, ample breasts, and most defining of all, the Roman nose and pouty mouth. Yet, as if subjected to an experiment, each had been raised in homes as different as two sisters can be.

“I didn’t say you were ugly. Look, I’m really, really tired. We shouldn’t fight like this our last summer together. No more fights, okay?”

“Oh, I see, the commoner did your nails, served her purpose, so now you need to crash. Who’s going to do mine?”

Angie remembered Deadweight’s brittle, chipped nails. She got up and pulled the bed sheets down. “Tomorrow. Right now I have to crash, and this headache’s killing me.”

Deadweight looked on.

“Good Byyyyyyeee.”

It stabbed and released, over and over again with the rhythm of rutting. Each pain in her skull reminding her of J.D. clawing into her, slurping and sucking on her nipples, then biting and thrusting into her. He gave no pause before crashing into her like high tide in winter, and she had succumbed gratefully.

She woke up damp. Wet between her thighs, wet atop her skin, and frozen to the marrow. Someone kept on knocking on the door, and calling to her. She found her panties and nightshirt tossed to the floor. She scrambled to put them on, stumbled and fell onto the hardwood floor. The knocking at the door continued, and the knocking in her head resumed, now like a hammer driving a nail deeper and deeper into her brain. She crawled to the door. Bracing herself with the handle, she pulled herself up from the ground. She turned the knob.

Deadweight stood just outside, frowning. “Aren’t you going? You’ve been hiding out in there all day.”

She glanced out the window. Nighttime. “Going...where?”

“To the outlets. We were supposed to find me some new shorts, remember?”

“Oh, I...” Her teeth chattered and pricked her gums. “Ouch.”

“Something isn’t right. You’re sick.”

“My mouth...fuck!”

“Here, let me see.” Deadweight flicked on the light switch.

The only hint of color in the girl’s body was the thin scribbles of blue veins around her wrists, the undersides of her elbows, and her legs. Something had bleached her skin an impossible white. Her dirty blonde hair, brown eyes and candy apple nail polish now stood out as awkward anachronisms from days of life and color.

Deadweight screamed her throat raw. “Oh God, what the fuck’s happened to you?”

Muffled voices from downstairs. “What’s wrong up there?” She heard the clanking lever of her father’s Lay-Z-Boy. His steel-toed footsteps bounded up the stairs, creaking the hardwood. Squeak, pound. Squeak, pound. Deadweight continued to shriek.

New instincts asserted themselves. The pounding inside Angie’s head grew less severe, less foreign. It now served as a new pulse, a psychic one picking up where the physical one ended. She tried to tell Deadweight to shut up, but it came out as a hiss and a snarl. Frustrated by her inability to tell Deadweight exactly what she thought of her, she summed it up by flipping her the vampiric bird.

Yellow and red flew past her, followed by a ghostly rush of air. The window flinched twice in two seconds. Then the door flew open, and Deadweight turned to face Uncle Ray. “She’s left.”

She told the police, Uncle Ray, and Aunt Charlotte everything that she thought they’d believe. Angie had gone out with an older man known only as J.D. He had been rough with her. By the next evening she disappeared without a trace.

The result netted Deadweight notoriety, the closest she’d come to popularity since she’d boarded the bus for first grade. For a while, her classmates even stopped calling her Deadweight and actually used “Becky.” In the vacuum of information left by a true vanishing like this one, the gossip mill needed answers, and had no one better to turn to. Had Angie been there to navigate her through the gauntlet of stares and eavesdropping, she could have perhaps turned it to the advantage of her social status. Yet instead she floundered, a moon with no planet around which to revolve.

Rain rattled the roof and crisp static thunder ripped open the sky the Friday night in February that Angie came back. She pawed at the window like a stray until Deadweight woke up. Deadweight tensed in her bed as if bound and felt her gastrointestinal reflux worsen. Bile and vomit tickled the back of her throat. Sleepdust crusted her eyes half-open. A raspy muffled voice barely made it past the rain and the window.

“Hey Deadweight, it’s me, Scabby Nipples.”

She slinked to her nightstand and fetched a Bible. She thrust it forward. “That only works with crosses. I really don’t have time for this.”

Deadweight answered aloud. “Don’t have time? You have eternity.”

“Deadweight...”

“Yeah?”

“I’m pregnant.”

Deadweight let her dry off with the comforter. There, drenching her bed, sat an honest-to-god, five-month pregnant, naked vampire. She’d lost some of her wildness and much of her confidence since she disappeared. Her shapely hips and still-scabby tits had retreated onto her emaciated frame. Out of modesty or repulsion, Deadweight shoved a terrycloth robe toward her. “You look awful.”

“Let me guess, all hagged out?”

“Seriously...”

“I haven’t fed...almost at all...rats mostly...I have no fucking thirst. I can’t fucking feed on people. What sort of loser vampire am I?”

Deadweight glanced at her belly. “How the fuck...”

“I don’t know...I guess his vampire jizz had a date with my vampire egg.”

“But, you’re both...”

“I know...”

A smile crept onto Deadweight’s face. “Just another preggers teen with bad teeth. In this town, it’s the perfect cover.”

Angie glared and growled. “This situation isn’t permanent, you know.”

“Angie, abortion isn’t always...”

“Shoosh your youth group talk.”

“You’ll be emotionally scarred for life!”

Angie cackled. “Now...at this point...you’re worried about that? I think that’s going to be par for the course, babe. Besides, the fetus, my baby...it can’t be alive anyway, right?”

“I have no clue. Could it be alive?”

“Not if I’m dead.”

“How are you going to do it?”

“Find me a phone book.”

Angie had only gone to one or two places where the air felt as heavy as that inside the abortion clinic. The AIDS testing clinic at the health department had been one, and the funeral home where they’d said goodbye to grandma and pop-pop had been another. All places where life and death mingled in an uneasy alliance. Angie wore jeans, an oversized sweater, and an overcoat for the occasion. The receptionist sat in the lobby, confirming that she was a girl here for an appointment, and not a fundamentalist terror bomber. “Name, honey?”

“Jenny D’Angelo.”

Deadweight rolled her eyes. She told Angie that with skin so pale, she should have picked an Irish pseudonym, not an Italian one.

“Yes, ten o’clock. You’re...”

“Early, yes, I know...”

The receptionist tried to smile the sort of knowing smile that older women flash when seeing a younger woman pass through a biological rite of passage. First period, first intercourse, first pregnancy. First abortion.

They sat and read six-month-old issues of People. “Ow!” Angie flinched, her mouth scrunching into a grimace.

“What’s the matter?”

“The little fucker,” Angie hissed, “just gnawed at me.” Deadweight groaned and pursed her lips in disgust.

Angie scanned the rest of the room. Two other girls waited. One older, probably in her mid-twenties. The other younger, fifteen at the oldest. Funny, how her gaunt, pale, frightened expression fit in among them.

The baby bit her womb again. Harder. She winced. Rose-tinted sweat began to bead on her forehead. Her head began pounding again, this time with the frequency of respiration. The fifteen-year-old approached and tapped her wrist. “What’s wrong?”

What’s wrong. “Wrong...wrong...” She heard the words over and over, in time with the pounding inside her skull. A blurry image formed in front of her. The fifteen-year-old lay spread in front of an older boy. “This is wrong...nooo...it hurts! It’s too big!” she screamed. The boy grinned and huffed atop her. No boy, wait...a man. Not just a man.

“Daddy...stop it...” The image focused. The man withdrew from her bleeding anus and plunged immediately into her vagina.

Angie paused and heard the sobs waiting inside this girl, then another series of images flashed through her head. More daddies, more sobs, more rapes, more pregnancies, but...no more abortions. Her own fetus nibbled at her insides even more swiftly. Then it all clicked.

Angie now drooled a foamy blood. Her eyes twinkled yellow and green, and her lips and teeth grew to a snarling, savage maw. Panic dinned throughout the waiting room. The frumpy receptionist tentatively called for both girls to take their seats.

Angie lifted the oversized sweat suit top, and dug hungry teeth into the girl’s belly. Layers of skin and muscle yielded little resistance, and shredded bits of them dangled from her gut. The twenty-something and receptionist fled, squealing. Angie shivered as the girl shrieked with a terror reminiscent of the night her Daddy knocked her up. She ended it quickly, grabbing the incest-fetus by its neck, and shaking her maw until it cracked. The pounding in her skull slammed her like bricks now. “No memory, no memory...no memory...”

She repeated the words. “No memory, no Daddy, no rape.” The eviscerated gut healed, strands of skin reassembling themselves. The girl quieted, even cooed, then slept.

Deadweight looked over at Angie. “What the fuck was that about?”

Angie stood over the girl, mouth crusting with infant blood, her skin flushing with ruddiness unseen since the night she’d turned. In her womb her own infant rested, its thirst quenched by the blood and the healing. That day was the last that Deadweight actually saw Angie. Angie stayed close, though. Watching Deadweight...watching Becky outgrow her awkwardness. Watching her, and waiting, in case she ever needed her.

Weston Ochse

T WAS AT THE World Horror Convention in Denver, Colorado that I met Dick Laymon. One minute we were being introduced, the next minute we were talking like we were old friends. A half-an-hour went by before we noticed that the people around us were burning a pentagram in the carpet.

The next day as we walked across the glassed-in walkway from one part of the hotel to another, we saw a group of protestors down below, decrying the use of animals for medical research.

“I wish I had a poster board,” I said.

“Why?” he asked.

“So I could write on it how we’re dismembering kitties on the fifth floor and quickly running out of them. PLEASE SEND MORE!”

Dick shot me a wide toothy grin. Above that, in his widening eyes as he comprehended the humorous malevolence of my plan, was a look of such childish glee, I knew that given the right tools, we could stir the crowd into such an uproar that the doctors and research technicians would be forgotten.

And their rage would find giggling, our joke lost upon them.

Weston Ochse

OMETIMES DURING THE night I wake to find my body shivering with frenetic memories of the old me. Cocaine and LSD had been my high-octane energy for over twenty years; happy Janus, psychotropic dreams responsible for my best times, my worst times, two divorces, the loss of eighteen girlfriends, my last nine jobs, and the death of both my wife and my son.

Even though I’d been sober for three years now, my body still remembered. I could never be sure whether my spasming muscles were the result of my body begging for another hit or if chemicals were still racing along the closed loop of my system. Whatever the cause, at 4:02 this morning, I awoke on sweat-soaked sheets and tried not to cry. As always. I stared at the ceiling and tried to imagine who I could have been, what I could have done.

And as always, I failed.

The world was filled with too many reminders. Like the white stucco drips on the ceiling, forever dangling above my head and reminding me of my nose and the way it had drip-dripped after seventy-two-hour nights of blurry-faced women, disco lights, and the rugged search for another fix.

I fought but the memories took hold.

The walls closed in.

The ceiling descended until I was tempted to sniff, ready to strip the very paint from it. Shadows reached out and embraced me, crushing, promising serenity within soft, impossible darkness.

Unable to free myself from the paranoia and need, I threw on a gray sweatshirt and a pair of jeans, grabbed a pair of gym shoes and within minutes was walking the early morning streets, trading the monotony of my steps for the nightmares of my life. Times like these were like a hard crash. A body can only take so much. Once the chemicals outnumber the white-blood cells, life signs take a dive and you crash down. Back when I was still tripping, my cure for the crash was a day in the spa, sweating out my addiction while beefy Russians pounded my bones back into a recognizable shape.

Now, my only cure was to walk.

Walk and try not to think.

I was almost alone with only a street sweeper, a few early morning commuters, and paper delivery trucks to accompany me in my misery. Even so, the quietness of the city during these moments was the therapy my over-medicated body required. Like a psychic salve, the very lack of humanity stilled jangling nerves that were too much like the frenzied traffic of midday.

Fourteen blocks later, shoulders hunched, eyes down and hands shoved deep within my pockets, I noticed the man standing upon a stepladder in the middle of an empty sidewalk. I slowed, then shook my head to give the image a chance to dissipate before I actually began believing it, certain I was in the midst of one my thrice-weekly flashbacks.

I closed my eyes.

But when I reopened them the man was still there, now reaching into the air with his right hand. His face held a smile of such splendor it made my heart ache. I remembered one of my more lucid moments, when I’d worn that very same smile as I placed my five-year-old son upon the bus on his first day of school.

Above me on the stepladder, the man’s gaze alternated between joy and sadness, all the while spotting the concrete sidewalk with tears. He mumbled to the air, threw back his head and laughed.

I slowed, curious about a man whose dementia seemed to match my own. My city-raised instinct for tragedy was well-honed and I knew that behind the precariously perched man atop the ladder in the empty city morning there was a story. Still, rather than disturb him, I would have stood there and allowed the man his privacy as I tried to imagine what thing could have driven him to such an end.

Ultimately, he over-balanced and fell hard to the ground. I hurried over and offered my hand, but jerked it back as he began first giggling, then laughing, until his uproarious guffaws echoed down the empty street.

Although my empathy was strong, I have to admit that discovering somebody on the higher end of the Fucked Up Scale made me feel better. Sandy-haired, blue eyes, slim with a blue pinstriped button-down shirt and blue jeans, he seemed to be just an average Joe.

He could be me.

He could be an accountant.

Just goes to show, I suppose. The domesticated were so terrified of the squeegee men, the homeless, and the crack heads. It would rock their world to know that death and insanity preferred not to dress down.

Although I felt guilty staring at this spectacle of a man as he fought with his personal demons, I was unable to move on. I was too curious. So I stood there and empathized, my arms askew and ready, not knowing if in the next instant I would be helping or warding off an impending blow. He saved me from my indecision.

“Have you ever seen what happens to a body after a long fall?”

Before I could answer the strange question, he continued.

“People think that skin is such a weak and tender thing. A husk too fragile to contain the incredible miracle of life. Sure, we all remember the skinned knees and the stitches of our youth, but falling is so much different. God or whatever malicious being created us knew what He was doing. One would think a person would explode, you know?”

He rolled into a kneeling position. His hand caressed a section of the sidewalk as if it were a child’s cheek, and he stared at a spot high in the air, seeing something I couldn’t. I was uncomfortable, embarrassed, and the humanity in me demanded I walk away. But the voyeur within took charge and held me fast.

“I used to be a father,” he sighed. “There’s something special about being a father. The perfect love you see in the most casual glance of a child. The knowledge that your every word, every action, has tremendous consequence. Being a father is all about love. It’s a scary love, you know?”

“Yes,” I said before I even realized the word had escaped.

He turned and stared at me as if he was just realizing he had an audience. The pained icy-blue of his eyes pierced me and we shared an intimacy that sliced far deeper than love. I didn’t even breathe.

Why had I spoken?

Why?

It was the Scary Love comment, of course—such a perfect description for the terrifying reality of fatherhood. So much could go wrong. You didn’t need to be there. A father’s influence transcended time, space, and reason. Scary Love indeed. The tragedy, of course, was that the child didn’t know enough to be scared as well.

The man’s eyes were now focused firmly upon me as if he was reading my thoughts. He smiled wistfully and nodded, then gazed up at the high windows of the thirty-story building behind us.

“You really never know what’s going to happen. You can plan. You can sign them up for the best schools. Buy them the finest clothes. Partition them from the vulgarities of life. But after all that, you better be sure to pray that whatever fickle entity is in charge of the universe that day is busy enough to leave you alone.”

He leaned over like a Moslem at prayer and placed his forehead against the sidewalk. Softly, he rubbed his cheek against the rough surface and cooed. Anyone else might have laughed. I could not. More than empathy, there was a similarity of pain. I no longer wished to leave. I ignored the muscles of my right calf as they began to twitch in anticipation of a fast run.

“It was one of those days when everything went wrong, you know?”

Didn’t I, though. I’d survived a thousand days like that. The day after tripping through the pulsating halls of Forever Never Land where I was God and God was me and my spleen was splashed across the sky. Each of those days had been a drop from the glory of divinity into the malicious depravity of humanity.

“Emily, my wife, awoke late for work. So late, she didn’t even have time to take Jericho to the sitters. When she left, I was still mostly asleep. Hell, I’d only been home for a few hours. A business trip, you know?”

A giggle escaped the man. Stifling the sound with the back of a hand, he stood. He picked up the fallen stepladder and set it back into place. There were only five steps, but as he ascended each, it looked like he left a small piece of his unsteadiness behind, until with his feet perched upon the next to the top step, he rose to his full height and his face turned beatifically sane.

“I can feel him here. Right here,” he said, holding a hand out into the air. “A part of him is in the pavement, but that’s only his sad part—the part that felt the pain. It was as if his soul paused while his body bounced. The rest of him is here. Sometimes, when I’m standing up here, I can see him. Especially in the mornings, because that’s when it happened. Yes, in the mornings when there’s nobody else around and all is silent. Sometimes,” the word was almost garbled in a sob, “he speaks to me.”

The man and the ladder and his son and the story suddenly coalesced and the reality of it all drove me to my knees. Heaviness filled my heart and moved outwards, locking my body in a breathless grip.

I’d heard enough.

Too much.

I wanted to stand and run. Like a bad trip, however, I was locked within the progression of events.

A door opened in the building and a woman skipped down the stairs, a briefcase in one hand and a newspaper in the other. She sidestepped the ladder, her gaze sailing across our spectacle. My mouth and hands were unable to work so I reached out with my mind and begged her to free me. She paused as if she’d actually heard my pathetic psychic plea, then shook her head and continued on her way.

It seemed that our world was only meant for two.

I tried to ignore the man when he started speaking again.

I tried to blot out his existence with happy memories, but I had none.

As he spoke of his dead son, I remembered my own.

“Days like this, I can almost hear him laugh. Jericho had the most wonderful laugh, but then I suppose all sons do.”

Yes, I thought. All of them do. Right up until the point where they discover their father is a beast.

“I used to be a day trader, watching the computer as if it were a crystal ball. I was good at it, too. Sure, I made some small mistakes, but by the end of each week I was far enough ahead they were forgotten. Sometimes, while feeding Little Jerry and watching the numbers slide by. I’d jab his cheek with a spoonful of food. Instead of being irritated, the fool kid would laugh at me. It was as if he understood my embarrassment. To get me back on track, he’d yell, ‘Crash’.”

Every molecule of my body cringed at the word.

Crash.

It was one of the few words in the English language that sounded just like the event it stood for. A split-second impact, the crunch of metal, the shattering of glass, the screams of the dying, all woven together in the incredible static hiss of a Crash.

“We used to play the old landing of the plane game with me making motor sounds and swooping in with a full spoon. For a while, it was the only way he would eat.”

Motor, swoop, land.

Motor, swoop, land.

“When I wasn’t paying attention and the spoon missed his mouth, I’d smile and tell him that Daddy crashed. Pretty soon, even that was a game. He’d beg me to do it, yelling, ‘Daddy Crash’.”

Oh, God, please let this stop. Of all of the streets in the city, why had I chosen to walk this one?

“I felt so cool when he said that. So in charge.”

Didn’t I know it? Drugs could make you feel that way. Like an earthbound God, your every movement was an attempt at release, because you know that if you were ever freed, you could become part of existence itself.

“That morning I ignored his cries. I kept telling myself just a few more minutes then I’ll get up. Just a little more sleep was all I needed. I remember rolling over and wishing he’d stop making such a racket. Then I heard a real crash.” He giggled. “I thought he’d tipped over a glass or something.”

I closed my eyes.

“Funny thing. He’d never seemed to notice the windows before. He didn’t even realize what a tremendous view we had. I mean, seriously. Four bedrooms and floor-to-ceiling windows are what most couples dream of. My wife loved the view.”

My own wife had begged me not to drive that day. She told me I was fucked up and I remember smiling at her, admiring the way the purple and yellow hues swirled just beneath her skin. She was so beautiful with the psycho-paisley addition. I remember reaching out to touch the electric colors, not in fear of her voltage, but looking forward to an electric sting. To this day, I could swear I was using just one hand, but when she screamed and I looked down, I noticed I was using both of them.

I remember wondering who was driving the car. The doctors and the police and the judge insisted it’d been me, but I told them, How could I have been driving when my hands weren’t even on the wheel?

“When I heard the third crash from the living room, I finally pulled myself out of bed. Like always, the Little Man was in his walker. He was in the living room and when he saw me, he laughed and screamed, ‘Crash’. Jericho had gotten to the point where he was almost ready to walk, you know? He’d stand up in the hard plastic walker and boy those little legs could move. He’d propel himself from one side of the house to the other like a little Mario Andretti with a death wish. I was wiping the sleep from my eyes when I noticed the cracks in the living room window. I just couldn’t move fast enough, you know? He headed straight for it laughing and screaming ‘crash’ the entire way, you know? This time, he went right through. I ran and fell to my knees and leaned out, watching him fall the last five stories. I watched as he struck the pavement and bounced. It seemed like such a huge bounce. I remember my screams as he hit again. That time his bounce was so small.”

They said I’d driven our Mazda off the fourth story of the parking garage. They said that my son and I were lucky to be alive. When I rolled my wheelchair into his room that night, I no longer felt lucky. It’s a terrible thing to be condemned by a ten-year-old and the glare of blame and hatred he sent my way was too much—probably the reason why I didn’t fight when my mother-in-law took me to court for custody.

“And do you know what’s really funny?”

Life is.

“My first instinct was to spank him. Can you believe that? I was going to spank my dead son!”

The suddenness of reality throws us all off track.

“Our priest told us that my little boy is in Heaven now. The doctors said that he never felt the bounce...that he was unconscious before he hit the ground. I think the both of them are clueless,” he said, an edge shading his tone. “I still remember Jericho’s screams...and I remember when they abruptly stopped. And there is no Heaven, either. If there is, then why is my boy’s soul still here?”

I jerked my head up and stared.

“What do you mean?” I asked, feeling his answer was somehow important.

“You ever been to a Civil War battlefield? Ever notice how quiet it is, as if the birds and nature itself is somehow subdued. Battlefields are somber places. It’s almost as if you can feel a certain heaviness about them. The reason’s simple, really. When people die, their souls remain in place. They don’t enter a fucking white light. They don’t transcend. Hell, nobody even comes back as a silly Hindu cockroach if their karma is all skewed. People die and their soul stays where they die. Simple.”

“So then graveyards?”

“Are nothing more than a place for the living. I betcha people all over the world know this, but it’d be crazy as hell if there was a headstone in every place a person died. Imagine that. Why, the interstates would be fucking impassible.”

His words had a certain logic. During my peyote days, I remember some of my Navaho friends telling me about their belief in what they termed A Sense of Place. I remember driving through Arizona and New Mexico and seeing shrines all along the roads; each one a crazy syncretic mixture of Catholicism and Old-Time Religion—each one a place where someone had died.

“So when I die, it means that there will be no great reunion where all of my family greets me at the Pearly Gates. Wherever I die, I’ll be alone, unless of course some other poor schmuck died in the same place. What would your choice be—spending your death with a stranger, alone, or with your family?”

People were beginning to make their way to work. More than a few passersby gave us strange looks—glances of domesticated reason I hadn’t seen since my days of psychedelic roaming. Even more cursed our impediment to their paths. High up on the building the sun was winking off the glassy surfaces of the windows. The man squinted as if he was seeking one window in particular.

“Funny thing about death, something I never in a million years would’ve guessed. Even if it’s your fault, the dead forgive you. Like it’s a rule or something, you know? When Jericho speaks with me he never mentions my mistake.”

The words speared me.

When Jericho speaks with me...

The man shook his head as if it was still unbelievable and backed down the stepladder. He folded it, gripped it sideways, and turned toward me, standing as straight as if the burdens of life had been lifted from his shoulders. His face, previously a blend of sad reminiscence and happy insanity, was now stoic with determination.

“Hold this, will you? I’m not going to be needing it any longer.”

I stood there, gripping the rough wood as he entered the building. I imagined him almost whistling as he pressed the UP button on the elevator. This stranger had solved the equation I’d spent the better part of my life trying to figure out. This man understood...as my own son understood. No longer would I ask the empty heavens why.

Two years to the date of the accident, I’d received a call from my mother-in-law. For some peculiar reason, I was sober, acid-free and only experiencing the second day of a cocaine glide—coincidence, really.

“It’s all your fault,” she’d screamed.

I thought she was talking about her daughter, again. I thought she was going to lay some more blame on me for killing my wife, but it was a terribly different message. Amidst her tears and raw rage I heard the very worst.

My son had committed suicide.

At sixteen, he was dead.

My sweet boy had taken the elevator to the fourth floor of the parking garage that had changed all of our lives and leapt to join his mother.

And now I knew why.

“Even if it’s your fault, the dead forgive you,” the man had said.

I turned, the weight of the ladder awkward against my side. Other pedestrians shuffled out of my way, no doubt wondering why a man was carrying a ladder down the sidewalk. I could see their lack of understanding in their eyes.

I was half a block away when I heard the glass shatter. A second after that, I heard screams and the fleshy impact of a body bouncing. I didn’t turn back. I didn’t have time. I had an appointment with my family...and if their souls had indeed crashed, I knew a way to be with them.

Forever.

Mark McLaughlin

ACH YEAR, WORLD Horror Con has a contest where writers compete to see who can read the grossest story. That’s the Gross-Out Contest, and it’s usually held on the Saturday of the convention at midnight. Richard Laymon was one of the judges, and that’s how I knew him. I was one of the regular competitors.

In the earlier days in the competition, I was one of the first to use character voices and act out things a bit. Every year, back when Dick was a judge, he would see me in the hall of the hotel and say things like, “Mark! Can’t wait to see what you’re going to do this year!” And of course that would inspire me to do something extra special! I didn’t want to disappoint Richard Laymon!

Mike McCarty and I have been friends for years, and I remember the first time Mike went to World Horror Con and tried his hand at the Gross-Out Contest. He read a story about a constipated cannibal, and even did a little acting—in particular, he pantomimed the part where the cannibal had to do some straining to push a delivery out the back door (so to speak). Dick Laymon was laughing so hard it made his eyes water.

For this tribute to Dick, Mike and I created a gross-out story that includes some themes from Dick’s fiction. For example, you’ll find vampires that might not really be vampires—and plenty of no-holds-barred action. We think Dick would have enjoyed it!

Michael McCarty & Mark McLaughlin

T WAS SATURDAY night and we were driving through the desert in my father’s campaign minivan, looking for some goddamn vampire cave. Let me introduce myself. My name is Tommy Wharton and I’m the mayor’s son. I’m “big-boned”—also known as overweight. But then, I come from a long line of obese politicians. My great-granddaddy was a chubby alderman, my grandpa was an overweight sheriff, and I’ve already told you about dad. I guess genetics has predetermined that I’m destined to become some public official who’s afraid to step on the scales. If that’s true, I’m going to side-step the local politico scene and become a fat-cat senator of this fair state of ours.

Of course, having a political dad and being so big-boned made me a sitting target for all the jocks. My underwear was constantly in wedgy mode. They taunted me constantly, calling me names like Tubby Wart-buns or Flabby Weigh-a-ton.

I’ve never had that many friends, so when a gorgeous, slinky, full-lipped Goth girl named Raven sat across from me in study hall, I was in shock. She surely hadn’t meant to sit at my table. Nobody ever sat at my table.

But there she was, actually making eye contact. She even spoke. “Hi. You’re the mayor’s kid, right? Rich kid like you, I bet you’ve got your own wheels.”

My heart almost stopped. I could hardly breathe. “Oh, sure!” I wheezed out the lie. “Lots of wheels.” Yeah, Dad was rich—but me? My allowance was beyond pathetic.

She nodded. “Cool. You afraid of vampires?”

“Uhh...what?”

“Vampires? The undead? Do they frighten you?”

I’d never really thought about it before. So I mulled over it for about fifteen seconds and finally said, “Nope. Guess not.”

“Good,” she said, licking her lips. “So you’d be cool with driving me and my friends out in the desert to find the vampire’s cave tomorrow night?”

The thought of being in the dark with Raven was too tempting to pass up, even though the possibility of finding the cave of a mythological being out of literature and cheesy horror movies was beyond ridiculous.

“Yeah, I’m down with that,” I said, trying to sound like some rap star with his name shaved into his hair, but only sounding like a nerdy fat white kid.

So that’s how I ended up being the designated driver for the doom-and-gloom gang. Let me introduce the rest of that downbeat motley crew.

They all were dressed as though they’d been invited to Bela Lugosi’s funeral.

First there was Raven, who looked like a cross between sexy low-budget horror-movie hostess Elvira and Britney Spears—except with real breasts. I never got to feel them, but hey, fake boobs cost big bucks, and Raven wasn’t exactly swimming in cash.

Next there was her best friend and rumored lover, Lady Katrina, who could never have passed through an airport metal detector without setting off the alarm. She had dozens of piercings—in her ears, nose, tongue, belly button and God-only-knows where else.

Then there was Rooster, a big beefy guy with a mohawk, and Shakes, a nerdy-looking chain-smoking girl with stringy red hair who had muscle spasms if she didn’t take her meds. Next in this lineup of the social elite was Bones, a short, lanky guy with a goatee and Buddy-Holly-style glasses who had his nose buried in some Poppy Z. Brite paperback for most of the trip.

Raven said she’d figured out that Dracula’s cave was in our neck of the woods—or rather, desert—after seeing some old drive-in movie from the seventies on cable at three a.m. That tipped me off that perhaps Raven wasn’t the brightest bulb in the marquee, but hey, I wasn’t about to inform her of her grand ignorance. Stupid people don’t want to hear that they’re stupid, just like fat boys like me aren’t crazy about being told that their underpants could be used as a boat cover.

Anyway. The film she mentioned was some el cheapo Western horror pic—B-movie? Try Y or Z—about some cowboy, Buffalo Bill or somebody like that, fighting to save a town from the evil Baron Draconi. Raven informed me that Baron Draconi had been played by horror great Belphagor LeMorte. This may just be my suspicious imagination working overtime, but I’m guessing he was some lame-ass Bela Lugosi wannabe.

Raven said she had a few paperbacks about old movies at her place, and she’d read that the screenwriter, Leon Prentiss, had stumbled across an actual vampire cave in the desert when he and some buds had gone camping—outside of our town—back in the ’60s. So he’d used the cave as the basis for the movie.

So for two fucking hours, I drove around in the desert, looking for a vampire cave and listening to the Goth crew argue about it.

“I’m telling you,” Rooster said, “Baron Draconi was from Transylvania. He never lived in America.”

“But like other Europeans, he left the religious persecution of his own country to come to the land of the free,” Raven stated.

“But they fear crosses—and that’s religious,” Lady Katrina said.

“Yeah, like holy water!” Bones shouted.

“It sounds like a lot of bullshit if you ask me,” Rooster said. I wanted to say that nobody had asked him, but well, I just didn’t want to get involved. Frankly, I wanted to stop the van and tell them all to get the hell out, but I just didn’t have the guts. Plus, I was already really nervous because I’d borrowed the van without asking my folks. Dad was out of town on a business trip (with his secretary, no big surprise there), and Mom was out getting drunk with Lorenzo the gardener (no surprise there either), but still, I didn’t have any parental permission, and that had me a little freaked out. “Please don’t fight,” Shakes said in a creepy, trembling whine. “It’s giving me a sore stomach.”

But nobody listened to Shakes, and the argument went on and on. After a while I stopped paying attention—probably because I had the rearview mirror adjusted so I could look up Raven’s short black-leather skirt to see her panties. Or rather, where her panties would have been if she’d been wearing them.

The sun was starting to set. I was beginning to think I’d passed this one big cactus about a million times. I was definitely wasting my time and my dad’s gasoline, which no doubt had been paid for by the good citizens of our fair city.

Then Rooster suddenly shouted, “Shit! Look over there! To the left, see it? Between that dead tree and that boulder!”

I had to squint. My eyes weren’t that good even with my glasses, but I could see what the big guy was talking about. It looked like some sort of opening in the side of a rocky hill. Hell, maybe it was the long-forgotten cave of Baron Draconi. Or more to the point, maybe I’d get to bump against Raven’s butt in the darkness. Or brush against her majestic gothic ta-tas.

I drove toward the hill, and the opening began to look more and more like the mouth of a mine, with two wooden beams on either side and one across the top.

Draconi’s mine? Was the vampire Baron also a prospector, looking for gold? The idea seemed more preposterous than ever—and it was ridiculous to start with.

I stopped the van.

“This is it,” Raven said, breathy with excitement.

“This isn’t a cave,” Rooster said. “I think it’s a...a...one of those tunnels you get gold out of.”

“Mine,” I said.

“It belongs to you?” Shakes said. “God, you rich kids get all the cool stuff. So if it’s yours, how come it took you so long to find the place?”

“No...” I shook my head. “It’s a mine, as in: let’s go dig in the mine.”

“A cave, a mine—it’s dark and cool. The perfect place for a vampire,” Raven whispered.

“It’s so mysteriously delicious,” Lady Katrina said in a low purring tone. I wouldn’t have minded rubbing against her in the dark, too—so long as I didn’t get gouged by any of her body piercings.

The Goth gang had brought some matches and candles. Long, white, delicately tapered dinner-table candles. Fortunately, I’d brought a flashlight and some extra batteries. So I became the self-appointed leader of the expedition, even though that meant I couldn’t bump or rub against Raven, Lady Katrina or even Shakes, since I was in front.

The mine was supported by beams for about fifty feet—and then it branched into a natural cave formation, which looked to be about fifteen feet high. The cave was dark, damp and chilly. I could even see my breath in the beam of the flashlight.

Thinking back, I’m guessing some miners had started digging a tunnel, and then had broken through into the cave. There were no tracks leading into the mine...In the movies, mines always have tracks for those little wheeled carts that carry stuff in and out. That meant that this mine had never actually been used as a mine.

If we’d figured that out at the time, that might have been a tip-off that things weren’t all hunky-dory in the underground...

Raven was on my left side and Bones was on my right. I guess he’d finished the Poppy novel. Rooster was behind me, clutching an unlit candle. I wasn’t quite sure why—maybe he found comfort in gripping that smooth shaft. Lady Katrina and Shakes were behind Rooster.

I could hear the constant dripping of water from the tips of the stalec...mites or tites, whatever you call the hangy ones. They kind of reminded me of my grandma’s boobs. At one point we all had to jump across a narrow stream swarming with small, ugly white fish. I heard somewhere that fish in caves are blind—it could be true, though these little suckers weren’t wearing dark glasses or being led around by even smaller fish.

I heard a growl.

I felt extremely embarrassed, thinking that the jumbo bag of potato chips I’d eaten all by myself was starting to turn my intestinal tract into a gastric wind tunnel.

Then the growling grew louder.

With relief, I realized it wasn’t coming from my belly. Rather, it was echoing down from the passage ahead of us.

Hanging upside down like bats from the roof of the cave were two bloated, seven-foot-long winged creatures with horns and pointed tails.

“Vampires!” Raven said. “Oh my God, real-life vampires!”

“They don’t look like vampires to me,” Bones said. “They’re not humanoid. They’re too...blobby.”

“Well, maybe some look blobby. You wouldn’t know. Have you ever met a vampire?” Raven asked.

“Ummmm, no,” Bones admitted. “But neither have you.”

“Well, I know a vampire when I see one,” Rooster said. He walked up to the closest creature, which started to growl again. “From the bowels of the Earth, they emerged...To feed their unholy thirst,” the Goth-boy intoned. “Hey, you. Vampire guy. Bite me. Please bite me.” He cocked his head to one side. “Bite me here.” He pointed to his throat.

The creature dropped down from the cave roof with a fleshy plop. Then it gathered itself up and stood in front of Rooster, dwarfing him.

The creature had coal-red eyes, a flat, catlike nose and huge pointed ears. It looked down at the Goth and shook its head.

“Oh. What about here?” Rooster pointed to his wrist.

The creature shook its head again.

“Well, where do you want to bite me?” Rooster asked.

The creature looked down toward his hips.

“Wow, the vampire wants to go oral. Anne Rice was right!” Rooster said, unbuckling his belt and lowering his pants. He wasn’t wearing any underwear. He was a big guy, but not in the crotch department. But hey, it was a cold cave.

The creature slumped down, leaned forward, spun him around with the claws on the ends of its wings—and began to suck on Rooster’s ass.

At first the Goth had a really scary look of bliss on his face. But then that expression of bliss changed to concern, terror and excruciating pain—in that order.

The creature sucked out all of his shit with a series of loud, sickening slurps. When there was no shit left, it sucked out the intestines, spooling them out of his backside like a greedy child sucking down spaghetti—except the plate doesn’t scream while the kid is having his meal. The bloated monster continued to suck, drawing out all of Rooster’s blood and organs, until he was just an empty carcass covered with a tight layer of skin.

I suppose we could have run away while it was doing all that. But hell, who’s going to run when there’s a show like that going on? A person has to watch—it can’t be helped.

Shakes fainted. Lady Katrina threw up.

“What type of vampires suck shit?” Raven said.

“News flash,” I said. “Those ain’t vampires.”

Bones nodded. “Fatso’s right. I think those are demons, like Beelzebub or Asmodeus.”

“Thanks for the vote of confidence, Four-Eyes,” I said. “Hell, those damned freaks are Beelzebutt and Assmodeus. Now let’s stop blabbering and get the Hell out of here.”

Beelzebutt tossed away Rooster’s shriveled husk and began to move toward us. The creature’s puckered mouth stretched out into a gore-streaked, shit-eating grin. Meanwhile, Assmodeus flew over our heads and landed in the passage behind us.

We were surrounded.

Beelzebutt grabbed Bones in its claws and tore off his pants. Then it ripped away his old torn underwear, which were emblazoned with images of the Power Rangers, and started sucking out his ass next. I guess Rooster had simply been an appetizer.

Bones began screaming like a damned thing.

Assmodeus grabbed the unconscious Shakes by the ankle and dragged her to its side. Then the ravenous creature began to feed on her, using her backside like a big fleshy juicebox.

I turned toward Raven and Lady Katrina. “I don’t suppose either of you has a gun on you? A knife? A really big comb?”

Raven pointed toward the cave wall. “What about that thing over there?”

Leaning against the wall was a rusty pick-axe with a broken handle—a leftover from the days when the miners had visited the cave.

“Drive the point through the monster’s heart,” Lady Katrina said. “Maybe that’ll kill it.”

“It ain’t a vampire, okay?” I said. “I’ve got a better idea. I’ll give the fucker what it deserves.”

Beelzebutt was finishing up its meal of colon-sushi a la Bones. I aimed the flashlight at the demon’s ass, which happened to be turned in my direction, then grabbed the pick-axe in my free hand and rammed the rusty point into the monster’s poop chute as far as I could.

The demon didn’t go up in a puff of smoke or flake away into ashes, like all the vampires in old movies. No, this shit-eating demon exploded...

Exploded poop and blood and guts all over me.

It reminded me of some old movie about a blimp that had blown up back in the old days. That Beelzebutt was the batwinged Hindenburg of shit.

Unfortunately, the explosion had blown the pick-axe out of my hands. I turned and saw it had speared Lady Katrina right through the heart. Too bad she hadn’t been a vampire.

Shakes was little more than a sack of bones by that point, so at last I had Raven to myself.

Of course, there was still the matter of Assmodeus. And sure, the matter of me being fat and covered with blood and shit and guts—I wasn’t exactly a babe magnet at that moment. But then, Raven was also covered with crap, so she wasn’t looking too hot anyway.

“You dickwad!” Raven said. “My clothes are ruined! And you should have killed the other one first. That’s the one between us and the way out.”

I looked toward Assmodeus. He had backed off about twenty feet, no doubt frightened by my newfound ability to pop demons like shit-pimples.

“Oh, well pardon me all to Hell, Raven,” I said. “At least I killed one. How many have you killed? Zeee-ro! I’m doing all the work here, so you’d better just shut your mouth and hope I get a chance to kill the other one and save our asses—before that thing sucks the shit out of them!”

Goth-girl stared at me for a moment. Then she blinked. “Sorry. It is really cool you killed that demon-creature and all.”

I figured I might as well go for broke. “Will you go out with me if I kill the other one?”

“What a dumbass question! You are unbelievable!” she said. But then she smiled through the shit smeared all over her pretty face. “But it’s a good kind of unbelievable. Sure I’ll go out with you, you big goofy monster-slayer, you. Now kill the second one before I change my mind.”

“I’ll give it my best shot.” I pulled the pick-axe out of Lady Katrina and started waving it at Assmodeus.

The creature growled at me. Then it flew over us.

It started pissing in mid-flight.

And its piss burned like acid. It actually raised blisters on us. Its tail thwacked me on the side of the head as it zipped past.

The creature was probably relieving itself to make room for dessert—me and Raven.

Assmodeus flew down the passage for another thirty feet or so, then landed, turned quickly and flew back over us to give us another spritz.

At first I wanted to just run for the exit, but I realized that the demon could fly way faster than any human could run, and I sure as Hell didn’t want to turn my back on that thing.

So the second time it flew over, I grabbed its tail and pulled down—hard.

The creature squealed like a pig as it dropped to the cave floor. And lucky for us, it landed right on one of those stalec-thingies. The pointing-up kind.

The not-so-lucky part is, that ripped open the creature like a slaughterhouse pinata, splashing us with even more shit and guts. But then, we were already painted with filth anyway, so a second coat really didn’t matter.

So I survived. But then, you probably figured that out already, since I lived to write it all down.

I took Raven to my place, where we washed each other off with a garden hose and a whole bottle of antibacterial liquid soap in the backyard. Neither of my parents were home yet, thank God.

Then we went to the police station and had to explain it all there. We drove out with a couple officers to the cave, and the rookie threw up when he saw the freaky mess that was waiting there.

Two days have passed.

The newspapers are making a huge deal out of the whole thing, I’m becoming a local hero, and I bet my Dad is going to be reelected, what with his son being so brave. And tonight I’m having my big date with Raven. She says all her friends are soooo jealous.

They should be. After all, I’m Tommy Wharton, the Fearless Demon-Slayer.

Robert Morrish

RECISELY AS THE clock struck midnight, Leonard struck his mother.

Hard.

With an axe.

Having seen more than his share of slasher movies, Leonard had thought himself prepared for the blood, but he was still startled by both its escape velocity and the sheer quantity. In the midst of his carefully-planned act, he paused for a moment, red drops trickling down his pallid features, struck by the absolute finality of what he was doing. It was that same thought that spurred him to continue. It was, after all, too late to turn back now.

He brought the carefully honed head of the axe down in less-than-careful arcs, settling into a kind of mindless rhythm, like a spastic, razor-sharp piston. Leonard’s sunken countenance took on a peculiar mix of quiet determination and fierce hatred, the two expressions briefly battling for dominance before settling themselves into their queer compromise.

He had come upon Mother in her sleep and, other than a brief initial squawk of surprise, she had offered no resistance. Soon, the only sounds were that of the clean whoosh of the axe cutting through the air, the disgustingly fleshy sound of the head striking home (nothing like the movies—Leonard had heard they used cabbage heads for that), and Leonard’s increasingly labored breathing. It went on like that.

Finally, when there was little left at his feet that was still recognizable, Leonard let the axe fall from his hands, his chest heaving and bony arms aching from the effort. He stared down at the strange mingling of springs and bones, blood and feathers, fabric and flesh, and a smile crept into place.

He had finally done it.

An act contemplated for years, but always shunned for fear of Mother’s vengeance—should he fail again, as he had botched so many of his life’s undertakings—had finally been executed. The recipient of so many years of abuse, Leonard reveled in finally turning the tables on his tormentor.

Of course, to be fair, life hadn’t always been an unforgiving cycle of punishment and forced forgiveness. He hadn’t always looked upon this woman with fear and loathing. There had been a time, a time that seemed more than a lifetime away now, when the thought of his Mother had conjured images of softness and sweetness. Leonard’s recollections of these times were tinged by a filmy haze, the soft-focus effect of a movie’s dream sequence. He remembered a distant kindness, a firm dedication, and the softness of his mother’s breast. Long-buried memories flooded Leonard; he glanced down involuntarily at the subject of his thoughts. Seeing—really seeing—the mess he had made, Leonard’s eyes bulged. He slapped a hand ineffectually over his mouth, cheeks ballooning, and sprinted for the bathroom leaving sticky red tracks in his wake.

The morning after Leonard killed his mother, he was ten minutes late for work. Confused skies threatened rain between intermittent flashes of a sun seeking center stage. Leonard worried.

Rain would be bad. The ground was still loose, despite his attempts to pack it down. The rain would break up the soil, bring her remains floating to the surface, a head here, a foot there...didn’t bury her deep enough, should’ve been more careful...

Entering the company lot, Leonard’s runaway paranoia train was nearly derailed by a collision. With a Mercedes, no less. Fiesta vs. Benz, clerk vs. VP—the loser, on all counts, would be me. Again.

Leonard ducked lower in his seat to avoid the heat-seeking glare of the other, executive-level driver. Killed my mother, wrecked my car, lost my job—not my week. Leonard struggled to control a sudden attack of giggles before they became uncontrollable hiccups of hysteria.

Taking a last look at the bunching clouds, Leonard flashed again on the carefully detailed disposal of his mother’s body, a process that had kept him up all night. Not that he could have slept anyway.

He’d spread Mother far and wide in the field behind the house, drawn pentagrams in the dirt over each spot, then finally burned her various nefarious possessions. Just like it had said to do in her books. Just the way he had planned it. All the precautions had been taken; everything required to prevent her from coming back had been done.

But it was hard to remember exactly what the books had said. There were so many of them, each seemingly filled with conflicting wisdom, advising on everything from potions to poisons, from familiars to phases of the moon. And it all tended to run together in his mind—although it pained him to admit it, Leonard had to admit that his research on safeguards against Mother’s reanimation had been less than meticulous. In truth, he had recalled as much as he could, and...extrapolated the rest. At least he’d been careful to commit the act precisely at midnight—he was pretty sure he remembered reading something about that.

In spite of whatever hindsight doubts might plague him, the plan had worked. Leonard was sure. There was no way she could come back from what he had done to her. Her parts were scattered across the back field like a long summer’s worth of pollen.

Once safely inside his work cubicle, though, Leonard wound up staring at his monitor in a numb fugue, fingers occasionally crawling over the keys with all the vigor of two slowly expiring spiders. Somewhere in the back of his brain, he held a vague hope that his stupor was not too noticeable to his co-workers. In a more lucid moment, Leonard would have realized that he needn’t worry. To his fellow employees he held all the visibility, and attraction, of a social disease that stubbornly refused to go away. A lifetime of Mother’s ministrations had left Leonard a collective vegetable, unable to function in social situations, a complete turnip in front of a group.

Thankfully, maintaining a reasonable facade was the extent of Leonard’s cover-up duties.

Fortunately, he didn’t have to worry about publicly covering up Mother’s disappearance.

Happily, she’d been a recluse for so many years that hardly anyone knew she existed anymore.

Luckily, he’d had the means to dispose of her in the necessary way.

It was all good.

Leonard’s worries really were few, because as far as neighbors, acquaintances, and the rest of the world were concerned, dear Mother was a name on a mailbox, and nothing more. She hadn’t left the house in several years. In fact, Leonard felt there was a good chance that an entire decade had rolled by without Mother’s stubborn jaw being struck by the light of day. A few co-workers and neighbors probably vaguely recollected from brief, awkward conversations with Leonard that he still lived with his Mother, but no one had laid eyes upon her emaciated hag-frame for a long, long time.

The failure of anyone to miss his Mother was perhaps the only benefit of her extended, self-imposed hermitization. The downside of her internal exile, on the other hand, was indeed a steep slope, for her self-imposed seclusion meant that Leonard had been the sole subject of her perverse whims and desires. He’d tried, when he was younger, to run away, and later to simply move out, but Mother would have none of it. She’d tracked him down and forced him to return home, all without ever actually leaving the house herself. Whatever else he felt about his Mother, Leonard had to admit that her powers were indeed impressive. He refused to even think about the time he’d tried to burn down the house, and her with it. The weeks of Mother-induced agony that followed were more than he could bear even to recall.

Through it all, there’d been no one to liberate Leonard from her mistreatments and molestations. Relatives on her side of the family were pretty much nonexistent, at least as far as Leonard knew. There had been Nana, of course—Mother’s mother, and a Wicked Grandma if ever there was one, at least until she’d gone to her grave when Leonard was sixteen. It was from Nana that his mother had acquired her cruelty. And her power...

As for his father, he had persevered for several years, but his eventual abrupt disappearance was testimonial to Mother’s overpowering aura. The poor man had clearly had all he could take. And Leonard’s sister, well, she had tried to cope with Mother in her own way, but in the end, her strong will—inherited from her maternal family tree, no doubt—had led her to rebel, and she had simply left one day, never to return.

Mother, meanwhile, went on with business as usual while her family fell by the wayside. She had always been a reclusive sort, but her hibernations had taken on agoraphobic proportions when Nana died. With her passing, Mother inherited the all-important secrets that the elder witch had hoarded until her dying day. Within a few weeks of the funeral, Mother had severed all ties with the outside world—although those ties had largely consisted of monthly consorts with twelve accomplices in locked-basement rituals. The strange sounds that emitted from that subterranean chamber were often sufficient to drive Leonard from the house—temporarily, of course. Once armed with Nana’s matriarchal wisdom, Mother had dismissed her former peers and carried on alone. The basement became her private sanctuary; no one else in the family had been allowed to venture down there in over a decade. Whatever toys, comics, and other possessions of Leonard’s that had been left or stored in the basement became forever lost to him once she barred the door at the top of the stairs.

Flying solo, Mother had become even more obsessed, performing her rituals with increasing frequency and fervor. The secrets that had finally been revealed to Mother began to ferment in her brain, proving to be a catalyst, transforming her from an insignificant practitioner to one of frightening potency—and driving her over the edge into stark lunacy.

What it all meant now, though, was that there were no close friends, no caring relatives to notice her absence. For that, Leonard was extremely thankful. But would he be able to maintain his composure, his guise of innocence and ignorance, in the face of suspicious questioners? He was afraid not. He particularly doubted if he possessed the strength to stand up to police interrogation, at least not the way he imagined such a session:

“Where’s your mother, son? What did you do with her?”

“I didn’t do anything with her. She...she just disappeared.”

“Disappeared, huh. Killed her and buried her in the yard, didn’t you?”

“No, no, of course not.”

“Don’t lie to me. It’s written all over your face. You ungrateful despicable little shit.”

“No. No. You don’t understand. She hurt me, she...”

It would be at least that bad. Or worse. Under the hot lights, his resolve would crumble like stale Saltines. It was too horrible to even contemplate.

And if he tried to tell them of the experiments that Mother had tried on him, the crimes she had perpetrated—they’d never believe such awful things of a frail old lady. And even if he could convince them of her evil, they’d most likely come to the conclusion that immorality and instability ran in the family. After all, witchcraft had been considered the province of the deranged for some centuries now.

Thinking of Mother’s treatment led Leonard to absentmindedly rub his wrists, massaging scars that had long since faded—physically, if not emotionally. His return to the here-and-now was accompanied by the realization that his bladder was uncomfortably full. Pushing himself away from the varied piles that constituted his desktop, Leonard rose to go to the washroom.

Turning the corner from his cubicle, he spied Heather and Anna from Accounting, standing together at the coffee station. They were both total babes, although almost exact opposites—Heather tall and willowy, golden-haired with small, perky breasts, a taut bottom, and incredible legs that seemed to just keep going and going and going, from her tightly-muscled calves all the way up under the hemline of her barely-there skirts; Anna, meanwhile, was short, dark-haired and very curvy, with hourglass hips and huge breasts that nestled beneath her tight sweaters, demanding attention. The two gals were close friends, and had played starring roles in Leonard’s fantasies—both separately and together.

Still staring at the pair, he caught his toe on the carpeting and stumbled, barely catching himself before he fell. When he looked up, the two women were eyeing him with undisguised amusement.

“I hate it when that happens,” Leonard offered, rearranging his substantial lips into what he hoped was a tentative smile. He hurried on past them.

As the Men’s room door swung shut behind him, he thought he heard one of them make a remark. To Leonard’s burning ears, it sounded like: “What a geek.”

Someday, they’ll be sorry...It was an old vow, but with this particular utterance came the sudden realization that, with Mother’s resources now at his disposal, he might be able to finally bring to bear some of his dimly conceived vengeance. Of course, with his inattention to detail, he could just as easily get himself into some serious trouble.

Leonard cast a quick, reflexive glance at the mirror and suddenly froze. There, just above his arrow of a chin, speckled on his sunken cheek, was a telltale spot of red. Leonard’s Adam’s apple seemed to grow larger and lodge in his throat as he stepped closer to the mirror, marveling at his own carelessness and stupidity.

Except...it looked a little too bright to be blood. Wetting his finger and scraping off a bit of the unknown substance, Leonard brought a fleck first to his nose and then to his lips.

“Not bad,” he muttered in response to the familiar tang.

Leonard never ate his scrambled eggs without catsup, and sometimes it seemed that he never completed his breakfast without wearing some of it. Wiping the smudge of Heinz away, Leonard couldn’t help but wonder how many people had already seen that beauty mark this morning and smirked accordingly.

With a final, resigned glance at the mirror, Leonard turned away to proceed with his business. Possessed of beak-like nose and similarly bird-like body, Leonard resembled nothing so much as an ornitharian shoved rudely and unwillingly into a human form. All elbows and sharp angles, prominent Adam’s apple and fly-away ears, Leonard was decidedly unattractive—or at least that seemed to be the verdict of all those who had ever cared to pass judgment.

With matching sigh and shrug, Leonard continued on his way to the urinal. He took his time, hoping that his audience would have departed the coffee station by the time he exited. Even though potential tormentors still lurked around every corner, Leonard sought refuge in the thought that his elementary enemy—his Mommy dearest—had been conquered...and divided.

In the hours and days that followed, though, Leonard’s cheery bravado began to falter. Despite repeated self-assurances, he couldn’t completely convince himself that he had done an adequate or thorough job on his Mother. This was perhaps not surprising, given that Leonard was almost innately incapable of self-confidence. Most of his waking moments in the first few days after the act were marked by an ever-present anxiety that he attempted to sublimate, but which kept popping to the surface of his mind with the persistence of a gas-bloated corpse.

On the fourth or fifth day afterwards, though, he began to relax a bit. The nervous glances over his shoulder when he was home alone became less frequent, and soon he ceased to peer around corners with dread.

After a full week, a certain enthusiasm took hold, and Leonard even began to display a newfound heartiness at work, although his cheerfully offered greetings were generally greeted with curious stares from those who had come to regard Leonard as an ambulatory aspect of the decor, no more capable of speech than the average fern, and perhaps slightly more diseased.

Soon caught up in his newfound ebullience, Leonard barely noticed the days slipping by. Another week came and went like a blur, and Leonard found himself actually viewing the onset of the weekend, and the resulting loss of interaction with other people, with disappointment, a shocking discovery in view of the fact that he had formerly eagerly awaited the two-day respite. The only thing he was looking forward to this weekend was finally removing the impressive assortment of padlocks that were still adorning the cellar door. He hadn’t a clue where Mother had put the keys, but he was now the proud owner of a top-of-the-line set of bolt-cutters, and those would most certainly do the trick. Truth be known, Leonard held out faint hope that some of his old comic books might still be down in the cellar, shoved back in a cobwebby corner.

Whistling his way out through the revolving doorway and into the sunny late afternoon, he felt a twinge of jealousy as he watched a clique of co-workers head off rowdily with cries of “happy hour.” So moved was Leonard, in fact, so full of his new carefree, jocular attitude, that he came to the momentous decision to go out on the town himself that evening.

Moving in random spurts through the herds of cars that jostled through two- and three-lane chutes, Leonard mulled over his evening’s destination, sampling random club names from those he had heard mentioned by others at work. “McMullens, I think,” he crowed to his empty Fiesta, “or maybe Uncle Ernie’s!” Buoyed by his effusive new attitude, Leonard took little notice of the bothersome traffic, and was home before he knew it.

Having decided upon Dapper Dan’s as his destination—at least initially, and after that, who knows, he might even go bar-hopping—Leonard pursed his lips now in consideration of what to wear on his coming-out night. Trying vainly to visualize an acceptable mode of dress from the meager, outdated selection hanging in his closet, Leonard entered the house (his house now, he reminded himself) and was halfway across the living room before the word insinuated its way into his head, causing his jolly whistle to wither and die upon his lips.

“Leonard.”

If Leonard hadn’t relieved himself prior to leaving work, he would have wet his pants at that moment, guaranteed.

“How nice of you to come home to take care of your poor, sick mother,” came the voice, muttered fleshily, as though through lips numb with Novocain.

As Leonard turned, the key ring slipped from his hand, jangling as it struck the hardwood floor and echoing the tortuous strumming of his every nerve ending. In the shadow of the kitchen doorway—a shadow too deep to exist this early in a summer afternoon, a shadow that bore a stench of rotting carrion—there, there stood Mother.

Or more accurately, there hunched Mother, her upper body twisted forward and sideways at a crazy angle, the etchings of Leonard’s handiwork plainly visible on her flesh. No miracle had recombined her various parts from beyond the grave, no sudden deific act had assembled her wholly and artistically; rather, it appeared to Leonard as though the sundry bits and pieces of Mother had burrowed and wormed their way up through the soggy ground, squirming together like lustful lemmings, attaching themselves to their neighbors as best they could. In places the reformation was impressively accurate, marred only by still-healing angry scars and clumps of drying mud, in other spots the job was more...haphazard, as though reconstructive surgery had been performed by a blind man with hooks for hands.

“What are you staring at Leonard? Come closer, let me kiss you, like a good mother should. I’ll introduce you to some of the friends I met in the earth.”

Leonard thought he had known despair before in his life, but now he learned the true meaning of the word. His worst fears realized, he stumbled backwards, knowing with the inevitability of the damned that he was staring straight into the gaping, gap-toothed mouth of his downfall.

Terror and desperation saturating his mind, he attempted to turn and run, but flight was denied him, as he felt an icy-cold shroud envelop him, glaciating him in mid-step. Slowly, against his will, against the efforts of his still-straining muscles, he felt his body twisting into a position that any contortionist would have viewed with admiration. Leonard’s head bent backwards in a position so painful, so physically impossible, that he found himself listening, straining to hear the sound of his own neck breaking. Mother watched impassively, chewing on a bit of her cheek.

“I don’t know what to do with you Leonard. You disappoint me so. After your father and sister proved to be such failures, you were my last hope.”

She ran ragged stumps over her calamity of a face. “You’re a bad, bad boy, Leonard. It was such slow work putting all my pieces back together. And my knowledge of anatomy isn’t all that it should be. I’m afraid it’s going to take a lot of experimenting before I’m seamless again.”

She sighed, a sound that came out more like a dry heave due to the numerous patchy openings in her throat. “Despite all the pain and frustration you’ve brought me, Leonard, I find that I still can’t bring myself to dispose of you once and for all.”

Hearing her words, Leonard was torn—almost literally—between hope of reprieve and a baneful wish to finish it—just finish it, you bitch—and end his suffering.

“Because you’re my one and only son, I’ll spare you this one last time. But this is the last time. One more act of treason and I’ll see to it that you suffer for all eternity. For now, you’ll just get a taste of that punishment.” Her diatribe complete, Mother mushily snapped her fingers at Leonard, and he collapsed in a silent heap.

Vaguely, Leonard felt the scraping and bumping of steps beneath his back and realized he was being dragged down to the cellar. The always-locked-and-bolted cellar, guarded by Mother like Cerberus at the Gates of Hell. At least I’ll find out what’s so damned important down here, a voice whispered insanely in his head.

The sounds of his arrival seemed to awaken other denizens of the cellar. A voice croaked from the distant corner of the blackened basement, rasping as though its very vocal cords were being stretched on a rack: “Leonard! Have you come to free us?”

“Yes, yes, is it finally time?” echoed another, burbling and gurgling through a liquid prison of some sort.

“Dad? Sis? Is...is that you?” Leonard’s voice cracked.

He was looking around, trying to make sense of the darkness when another voice, one that seemed familiar yet somehow altered, came from everywhere and nowhere.

“Dear Agnes. It’s so nice to see you again.”

A gasp. From Mother, it seemed.

“You’ve been so distracted with your little facelift, you’ve forgotten all about me, haven’t you?”

Perhaps more whimper than gasp in response this time. And Leonard was sure that response came from Mother this time. And he thought maybe he recognized the voice of the other speaker as well, although it...it just couldn’t be.

But just then Mother released her grip on him, sending him sliding past her down the stairs, his head performing a particularly sharp ricochet off the bottom step. Colored lightning zig-zagged across his vision and Leonard had a moment to wonder whether the light was real or he was literally seeing stars, before consciousness slipped away.

Some time later, awareness seeped back. Leonard felt cold stone beneath his back, a sticky wetness oozing around an epicenter of pain on the back of his head.

“Hello, Leonard.”

That voice again. He was sure now that he knew it.

“N-nana? Is that you?” He struggled to raise his head.

“Oh, Leonard. I’m so touched that you remember your grandmother after so long.”

“Where’s Mother? Have you...? Is she gone?”

“She is quite gone. I think it’s safe to say she won’t be plaguing you any further.”

“Oh, Nana...Thank you! Thank you!” Leonard was embarrassed to realize he was starting to cry, but the relief he felt...oh God, free at last.

“I wouldn’t be thanking me just yet.”

“Why?” Leonard asked. “What do you mean?” He tried to raise his head again, realized there was more holding him down than just bruises and stiffness. A moan came from somewhere in the darkness behind him.

“Your Mother was right about one thing. You’ve been a bad boy.” Her wizened, desiccated face loomed down at him out of the darkness. Whether spent alive or dead, the years had not been kind to Nana.

“A very bad boy. And you must be punished.”

Leonard heard himself whimper. The sound was echoed by a second whimper from elsewhere in the cellar. His grandmother’s face vanished back into the gloom, her steps echoing through the cellar as she tottered away.

“Nana! W-wait! I...”

“Oh don’t worry,” came the fading reply. “I’ll be back. Eventually.”

Leonard felt something like a fat, cold snake slither across his chest, and he started to scream.

He was still screaming when a weary but satisfied Grandmother closed the cellar door, her family together again at last.

Roger Range

HADN’T READ RICHARD Laymon’s work until some friends convinced me that I had to—they were right, it’s amazing stuff. Unfortunately, that was only recently after his death, so I never got a chance to meet him. But after hearing so much about him, that’s at the top of my list of Life’s Greatest Regrets.

The Cemetery Dance memorial issue was my first indication of how well-loved Dick was; there were so many authors with so many positive things to say about him that I began to feel like I knew him through those essays. The Laymon story in that issue was the first one I’d ever read, but his talent was evident and I began seeking out more of his work.

Even more striking, though, were the personal stories I heard from everyone who knew him. As I became more involved in the horror genre over the next few years, it became apparent that all of the writers who called him a friend had been profoundly touched by his kindness and mentorship. Many of the rising authors I’ve gotten to know claim to owe much of their success to Dick’s encouragement and support.

Because of that, they feel that they now owe the same kind of encouragement and support to newer writers, like me, who are just starting out. Because of Dick’s influence, the horror field today is a friendly, supportive place to explore terrifying ideas. Dick lives on today in all of the writers that he fostered. Through the people that he touched, I almost feel as though I really did get to know him, and it makes me glad.

Roger Range

OW MUCH LONGER?”

Richard Freeberg closed his eyes for a moment and sighed before wearily answering his son for the ninth time. “I don’t know, Billy. It should be coming up any time now.”

“I don’t know why we have to stop and see another stupid ruin,” said John, Richard’s oldest son. John was sprawled out on the rear bench seat of the Plymouth Grand Voyager that had been the family’s home for almost two weeks. “We’ve seen so many friggin’ old Indian ruins I’ve lost count.”

“John!” Richard’s wife Sonia turned around in her seat beside him to glare at their son. “What have I told you about cursing? You shouldn’t swear; it’s not polite.” She turned back around. “Especially in front of your little brother and sister.”

“I didn’t swear,” John said, rolling his eyes.

“It’s close enough, son,” Richard jumped in, supporting his wife. “We don’t want to hear that kind of language from you.”

“Aww Dad, I hear worse than that from my friends on the playground,” Billy said.

“That’s no excuse for your brother,” Sonia said. “And if that’s the case, maybe we shouldn’t let you play with those friends anymore.”

Billy looked back down at the screen of his GameBoy, apparently having risked enough parental wrath. John had by now blocked out the conversation and was back to reading his latest science fiction novel, pretty much the only thing he’d done the whole trip. Sally, sitting in the seat next to Billy, was staying well out of this argument, quietly reading her Cosmo Girl magazine.

Rich just couldn’t understand it. This was the first time he’d taken the family on a vacation by road, their first chance to see other parts of the country firsthand, and all they could do was sit and read or play video games, just like they did at home. He shook his head in bewilderment. The Arizona countryside they were driving through was beautiful in its contrast between desolate wasteland and vibrant plant life. His parents had taken him and his brother on long road trips during their summers growing up, and they had made some of the most vivid memories of his boyhood.

Rich had been planning this trip for a year, taking his entire two weeks of vacation from his construction job, to share those memories with his own kids, but it was utterly lost on them. Almost two weeks of driving from their home in San Luis Obispo out to the Alamo in Texas and back, and he hadn’t been able to squeeze the least bit of interest from his children.

As a boy, Rich had always been fascinated by the Anasazi Ruins strewn throughout the Four Corners region of the southwest. The Anasazi had a thriving culture for thousands of years, then at some point in the thirteenth century, they had moved out of their fertile river valleys into precarious dwellings in the sides of cliffs and on the tops of mesas. Very difficult living arrangements. No one knew what had caused the move. Then, maybe fifty years later, the whole culture had simply abandoned the region, and still no one could figure out why. They’d never kept any written records, just obscure pictographs, so it was all a huge mystery to modern archeology.

The mystery of the culture had consumed Richard as a boy, and he had hoped to share his enthusiasm with his kids, but not one of them seemed the least bit interested. They had been at first, especially Billy, but after seeing the first couple of ruins, they totally lost interest. Rich suspected it was because they could only look from afar. In an effort to preserve the ruins from the wear and tear of tourists tromping through them, the National Parks Service had closed off most of the ruins and they could only be seen from a distance. There were only a few sites you could still get within touching distance of, though that was, of course, strictly forbidden.

Richard remembered climbing in and playing among those same ruins with his brother, and he still cherished that youthful sense of wonder. But they wouldn’t let you do that anymore. He had to admit, it was better to have the sites preserved, but looking at the ruins was not the same as being in them. His children had lost interest in just looking.

That was why they were off their planned course now, far down a lonely, semi-paved road in the middle of Arizona’s Navajo reservation. When they’d stopped for lunch at the Burger King in town, an old Indian had heard him talking to his kids about the ruins and had interrupted them to tell Rich about a remote Anasazi site he knew about. It was far off the regular tourist route, but there were ruins there that a person could walk through and sit in, just like the ancients themselves had. With only a couple more days before getting back home, Rich was eager for anything that would grab his kids’ interest, so he happily jotted down directions and thanked the man before finishing his meal.

“Billy, get your stupid dog off me!” The sound of Sally’s angry voice drew Richard’s attention back to the cramped minivan.

“Hey,” Billy replied, “Scruffy is not stupid, he’s a smart dog!”

Sally shoved Scruffy away with her foot and said, “He’s not smart enough to know when to leave me alone. I’m trying to read.”

Richard was about to say something when he heard a loud BANG from the back of the van, and he felt it lurch towards the shoulder. “God damn it!”

“What was that?” John asked.

“Flat tire I think. Hold on.” Richard fought the wheel to turn the van onto the shoulder, slowing steadily. When they finally rolled to a stop, a bit further off the shoulder than he had intended, he looked back to check on the rest of his family. “Is everyone okay?”

“Yeah.”

“Fine.”

“I think so.”

Next to him, Sonia looked shaken. A bit pale, but unhurt. He nodded to himself, shut off the engine, then opened the door and got out. The hot, dry, Arizona air assaulted him as he walked around the back of the van. He heard the side door slide open before he got around the corner.

“Everybody stay in the car.”

Heedless, John hopped out and bent down to look at the tire. Ready to start his junior year of high school next month, John was at the height of his rebelliousness.

“I said stay inside,” Richard repeated.

Ignoring him, John pointed at the loose flaps of rubber that had once been a tire. “Wow, what’d we hit?”

“I didn’t see anything on the road,” Rich answered, giving up.

Sonia rolled down her window and stuck her head out to see for herself. “How bad does it look, Rich?”

“Well, it’s flat.”

“Flat? It’s damn near shredded!” John added.

Rich stood up, sighed, and looked around. There was nothing in sight but Pinion Pines, Joshua trees, and the hardy desert undergrowth that grew in this rocky, sandy dirt. Beyond that, nothing but distant mountains.

“Well, everybody out. Sonia, pop the tail door please. John, help me get the spare.”

“Okay.”

The van was packed solid with luggage, and they had to pile most of it on the ground before they could reach the floor to look for the access panel to the spare.

“Rich,” Sonia asked, “why don’t you just call triple-A?”

“It’s just a flat tire, Sonia,” he answered, failing to keep the irritation out of his voice. He didn’t need any arguments now. He was already close to the edge. “I’ve changed flat tires before.”

John tugged at the carpet that lined the back of the van as Rich added the last of their bags to Mount Luggage.

“Um, there’s no spare under here, Dad. Just the lug wrench under the back seat.”

“What?” He looked under the carpet, then bent down and looked under the van. “Christ. Here it is, underneath,” he sighed.

“I’ll get it,” John said, with an amused air in his voice. He lay down on his back and slid himself under the car.

“Hey, Dad...there’s a problem,” John said.

“What now?”

John crawled out, pulling the spare with him. “Something must have bounced up and punctured it.” Sure enough, there was a ragged gouge in the tire. Flat and useless.

Rich heaved a weight-of-the-world sigh. “Fuck. Why would they leave the spare exposed to the elements like that?”

“Rich, please don’t curse in front of the kids.”

He looked up, distracted. “Sorry.”

Billy was wandering around exploring with Scruffy while Sally sat on a rock, reading her magazine.

“Sally, watch your brother.” Rich instructed her. “Billy, don’t wander off; come back here.”

“It’s Will—stop calling me Billy. I’m too old for that.”

“Not now, Billy,” Sonia answered. “Just stay by the van.”

Rich stared at the two flat tires, considering his options.

“Well, I guess we can try triple-A now,” he relented. Sonia retrieved the cell phone from her purse and brought it to him without a word. He pulled out the antenna and punched the pre-keyed roadside emergency number, but it didn’t ring. He looked incredulously at the small digital screen as it mocked him with a flashing “NO SIGNAL.” Biting back a fresh curse, he drew back his arm, ready to hurl the useless piece of plastic into the wilderness, but stopped himself short and handed it back to Sonia instead. After a silent moment, she asked him, “Now what, Rich?”

“Give me a minute. I need some water.”

He retrieved a liter bottle from the cooler behind the driver’s seat and listened to the ice clunk around inside as he considered their situation. The water was refreshing. He swallowed slowly, recapped the icy bottle, and pressed it against his forehead. Sweat was running down his face already.

The road they were on was a small secluded one, just what he’d hoped for when the Indian told him about it, but bad for them now. He didn’t remember seeing any cars pass by them since they’d turned off. He pulled out the directions he’d jotted down on the Burger King napkin and looked them over. There should be a service station ahead; that would have been their next turn. Looked like he had a walk ahead of him.

“Okay everybody, listen up. According to the directions that old Indian gave me, there’s a service station up the road a ways. I figure I can walk there in a couple of hours, maybe make it before dark. I’ll buy a new tire there and get a ride back.”

“Sounds good, Dad. Let’s go.” John volunteered.

“No, I’m going alone. I think it’s safer if you all stay here together; I can manage a short walk by myself.”

“But Dad, I’m the track star.” He puffed his chest slightly while Sally rolled her eyes heavenward behind him.

“Sprints and pole vault remember?” she chided. “Not distance.” Under her breath she added, “And not very good at that.”

Rich gathered his patience. “I want you to stay here and watch after your Mom and brother and sister. I’ll be fine on my own.”

Now Sonia spoke up. “Rich, I wish you’d just stay here with us. Somebody’s sure to come along soon.”

“Sonia, how many cars have we seen in the last hour? What if no one comes along? And if they do, just grab a ride with them and pick me up on your way. I’ll be walking along the road the whole way.”

Ignoring the protesting looks from his wife, Rich grabbed a small duffel with a shoulder strap, emptied the contents into the back of the van, loaded it up with a couple of bottles of water, a sandwich and a flashlight, and slung it over his shoulder.

“Don’t worry, I’ll be back soon and we’ll be on our way. I love you.” And with that he kissed Sonia, waved at the kids, and was off.

Sonia watched with a growing sense of dread as the sun sank towards the horizon. An hour and a half since he’d left, Rich still hadn’t returned and no cars had passed by. At least Rich had thought to take a flashlight with him; it might be dark before he got back. Sonia watched the boys playing Frisbee with Scruffy, the dog barking playfully as they tossed it over his head in a game of keep-away. Sally had retreated back into the van to read her magazine in the passenger seat.

The full moon had risen, impatient for night to come, and Sonia kept glancing furtively up at it. It reminded her of a cruel eye staring down at them. Sonia shivered, turning in place and once again taking in the desolation surrounding her. Rich loved the desert, always saying how beautiful and untamed it was, but Sonia shared none of his reverence for it. She was city born and bred, and she got very uncomfortable when there wasn’t at least a building in sight. She hadn’t wanted to take this trip at all, but Rich had been so excited about it—and he always had the last word.

She had to admit, once they got going, she was glad they’d come. It had been a good trip before the blowout, even if Rich was constantly complaining about the kids’ disinterest. Any time she had with her family all together made her happy. It would only be a few more years before John and Sally were both off to college, God knew where. She hated the thought of losing her kids, but they had to grow up sometime, didn’t they? Maybe she’d go back to work then.

Sonia wiped the sweat from her brow, then noticed that the luggage was still piled on the ground, so she walked around to load it back into the van. “Boys, come help me load the bags, it’ll be getting dark soon.”

John made one last long throw out into the distance. “Go fetch it, boy!” Scruffy raced out after it, barking as he went, disappearing over a small rise.

John started back, but Billy waited expectantly for Scruffy to return with the well-chewed Frisbee clenched in his teeth.

“Come on Billy, let’s stay together,” Sonia called.

He looked back at her and said, “It’s Will, Mom.” Then he looked towards the desert. “I’m waiting for Scruffy.”

Sonia froze as she heard Scruffy’s barking take on a frantic edge. The barks became yelps, then stopped abruptly.

“Boys, get back to the van, now!”

Billy didn’t seem to hear her, still staring into the desert. “Scruffy?” he called. “C’mere boy!”

John went back to collect his brother. Sonia detected movement just over the rise Scruffy had run over; maybe he was coming back. But there was more movement than one little dog could make. A dozen furry, reddish-brown forms crested the horizon, blending with their surroundings. The dog-sized animals were too small to be wolves, but she thought they might be coyotes.

She’d read an editorial in the paper not long ago about coyotes getting to be as bad as rats, their population growing since man had killed off most of the wolves that normally hunted them. They were spreading all over the country, even adapting to urban areas, living off garbage and begging for handouts. Sonia and Rich had been followed by one for blocks one night when they’d walked home carrying doggy bags from the restaurant he’d taken her to. It had seemed almost cute at the time—until the next week when she’d read about a coyote attacking a man in an alley who wouldn’t give it a handout.

“Billy, get back here now!” Her voice was strained with sudden fear.

The animals came on slowly, teeth bared, hackles raised, approaching on an extended front toward her sons. They were small, perhaps thirty or forty pounds each, but their eyes flashed with a menacing, feral-yellow shine. They came on slowly, yet determined, growling. She shut the back hatch, leaving the rest of the bags on the ground, then edged cautiously around to the side door.

“Billy,” John said, “don’t turn around, walk backwards to the van slowly. Don’t run; don’t show any fear.” He looked around for something on the ground, then bent and picked up a large stick.

Still moving slowly, the pack was headed directly for Billy. He took a few cautious steps backwards, but then fear got hold of him. He turned and started running back to the van. “No!” John yelled. The coyotes charged.

John reached his brother just before the first coyote. It leapt forward as John swung his makeshift club, catching the beast full across the side of the head, sending it spinning. Then he grabbed Billy’s arm, and turned to run back to the van, but it was too late. Some of the animals had come around the side and were cutting them off from safety. “Mom, get inside and shut the door!”

Sonia got inside, but slid the door only halfway closed, hoping her sons would break away in time. Sally stared out the passenger seat window, her magazine forgotten, watching with a look of terror as her brothers were surrounded.

The boys backed up together to the closest tree, John holding the animals at bay with his club. With his free arm, he helped Billy climb up to the lowest branch, then turned quickly back to the coyotes. “Get up there, as high as you can,” he told his brother. The animals were circling now, having cut them completely off from the van a dozen yards away. John feinted with the stick while his brother climbed.

Several coyotes broke off from the pack and charged the van. Sonia slammed the door shut just as the first one thumped into it. God they were fast! The front door windows were still open, and she lunged over the driver’s seat, pushing the automatic retraction levers on the driver’s door. But the engine was off; there was no power. One of the beasts leapt up at the open window and Sally jumped back as its jaws snapped inches from her face. The window was just a bit too high for it to get inside. It retreated a few feet away for a better run while two more continued to bark and scrabble at the window frame.

Where were the keys? Had Rich taken them? Sonia looked around frantically then sighed in relief when she saw them still hanging in the ignition. Thank God! She turned the key and the engine roared to life. The windows hummed closed and Sally screamed as a coyote jumped up at her window, cut off by the thin plate of glass.

The sound of the car engine distracted the coyotes around the tree, and John took advantage to turn and lunge up into the branches. He was seconds too slow. The pack charged. One of them leapt and clamped onto his left calf, teeth sinking deep into the muscle. He screamed in pain, still trying to pull himself up. The animal didn’t let go. Billy reached down to help him, and for a moment it looked like he’d make it, but then another coyote leapt up and tore into his right ankle. He screamed again.

“Come on, John, you can make it!” Billy yelled to him. But as John reached up to grab the next branch, his strength failed and he dropped to the ground with a cry of pain.

Sonia watched in disbelieving horror as the pack surged over her son and she lost sight of him beneath the mass of furry attackers. He managed to throw off one or two, but there were too many of them. She could hear his screams through the closed windows, even above her own.

John tried to fend them off, flailing his fists and kicking, but they were everywhere at once, biting and tearing into his flesh. Blood splattered everywhere. Then one of the coyotes got past his weakening arms and struck a killing bite, sinking its teeth deep into his throat, turning his cries of pain into burbling sobs. It held on to him tightly, crushing his larynx. His body convulsed, his back arched, then the tension went out of him and he collapsed, limp.

But the pack wasn’t done with him yet. As he lay there, limbs at impossible angles, they tore into him with relish, jerking the body around, tearing flesh from bone, pulling limbs apart, ripping strings of intestines from his abdomen. They weren’t just killing him; they were feeding.

Sonia’s screams faded into anguished sobs that were renewed with each strip of bloody flesh the monsters tore from her son’s body. She couldn’t avert her eyes. She was paralyzed, watching as the pack decimated her first child.

As most of the pack made a meal of John, one of them stepped back, raised its head to the moon, and began to howl. It was a long, wailing, victorious sound that was slowly taken up by each member of the pack until they all echoed the ominous cry.

Will wedged himself so tightly against the trunk and branches of the Pinion Pine that the rough bark dug into his bare legs and arms, drawing blood. He barely even noticed his own cuts and scratches. John was dead, but the coyotes still weren’t done with him. Will had his eyes closed so tight his face cramped up, but that didn’t hold back his tears.

He hadn’t been able to look away while those monsters were killing his brother, but he couldn’t bear to watch what they did with him afterwards. So he’d refused to look, climbed as high up as the thin branches would allow—only a dozen feet or so—and kept his eyes shut. But that couldn’t block out the sound of bones and cartilage breaking, or flesh being torn from ligaments. And worse than that was the putrid stench.

Will thought the rancid odor would drive him insane. He’d never smelled anything so horrible; it was all he could do to keep from throwing up.

After a while, the sounds of the monsters feeding slowed, then stopped, but Will could still hear them scuffing around at the base of the tree. Against his better judgment, he slowly opened his eyes to see what they were doing. What he saw at the base of the tree made him cringe. There was nothing left of John—nothing recognizable. Only a chaotic tangle of bones and shredded clothing. The light was still bright enough for him to make out the dark red blood that drenched the ground and tree trunk. Among the gore, three of the killers sat at the base of the tree, staring up at Will perched among the branches. They weren’t finished. They were still hungry.

Several more of the coyotes sat near the van, about a dozen yards away, and stared at the closed doors and windows. The rest of the pack wandered around in a circuit between the van and the tree, occasionally nosing through the remains of their kill, searching for some tender morsel that had been missed.

Will closed his eyes again and lowered his head until it rested against a tree branch. He started crying, quiet moans at first, but they soon escalated to loud wracking sobs that shook the whole fragile tree. “Go away!” he screamed at them. “Go away! Please go away and leave us alone, leave us alone...” His screams faded to a pleading wail, this time not for John, but for himself, for his mother and Sally.

Sonia was a babbling wreck. She and Sally had screamed and cried and hugged each other as the coyotes devoured John. They’d both felt compelled to watch while he was fighting them, but Sally had quickly turned away in revulsion as the pack fed. Sonia couldn’t make herself stop watching, though. They tried to comfort each other, but there was no solace to be found. They were stranded here, surrounded by vicious killers and there was nothing they could do to help themselves. Sonia remembered Billy still trapped up in the tree and she forced her grief away for moments at a time to call out to him, to try to soothe him as much as she could.

“What’re we gonna do?” Sally asked her.

“I don’t know, sweetie, but your father will be back soon. He’ll make it okay.”

“What if he’s not? What if they got him too? What if no one even knows we’re here?” Sally was getting hysterical.

“Stop that now, everything will be okay. I know it,” she said, feeling none of the assurance she claimed. She reached up and held Sally’s face with both hands, looking straight into her eyes. “Listen to me, we’re going to get out of this, you hear me?”

Sally broke down in tears again and Sonia hugged her daughter to her, rocking her steadily, smoothing her hair with one hand and whispering over and over, “Shhhhh, it’s okay, we’ll be fine, it’s alright.”

Sally started at the sound of scraping on the side of the van. Leaning over to look out the window, Sonia saw that some of the coyotes were pawing at the side of the van around the door cracks and handles, trying to find a way in. They weren’t going to give up.

Sally looked out at them and screamed, “Go away, get the hell away from us!” Most of them ignored her; only one looked up and cocked its head to the side, regarding her with a look Sylvester might give Tweety behind the bars of his cage.

“No!” Sonia yelled. “You won’t get the rest of us!” She moved to the driver seat and honked the horn to scare them away. As she sat there, it dawned on her that even if the tire was flat, the engine still worked. She had always been taught that if you got a flat tire, you should pull over immediately and not drive on it or the wheel would be damaged. To hell with the wheel; they might be able to get away! They weren’t at the mercy of these beasts!

Sonia turned on the engine again and shifted into drive. She had to get Billy out of that tree. She turned the wheel, and the coyotes bolted away as she stepped on the accelerator. The wheels spun in the dirt, pelting the wheel wells with debris. The van slowly gained some traction and moved closer to the tree. Halfway there, the van lurched forward at an angle and stopped. In the darkness, she had forgotten how rough the ground was off the shoulder. She stepped on the gas again. The engine revved, the wheels spun, the van vibrated, but it didn’t move. Cursing her own stupidity, she shifted into reverse and hit the gas. Still no movement. Shifting rapidly between drive and reverse, she attempted to rock the van loose, but with only one wheel giving traction, it was pointless.

Her glimmer of hope miscarried and left her despondent again. She beat the steering wheel with her fists, screaming. Leaning forward, she planted her head against the wheel and dissolved into heaving sobs.

Will whooped with joy when he saw his mother start driving the van to the tree, but his hope sank when it became mired. At least it was closer than it had been; he might even be able to run to the van before the coyotes could get him! He had to get out of this tree. The bark was gnawing at his exposed skin, and the stench from what was left of his brother was making him nauseous. If only they would go away just long enough to give him time to reach the van.

He waited patiently—he didn’t know how long—when his prayers were finally answered. As the sun finally sank below the horizon, the coyotes actually seemed to be giving up. They turned their backs and melted away into the dwindling twilight. He couldn’t believe it! He wanted to jump down immediately, but he made himself wait. Let them get further away first.

Did Mom and Sally see that they were leaving? He broke off a small piece of branch and threw it at the van, then another. That got Sally’s attention. She shook her mother and pointed. Sonia looked around with disbelief, then up at Will. She motioned for him to stay where he was.

Before long, he grew anxious. He was sure they were gone, but what if they came back? He might lose his only chance to get to safety. He threw another twig at the van to get his mom’s attention and motioned to her that he was making a run for it. She looked all around and shook her head no, but he couldn’t stand being up in this tree another minute. He had to get to the van.

Taking a few quick breaths like he’d seen John do before sprints at his track meets, Will climbed down, then dropped the last few feet to the ground. He landed in a crouch next to a dark lump. With a gasp, he realized it was John’s sneaker-clad, dismembered foot. He’d been trying not to think too much about his brother’s body strewn about. It’s just a shoe, he told himself, pretend it’s just a shoe. The click of the van’s door latch brought him back to the moment. Forcing thoughts of his brother away, he stood up and ran for the van.

“Hurry, Billy! Run!” Sally screamed. He’d just started running for the van when the coyotes burst out of hiding in the underbrush. “Run, damn it!”

Billy was halfway to the van when he slowed to look back over his shoulder. His face went pale when he noticed the coyotes bearing down on him. When he turned back towards her, Sonia saw the terror and panic in his eyes. He leaned into his run and sped up, but slipped on the rocky soil and lunged forward, landing spread-eagled and face down. He tried to get up. He was bleeding from his hands and knees and his face was scraped and oozing. He took a few awkward steps forward, before he stumbled and went down again.

“NO!” Sonia cried as she wrenched the sliding van door open and jumped out to help her son. She ran over to him and grabbed his arm to lift him to his feet, then started back to the safety of the van, pulling him along. The lead coyote was less than two yards away.

“Hurry!” Sally urged.

Tears of pain and fear streaked down Billy’s face, diluting the blood and dirt. He tried to keep up, but Sonia had to practically drag him along. She could feel the animals close behind.

Just a few more feet to the van! She lunged forward, heaving Billy behind her, but his arm slipped out of her sweaty grip when she tried to propel him through the door. He screamed. She looked back to see a coyote with its jaws clamped on to his leg, pulling him back.

“No! You can’t have him!” Sonia shouted at the beast. She leaned over Billy and punched the coyote on the snout. The beast yelped and jumped back, but the rest of the pack had reached them. She felt the blood drain from her features as they closed, teeth bared and shiny with saliva.

Sonia started when she heard the van door slam shut behind her. She looked back and her eyes locked with Sally’s for a moment through the van’s window before Sally turned away. In that moment, Sonia knew it was the end. Her mouth went dry as she turned back to face the pack. At least Sally might make it.

She collapsed to her knees and clutched her son to her. Why? Why like this? She sobbed, the tears blurring her view of the pack as they surged forward. Billy kicked at the first one, but the animal caught his frail leg in its jaws. He screamed in pain and tried to lean over to punch the thing, but Sonia was holding him too tightly. She wanted to help him fight, wanted to kill the monsters that were murdering her family, but she was frozen, numb, drifting into a haze.

She blinked and jerked her head back as a spray of thick, warm blood splattered her face. There were more coyotes attacking Billy now, and as they dragged her son out of her loosening grip, several more leapt at Sonia. The pain brought clarity back to her. One had clamped on to her right forearm, another to her left bicep, and a third buried its teeth into her thigh. With the clarity came recognition of Billy’s screams. She flailed at the coyotes attacking her, and rushed toward her wounded son with a burst of adrenaline.

Five of the monsters were tearing chunks of flesh from Billy, shredding his clothes like candy wrappers. Sonia tried to bat them away, but they jerked his body between them like he was a puppy’s chew rag. She dropped on top of him, trying to shield him with her own body. The small bit of logic still remaining told her it was useless; they would drag her body off him the moment she was dead, but that part of her mind was silenced by the maternal instinct to protect her son. She gathered him beneath her as the coyotes relentlessly tore at her back and limbs.

She could feel their teeth ripping through her skin and muscle, scraping against her bones. So many wounds, she lost track of them. Her vision was dimming, but she was aware of the tears running from her eyes. “I’m sorry,” she whispered hoarsely to her son, “I’m sorry.” Then one of the beasts snapped down on her neck, and ripped open her jugular.

Sally tried to block out the screaming, but it was too loud. She’d had to close the door. She hated herself for it, but she’d had to. They were already surrounded and the coyotes were eyeing her through the open door, so she’d had to pull it closed. But she didn’t have to watch what happened next. Nothing could make her do that. She’d witnessed John die; she couldn’t go through that again. So she curled up in a ball, wedged herself under the rear bench seat, and listened to the lingering screams until they finally stopped.

But the sounds that came next were even worse. The window was still cracked open, so Sally heard all the wet sounds of muscles being torn apart, ligaments popping, and bones cracking. These last sounds were what made her break down into wailing cries. But even through her weeping, she could still hear the coyotes feeding.

Fifty yards away, with a perfect view of the van and the carnage, Miles Laurence smiled. This was good shit! He wished he could see the girl’s death too, but he doubted she’d move from that van any time soon. Besides, even with all the expensive equipment they were using, it was getting too dark to film. They had great digital video cameras, and he could increase the light and color on the computer when he edited the footage, but it was almost full night now. You can only enhance just so much before you lose picture quality.

“That’s a wrap,” Miles said to the three men with him. “Okay Tommy, call the boys back and get ’em in their cages.”

“Sure, boss.” Tommy turned toward the van, raised a dog whistle to his lips, and blew the signal to summon the coyotes back from their hunt.

This part of the gig was the safest part; the coyotes weren’t hungry anymore. Didn’t have to worry that they’d turn on their masters after they’d already eaten. Releasing them, now that’s when there was some danger. Starving the beasts for days to get them ready for their kills tended to make them hostile. Perfect for what Miles wanted, but you had to be very careful at the same time.

The animals came bounding back through the deepening darkness. Wayne got them settled into the cages while Miles and Paul finished taking down the cameras and video equipment.

Miles smiled to himself again. Yeah, this was some great footage! These tapes would pull in top dollar. That family was perfect! Miles didn’t know how Reggie’d gotten them to take this road, but he always figured something out. That was his specialty—finding the best pigeons and luring them to where and when Miles needed them. He’d plant a small radio-detonated charge in their wheel well while they were preoccupied, which Miles would activate when they drove by to blow out the tire and set his scene.

Looking around at his crew as they tore down the equipment, Miles beamed with pride. “Good job everybody; I think this is the best one yet. I’d be proud to stamp my name on this one...if I could.” He smiled and the others laughed in response. “Paul, I can’t wait to see the footage you got of the father, down the road.”

“It was beautiful, man! I ain’t never seen anyone run so fast. You shoulda’ seen the look on his face! But ain’t a man alive can outrun our boys here.” Paul glanced at the coyotes in the cages, then back at Miles. “How much you figure we’re gonna make from this set?”

Miles shook his head. “Can’t really say till I get the editing done and see how it all comes out. But it’ll be a lot. Over a hundred grand easy.”

Most people still refused to believe that an underground snuff film industry even existed, and that was fine with Miles. The only exposure he wanted was to the clients who bought his films. He’d built up a respectable clientele over the years, and the market kept growing. People loved the reality TV shows, but all the recent third-rate copycats had lots of people looking for something more, and they were finding it in the snuff film underground. He’d become obsessed with making this kind of film after seeing his first Faces of Death video as a teenager. He was now one of the most successful snuff producers around.

Traditionally, snuff films were sexual, but Miles was always looking for a new twist. He liked experimenting with ground-breaking styles, and he’d always liked the theme of “man against nature”—with nature winning. He smiled again at the thought.

With the coyotes in their cages, it was time to tie up loose ends. “Hey Wayne, go down and get the remote cameras, and check for residue from the tire explosive. Then get the little girl out of the van.”

“You want I should kill her, Boss?”

Miles rolled his eyes and sneered at him. “No, you idiot! That’d be a freakin’ waste! Bring her back and we’ll take her with us. We can use her for something else later on. She’s pretty cute, isn’t she?”

Wayne nodded as a vicious grin spread across his face, and he headed down towards the van.

Patricia Lee Macomber

NEVER MET Richard Laymon face-to-face. Time has a way of stealing important moments from you when you don’t pay attention. But I spoke to him on the phone several times. The first time he called was for HWA business. It was fairly late in the day and I’m sure he was at home and when I picked up the phone, he was laughing. It wasn’t just any laugh, but one of those deep, hearty laughs that are given only to people who are happy deep down inside, not the sort of people who are happy for an hour or a day, but genuinely happy. And he apologized for it. But his laughter had made me smile on a bad day and I remember thinking that something—someone—on the other end of that line was the cause of that laughter. No matter what Richard was talking about, he always had laughter in his voice. It’s rare to find someone who’s that profoundly happy. It’s even rarer to find someone who can bring that same kind of joy into your own life, just by talking to you on the phone. What a wonderful gift!

Patricia Lee Macomber

HE OLD BOOKSTORE stood forlornly among the other, newer shops. It had once been a grocery, a church, a clinic, a candy store. With its band of candy-striped awning around the roofline and the large, overly heavy wood door, it seemed to be the place—the only place—where real books could be found in Stantonville.

Charlie Drier flew down the street on a Western Auto steed with playing cards on the spokes and a jet stream of leaves in his wake. He flashed past the other children, Christmas-dreaming through the toy store window and flew past the park where trees gently wept.

It was winter, land of snowballs and plows. Cold like an ice cube against a bad tooth. It was white, pristine snow, the LSD colors of gaudy Christmas decorations painting the sidewalk in an on-off spill of snow paint.

All the other children had sugarplums in their dreams. For Charlie, there were only the books, the store, and an old wooden stool. He breezed through the door like he owned the place, removing his hat and stuffing it in his back pocket so as not to lose it.

“Good afternoon, young Charles,” Mr. Standish said with a smile. He tilted back his head, peering through those half-glasses and chuckling. “And what have you for me today?”

Charlie fished through his pockets, his mouth curling and puckering, betraying the sorry state of his financial affairs. “Two pennies and an old fuzzy gumdrop.” He held forth one open hand, proffering his treasures to the bookseller.

“The pennies I’ll take. But I think I’ll pass on the gumdrop, if it’s all the same to you.”

Charlie dropped the pennies into the man’s pudgy hand, checked his blue eyes for a hint of surprise, then pocketed his hands once more. “Anything new?”

“Nothing new here, Charlie. Only old books.”

With a sage nod, Charlie turned and rushed toward the back of the store.

He doubted that Mr. Standish cared much for his book rental fees. In Charlie’s mind, the old man probably just wanted to gauge how important the reading of such books was to Charlie. Either way, it worked out just fine for Charlie. He got to read his pick of the books and all it ever cost him was the price of whatever happened to be in his pockets at the time.

To Charlie, those books were his life.

The bookstore was lined with heavy shelves. They climbed the walls to twice Charlie’s height, so loaded with books that it made the walls appear to tilt inward. They were neatly arranged according to author and subject, just like the library in Charlie’s school. But this was more than a library, more than a bookstore. For Charlie, the store had life in it, the same as the characters in those musty old books.

He shored up his stool with one sneaker and scanned the rows of books. In the back, away from everything else, were the adventure books. Those were what young Charlie favored. While other boys toyed with piano lessons or tossing balls about, Charlie fought pirates and slayed dragons. Occasionally, he rescued a maiden, though he wasn’t exactly sure just what that entailed.

Charlie stood on tiptoe, reaching for that tattered old copy of Robin Hood until his fingertips finally brushed the spine. It was no use. He was too short.

Thunk!

On the same row, some three shelves down, a book fell to the floor, landed face-up, and pointed toward him. Charlie froze. He listened for the sounds of Mr. Standish’s approach, feared that he would be kicked out for being rough with the books.

“I’m sorry, Mr. Standish. It just slipped.” A pathetic pre-emptive strike to be sure. But it was the best he could do.

Charlie walked over to retrieve the book and put it in its rightful place. As he bent, another book fell from grace and landed flat on the floor.

Shit! Charlie thought, as he hurried to retrieve that book also.

“Is everything all right back there, Charlie?”

His heart pounded now, fearing the worst. “I’m sorry, Mr. Standish. I don’t know what’s wrong. They just keep...falling.”

He held his breath after that, awaiting the inevitable. As quickly as he could, he gathered the books in his arms. But as he gathered, more books fell.

He stood straight up, skinny-kid arms laden with books. And there was Mr. Standish, his fat arms folded over his chest, lips pressed into service as a scowl.

Bambi caught in headlights, Charlie froze.

“So, she talks to you, too, hm?”

Charlie blinked. “Who does?” He moistened his lips and began to count slowly to ten, trying to calm himself and bleed the crimson from his face.

“Why, the store, of course.” Mr. Standish approached, placing one beefy hand on Charlie’s shoulder. The weight of it was enough to throw him off kilter, nearly making him drop the books. “She talks to me, too, my boy. But I’ve never known her to talk to anyone else.”

Charlie swallowed hard, wanting more than anything to sit down before his legs gave out. “How can a store talk, Mr. Standish?”

“Oh, I know! You think I’m off my medication or something. I assure you, this store does talk...to those who will listen.” He smiled then, the first truly warm, friendly gesture Charlie had ever seen from the man. “Here. I’ll show you.”

Mr. Standish took the books from Charlie and sat down on the floor. The effort of it made him huff and grunt. Charlie slid down across from him, sitting cross-legged and leaning on his jean-clad knees.

“Now, do you remember which book fell first?” Charlie’s finger darted out to indicate the blue one. “Fine then. First book, first word of the title. Please.”

“Please, what?” Charlie flashed a look of wide-eyed innocence at Mr. Standish and blinked.

“Which was next? This one?”

Charlie’s eyes trailed down to the book and he nodded. “Uh-huh.”

“Help. Please help.” Mr. Standish frowned for a moment and then his face brightened up. “Obviously, she’s having some fun with you. Which was next?”

“Umm...this one, I think.” Charlie held forth a fat book and chewed on his lip.

“All right, then. Please...help...us. I think I can figure out the rest.” Mr. Standish whistled as he shuffled books. All the while, Charlie watched the man’s face. It was without humor, tightly drawn as though someone had pulled back his skin. “There!” he declared, throwing his arms open wide and smiling most disingenuously.

“Please...help...us...find...a...home.” Charlie checked the man’s face for clarification.

“Exactly. These books need a home. I think you could give at least one of them a home, couldn’t you, Charlie?”

Charlie didn’t like the look on the man’s face just then. It was the same look that Mama’s boyfriends gave him whenever they wanted him to leave the room so they could be alone with Mama. “I could,” Charlie answered, anxious to go home.

“Robin Hood, perhaps? You do like that one, don’t you, Charlie?” Charlie nodded and held out his hand. Mr. Standish held out his own, the book offered at arm’s length. For a moment, Charlie got the unmistakable feeling that Mr. Standish would grab his arm if he tried to reach for it, perhaps hurt Charlie somehow. Charlie simply waited.

After a few longer-than-life moments, Mr. Standish placed the book in Charlie’s upturned hand and began the arduous task of standing up. “You run along home now, Charlie. I’ll see you tomorrow.” He clapped the boy on the shoulder hard enough to stagger him, then turned and disappeared down a row of bookshelves.

Charlie left the store in a flurry of tinkling bells and slapping sneakers, the book tucked under one arm. He rushed back to his house, where Mama was sleeping after a long night of work. He lay down on his bed and began to read. He had nearly finished the fourth chapter when Mama came in to leave bright red lip prints on his cheek and say goodbye.

The next day found Charlie at the bookstore against his better judgment. For some reason, Mr. Standish had made him feel very afraid the day before. It was the kind of fear he felt when Mama had been drinking and Charlie had done something very wrong. Still, there was something going on inside that bookstore. And that something was too much of a curiosity for Charlie to bear.

“Good afternoon, dear Charlie. Have you something for me?”

Charlie wet his lips and dry-swallowed his nerves. “Just this.” He peeled open his hand to reveal a bright shiny quarter. He watched Mr. Standish’s smile as he plucked the treasure from Charlie’s sweaty palm.

“Well done, my boy. Well done. Happy reading.” Mr. Standish dropped the quarter into the old cash register and began his daily task of pricing the new arrivals.

Charlie swept off toward the back row of shelves, grabbing the first thing he laid eyes on and sitting on the little stool. He tried hard to stop the nervous rocking, but it was really quite impossible.

From where he sat, Charlie had a clear view of the desk and Mr. Standish. Before long, Standish disappeared behind the heavy velvet curtains that separated the books from the office.

Charlie was up off the stool like a shot, eyes searching the books, ears pricked for signs of approach. He spoke softly, nervously, like a small child calling his cat from under a sleeping man’s chair. “Who are you?”

A book trembled a bit and made for the floor. Charlie caught it in the nick of time. “Don’t throw them, ok? Just push ’em out a little and I’ll grab ’em.” He looked at the first word of the title. “We.”

Another book slid forward, out over the edge of the shelf without falling. “Are.”

Charlie followed the trail of protruding books one by one, grabbing each as it was pushed out. “We are many.”

He sat down hard on the stool, nearly throwing it and himself to the ground. “Great. Many what? Books? People? Ghosts? Mr. Standish says the store can talk to me. Is that true?”

“NO!” came the quick answer in the form of a volume of poetry.

“Then what ARE you?”

“Charlie, is everything all right back there?”

Only then did he realize just how loud his voice had become. “Just fine, Mr. Standish. Reading aloud is all. Just reading aloud.”

Charlie leaned one arm against the bookshelf and rested his sweaty forehead on that arm. A book promptly slid forward and struck him softly at the top of his head.

“What?” he asked, hands held outward, pleading.

A book flew from the shelf then. It careened wildly across the room, bounced off the opposite shelf, and landed on the floor. Then it flipped over.

HELP

Charlie pressed his open palms to either side of his head and groaned. “Stop it!”

Another book broke free and another. Charlie spun madly, trying to keep up with it all but it was no use. Every book bore the same ambiguous message.

HELP

He spun just in time to see Mr. Standish approach. The man’s face was red.

Charlie panicked all at once and began babbling. “I’m sorry, Mr. Standish. I had nothing to do with it. They just keep doing that. All over the floor. Just falling. And I...”

It was no use. Standish didn’t budge, didn’t blink. Charlie’s shoulders slumped and his head sagged. “I guess I better go home now.”

“I guess you better.”

He felt Mr. Standish’s eyes on his back, boring white-hot holes in his head as he trudged toward the door. It would have been one thing to be kicked out of the bookstore for something he’d done wrong. But this was quite another thing. Something was going on inside that bookstore and Charlie had nothing to do with it. Somehow, he felt as though the store needed him, as though the books needed him.

He walked outside and around the corner, waiting for the bell to stop tinkling against the door. Then he crept slowly back around to the window and positioned himself just beneath it, listening.

“You’re being very naughty, you know. And you’re scaring poor Charlie. You mustn’t scare away the customers like that. How will you ever find homes if we have no customers ?”

Charlie cringed inwardly. He had been convinced that Mr. Standish was lying to him. And now, it seemed as though the books really did want to find homes. He pressed his cheek against the brick below the window and listened.

“I have great plans for Charlie, you see. He’s such a pretty little boy.”

Charlie stood and ran. Something in that last sentence—though not entirely understood—was horribly wrong.

He spent all that night lying awake and staring at the ceiling. He had tried for the first few hours to read, but the concentration just wasn’t there. Then he tried to get his copy of Robin Hood to talk to him. But it was no use. Either the book couldn’t talk, or it couldn’t talk on its own. Either way, Charlie was still in the dark...and frightened.

The next day, Charlie found himself outside the bookstore once more. He sat on his bike at the end of the block, staring at the sign and chewing his bottom lip. He had to find out what was going on inside that store. And yet, he was terrified of the actual answer.

Finally, he screwed up his courage and pedaled down the sidewalk. He parked his bike in the usual slot in the bike rack. It seemed he was the only child in Stantonville who ever came to the store, so the bike rack was pretty much his own.

Charlie stretched out in the sidewalk beneath the store window, watching Mr. Standish through a mirror he had swiped from his mother’s vanity. He waited until Mr. Standish went into the office, then slipped inside.

He managed to pull the door open slowly enough that the bell didn’t sound. Once he had eased the door shut again, he tiptoed to the back of the store.

“Please tell me what to do,” he begged in a soft whisper. “Please.”

The answer came by way of a single offering. “Get,” said the first word of the title.

“Charlie?”

At the sound of Mr. Standish’s voice, Charlie gasped and spun. His heart was pounding against his ribs, making his chest jump. “Get? Get what? Please!”

A book slid forward, easing itself into Charlie’s soft grasp. “Shovel.” Charlie screamed. The tight grip of Mr. Standish’s hand on his shoulder was too much to bear. Charlie spun in a second, purposefully knocking several books from their shelves in order to conceal his treachery.

“I was beginning to think I wouldn’t see you today, Charlie. Glad to see you haven’t lost your taste for the books.”

“Oh no!” Charlie laughed nervously, the little gulps of air turned into titters and spat out between chattering teeth. “I’ll never stop loving books.”

“They seem to love you, too, Charlie.” He tapped one thick finger on the spine of the volume Charlie still held. “They leap right into your hands.”

“Yes, well...”

“It would seem that the books favor you, Charlie. As does the store. I think you’re ready to see our special collection.”

“Really?” Charlie feigned interest, forcing his eyes away from the door, his escape.

“Indeed. These are very special books. One of a kind, really. And I think they’re right up your alley.”

Charlie knew how his face must look to Mr. Standish. The man was playing along, trying to lure him into the back of the store, behind all those rows of shelves. Something very bad was about to happen, Charlie could feel it. And yet, if he tried to run too soon, Mr. Standish could grab him. Then it would be all over.

Mr. Standish looped one thick arm around Charlie’s shoulders and led him away, toward the back of the store where the emergency exit was. Only, it wasn’t an emergency exit at all. It was a door that led, not into the alley, but into another room.

One fat hand slid into a pocket and produced a ring of keys. Mr. Standish sorted through the set until he found just the right one. Then he slid it home and turned the lock on that old knob.

“Bear in mind, Charlie, that each of these books tells the unique and wonderful story of one person. It’s the essence of the writer, really. Quite beautiful.”

No matter how mad Mr. Standish was that Charlie had run, Charlie knew the man wouldn’t chase him. He had neither the energy nor the time to do so. He never left the store, except to buy food. And even then, there were three locks he had to engage before he left.

The bricks against Charlie’s back were hard and cold. He stood still for a moment, letting the wall hold him up while his knees regained their strength. More than anything in the world, he wanted to cry. He fought that urge, trying to shore up his strength and think clearly.

He couldn’t go back into that store. It was too risky. Mr. Standish would be on him in a second, then whatever the man had planned for him would be just a heartbeat away.

He couldn’t tell anyone. Who would believe the nine-year-old son of a whore? They’d think he was crazy and lock him up.

Still, he had to know where the books wanted him to take the shovel. What did they want him to dig up?

Charlie paced back and forth along the sidewalk in front of his house. There were only two kids who passed that way, snotty Shawna Reilly and Greg Tremblay. Greg was younger by two years than Charlie, but smart as a whip. He’d been advanced to third grade and there was talk of sending him yet another year ahead.

And so Charlie waited. The minute Greg walked past, Charlie reached out and snagged him by the sleeve. The shorter, younger boy let out a small yelp and shied away from Charlie at once.

“Relax, Greg. I’m not gonna take your lunch money or nothing. I just want to talk to you for a second.”

Greg scowled at Charlie and yanked back his arm. “What do you want?”

“I have a little job for you. And I’m willing to pay.”

Greg’s face lit up at that. Charlie could see the little cash register symbols in his eyes. “How much? And what’s the job?”

“All I want you to do is go into the bookstore for me. See, I can’t go in there no more ’cause Mr. Standish don’t like letting people like me and my Mama in.”

“Okay, and what do I do once I’m in this bookstore?” Greg’s eyes scanned the sidewalk.

“Go to the back of the store. All the way to the back where they keep the adventure books. Then just ask the books, ‘Where should Charlie take the shovel?’ That’s it. But ask quietly so old man Standish doesn’t hear you.”

“You want me to talk to BOOKS?” Greg backed away.

Charlie advanced. “I’ll explain later. But for right now, you have to trust me...and this five spot.” Charlie waved the bill beneath Greg’s nose. “Once you ask the question, books will slide out from the shelves, all on their own. Don’t be scared, though, okay? It won’t hurt you.”

“So, I walk into the back of Standish’s bookstore and ask the books where you should take the shovel.”

“Read the first word of the title of each book, in order, as they pop out.”

“And the books will give me the answer. And for this I get five bucks?”

“You got it! Don’t let me down, okay? And get in and out fast. Don’t hang around.”

“What if I get caught?” This seemed almost as important to Greg as the five-dollar bill which still held his eyes captive.

“Doing what? Talking to books? Look, if Standish catches you, just say you’re rehearsing for the school play and that’s why you were talking to yourself. Okay? Do we have a deal?”

“You’re weird as hell, Drier, ya know that?”

“Yea, I know. But do we have a deal?”

“Deal.”

The boys shook on it and Greg took off, bound for the bookstore. Charlie waited in front of his house, kicking stones and chewing his lip, hoping Greg wouldn’t get busted. It wouldn’t take Standish long to realize just who had sent Greg into the store. Then he might well come after Charlie.

At twelve past forever, Greg ran toward Charlie. He skidded around the corner and planted his gray sneakers on the sidewalk in a dead stop.

“So? So? What did they say?”

Still panting and holding his sides, Greg tried to stand fully upright. “I’ll tell you what, man. That bookstore is the creepiest place I’ve ever seen. How do they do that, anyway? Books popping out all over the place?”

“I don’t know how they do it. What did they tell you?”

“The old abandoned fishing pier. Dig at the end farthest from the water.” Greg paused for a moment, grimacing from the stitch in his side. “Now, where’s my five bucks?” Charlie yanked the bill from his pocket and pressed it into Greg’s sweaty palm. “Thanks, man.” And he dashed toward his house.

“Hey! What are you digging for, anyway?” Greg yelled after him.

“I’ll let you know when I find out,” Charlie hollered, then disappeared around the side of the house.

The ground was soft and mucky beneath the rotted old pier, so the digging wasn’t too hard. Charlie had waited for a spell, until all the old-timers dragged themselves home, fishing poles in tow. It had been a long time since fishing had been legal there, though the old residents refused to admit that.

Charlie watched the pile of dirt and sand pile up behind him, quickly at first, then more slowly as his arms got tired. He dug wide and deep, hoping against hope that he hadn’t lost his mind, and that he wasn’t digging in the wrong spot. Somewhere around seven that evening, he offered up a silent oath to pummel Greg into the ground if the kid had lied to him.

Then he tried to withdraw his shovel from the dirt and it stuck. Something soft and spongy had grabbed on to those little prongs on the head of the spade and held tight. Charlie let go of the handle and bent down to examine the hole more closely.

Something thin and black protruded from the sand and he poked at it, watching for signs of attack. Once he had decided that the thing was not really alive, he began pushing the sand away from it with his hands.

He poked one finger through the thin plastic, then shoved in a second finger and pulled. The bag slipped open, splitting easily from age and wear. Something white and hard poked through, stabbing through the air at him.

Charlie screamed and fell backward into the sand. His eyes locked on to the hole in that bag, he panted, gasped. It was a bone. Picked clean and bleached by time, a thick leg bone pointed at him accusingly.

He was off running then, spade and bag forgotten. He had to get to a phone, had to get help. Now, they would believe him.

Charlie wandered about the bookstore, looking in corners and peering among shadows. All about him, policemen gathered things and whispered among themselves. When he thought that no one might notice, Charlie stole away to the back of the store.

“How many of you are there? Did he kill you all?” Not a single book moved. “Why won’t you talk to me anymore?”

Charlie felt heat rise into his face. His muscles ached and his head pounded. He had digested an enormous amount of fear in the past twelve hours. Now, he merely felt empty.

“Hey, kiddo!” The tight grip on his shoulder squeezed a yell from Charlie’s lips. “You did a good thing.”

“Sir?” The policeman’s face was a welcome relief. Mr. Standish had long since been carted off to jail, but somehow, in Charlie’s mind, the man possessed superhuman powers and might well have shown up for one last crack at him.

“You probably saved a lot of children’s lives today. But tell me, how did you know to look under the pier?”

Charlie dry-swallowed his morals and stuttered. “I was just...you know...messing around under there. And I ran across the bag while digging for pirate treasure.” Charlie hated to lie. His mother lied all the time and it made Charlie feel sick inside when she lied to him.

“You must have been very frightened.”

“Yes, sir.”

“What I still don’t understand is how you connected it all to Mr. Standish.” The officer stared at him, unblinking and steady.

Charlie tried to think of something to say, tried to come up with some plausible lie that wouldn’t make him sound like a fool.

“Oh well! Of course! He probably showed you what was in the back room. All those books. Written in blood and bound in human skin. He’s really an awful man. And you’re damn lucky he didn’t get his hands on you.” The officer poked Charlie in the stomach playfully. “From now on, you leave the sleuthing up to us professionals, okay, pardner?”

“You got it, sir.” Charlie nodded vehemently and crossed his fingers behind his back...just in case.

The policeman walked away, leaving Charlie alone with the books. He turned slowly, sighing as he gazed up at the shelves.

“So what will become of you now? Will you get to go free? Or are you stuck here?” He waited a reasonable amount of time, then shook his head sadly. “Well, I might have hallucinated the whole thing. Who knows? Maybe I am a little crazy.”

Slowly, Charlie wandered down the aisle of bookshelves, his legs a little weaker than they were that morning, his load a little lighter.

Then he heard a sound, something familiar in its tone, yet strange in its timing. Two books, hitting the floor, though not as they usually did. These books simply landed on the wood floor, falling gently as though dropped from only an inch or two.

Charlie froze for a moment, holding his breath and wondering what he would see. When he turned, the two books were directly in front of him, not more than six inches away. He smiled as he looked at them, nodding reverently as he read the titles.

THANK

YOU

“You’re welcome,” Charlie offered with a little mock salute. Then he turned and left the store, the books, and the bones.

Philip Robinson

HROUGH AN INTERNET message board, I once told Richard Laymon how my agent had rejected a novel manuscript because she was so disturbed by the content that she didn’t feel comfortable introducing such work to the reading public. The book had been heavily influenced by Richard Laymon. He replied, suggesting I frame that letter.

Perhaps ten years before, I’d read a book called The Stake, by a guy I’d never heard of...purchased in a secondhand bookstore in Dublin. Three pages into it, I knew I had to read everything this man had ever written. I had my favorite writers...people whose work I devoured...and by the time I’d finished The Stake, there was a new star amongst their ranks. I’d always been astounded with the sheer consistency of Laymon’s work. Unlike many of his jaded contemporaries, in the latter period of his career he was actually producing some of his greatest work...books like Island, Body Rides, The Midnight Tour, The Traveling Vampire Show.

I acquired my copy of The Wilds directly from Richard Laymon, a “Christmas 2000” gift from my wife (it was a late gift, arriving around the beginning of January). The Laymon family had gone on vacation around the time it arrived, and when they got back home Richard emailed my wife and told her he’d been thinking about us during his vacation, worrying that we might not have safely received the book. This man, whose work had changed my life and made me want to be a writer, had been worrying about me! I’d often dreamed of meeting Richard Laymon (and embarrassing the hell out of him by gushing about his work), but a little over a month after I’d received The Wilds in the post, we got the terrible news that Richard was gone.

During very dark periods in my life, when everything seemed a waste, the one thing that kept me going was the dream that one day I would be a published writer. My love for the work of a very select number of writers kept that dream alive for me, kept my enthusiasm strong. Richard Laymon was, and still is, at the top of that list.

Philip Robinson

IGHT WORKED ON the tree, displaying it in a way daylight never could...shaping and styling its leaves and branches until the Cedar seemed to become a huge, drooping face looking at me through the nursery window.

Carol and I were converting the spare room at the front of the house into a bedroom befitting a princess, racing against the miracle of nature to get it done. Stripping, painting, wallpapering, sawing, hammering, carpeting...we went to bed every night with sore hands and aching backs, flecks and smudges of paint on our bodies that no amount of showering could defeat.

I’d never paid much attention to the big Cedar outside the window...but in the summer evening light its beauty was striking. Its leaves were wafer-thin, mostly green but for an erratic spattering of brown and yellow, and each one shaped like an elaborate snowflake drawn by a child. These green snowflakes hung all the way down to the ground, worn like a dress and so thick you couldn’t see the trunk at the center.

In the darkness of night, though, a black hulking thing stood out there, its branches not quite touching the glass but you got the feeling they would like to...maybe splay their leaves like fingers on the cool pane. At night, its luscious green dress became a long black cloak. Trimmed branches near the top, hardly even noticeable in daylight, became horrid amputee stumps, bare and black.

We couldn’t leave it out there after the baby came. No child deserved to sleep under the gaze of such a monster.

Tap-tap!

I opened my eyes and half-climbed out of bed before realizing I wasn’t in bed, but lying back against the wall in the nursery. I remembered sitting down to have a cup of tea after Carol had called it a night (there it was next to me, cold and barely touched), and I must have dozed off.

Tap-tap!

One of the branches was waving back and forth outside, knocking gently against the glass. I walked closer to the window. The tree had never seemed within reach before...

I considered ignoring it and going to bed, but I knew it would bug me so I went outside for a better look.

A nice warm breeze was blowing around...I could hear the swiiiiish-swiiiiish of trees around the neighborhood, tall black silhouettes being pulled back and forth against the dark sky.

I walked around the Cedar, peering up at its full body, watching it sway in the gentle breeze and—

A voice came from within its thick coat: “Brian.”

Raspy and gravelly and guttural. I held my breath...it was the voice a Rottweiler would have if it could say my name.

I stepped back with fright. “Who’s there?” I felt so foolish...talking to a tree, but there was no doubt where the voice had originated.

“I have been waiting.” The Cedar towered high above me, its broad peak rising higher than the rain-gutter of the house.

“Who’s in there!” I reached forward to part the branches, but found I didn’t want to touch them. The leaves began to rustle up and down the height of the tree, as though someone in there was rummaging around for something they’d carelessly misplaced, and then near the top there was a parting in the branches and something was shoved through the black, oval opening.

(I’m dreaming...I must be dreaming this. I’m actually upstairs in bed with Carol and...)

A lump of darkness hurtled down at me. I yelped and stepped back and it slammed into the grass at my feet with a dull thud—the carcass of a gray cat. Its belly was swollen and doughy, its skin visible through its mangy, stringy coat. There were gashes and gouges all over, as though large teeth had ripped hunks of flesh out. There was just a deep, bloody scoop in the front of its head where its face should have been.

I jammed my fist into my mouth to keep from screaming. The muscles in my legs were twitching spasmodically. High above, the branches closed in again and the tree rustled softly in the breeze.

“I’m calling the police!” I said, trying to keep from shouting. My breathing was erratic and labored.

A powerful growl rolled out of the tree, vibrating through the ground under my feet. Then I caught a horrible stench from the mangled cat, putrid and sweet. My stomach heaved and I vomited...careful not to get any on the cat. My eyes went blurry with moisture; my throat burned.

“Brian, I know your pretty wife. She carries your spawn.” The voice in the tree was calm. “She comes often.”

Suddenly my nose and mouth were stuffed with cotton. My face was numb. I couldn’t breathe.

Carol!

My ears were buzzing. My body was chilled and sweating; my skin tightened and crawled. I gaped up at the tree.

“Is your pretty wife quicker than our feline friend, Brian?”

I wanted to be dreaming. I had to be dreaming.

“You will feed me. From your own tree. Or a stranger’s.”

I staggered away...this couldn’t be happening yet that terrible voice, the numbness, the stench of cat and vomit...those things mixed a swirling cocktail in my head which couldn’t be denied.

I ran to the house.

Upstairs, I washed my face and hands and then fell into bed beside Carol. She half-awoke enough to drape one arm across my chest. “Finished that nursery yet, Handsome?”

“Almost,” I whispered. My forehead was burning, but my skin was covered in a sheen of ice. I rolled towards her and squeezed her to me, smelling her hair and fighting tears.

Opening my eyes to morning light, for a moment I had the comfort of thinking it had all been a terrible nightmare. But just for a moment. Then I knew better.

Downstairs, I went through to the kitchen and started coffee, then slumped into a chair and forced myself to wake up.

(It couldn’t have been fucking real! Couldn’t have been!)

Fuck it. I downed a full mug of coffee and went outside. The morning was sunny and bright but a nice little chill to the air...few clouds in the blue sky. I could smell morning dew, and the wet grass felt good under my bare feet.

I didn’t want to look.

The tree stood there in all its fine glory, its coat of green snowflakes elegant and gently swaying.

There was no cat on the ground.

(RELIEF!!!)

I sucked in a delicious breath and—

Nooooo!

There was a smudge on the ground, a darkening right where the cat had lain, and between it and the tree the grass had been flattened.

The tree had reached out in the night and dragged the cat back into its folds.

I ran back inside the house, leaning against the front door and a ridiculously high-pitched squeak whistling from my throat.

“That you, honey?” Carol called from the bathroom upstairs.

“Just me,” I gasped. I could imagine her up there, sitting on the pot with her ubiquitous Bathroom Reader held in front of her.

I wouldn’t let anything happen to her. I wouldn’t...

“Hey,” she called down. “Listen to this...did you know that Bugs Bunny actually won an Oscar?”

Oh Christ...I didn’t know what to do.

I went to the kitchen and a few moments later she came in, waddling with her big belly and easing herself down into a chair. “Hey, I checked in the nursery...you fall asleep in there or something?” She put the cup of last night’s tea on the table.

“Yeah...dozed off.” I wanted to blurt everything out but Christ...how could I...? She’d think I was losing my marbles: “Sweetie, I don’t think you’ve got all your dogs on the same leash.”

We drank coffee while she told me of her plans for the morning—look for a cheap border to match the wallpaper, shop for yet more baby clothes, then she was meeting Natasha for lunch and what a gossip-fest that would be.

I walked Carol out to the car. My eyes tried to pull my head to the side but I kept facing forward. I didn’t want to look at that tree. It was watching us. Watching Carol. If I turned it would see the fear in my eyes.

(Get a grip!)

It’s a tree, for Christ’s sake! It’s just a fucking Cedar tree.

I watched her pull away, tooting the horn twice, and relief washed through me. Then I faced the tree and gathered all my courage; I walked forward, arms outstretched like a lost blind man. When my hands touched the leaves a shudder of revulsion swept through me. They felt plastic and rubbery to my fingers and some of them had tiny brown buds on the edges; I parted them and peered inside. Despite the brightness of the morning, beyond the leaves was darkness. I could barely make out the shape of the tree trunk in there. I saw no sign of the cat.

A door slammed, startling me, and I pulled back. It was Alan Mange, our next-door neighbor. We weren’t really on the best of terms since he took it upon himself to cut down half the hedge separating our front gardens. But he did know about trees and so while he was walking around to his garage I called him over. He seemed surprised to be hearing from me, since the last words we’d exchanged had been loud and heated.

Wearing his usual white shirt and baby-shit-brown tie, he worked for a huge chain store...one of those slimy credit officers who spends his day in a gray cubicle calling people to threaten them with litigation when they can’t pay their credit bill.

I was as pleasant to him as I could be, under the circumstances. Skinny man, thin face with a ridiculous attempt at a beard, he gave a scowl and then bent and parted the branches with his hands, peering inside. He wouldn’t talk to me, but friend of the planet that he was he was willing to—

Suddenly his head jerked back and his eyes gaped wide. His whole body tensed and he lunged himself at the tree, tackling it like a footballer. The whole tree shook. A branch cracked and the leaves sighed.

The tree had his arm...it had grabbed him...from inside.

He tried to pull away but he was caught in there. He shouted something and reached his other arm out to me and then suddenly he came free and—Oh sweet Christ...he was on his knees and his shirtsleeve ended in a ragged, flapping red cuff which was spurting dark blood and—

A long brown limb shot out of the tree, so fast I barely saw it. It was coated with a dry, matted “fur”; a big hand on the end had bare knuckles, like badly-carved wooden golf balls, and five long, thick fingers tapered into jagged points. In a flash it grabbed the elbow of my maimed neighbor’s arm and yanked him back. This time, one whole side of Al Mange disappeared into those leaves. He screamed but the sound was cut off in an instant. His head gave a sickening lurch. There was a violent spasm within the tree and his whole body kicked, and then the loud, smacking sound of a burst pipe filled the morning.

Blood surged out from under the tree, and the leaves around Al dripped crimson.

I tried to move but...what do you do when the whole world has been pulled out from under your feet?

The tree was jerking crazily, like a dog trying to shake itself dry. Only a single bloody arm was hanging out from the leaves now, and then that too disappeared, taken by the tree.

(Not the tree. Something inside.)

The leaves reluctantly ceased their crazy tantrum and settled, but from inside I could hear wet sucking sounds...chewing...harsh ripping of flesh...cracking and snapping of bones...

All around me was a perfect morning...except for this one little pocket of madness...this tree, which had been overtaken, invaded, occupied. My brain steadfastly refused to accept it, and tried to insist that there was some rational explanation...that it was all just a big mistake that would shortly be rectified.

“Brian.” The voice sent an electric jolt shooting through my body. “Thank you.”

I bolted back inside the house.

It was almost dark. The wind was cooler now.

There wasn’t a drop of blood on the leaves,

(Licked clean)

nor in the soil, which was unstained.

(Sucked dry)

I looked across at Al Mange’s house and wondered if his wife knew yet that anything was wrong. What time had she been expecting him home? Had she called the police yet?

The tree stood tall in the evening dimness, barely ruffled by the wind. Satiated?

Carol was waving at me through the nursery window.

I went back inside and joined her, but I spilled so much paint...knocked over a can of nails, then picked them up and knocked them over again...I put the border up crooked...

We decided to finish early.

When she went up to bed I sat on the floor, back against the wall, and stared out at the tree.

My mind still couldn’t...Christ...had I really seen what—

I was getting fucking tired of that question!

Then I was outside again, standing in the cool breeze in front of the tree and I didn’t even remember leaving the nursery. My body was trembling and I could smell an odor on myself.

(Fear...that’s my own fear)

I stared up. It rose above the rain-gutter on the roof. “You’re just a tree,” I told it.

For long moments there was silence. Then the voice. “I need more.”

“No...I...”

“You do not believe,” it said, and a rustle ran through its bulk.

(Swishswish)

“I am not real to you.”

Somehow I remained on my feet. My whole body felt like it was being held up by puppet strings. My stomach was roiling.

“Brian. See me.”

And the branches pulled apart in front of me like stage curtains. Did I expect to see the bloody remains of Alan Mange? There was nothing. Not even his clothes. Nothing but darkness within the tree.

“Here.”

I screamed and fell back. It had come out of nowhere. Whatthefuck?...formed from the wood of the tree itself! It had been invisible, or camouflaged, then in an instant it was hanging from the branches like a primate. Its head and body was formed from a big, twisting knot of wood with an oval opening in front, a gash like a blow from an axe...and the splinters within were formed into pointing fangs. There were no eyes I could make out, no ears, but a single vine rose from the top of the knot, brown leaves hanging lethargically from its length and gathered in a cluster near the tip. It had four arm/leg-type limbs—one of which I’d seen destroy my neighbor—and these, along with the rest of the body, were covered in a coat comprised of compressed, dead leaves.

It was hanging from one of the higher branches, and its tentacle-type vine swayed back and forth on the air in front of it. It was “looking” at me. I felt a hysterical giggle rising inside me because there was something hanging around its head. Al Mange’s tie, still knotted as though it had been tugged hurriedly off his head.

(Or his head had been ripped off and the tie had been simply slipped from the shoulders...and now this thing was having a joke with it.)

There was a gentle creaking sound...the sound of the creature shifting...clenching a muscle, stretching a limb. When it spoke, the whole face twisted in grotesque patterns, and that deep growl rolled from the head. “Meat.”

How could this be (my mind insisted, still refusing to accept)?

“Brian. Feed me.”

“Fuck you.” The words came out on a breath before I even realized I was speaking, but the creature just laughed softly...the wood cracking and splintering against its natural state to comply with the chuckle.

“From another, or yours, Brian. I will have your pretty wife, and the tender meat she grows within.”

“You can’t. Please.”

“Cats and puppies. Snatching birds from flight. Digging insects from the ground. These do not sate me. I must feed.”

The tree closed up and I stood there for a moment, then staggered back inside the house, into the dark nursery.

How long had it been out there, gestating in the tree, watching Carol and I going in and out? Where had it come from? Were we still alive only because it needed me to supply “meat,” just as I had unwittingly served up my neighbor?

Get Carol out of the house...get her away from here.

Of course, in her condition she wasn’t about to scale the eight-foot fence that surrounded our back garden, and certainly not the wall beyond. And how would I explain...she wouldn’t take me seriously...any more seriously than the police would.

Police? Yes, I’d like to report a monster living in my Cedar.

Well, I could say we saw someone lurking around out there.

What then, though? They might come and look...and what then?

But maybe that would be enough...

I got to my feet. It was the best idea I had...but still a long way from good.

The creature was out there...waiting. It didn’t know I’d called the police, and it didn’t know Carol was awake and sitting quietly—albeit confounded—in the dark kitchen (I’d told her nothing, begging her to simply put her trust in me), and it didn’t know about the bucket in the hallway. Unless, of course, that horrible tentacle was super-sensitive.

Christ, for all I knew it could read my fucking mind!

The glare of headlights momentarily filled the front garden and illuminated the Cedar as the police car came to a stop. It was 3:15 a.m.

“Carol,” I said softly. “This is it. Please just do as I said...but wait till their backs are turned.” I went to the front door before she could hit me with another barrage of questions. Two officers approached from the car, a man and a woman. “Thanks for coming,” I told them. “I haven’t seen any movement for a few minutes.”

Their radios were silent on their hips. “Where did you last notice the intruder?” the woman asked. Her young eyes had been hardened by her job. The man was older but his face softer, more experienced.

I gestured to the Cedar. “He was hanging around over there.”

“Let’s take a look, then.” They went to the Cedar. Behind me, Carol stepped around the pungent bucket in the hallway and out of the house.

Then all hell broke loose!

Whether it was because of the police, or Carol, the tree...whooshed! as though a huge fart had been let loose inside...that long green coat billowed out like Marilyn Monroe’s dress when she stood on that subway grate. And the night filled with screams.

The male officer drew his gun, then dropped it to the ground with the rest of his arm. Blood sprayed from the shoulder-stump and a big brown fist grabbed his head and dragged him into the tree, his kicking feet tearing up divots in the lawn.

Carol was screaming and I shouted at her over my shoulder to run!

The female officer had managed to draw both her gun and her radio. She was shrieking incoherently (to my ears) into the radio, and when she started firing her hand was shaking so badly her first shots shattered the nursery window and knocked a chunk of siding out of the wall. Then the creature burst out of the tree—not entirely...it held on to something inside with one limb—and grabbed the officer by the face. Her screams became muffled and smothered in the hairy, wooden grip. She managed to raise her arm and fire her gun once more, then she was flung to the ground, leaving most of her bloody face in the fist of the creature.

I spun around and saw Carol lying on the front lawn, legs spread-eagled and clutching her heaving belly.

Oh Christ...not now...please...!

I grabbed the bucket of gasoline from the doorway, clutched the Zippo in my hand, and turned to see the mangled remains of the female officer being hurled through the air in a red and black mess. A warm spattering suddenly moistened my face, and the sharp taste on my lips wasn’t rain. She flew high into the night above, and came down with a metallic crash onto a car parked across the street.

Then the creature turned, and although there was some distance between them...I had no doubt it could reach Carol.

I stepped in front of my wife and the creature lunged forward. Some kind of trailing, ropy cord unfurled from its rear, running back into the tree. I hurled the bucket’s contents right at it, soaking it with gasoline. It hit me hard. I flew backwards, slamming into the ground with the creature on top of me. The stench of gas was overpowering. I could barely breathe and then something poked into my belly, gouging the flesh, burrowing and rummaging inside as though looking for loose change in a pocket.

I tried to ignore the pain...(in fact, it was more a numbing sensation than an agonizing one)...and I flicked open the Zippo in my hand.

I would go up with this creature, but Carol and the baby...

I flicked the flame into life, hoping I’d be able to—

White light exploded in the night...followed an instant later by a deep, powerful phoof! sound. Flames engulfed us. I shoved, kicked, and punched. The fire spat out sparks and crackled like crumpling plastic. The creature’s fangs had become little flames in its mouth. I rolled sideways in panic and something was yanked out of my stomach with a sucking pop!

I could smell burning wood, grass, and flesh. Red and yellow flames danced from my body. I threw myself to the ground, rolling around the way I’d seen done in movies; miraculously, the technique worked. Black smoke billowed from my charred clothes and skin. Numbing shock was slowly giving way to pain. A few feet away the creature was throwing itself around in a panic, still burning...it obviously hadn’t seen the same movies I had. Flames were running down the length of its tail-cord like a lit fuse, and when it reached the tree the lush Cedar didn’t waste any time in going up.

The burning creature began making its way towards Carol. Not as sprightly as it had been, but still intent. This was no longer about hunger...the creature was going to kill her just because.

Her top had pulled up and her bare belly looked huge in the glowing fire of the Cedar, which painted the whole front garden in broad orange strokes and threw manic shadows across her pale, bulging flesh. The heat was like the inside of a barbeque.

I rushed at the creature and kicked as hard and solidly as I could, and felt my foot break with the impact; then I dropped my weight onto its crawling bulk and the flames reintroduced themselves to me. Thick fingers grabbed my jaw and shoved, and I felt my chin jerk sideways to a position it had never known before. The lower half of my face suddenly felt like it had been jammed down into a sink of slushy ice. I tried to scream but that only hurt more. The creature threw me off and reared over Carol, and even in its horrid condition I could sense how it relished what it was about to do. Its bulging paws, all splintered wood and raging fire, reached for her belly.

I grabbed its blackened tail-cord, barely feeling it singe my palms, and yanked...hauling the creature back a little from Carol. Then I turned and tugged from the other end. There was no give at first...the creature bellowed and I gave another pull with all I had. For a moment nothing...then I was thrown backwards and thought the creature had dragged me. Then I realized the cord had snapped away from the burning tree.

The Cedar was dropping its burning limbs as though in submission. Black smoke was pouring from it in a torrent, growing a dark mushroom in the sky above the house. The creature was screaming; with its connection to the tree broken it seemed to lose all strength to fight.

But that wasn’t enough. I forced myself to grab its severed tail and I dragged it across towards the inferno that had been our Cedar.

Only then did I notice the line of gawking people on the edge of the lawn. They were speaking and shouting, but I ignored them and kept to my purpose. Then the blare of sirens filled the air and I ignored those too. I picked the creature up by the tail, and in its cindered face I could see its pleading and horrified expression. Its front tentacle—that all-sensing stem—had been burned away to a little wavering nub.

I swung the creature into the heart of the burning Cedar.

Fire department, police vehicles, an ambulance...they gathered around the front of the house in a circus of flashing lights and hurrying uniforms. Firemen battled the tree and the side of our house, which had caught. Two medics prepared Carol to give birth on the lawn while two more begged me to come with them to the hospital. But I refused...I wouldn’t leave Carol so they worked to set my jaw, plug the hole in my stomach, and treat the burns right there on the lawn...I don’t think they even knew about my broken foot.

I was barely conscious. Carol’s face was covered in tears and smudges. Ash fell all around us like black snow, and smoke hung like thunderclouds above the house.

And our daughter was born into chaos.

I clenched my teeth and threw my head back as the medics plugged my belly, and beside me the baby screeched.

I could hear the swiiiiish! of the other trees in the neighborhood, the planet’s lungs, and I wondered.

Jim Hillman

’M JUST A FAN.

I can’t recall the exact moment that I became a fan. It wasn’t a dramatic transformation or conversion. I just remember continually searching the bookstores throughout the United States in search of anything written by Richard Laymon. It was a mission. Aside from some finds at used bookstores and an occasional short story discovered in a new horror anthology, my thirst sadly went unquenched.

Then one glorious day, a librarian told me that Richard Laymon was a big author in England (this was before the Internet explosion), so I went there. Utopia! A corner convenience store in London had a treasure trove of Laymon novels.

Sightseeing? No, I had Laymon books to read.

And, boy, did I read.

Island! I tried to talk my wife out of taking an island-hopping cruise. The Cellar! I insisted our first house was not to have a basement. The Quake! I bought earthquake insurance for my Indiana home. Funland! Now I am a Director of the National Amusement Park Historical Association. The list goes on. Coincidences?

It really doesn’t matter. What matters is that we have the stories, we got to know the gentleman author of horror, and now have the opportunity to come together in celebration of his life.

The following short sequel is for his fans, his family, Laymon himself, and librarians everywhere. Enjoy!

Jim Hillman

HE CALLED AND GOT directions. Before I gave the situation a second thought, Jill was knocking at my door. She wore a short black leather skirt and a light blue tank top. No bra, her perky nipples greeted me without reluctance.

I said nothing as she grabbed me and hugged. I squeezed her tightly back, feeling her warmth against my body and her nipples against my chest. It was a long, passionate embrace, followed by moist, powerful kisses.

“I want you,” she purred. She pushed me backwards, shut and locked the door, and began the process of undressing me. I tried to speak, but she was actively kissing and stroking me. We fucked hard.

I was still inside Jill when I saw her. I couldn’t say how long she had been watching.

Even though I immediately sloshed out of Jill and gathered my clothing, I wasn’t quick enough. My girlfriend was out the door and speeding off in her car before I stumbled onto the porch.

She had probably used the key I kept hidden under the porch mat and planned to surprise me. She often would come to my apartment late at night and seduce me. Only this time, she entered my apartment and caught me violently copulating with Jill. The act was raw. We were just animals operating by instinct. I felt no emotion for her.

Damn! I really screwed up. Why couldn’t I have just kept it in my pants? I guess we all make mistakes that we regret later.

I hadn’t seen Jill since college and boy had she looked good. I mean I wasn’t planning to get laid. In fact, since we parted company on less than good terms, I was surprised that she even contacted me. She said she was just passing through town and wanted to see me. Talk about the old days. Instead, we relived the old days.

“Who the hell was that,” Jill inquired in a pissed-off tone. “Your wife?”

“You better leave,” I firmly retorted.

“Aren’t you gonna finish what you started?”

I was despondent. Lost in thought, I didn’t respond.

Gone was the girl who I had planned to marry. She was spunky, full of life, and we had already been through hell together. I met her last year at the library, falling instantly into love. It sounds corny, but I knew immediately that she was the girl for me. There was some out-of-control chemistry that took place. I knew if I took things slow, really nurtured our relationship with understanding and patience, our future together would become real.

While I had to initially take a backseat to her pastime of life endangerment, it was a small price to pay. I met her at a very strange time in her life. I had to compete with another (for lack of a better term) man who was toying with her sense of adventure and her desire for wealth. And, when the games were over, we both won. We both had each other.

But, our relationship had a price. The experiences we shared last year changed us tremendously and in unsettling ways. While our romance had started slow, our relationship accelerated as we became quite accustomed to the nuances of each other’s desires. We had faced death head-on and connected on an almost surreal level. The longing was never satisfied, intensified by lustful desire and total acceptance.

And that opened doors for great sex. Nothing was taboo. We lived to please the other, which meant we got extremely kinky.

It started about a week after the games had ended. We broke into the town funeral home, Flanner’s Mortuary, so that we could screw on an embalming table and in a coffin. It sounded like a hoot to both of us. Once there, we were out-of-control, totally possessed.

It was her idea to drink each other’s blood. We cut and licked each other’s salty red gushes. We did this in ritual fashion believing it brought us even closer together, cutting and feeding in the thrill of foreplay. As time progressed, we increased our intake of crimson fluid, from licking to sucking, to major consumption. We would return to the funeral home often.

It didn’t stop there. On special occasions, we would cut small pieces of flesh from our butts and thighs and feed each other. We would dance naked and engage in mutual masturbation in front of an audience of corpses. We would use the embalming equipment, including the suction devices, to pleasure ourselves. It was erotic freedom. It was spiritual and fulfilling and wild.

We would also play at strangling each other. You know, as lovers, what better way to express total trust than to hand your life over to your partner. We would do other things too. No request by the other went unanswered: bondage, sex in public places, inserting a variety of obscure items into various orifices. We frequently took various illegal drugs and herbal alternatives to enhance our perceptions and sensitivities. We even initiated ceremonial magic as we researched the occult together, trying to understand the changes occurring in us.

You get the idea. I don’t know why, or how, we were coming up with some of these twisted ideas, but everything we did seemed right, although occasionally life threatening, and only upon reflection, maybe a little bizarre.

This was all a bit strange because neither one of us were perverted or hedonistic, let alone cannibalistic, prior to the events of last year. Like I said, we had been changed. Because we came so close to death, we were compelled to experience and maximize life. We would not deny ourselves on our road to discovery. We were literally, and figuratively, feeding off our combined erotic energies.

It wasn’t just the sex. It was the way we interacted (or didn’t interact) with the world. We lived only for our time together, a celebration of long walks, talks about nothing, and just being friends. Thinking back, the last several months were spent almost exclusively together. We were jealous of anything or anyone that got in our way. No prolonged contact with family or friends, just each other. I wanted (I mean want) to spend my life with this woman. I really fucked up and I am sorry.

“Fine,” she fumed past me. “Next time I’m in town, I stay at the motel and use my pocket rocket.”

I watched her huff past me. She waved her middle finger and uttered a few additional obscenities before driving away.

Several months had passed since my carnal visit from Jill. Jane had disappeared off the face of the Earth. Her co-workers had not heard from her. Her family didn’t have a clue where she was. Nobody knew where she was or what she was doing. We had no contact whatsoever after that night. We went from intense togetherness to nothing.

It was unbearable. I lost my job and alienated the few remaining friends and relatives who bothered to communicate with me. The last several months had been spent missing Jane and feeling sorry for myself. Not a waking hour passed without me longing to hold her, taste her, and make love to her. Jane defined me and made me whole. She was the totality of my life. The withdrawal from both Jane and the drugs was horrendous. Now she was gone.

Until the phone call.

It was early in the morning and I was lost deep in sleep. I had been dreaming about death and how comforting it sounded. I thought about death a lot. I even contemplated, fantasized really, about killing myself. I lived each waking hour knowing that I betrayed my one true love and how the only release from her spell would come with my death, or her return. I longed for release, but at the same time, I continued to plod through life reliving the memories of my dear Jane.

Then, the phone rang. I jerked to consciousness and proceeded to grope around the bed covers for the phone.

Groggily, I murmured, “Hello.” No reply.

“Hello,” I said again. Several seconds elapsed. I was about to press the disconnect button when I heard a slight chuckle. It was her chuckle.

“Jane,” I managed to garble in disbelief. “Jane?”

“My skin is so pale,” she replied.

“Jane...Jane?” The connection went dead.

Jane! I knew it was her. After all these months, she had made contact. She must still care, or at least she still thinks about me. The call had given me hope that my life was not over. Now, it was only a matter of waiting. I could wait forever if need be. I knew she would call back. She had to call back. I stared at the phone and cried.

I felt both pain and confusion as thoughts formed. What did she mean that her skin was pale? Was she sick? Did she need me? Was she just mocking me? Had she just made love with another man, a man who had consumed her blood, and was calling to arouse my hunger? No! I knew we had a bond that, while damaged because of my infidelity, could never be broken. I’ll just have to wait. Pale skin?

I didn’t need to wait long. The phone rang again. It didn’t ring twice.

“Jane! I love you, Jane. I’m sorry. Are you okay? Can I see you?” I pleaded between sobs.

No answer. Just a giggle and a moan.

“Jane, please. I made a horrible mistake. I need to...”

Jane interrupted, “Hello, Brace.”

“Jane, I have longed for this moment. I love you...so lonely without you.”

“Bracey, please don’t say anything else. I love you too. I know you’re sorry for breaking my heart. But, you’re a man. She was a thin, pretty girl. I was running late for my routine surprise seduction. I can understand you not wanting to wait a few more minutes. No hard feelings.”

“Jane, please don’t do this,” I interjected with emotion.

“Hush, Brace. I said don’t talk. If you talk, I will hang up the phone and you will never hear from me again. You wouldn’t like that, would you Brace? Never to hear my voice again. Never to fuck me again. Never to drink my blood or squeeze your hands around my neck. I have some ideas for our relationship. I think you will like my plans, Brace. Check your email.”

The phone went dead. I quickly pushed the disconnect button, followed by power, to get a dial tone. I dialed *69 and jotted down the number that the electronic operator recited, pressed the disconnect and power buttons again, and dialed that same number in desperation. I let it ring twenty or so times. No answer. I slammed the headset down hard.

I rushed to my computer to check my email. I had several new messages, but only one with an email address I didn’t recognize. The subject line had my name in capital letters. This was my message from Jane. I retrieved the message.

The correspondence contained two words: your mailbox.

My mailbox! Still in my pajamas, I ran to my door, opened it and jumped down the steps of my apartment to the mailboxes. Realizing I forgot my keys, I quickly stumbled back up the steps to retrieve them from the rack on the wall near the door. I grabbed the keys and rushed for the mailboxes. My hands were shaking with anticipation, body dripping with perspiration, as I located the correct key on the ring.

I inserted the key and opened my mailbox. A white, thin envelope with drops of fresh blood was waiting for me. I longingly placed the envelope near my mouth and licked the scarlet droplets from the paper. The taste was exquisite. I savored the scent of the perfumed paper as I glanced down at the single handwritten word:

BRACE

I tore at the sealed flap. I looked into the envelope. Inside was a new, crisp fifty-dollar bill and a note. I thought about the implications. I thought about my life and my addictions. I thought about my love for Jane. I feared what would be written on the note.

I knew that reading the note would be a defining moment. I had waited patiently for Jane to return to my life. I also knew that whatever the words told me to do, that I would obey. There is no greater love than to trust your life to your partner. I had a feeling that my life was in Jane’s hands. I took the bill and tucked it into my pajama top pocket, then I unfolded and read the message from my lover, my Jane.

Dear Brace,

Come and play with me.

I want you to write about our relationship and how we celebrated our love. I want you to write about the night you broke my heart. I want you to write about our months apart. I want you to write about this morning. Tell the details, but be brief. Write it like a story. Write it in first person. Refer to me as Jane. Leave your written words on the kitchen counter when you meet me tonight.

Further instruction will be found at Flanner’s Mortuary on our table. Arrive at midnight. You’ll be glad you did.

Warmest Regards,

MOG

(Mistress of Games)

Jane, I will do anything for you.

She finished reading the words written by Brace. He had left them on the kitchen counter as she had requested. She smiled briefly before folding and depositing them in her coat pocket. Maybe she would send a copy to Jill, or the mortician at Flanner’s, or to Brace’s sister in Utah. She chuckled. The games had just begun.

Geoff Cooper

F I WERE TO WRITE everything I wanted to about Dick Laymon, my contribution to this book would run three-quarters-of-a-million words, thereby requiring another volume. Collectors would demonstrate in the streets outside the independent bookstores, screaming for my head. As the leg bone is connected to the hip bone, the calls for my death would follow the chain: booksellers demand my evisceration, and, in an effort to appease everyone, the editors of this book would place me in the stockade, taking turns of beating me about the head and shoulders with hardbound copies of The Midnight Tour, only to stop after publisher Rich Chizmar decides to throw me into the middle of Camden Yards with a big sign around my neck, identifying me as a Yankees fan, and have the citizenry of Baltimore (all those Orioles fans shudder) bludgeon me with baseball bats. In the interest of self-preservation, I will attempt to keep this a reasonable length.

I think most have heard The Saga Of The Jets Hat. If not, check your copies of Night in the Lonesome October (dust jacket photo) and Friday Night in Beast House, or acquire a videotape of The Late Show with David Letterman from 20th October, 2000. I won’t go there this time: Kelly already wrote about that. Anyone could do a master’s thesis on the importance of the body of Laymon’s work. So I’m going to have to go somewhere else, and keep it short enough to ensure I live long enough to see this make print. This ain’t gonna be easy.

Dick Laymon saved my life. Now I don’t mean this in the way that I mean that Lucy Taylor’s novel, Dancing with Demons, kept me from drinking at the time—which it did. If Dick Laymon did not do what he did when he did it, I’d have dined on a bullet. That’s about as blunt as I can say it. I was leaning toward the 230-grain hollowpoint in favor of the 165-grain variety. Fuck it: if you’re going to do something, do it right—that’s my motto. Half-measures avail nothing.

When my ex-wife left me for the guy across the street, I’ve no shame in saying I was suicidal. Everything that meant anything to me was gone. I had no job, no kid, no wife. She took the pasta from the cupboards (I confronted her about that. She said: “What the fuck do you need it for?”), the only running car, every reason I could think of to live.

I was sitting at my desk one day about a week after she moved out, thinking that I’d need a second magazine for the weapon. My intent was to walk over there, take care of her and her boyfriend, and then have the last bullet for lunch.

My phone rang. The caller ID box identified the caller as “Anonymous,” and I thought, Oh, fuck. It’s one of her lawyers calling to bend me over the couch, stick it in and break it off. I knew it wasn’t Rainy or Keene, with their daily call to see if I’d gone postal yet. It was too early in the day—about four in the afternoon—and their numbers always came up on the ID. The only “Anonymous” number that called during that time was Ray, and I’d just talked to him before, so there was little chance of him calling back right away. I picked up the phone with two fingers, paused a moment before I said hello.

They asked for Geoff. Lawyers always ask for you by both names: first and last, and are never as informal as a shortened down version of your first name. To a lawyer, I’d be “Geoffrey,” just like when I was a little kid and my mom was really pissed. This wasn’t a lawyer. Maybe some guy she hired, an ex-cop with buddies still on the force who would come over and beat the shit out of me with impunity. Maybe one of her boyfriend’s friends, calling to threaten me, suggest I leave town or end up as gator food.

“This is,” I said, looked around the room for a weapon.

“Hi, Geoff! It’s Dick Laymon. How’re you doing?”

I lied, told him I was hanging in there, and was quite relieved that he was calling and not a lawyer. We yapped for a while, then he said the reason he was calling was he really dug a story of mine that was online, and he asked me if I had anything that was unpublished that he might be able to read. Me, being my ever-eloquent self, said, “Are you fucking shitting me?”

He assured me no fecal matter—or fornication thereof—was involved. “Just send me a good, unpublished story, if you can.”

If I could. Yeah. You know: if I, some unknown writer who nine people on the face of the planet heard of, would be kind enough to send him, Richard Laymon, a story to read. If I could. Let me see if I could fit it into my oh-so-busy schedule.

“You kidding? Of course! I’ll e-mail it to you right now.”

Have you ever seen a cat about to fall into the bathtub? Because that’s what it felt like Dick did on the other end of the phone. I heard him freeze up, panicking at the thought. “Well...you see, Geoff, I...I always get messed up with attached files, and Kelly isn’t home to open it for me. Would it be okay if you sent it to the house?”

I printed out the story, dropped it in the mailbox that night so it would go out first thing in the morning. I thought it was a little odd that he specified an unpublished story, but who was I to question the intent of Richard Laymon? He was a Big-Time Author, and I was just some guy bumming around Fort Myers, Florida, trying to not look across the street and see my wife’s Thunderbird parked in front of some other guy’s house.

Okay, so what I could do is wait until one of ’em left for work. Surprise ’em, give ’em a bash on the head as they walked out the door, force my way in before it closed fully and start popping caps. Nah: too cliche. Better to make her live with the guilt. Maybe just do myself right here, right now—pull a Robert E. Howard. Bleh. No style. Oh! I know: I go and do it in the T-bird. Sit down inside, and blam! Splatter my brains all over the upholstery. I liked that idea. That was it. Or wait! Maybe I should consider the possibilities of high voltage...

A week went by, a thousand different scenarios of murder, death and suicide, all boiling in my brain. From the time I came to until the time I collapsed, pain so deep my blood was on fire, burning its way down each artery and capillary like a toxic chemical, one my body tried to reject. I wanted to open every vein and bleed it out, just get it out of me, maybe then some release, some numbness, something other than...

I got used to the taste of gun oil. Slept with the barrel in my mouth every night, hoping that in a dream, I’d yank the trigger and never wake up. Yet I did. Every fucking day, I woke up, and there it was: the failure that was my life waiting for me: Good morning! Everything still sucks! It’s going to be a beautiful day to take the kid to the beachoh, did I strike a nerve there?

I was at the bottom. One more day would have killed me. One more sympathetic phone call, one more “I’m sorry, Geoff,” one more “You’re better off without her,” one more “You just hang in there, okay?” would have been more than I could take. I hadn’t eaten in four days. The dog shit the floor. I didn’t care. Couldn’t remember the last time I walked her. Whatever. Nothing mattered anyway. Why wasn’t I dead yet?

I was about that far in my thinking when Dick called again.

“Hey, I really like this story. Can I put it in Bad News?”

“Are you fucking shitting me?”

See, he managed to leave that part out of the first phone call. That tiny little part that he was asking for a submission to his anthology, Bad News.

It’s probably best that he did. I never would have submitted to it, had I known. I would not have bothered. I was a beginning writer. I had all the confidence of a dead fish, and with the way the rest of my life was going at the time, it only compounded things. My non-existent ego was already pulverized by non-writing events, and I couldn’t handle the rejection one should expect when going in to play on a field that is populated by those authors you read in high school. You need a tough skin in this business—and at the time, I didn’t have any skin at all: it was stripped raw, and every nerve was exposed. Rejections sting. Oh, you get used to it, after a while. You learn to roll with the punches. Some editors (particularly inexperienced ones) really rub it in, and I’ve had a few of those. I could not imagine Dick ripping my story to pieces, even if he hated it, but I could see him sending a rejection letter if he believed it was warranted.

Do you understand? Do you understand that I could not have sent that in, had I known it was a submission? Submitting a story always—ALWAYS—carries the risk of rejection, and at the time, that would be one rejection too many. It would have killed me. The final straw, the camel’s broken back. The 230-grain.

Perhaps it was chance, Dick taking an interest in my work at that time. Perhaps it was something else. I’d heard all of the slots were to be invite-only, that he was taking only two newbies. I also knew that my friend, Rain Graves, had been asked to be one of them. I never would have guessed that I was to be the other. Not in a million years. He could have taken Ryan Harding, or Mehitobel Wilson, or Keene, Oliveri, Huyck, any of those guys. It was inconceivable to me, that he would want a story from me. It was...it was worth setting the gun down a moment and signing the contract. It was worth telling myself that now, at least, I had to stay alive long enough to see the book released. And yes, I even smiled, because I thought: contributor copies.

I don’t believe in God. I don’t believe in Satan. I don’t believe in angels. But if there ever was an angel that walked this miserable fucking planet, its name was Richard Carl Laymon.

He gave a kid a chance. A kid who, without the chance, would have either been in jail right now for two counts of first-degree murder, in a grave or in a mental institution writing a story in black crayon. He made me smile once, during a time when it was all I could do to get out of bed. If it weren’t for him, I would have no writing career. I believe that. Bad News was a major anthology. At the very least, it was major to me because I started submitting with a little more confidence, thinking, “Maybe Dick was right. Maybe I really can do this.”

I’m still prone to kicking myself in the teeth—especially when it comes to the writing. Every time I do, I hear Dick Laymon’s voice in my head. To me, he was a mentor, a father figure, a friend. My loss is not the same as Ann’s and Kelly’s, or the friends he’d known since Moby Dick was a minnow and Stephen King was trying to make ends meet. I know that. I cried for three days straight when I learned of his death, and every day for damned near a month after. Sometimes I still cry. I mourned his passing, Ann and Kelly’s loss and how I never got a chance to show him my first novel (which he blurbed, but we’re trying to stay under that three-quarters-of-a-million word mark, here, so I won’t go into it) or my first collection. That I never got a chance to tell him—

“You were right, Dick.”

To think about that still brings tears.

Even now.

Goddamnit.

Geoff Cooper

AN I HELP YOU?”

“Holy shit, he’s got a gun!”

“Terry, no!”

Jon had no time to turn before he heard gunshots. Two, maybe three. Someone screamed, someone swore. Something fell. Glass shattered, footsteps crunched wetly through broken liquor bottles.

He hit the deck in front of the cooler, quickly scuttled to the end of the aisle, hoped the shelves would conceal him. He felt vulnerable, exposed. From his position, Jon couldn’t see the men, but heard their exchange with the cashier: demands for money, hurry the fuck up, her pleas to not be hurt. The drawer dinged open. They demanded more, she had none, that was all—and she could not open the safe: she’d just started the job, was not trusted with a key. Over this, Jon heard someone else crying in hysterics over Terry: “Please, Terry, be all right,” she said. “Please, Terry don’t die. Hang in there, Terry. Terry? You listening to me, Terry? Don’t you fucking die on me!”

“Bitch, shut the fuck up before I put a cap in your ass too—you all whining and shit is pissing me off,” said another voice.

Both men were near the register, their attention drawn by the cashier, the drawer, and whoever was crying by Terry. Jon wondered if Terry was going to make it—whoever the hell Terry was.

“You! Into the office—show me where the fuck that recorder is. I see those damned cameras. And hey, yo—keep an eye on this bitch and the door,” he said to his partner. “I’ll be back in a second.” Jon heard them move, the jangle of keys, a door opening, then closing.

Jon wished he had his gun on him. It was illegal to carry in the State of New York without another special permit. He was lucky he had the gun in the first place: it was damned tough to get a pistol permit in this state. Since he bought it, he’d kept it at home, like a good boy, all the while knowing scumbags like this were everywhere, carrying illegally. He never dwelled upon it, put it out of mind, hoped he’d only need a weapon while at home. Yeah. Right. Lot of good it was doing him or anyone else there.

There was only one robber in the front of the store now, threatening the woman crying over Terry. Jon figured this was the best time to move. But where?

Down at the end of the wall, there was a door leading into the cooler. If he could get back there, another wall between him and the robbers, he’d be safer. Unless they searched the store. He didn’t think so—they were going after the security camera tape now, and would probably be gone in a few minutes. If he stayed here, there was a chance of his discovery, and these did not seem like the type of guys who wanted a whole bunch of witnesses. Terry—poor bastard—had already been shot. God knows what was going to happen to the cashier and the woman crying over Terry’s body. Would they kill them, too? Jon didn’t know, but wouldn’t put it past these scumbags. Regardless, they wouldn’t appreciate another witness—particularly a guy. He had to move: staying here was stupid.

The cooler door was fifteen feet away. Jon started to crawl as silently as he could. He reached the end of the aisle, looked down toward the front of the liquor store. Terry was wearing sneakers and jeans, lying in a pool of spilled Jose Cuervo and blood. He saw the pantyhose-covered leg of the woman—she was wearing white ones and they had a run, had soaked up the fluids around her and started to stain. He could not see the woman’s face, or her upper body, only the profile of one leg as she knelt over Terry. He could not see the robber either: the shelves were in the way. He could, however, see the door to the office, and the back of the other robber as he blasted the cashier in the face with his fist. He saw a flurry of blonde hair as she went down past the view of the window.

(Quit watching. Move! Move!)

Jon hid himself behind the next row of shelves, paused a moment to catch his breath—he did not realize he had been holding it. He wiped his hands on his shirt, left two smears of dirt from the floor down his chest. His back to the shelves, he faced the cooler. He could see the reflection of the robber now, as well as the woman who cried, and Terry. Terry was lying on his back, but Jon could not see if he was breathing or not. The robber wore a ski mask, long-sleeved button-down shirt, and loose, baggy pants. He held a pistol in his hand, pointed it at the woman’s chest. The woman had a black shirt on, skirt, and dark brown shoulder-length hair. Her hands were to her face as she cried and screamed for Terry.

Terry looked dead. Those bastards, he thought as he watched her act on her grief. Fucking bastards. If he had his SIG P-220, he’d be able to blast the scumbag in the chest if he stood up straight, drop him with two .45’s to the chest, and end this nightmare. But he couldn’t, because it was illegal for him to carry. As illegal as it was, apparently, to shoot someone as you robbed a liquor store.

He watched her for another moment before the thought dawned on him—that he was looking at her reflection—that, from this angle, if she—or the robber—turned, they would see his reflection off the glass.

“Oh, shit,” he said to himself. Time to move. From his sitting position, he tried to lean forward and get his knees kicked out behind him, ready to crawl, but without making any noise. It was difficult. He shouldn’t have sat down. That was dumb. But he needed to catch his breath—not again. He’d stay ready to move until he reached the cooler, and got inside. Then, he could relax a moment and catch his breath—hell, then, he could even call the cops on his cell phone.

Christ, I hope no one calls in.

He reached into his pocket and shut it off, congratulated himself for his quick thinking. Now he just had to stay alive long enough to use it—and that would take more than quick thinking. Doubt curled his forehead as fear broke in a cold sweat. Just make it to the cooler, Jon told himself. Make it to the cooler and call the cops. End this nightmare.

He glanced at the cooler door. The robber and woman faced each other. He thought the aisle was long enough so that his movement would not register in their peripheral vision. Hoped it would be as he forced himself forward, to pause behind the next row of shelves, but only for an instant as he heard no gasp of surprise or shouts to stop, no gunshots, no footsteps, so he kept going to the last aisle, then reached up and slowly opened the door, just a crack, enough to slip his body through. Once on the other side, he held his hand on the cold metal, easing it shut so he would not be given away by its slam, or a creak of hinges. The door shut.

Jon heard only the hum of the refrigeration equipment, felt the chill of the air around him. His forehead and armpits were sweaty, and instantly, he felt cold. But alive. He was in better shape than Terry, at least.

Jon looked around the cooler. Boxes of wines and beer were stacked upon each other against the back wall, plenty of room for further concealment. He nestled between two stacks of boxes, and took the cell phone out of his pocket. He turned it on and dialed 911.

“Police operator. What is your emergency?”

“I’m in the liquor store on the corner of Waters and Seymour. It’s being robbed.”

“Waters and Seymour. We had reports of gunshots. Officers have been dispatched and are en route. Is everyone okay?”

They’re already on the way! Oh, thank God. “Uh...one dude’s been shot. I think he’s dead. How long till the cops get here?”

“Just a couple minutes. How many people are in the store?”

“Three—well, four, if you count the shot guy. Me, the cashier, and this gal. They don’t know I’m here. I’m hiding in the cooler.”

“The perpetrators don’t know you’re there?”

“No. I doubt they’d be letting me make a phone call, ya know?”

“How many perpetrators are there?”

“Two—that I saw.”

“And they’re armed?”

“They shot the guy. You tell me.”

“Hold the line, please. If you can. I’m going to relay the information to the officers, okay?”

“Yeah, yeah, sure, sure, whatever. Call 911, get placed on hold. That’s cool.”

The operator sounded annoyed. “One moment, please.”

Jon rubbed his hands on his arms for warmth while he waited, muttered under his breath. The dispatcher returned after a few seconds. “Okay. Are you still there?”

“Yeah.”

“I apologize for making you wait—but the officers had to know that information, you understand?”

“Yeah. I guess.”

“It’s going to be all right.”

“Tell that to Terry.”

“Terry?”

“The dude that got shot.”

“You know the victim?”

“No. I heard the gal screaming his name, is all.”

“Medical personnel are also coming,” the dispatcher said. “Wait—the officers are right outside. Can you hear them?”

“No. I’m in the cooler. I can’t hear shit but the fridge thing running. What’s going on?” Jon stood, stepped forward to look through the cooler door over the tops of the bottles of wine. He knew no one could see him in there: the liquor store was brightly lit, and the back of the cooler was dark. The glare hid him. He could see the robber, standing, his gun to the woman’s head, and the other one holding the cashier in front of him like a shield. They faced the front of the store.

I could get them from here, Jon thought. The way the robbers were facing, he’d be able to drop them both and not hit the cashier or the other woman. Damnit!

“Where are they?” he asked the dispatcher.

“They’re right there. Apparently, there’s a hostage situation going on. Where are you, in the building?”

“In the cooler. Oh, man. I could make this shot.”

“North wall, south wall?”

“I didn’t bring my compass and protractor, ya know? Christ. Umm...The cooler’s on the right, if you walk into the place.”

“Okay. Can you see the perps?”

“Yes.”

“What’re they doing?”

“Backing up,” Jon reported. “They’re moving against the far wall. They’ve got the women with them.

“Fuck,” Jon said. “I’ve gotta go.”

“Are they moving toward your position?”

“Yeah. Get someone in here already!”

“Stay on as long as you can—”

Jon killed the phone call, shut the power on his phone back off. What fucking good were the cops going to do if they never came inside? Jesus! Why hasn’t someone stopped these fucking guys already? What were they waiting for, a written invitation?

Jon turned, looked for the largest stack of boxes to hide behind. He ducked behind them just as the door to the cooler was opening. He held his breath, afraid the ghostly vapors from his mouth would give him away. “Please don’t hurt—”

“I said get the fuck in there!”

“Just listen to him!”

“But what about Terry?”

“Terry’s fucking dead, you stupid bitch! Now get the fuck in the freezer and be lucky you’re walking in, instead of feet first, you hear what I’m screaming?”

“FUCK YOU! You killed Terry!”

Jon heard the fist hit her, the uugh as she crumpled to the floor.

“Now don’t you fucking move!” one of the robbers told her. “This ain’t over yet.”

Jon saw a line of light sweep across the wall as the door opened and closed, heard the women start a debate. They spoke in intense little whispers.

Jon could not hear much: their words were lost beneath the refrigerator equipment’s constant low drone. He detected no tones of comfort—their sentences were focused verbal exchange, aimed at a specific goal, trying to connect with something almost tangible: survival.

Jon listened to them whisper back and forth, heard the frustration mounting between them as their voices rose. They were like synapses trying to connect in a shattered mind, endlessly firing in the wrong direction, progressing only into further insanity. If they kept it up, they’d get themselves killed. And him too.

He stepped from behind the row of boxes and said, “Shh—I’ve called the cops.”

Both women turned and stared at him with blank expressions. They sat on the floor, knee to knee as they faced each other. The woman in the skirt had streams of mascara down her face, her white stockings soaked in blood and spilled gin. The cashier had one eye swollen shut, a dribble of blood from her left nostril from when the bastard hit her.

“Holy SHIT!”

“Shh! Keep it down—they don’t know he’s here,” said the cashier. “Do they?”

“No.”

“How long have you been here?”

“The whole time. I hid in here right after the shooting started. Called the cops from my cell phone.”

“The cops are outside.”

“I know.”

“Why aren’t they coming in?”

“I don’t know,” Jon said.

“I do,” said the cashier. “This is now a hostage situation. They’re afraid they’d get us killed if they were to barge in here.”

“They’re probably right,” Jon said.

“That’s what I was trying to explain to her,” the cashier said.

“Those fuckers killed my boyfriend.”

“Shit,” Jon said. “Sorry.”

“I’d like to rip their nuts off.”

“Guess you won’t be going Patty Hearst on us, then?”

“Who?”

“Nevermind.”

“I don’t suppose you have a gun or anything, do you?”

“Not on me. You kidding? You know what you have to go through to carry legally in New York State?”

“It was a thought,” said the cashier.

“Yeah, well, this is the last time I leave the house without it, I’m here to tell you.”

“You have one at home?”

“Yeah. SIG P-220. Lot of good it does us here.”

“My boyfriend has a Ruger .22 out in the car.”

“Lot of good that does us here,” said the cashier.

“I don’t know how to use it. That’s what he was going for when...” She started to choke up.

The cashier reached out and hugged her. “It’s okay,” she said.

“No it’s not!”

“Listen,” Jon said. “I’m sorry Terry got shot—but you’ve gotta hold it together. Really. Because if these guys could get away with it, they’d—” The door to the cooler banged open.

“SHUT THE FUCK UP!”

One of the robbers entered the cooler, a pistol in one hand, a roll of duct tape in the other. He looked at Jon—hate-blue eyes locked on him from behind the ski mask. “Who the fuck are you?”

“I...I’m—”

The robber took a step forward. “How the fuck did you get in here?”

“I’ve been—”

Another step. “Motherfucker!” The robber raised his gun.

Jon leaped behind the boxes as the shots rang out. Cold wine cascaded down upon him, drenching his face. The women screamed. The other robber came rushing in, gun at the ready. “What the fuck?”

“Another fucking guy in here!”

“Are you crazy? Fuckin’ Police outside! Trying to get us killed, dumbfuck?”

With the door open, Jon could hear the cops on a megaphone: “What was that? Is everyone all right? We heard shots. I’m telling you guys, if we don’t see those hostages right now, we’re coming in.”

“Tape him up with the rest. Bring ’em all out here. Fuck. Another goddamned hostage. Shit. This fucking sucks. Goddamnit! I’ma go talk to these pigs. Get ’em ready.”

The robber ripped off a strip of tape and put it over Jon’s mouth. The tape blocked part of his nose, too. It was difficult to breathe, and that air he did suck in tasted like wine and adhesive. Then, the robber wrapped a length of tape around his wrists, locking them behind his back. He covered the women’s mouths next, then led them out of the cooler, single file. Jon at the lead, Terry’s girlfriend in the back. The women’s hands were not bound, he learned, when the cashier gave his hand a squeeze as they were marched to the front of the liquor store.

The light hurt his eyes; he had become accustomed to the darkness of the cooler, but was thankful for the relative warmth. Though he went into the cooler by choice, now, soaked with wine and the sweat of fear, he was glad to be out of it—it was far too much like a cell. He heard the other robber speaking to the police.

“Hey, yo...Easy, man. Nobody’s hurt. Just saw a spider, is all. My partner hates bugs.”

“Very funny. Where are the hostages? I’m going to count to five.”

“Easy, easy. We’s bringing ’em out now.”

“One.”

“Hurry the fuck up, willya?” said the robber by the door to his partner.

“Two.”

“I’m coming!”

“Three.”

The robber gave all of them a shove, and they stumbled toward the front. Jon stepped even with the door of the liquor store, saw the cops outside in their riot gear, shotguns and pistols held at a low ready. When he stepped into view, most lowered their weapons a moment. Thank God. He’d had one gun aimed at him today, and that was more than enough.

Never again. I ain’t ever leaving the house without that goddamned gun again. Fuck these democrats wanting to make me a victim.

Jon nodded to the cops. They acknowledged him with subtle movements of hand and head. They knew there were hostages in there, and would not risk them unnecessarily. Just seeing them there gave him an overwhelming sense of relief. He did not want the cops to come in shooting, have himself get caught in the crossfire, and end up like Terry on the floor, there, cooling in a pool of blood and cheap booze. Terry. Poor bastard.

Jon didn’t want to, but he looked anyway. A fly landed on Terry’s neck, right at the entrance wound, and was busily rubbing its front legs together as it flitted around his skin. Jon wished he could shoo it off—it was wrong for the fly to be landing on Terry like that. Jon was offended by its audacity until he realized that he had never met Terry when he was alive—Terry was dead moments after the robbery began. He looked over toward Terry’s girlfriend—whatever her name was. She refused to turn to see Terry’s corpse. Just as well. Jon wanted to offer her a word of reassurance and comfort, but the sentiments wilted in his mouth, for he, like the others, was a duct tape mute.

The robber forced them back along the wall after showing them to the police outside, back toward the cooler. Jon felt disappointment rise within him as he was forced through the door and back into the chill. The wine soaking him felt as though it was turning to ice. He looked at the flesh of his arms. It was running a mottled shade of red and white, goosebumps standing out from his skin.

Once the door closed behind them, the robber bound the women’s hands. He made Jon sit on the floor with Terry’s girlfriend, back to back, and then wrapped tape around them both. He checked the window to the store. Apparently, the cops hadn’t entered yet.

Then he held his gun to the neck of the cashier. Tears ran down her cheeks, and she shook her head, no, no, please, but could say nothing as the barrel traced down her chest, between her breasts. Her nipples were hard from the cold, and pushed out of her uniform shirt.

Oh, for fuck’s sake, Jon thought. He’s not going to. Not with the cops outside.

Yes he was. He unzipped his fly and dropped his drawers. The cashier screamed as best she could from behind the duct tape. The robber ripped through the fly of her pants and yanked them down. She tried to struggle, kick him off, but with her pants around her ankles, she lost her balance and stumbled back into a case of white wine. Only one or two of the bottles broke. White mixed with the red on the floor: rosé a la concrete.

The robber pinned her down and mounted her.

Jon stood, dragging Terry’s girlfriend up with him. She was petite, didn’t weigh a hell of a lot to slow him down. As the robber was forcing his way into the cashier, Jon drew back his right leg and kicked him in the ribs, just below the armpit. The robber cried out, then spun off the cashier, grabbing his weapon off the floor. He turned, aimed at Jon—for the second time—and fired.

Getting shot was nothing like Jon expected. He felt like he’d been hit with a baseball at the exact time he was burnt with the hot tip of a fireplace poker. The bullet was lodged in his shoulder. His left arm flared in pain, then went numb. If it weren’t held in place by the duct tape, it would be hanging limp at his side.

The robber negotiating with the cops could not justify the second shot. They gave him until five. Then they came in shooting.

The bullet in his shoulder sent him to the hospital. They operated, removed the offensive piece of lead, kept him for observation for 24 hours, then sent him home, where detectives from the Brackard’s Point PD waited for him. Could he come in to the station as a witness? Make a statement? Of course, of course. They even offered to drive him—how sympathetic.

The cashier was leaving the station when he arrived. She recognized him, gave him a hug, careful around the wounded shoulder, thanked him for his intervention. He downplayed it, said he didn’t do anything special. She insisted he did, threw the word “hero” about no less than three times in as many sentences. Jon didn’t feel like one, and told her so. As they were starting to launch into a real conversation, the previously sympathetic and understanding cops became impatient and annoyed, urged the two to hurry it along. The cashier reached into her purse, wrote down her number and handed it to him. “Gimme a call,” she said.

Jon took the piece of paper, looked at the name and number.

“Nice to finally meet you, Meg. I’m Jon.”

“Gimme a call, Jon.”

“You bet.”

Jon replayed the entire ordeal for the detectives—all he could remember. He omitted nothing. They seemed most interested in the details surrounding Terry, which, for Jon, was a large blank. He hadn’t seen it happen, only heard Terry’s girlfriend screaming, a point he had to explain numerous times. He mentioned the irony of never knowing anyone else’s name—only the dead guy’s—then apologized for sounding callous. The detectives forgave him. The older of the two even laughed at the irony, once pointed out.

“I’d like to thank you for coming in,” the detective said as the interview (Jon felt it was like an interview, even if they insisted it was “making a statement”) concluded. “I realize going through this all again is difficult for you, but it does help us out a lot.”

“I don’t get it,” Jon said. “I saw the guys go down as you came in. What’s left to prosecute?”

“One of them is in ICU,” the cop explained. “He might make it.”

“No shit?”

“None.”

“Which one?”

“The one who tried raping Miss Carter.”

Jon’s fists clenched. “Too bad.”

“I can understand how you feel.”

Jon looked the cop in his flat, cold eyes.

“No you can’t.”

Jon and Meg’s first date started at the Cafe Xelucha over double tall americanos and scones, then progressed to Gethsemane Cemetery. They stood at the gates, but did not enter as a dark motorcade parade of limousines passed, lights on, though the day was as bright and the weather as fair as New York’s geography permitted—especially in Brackard’s Point, where Hook Mountain loomed over from the west to cast dusk early.

They didn’t know Terry. Neither had the stomach to attend his funeral, yet both felt obliged to pay him some type of respect. They said their final words to the memory of a stranger in silence. They turned their heads and watched the hearse enter the cemetery, followed it with their eyes as it wound down the gravel path, twisting around through rows of tombstones and concrete angels.

From there, Jon and Meg walked for a while, no destination in particular, found themselves sitting on a bench at the War Memorial Park, sharing life stories as they watched the sailboats and ships out on the Hudson. She told him how she almost made it onto the television show Castaway, for the doomed seventh season, how broke up she was about it, yet thankful at the end, considering how it all turned out. He told her about his teaching job, how he’d been at the World Trade Center the day of the murders, leading his class on a field trip when the first plane hit.

After a lull in the story-swapping, Meg looked at Sing-Sing, the state penitentiary in Ossining, on the Hudson’s other bank. “You think they’re gonna send that son of a bitch there?”

“I hope he gets the chair,” Jon replied.

“You and me, both.”

“You don’t think there’s any chance he’ll get off, do you?”

“If he does,” Jon said, “I’ll be ready for him.”

“What do you mean?”

Jon opened his jacket. Meg looked in, saw the handle of his SIG. “Illegal or not, no damned politician is going to force me to be a victim again.”

“You ain’t worried about getting caught with it?”

“More worried about needing it and not having it.”

Meg nodded. “I hear you there. I’m glad you have it on you,” she said.

“Yeah?”

“Yeah. Feels a lot safer. After last week, I didn’t know if I could ever feel safe again.”

Jon didn’t know what to say, so he held her. As she nuzzled against his neck and placed her leg over his, he knew he’d done the right thing. They stayed that way until the shadows from Hook Mountain grew long. The sun was two hours away from setting, but the cliff to the west darkened the streets early. With the sunlight almost gone, the wind blowing down the Hudson, they started to get cold.

“Dinner?” Jon asked.

“Sure—I don’t live too far from here. I’ve got plenty at the house, couple steaks, some chicken I oughta cook up sometime soon. A few bottles of wine.”

“You mean dinner at your place?”

“Yeah,” Meg said. “It’ll be safer.” She patted his gun through his jacket, and stood. She led him up by holding his hand. Jon rose without understanding what she meant. He was going to ask, but decided that it didn’t matter. Instead, he asked: “White or red?”

Edward Lee

O ONE NEEDS to be told just how cool a guy Dick Laymon was. He was a great writer, a great person, and a great friend, and when I got invited to participate in this fantastic tribute anthology, I couldn’t have been more honored or thrilled. Dick’s work, going back all the way to the beginning, had a tremendous impact on me; it helped forge my own desires to become a writer, to the extent that I’ll always feel indebted to him. I feel bad that there’s no way I can ever pay him back. But the biggest trip of all was devouring his fiction for all those years and then later actually getting to be his friend—yes, that was a trip-and-a-half, to know the master behind all this wonderful dark art. Dick gave me encouragement, advice, and enlightenment at times when I couldn’t have needed it more desperately, just one hell of a stand-up guy.

I thought a slightly comic piece would be fitting for In Laymon’s Terms; it’s an “entree” from my “Grub Girl” mythos, spiced up with a few dashes of a political tangent. I have a feeling that the author to which this book is a tribute would appreciate that, since he had a few strong political convictions himself. I miss him. I’m just hoping that the publisher has a distributor in Heaven.

Edward Lee

T TASTES KIND of like pork, if you cook it right. Low heat in the oven, or else it dries out. Pan frying depends on what you’re cooking; like with venison, you have to add a little light oil or you’ll wind up with a chop that’s sinewy.

And when you’re broiling? Six, seven inches from the element at least. Any closer and all the fat drains.

Come on in, don’t worry. Nobody’ll see you back here with me. Just come on in through the back door. Ain’t nobody uses the back door but me, lemme tell ya.

Living on the street, huh? Well, I can relate to that, partner. Lived on the street awhile myself before I lucked into this gig. Give me a sec and I’ll get ya some grub. Plenty of it around here, lemme tell ya.

Call me Chef. That’s what I’ve been called for years because, well, that’s what I am. I was executive chef at the Emerald Room, eight goddamn years. Best restaurant on the City Dock, and, man, could I do it up. You ever been there? Like from eighty-five to ninety-three? If you ever had the Pan-Fried Louisiana Shrimp Cakes, the Jack Daniels Shrimp, the Bay Scallops in Whiskey Cream—well, that was me. I about invented Eastern Shore Lobster Fritters; the reason mine are best is the dipping sauce, a little sweet-baked garlic and about a teaspoon of poached roe from the carapace. Nothing like ’em. My filet mignon will melt in your mouth, and if you’d ever had the chance to try my Flaming Mad Nero Crepes or my Veal Porcini, you’d shit your pants. Four-star reviews three years in a row, babe, and, no, we didn’t grease the critics like a lotta these busted humps. It was me that made The Emerald Room famous for the finest cuisine in town.

And now...

You should try my stuff now.

See, I’m a grub. You’ve heard of us.

People call us grubs same as they call blacks niggers and Pakistanis towelheads. Oh, sure, everyone says they respect our rights as human beings, but that’s just the same old shit. I read in Newsweek there are over ten thousand of us total. It all started with that ramjet thing, I don’t know, a year or so ago? Don’t tell me you never heard about that. NASA and the Air Force were testing some new kind of airplane, remotely piloted, they called it, flying it a hundred miles off the coast over the Atlantic. They called it a nuclear ramjet or some shit, could fly indefinitely without fuel, no pilots, ran by computers. The idea was to have these things flying around all the time real high up. Cheap way to defend the nation. “The ultimate deterrent,” the President said when they announced that they were gonna spend billions developing this thing. First time the Democrats and Republicans ever agreed on anything. The Senate got this thing passed in one day; everybody from Trent Lott to Ted Fuckin’ Kennedy said it was gonna trim a hundred billion a year off the deficit. Was gonna create jobs, lower inflation, reduce the federal budget, blah, blah, blah. What they didn’t announce was that plane kicked out a trail of some off-the-wall radiation wherever it flew. The government wasn’t worried about it ’cos it flew so high, the shit would go right out of the atmosphere. Well, something fucked up during one of the test flights, and one of these ramjet planes wound up flying up and down the east coast at treetop level on something they called an “emergency urban alert bomb mode” for like five days before they could veer it off course over the sea and shoot it down. Thing was flying over cities, for shit’s sake. And I was one of the ones lucky enough to get zapped.

Anyway, it was about one a.m. and I’d just gotten off shift at The Emerald Room. A good night, we’d served about two hundred dinners, and all the customers were raving about my specials. Some critic from the Post said my Chateaubriand was the best he’d ever had. Like I said, a good night. So I’m hoofing home down West Street, and then there’s this rumble way down deep in my belly and this sound like slow thunder, and I look up and see this ugly thing flying about a hundred feet over my head. Didn’t know what to make of it. It looked like a big black kite in the sky, and when it passed, I could see this weird blue-green glow coming out of the back of the thing, its engines, I guess. I died a couple hours later, and the next day I woke up a grub.

There was a big whupdeedo for a little while. All of a sudden there were ten thousand dead people walking around and not knowing what the fuck hit them. President called an emergency meeting or some shit. Oh, you should’ve heard all the fancy talk they were spouting. At first they were gonna “euthanize” us is what McCain said, “to safeguard the societal whole from potential contraindications,” until some egghead at CDC verified that we weren’t psychotic or contagious or radioactive or anything. Then that asshole Helms made a big pitch about how we should be “socially impounded.” “Protean symptomologies,” see, that’s what they were worried about. These shitheads wanted to round us all up and put us on an island somewhere! It all blew over, though, after the activists started gearing up, and they let us be. Then the Senate wanted to prove they were sincere—it was election year, see, and they needed more seats—and they got a special bill passed, the Ramjet Anti-Discrimination Disability Bill, they called it, so all of us grubs get a couple hundred per month to make up for things. There’s also an Anti-Discrimination Act, and a Ramjet Victim Affirmative Action Act. It’s against the law for employers to not hire us just because we’re grubs, but you know how that goes. They’ll just think up some other reason not to hire you, and all we’re left with are the really shit jobs.

I don’t need the disability dough myself—I was one of the few who got lucky. The Emerald Room fired me right away, made up some shit about me being late. Real reason is they didn’t want word getting around that a grub was working the range. Bad for business. I mean, who’s gonna drop a $300 check when they know it’s a dead guy cooking their entrees? And—

’Scuse me a sec. I just got an order for Three-Flavor Ceviche and a Clam Panzerotti...

After The Emerald Room gave me the boot, I had to rough it for a while. Lot of us were living in the street, but there wasn’t no way I was gonna let this shit drag me down. I applied for jobs everywhere. I mean, Christ, with my credentials and experience? I’d been reviewed in the Washingtonian, for Christ’s sake. I’d been interviewed in every goddamn cuisine mag published, and one time Gourmet did a feature on me, and ran a lot of the recipes of my specials.

Of course, I got new specials now.

’Scuse me again. My blackened prime rib is up.

Look, all I ask is you wait a minute before you judge me, okay? The way I see it is grubs got rights too. Just because we’re dead don’t mean we ain’t people. We got hopes and dreams just like you. We want the same things everyone wants, and we work just as hard as the next guy but we get the shit-end of the stick every time ’cos we’re grubs. If you were a grub you’d know what I’m talking about. Now I know what it’s like to be a minority. Never much thought about it back when I was alive, but now I can relate to what it feels like to be black, Hispanic, Vietnamese, gay, whatever. People are just so fuckin’ phony. They put laws on the books to protect our rights but it don’t mean shit. Try being a grub and just walk down the street. People gape at you, people get out of the way. They’ll cross the fuckin’ street so they don’t have to walk the same side, like we’re lepers or something. And there’re plenty of scumbag bigot bozos out there who just plain hate your guts because of what you are. They’ll spit on you, they’ll drag you in an alley and kick your ass, they’ll try to run you down if you’re hitching a ride. Sometimes you just get sick of it.

And you wanna do something about it.

I guess I got a little off track, huh? Back to what I was saying. I really lucked out, I gotta decent job again, cheffing at a good restaurant. I gotta come in and leave through the back door, but what the fuck, a job’s a job. The management is real good about keeping a lid on me—the customers don’t know I’m a grub. And this new joint I’m cheffing in?

Rave fuckin’ reviews, man. The place was no big deal before I came on, but now it’s got a rep an’ a half. The reviews are even better than when I was at The Emerald. It’s a packed house every night. You wanna eat here, brother, you better make a reservation a month in advance, and I don’t mind telling you it’s all because of me, my expertise as a world-class master chef. They sure as shit ain’t filling the house every night because of the pretty tablecloths. They want the best food in the city and they know they can get it here. My menu, my specials.

And...you know the old saying.

What people don’t know won’t hurt ’em.

Shit, give me another sec. I gotta get this pot-au-fue of cured duck off the line, and this order of Michelangelo Peppers. Try ’em some time. Primo, chief. You’d write home about my Michelangelo Peppers.

Anyway, back to what I was saying before. When people put you down long enough, you just get sick of it. You just wanna rise up and take back what they’ve ripped off of you. But I’m just one grub—what can I do? What, start a secret militia? Start a grub revolution? Don’t make me laugh. They’d snuff my ass in two seconds if I even started talking shit like that.

Hey, pass me that little dish of thyme, will ya? And that bucket of mustard vinaigrette. Thanks.

Where was I? Oh, yeah. You get shit on long enough, you wanna do something about it. But one day I realized there was nothing I could do outside of myself. I ain’t gonna form some grub union. I ain’t gonna start some terrorist organization. They’d chuck us into the grub slam faster than it takes you to wipe your ass. I realized that if I wanted to rebel, I’d have to find a way to do it secretly, by myself...

That first fucker, let me tell ya. I’m walking to work one afternoon, crossing 1st Street, and this redneck motherfucker gets right up in my face. Shoving me, pointing his finger at me, shouting all kinds of shit, man. “Get your dead ass out of town, grub!” he yells at me. “You stink! You’re dirty! Nobody wants your kind here!” And there’s other people standing around him, and you know what they do? They start clapping, like this guy’s some kind of hero for breaking my chops. Then the fucker spits in my face, and I know I can’t fight back ’cos if I do, I’m in the joint just like that. If you’re a grub and you hit someone, your ass is grass. They have special cellblocks for us is what I heard. Anyway, this chump hocks the lunger in my face, laughs, and then he crosses the street and gets in his car and drives away. Just like that.

You wanna know what I did?

I got his fuckin’ tag number, that’s what I did.

I kill them, that’s right. You would too if you had to take the shit I take every fuckin’ day. Of course, I’m really careful about it, I’m no dumbbell. Some asshole gets on my case for being a grub, I’ll wait a week, then I’ll punch his ticket when the time is right. One day the resident manager of my apartment building stops by, says he’s gotta triple my rent ’cos me living there is making other residents move. Well, I let it slide. And a week later the guy disappears.

I walk into the gourmet shop on Wisconsin Avenue one day, and the fat shit behind the counter starts raising hell, tells me to get out of his shop, doesn’t want me stinking up the place. I’m gonna drive customers away if people see a grub shopping in his two-bit joint. I just smiled and left.

And about a week later the Jabba-the-Hut-looking fat fuck disappears.

I’ve checked out about a dozen of them so far. That’s right, my own little revolution.

Ooo-la-la. Waitress just gave me an order for Tartar Provencial. I serve it with Ossetra caviar, capers, green onions, and chopped egg whites. Stuff’ll make your mouth water, bub.

What was it I was saying?

No, no, and I don’t just leave the bodies there—I told you, they disappear. And I sure as shit don’t bury them, either.

I guess by now you’re figuring out exactly what I do with them, huh?

A good chef can make anything taste like something else. Out on the dining floor, we got our regular menu, but in my head, see, I got my own menu.

My vinegar-accented lamb vindaloo—it ain’t lamb, brother, I can tell ya that. Try my foi-gras pastry or my pate on toast points. Who needs goose liver? My spit-roasted chicken in tarragon jus? Guess where the jus comes from.

The muscle meats taste like pork, great for stews, stuffing stock and andouille sausage, flaming stir-fry. I’ll grind up some bicep and blend it with bay oysters and my special garlic croutons, and that’s the way to stuff braised duck, man. When people order my fabulous Lebanon Kabob, it ain’t no tender chunks of lamb on that spike, and I can tell you something else, too. The human abdominal wall makes for the best brisket of beef you ever had in your fuckin’ life.

So you see what I mean when I said I’m doing my own little revolution. I’m feeding these assholes to the assholes out there, and they’re loving it. You should see them coming in every night with their $800 suits and their smug faces and distinguished gray temples. When these fuckers order the Roast Tenderloin of Lamb, they’re really getting my Roast Tenderloin of Scumbag. And the Crusted Flaky Baguette of Rabbit? Try Crusted Flaky Baguette of Clyde. And my dry-baked ribs? I’ll bet you’d swear they were the best ribs you ever had.

And don’t even ask about the Black Truffle Risotto and Veal Sweetbreads.

Yeah, you name it, I got it. Butt-Meat Brioche with Saffron. Tagliarini Ravioli Stuffed with Chopped Bowel and Roasted Pearl Onions. Sliced Tongue in Bell Pepper Curry Saute. Eggplant and Testicle Puree, Bacon-Sprinkled Poached Brain Pudding, and Crispy Dick Skin Cordon Bleu.

The fuckers can’t get enough.

Oh, yeah. I never did tell you exactly where I work, did I? That’s the best part about my little revolution.

I filled out one of those Anti-Discrimination Protection Act forms, and applied with the same bunch of two-faced, phony cocksuckers who started all this shit.

Yeah, that’s right, partner. I’m the head chef at the United States Senate Dining Room.

And—how do you like that!

Some poor fucker just ordered my first-class Chimol Tossed Headcheese Salad.

Matt Johnson

HIS HAPPENED IN the fall, nine-odd months after Dick passed.

I was getting some pretty good sleep for once, and he just up and called me in the middle of the night. Don’t get all goopy and trippy about it. It wasn’t “ghostly” or all that “inspirational,” and there wasn’t any Touched by an Angel garbage. Not that I ever watch that show, you understand, but you get my meaning.

I’m also not sitting around fretting and knitting my brow about whether Dick is in heaven or what. I figure mostly it’s a mystery, except that he exists and is able to kick back and tell a joke or two now and again, and there are other folks there who appreciate him. Good enough for you?

Anyway, I wasn’t drunk and I remembered it surprisingly well. Plus, I transcribed it as soon as I woke up. You know how dreams are, though. You can never get the whole thing right if you try to get it down on paper. Or maybe you don’t know. Whatever. This is how I remembered it then, and how I like to remember it now. It makes me smile.

Me, picking up the ringing phone at 3:00 in the goddamn morning: ’Lo?

Dick: Matt?

Me: Yeah. Who’s this?

Dick: Dick.

Me: Oh. Um, okay.

D: Hey, don’t forget to do that thing for Kelly. I’ve been sending low-level guilt rays at you and, listen, no offense, but you seem to have a lot of things going through your mind, most of which is not terribly meaningful. Lots of recipes that, frankly, sound pretty gross, some guaranteed-unsuccessful training methods to get your dog to stop peeing like a girl, wondering why your apartment’s so fucking cold all the time, that kind of thing. Pretty cluttered. So I called instead.

M: Okay. I’ll do it tomorrow.*

D: What’s wrong? You’re not offended are you?

M: Nope. You’ve, uh, been gone though.

D: Oh, I’m still gone.

M: Kinda weird to be talking to you then, I gotta say.

D: Oh, right!

M: Anyhoo, no matter. How are you, you know, doing?

D: Real good. I miss them.

M: Ann and Kelly?

D: That goes without saying. I miss everyone else too.

M: They miss you too.

D: Just Ann and Kelly or everyone?

M: Everyone. Duh.

D: Watch it, dingus, I can smite you from here.

M: Really? That’d be pretty cool. Make a good story.

D: Me smiting you for being a smartass? Shit yes. That’d make a lot of people smile.

M: Um, do you mean the story, or the actual hurting part?

D: Both, I figure.

M: Yeah, I guess that’s true enough. Remember when you tried to kill me? Jesus, we had fun that night. I know I said I’d “sue that shit-gobblin’ grin right off your face” if I had actually fallen off the balcony, but you knew I was kidding right?

D: Yeah. And you know, there’s nothing better than turning a joke of a party into an actual joke. That spilling-the-ashtray trick made my night. I took comfort in that after A Writer’s Tale didn’t win the Stoker.**

M: Hey, if my own pinheadedness can provide any bit of happiness, I’ll continue down that road. Not that I’ve got a choice.

D: So is South Park still on these days?

M: Yep, but it’s gone downhill. I guess its moment has passed. But people can always look back at what once was and enjoy the memory.

D: That was pretty thinly veiled, kid. You getting heavy on me? Doesn’t really suit you.

M: Yeah, I know. But smartasses aren’t always smartasses.

D: That’s right. Sometimes they’re dumbasses.

M: Spot on, my friend. Spot on.

D: You have to wake up now, otherwise your dog is gonna pee on the rug. I know how much that worries you.

M: At the moment, it’s not all that much. So I guess I’ll see ya?

D: Yep, I’ll see ya.

And that was it. Just a nice way for my own subconscious to tell me that everything’s okay with my friend, and giving me a chance to talk to him again. If you knew him, I hope you’ve had similar dreams. If you didn’t, I hope you can at least picture him sitting at his desk, looking like a jolly accountant, grinning like the very devil, grinding out his unmistakable literary nastiness. If that image doesn’t make the body of work he left us with that much more precious, then it damn well should.

So I guess I’ll see ya.

*This lie was not intentional. I promise. But I did do it.

** I could explain this further, but I’m not going to.